Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

o

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

OR

 

 

o

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission file number: 000-55246

 

Sundance Energy Australia Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Australia

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

633 17th Street, Suite 1950

Denver, CO 80202

Tel: (303) 543-5700

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Eric P. McCrady

Sundance Energy, Inc.

Chief Executive Officer

633 17th Street, Suite 1950

Denver, CO 80202

Tel: (303) 543-5700

Fax: (303) 543-5701

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Ordinary Shares

(Title of Class)

 



Table of Contents

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

 

549,295,839 Ordinary Shares at December 31, 2014

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

o Yes    x No

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

o Yes    x No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

x Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

o Yes    o No

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP o

 

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board
x

 

Other o

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

o Item 17    o Item 18

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

o Yes    x No

 



Table of Contents

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

Part I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

3

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

3

Item 3. Key Information

3

Item 4. Information on Sundance

23

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

39

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

39

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

58

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

67

Item 8. Financial Information

68

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

70

Item 10. Additional Information

71

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

78

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

80

Part II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

80

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

80

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

80

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

81

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

81

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

81

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

81

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

81

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

81

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

81

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

81

Part III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements

82

Item 18. Financial Statements

82

Item 19. Exhibits

82

 

i



Table of Contents

 

EXPLANATORY NOTES

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context implies otherwise:

 

·                   “we,” “us,” “our” or “Sundance” refers to Sundance Energy Australia Limited, an Australian corporation, and its subsidiaries;

 

·                   “SEC” refers to the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

·                   “shares” or “ordinary shares” refers to our ordinary shares; and

 

·                   “Netherland Sewell” refers to Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., our independent engineering firm, that provided the estimates of proved oil and natural gas reserves as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 

We have also provided definitions for certain oil and natural gas terms used in this prospectus in the “Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms” beginning on page A-1 of this annual report.

 

All references herein to “$” and “U.S. dollar” are to United States dollars. Except as otherwise stated, all monetary amounts in this annual report are presented in United States dollars.

 

Effective July 1, 2012, we changed our fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. This change resulted in a six-month reporting period for our fiscal period ended December 31, 2012.

 

The disclosures in this annual report are based on the statutory financial information filed with the Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”) and the Australian Securities & Investments Commission. These annual report disclosures can be reconciled to those Australian filings with information contained in this annual report, however certain differences may exist as a result of the disclosure requirements under applicable U.S. and Australian rules. We do not believe that any of these differences are material.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Certain statements in this annual report may constitute “forward-looking statements.” Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs of our management as well as assumptions based on information available to us. When used in this annual report, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “intend” and “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are subject to certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Many factors could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements that may be expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These include, but are not limited to, risks or uncertainties associated with our the discovery and development of oil and natural gas reserves, cash flows and liquidity, business and financial strategy, budget, projections and operating results, oil and natural gas prices, amount, nature and timing of capital expenditures, including future development costs, availability and terms of capital, general economic and business conditions, environmental and other liability and other factors identified under Item 3.D. “Key Information—Risk Factors” of this annual report. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this annual report as anticipated, believed, estimated or expected. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this annual report and will not be revised or updated to reflect events after the date of annual report.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may avail itself of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we have elected to rely on an exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”) relating to internal control over financial reporting, and we will not provide such an attestation from our auditors.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of the following:

 

·                   the end of the first fiscal year in which the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non affiliates is at least $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of such fiscal year;

 

·                   the end of the first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1 billion; or

 

·                   the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non convertible debt securities in any rolling three year period.

 

Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided for by the JOBS Act.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Item 1.  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.  Key Information

 

A.                                     Selected Financial Data

 

The consolidated financial statements and operational information provided throughout for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes amounts related to the Denver-Julesberg divestiture. See page F-2 of our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report for further information on the divestiture and the impact thereof.

 

The following tables set forth summary historical and pro forma financial data for the periods indicated.

 

Our financial statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars and in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. Our financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

The summary unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 is derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements included in this annual report and gives effect to our disposition of our remaining Denver-Julesburg assets on July 27, 2014 as if such transaction had occurred on January 1, 2014. As the Denver-Julesburg disposition has been reflected in our statement of financial position as of December 31, 2014, there is no impact to the summary pro forma unaudited balance sheet data as a result of that transaction. The disposition of our remaining Bakken assets in July 2014 were excluded from these unaudited pro forma financial statements due to the insignificance of the disposition. The summary unaudited pro forma financial information, while helpful in illustrating our financial characteristics using certain assumptions, does not reflect the impact of possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies and asset dispositions, among other factors that may result as a consequence of these pro forma transactions and, accordingly, does not attempt to predict or suggest future results. It also does not necessarily reflect what our historical results would have been had the pro forma transactions occurred during these periods.

 

You should read the selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this annual report and Item 5 “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this annual report. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate our expected results for any future periods.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Pro forma
year ended
December 31,

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Six-month
period ended
December 31,

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil revenue

 

$

135,580

 

$

144,994

 

$

79,365

 

$

16,790

 

$

27,965

 

$

16,706

 

Natural gas revenue

 

4,922

 

6,161

 

2,774

 

934

 

1,822

 

1,470

 

Natural gas liquids (NGL) (1)

 

7,763

 

8,638

 

3,206

 

 

 

 

Total oil and natural gas revenues

 

148,265

 

159,793

 

85,345

 

17,724

 

29,787

 

18,176

 

Lease operating and production tax expenses

 

18,892

 

20,489

 

18,383

 

4,082

 

6,355

 

2,858

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

84,201

 

85,584

 

36,225

 

6,116

 

11,111

 

6,509

 

General and administrative expense

 

15,527

 

15,527

 

15,297

 

5,810

 

6,863

 

5,338

 

Finance costs, net of interest income

 

494

 

494

 

(351

)

578

 

(111

)

(312

)

Impairment of non-current assets

 

71,212

 

71,212

 

 

 

357

 

1,273

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

10,934

 

10,934

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

(925

)

(48,604

)

(7,335

)

(122,327

)

(3,004

)

(10,940

)

(Gain) / loss on commodity hedging

 

(11,009

)

(11,009

)

554

 

639

 

(1,945

)

1,107

 

Realized currency loss

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

559

 

Other expense (income)

 

686

 

686

 

1,063

 

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(22,321

)

(841

)

5,567

 

46,616

 

4,145

 

4,755

 

Profit (loss) attributable to owners of Sundance

 

$

(19,426

)

$

15,321

 

$

15,942

 

$

76,210

 

$

6,012

 

$

7,029

 

Other comprehensive income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

 

684

 

684

 

(421

)

(154

)

(247

)

384

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners of Sundance

 

$

(18,742

)

$

16,005

 

$

15,521

 

$

76,056

 

$

5,765

 

$

7,413

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.03

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.02

 

$

0.03

 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

 

531,391,405

 

531,391,405

 

413,872,184

 

277,244,883

 

277,049,463

 

260,935,572

 

Other Supplementary Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDAX(2)

 

$

116,442

 

$

126,373

 

$

52,594

 

$

9,223

 

$

17,093

 

$

9,993

 

 


(1)                                   Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013, our NGL sales were insignificant as compared to our overall gas sales and as such, were included in our natural gas sales.

 

(2)                                   Adjusted EBITDAX is a supplemental non-IFRS financial measure. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDAX and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDAX to our profit (loss) attributable to owners of Sundance, see “—Adjusted EBITDAX” below.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

June 30,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

69,217

 

$

96,871

 

$

154,110

 

$

15,328

 

$

25,244

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

11,484

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

114,045

 

141,141

 

175,424

 

30,691

 

31,173

 

Oil and natural gas properties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets

 

519,013

 

312,230

 

79,729

 

87,274

 

45,873

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

155,130

 

166,144

 

33,439

 

11,436

 

6,626

 

Total assets

 

796,520

 

625,060

 

291,435

 

130,316

 

84,080

 

Current liabilities

 

119,324

 

140,862

 

51,842

 

30,393

 

10,160

 

Credit facilities, net of deferred financing fees

 

128,805

 

29,141

 

29,570

 

14,655

 

 

Restoration provision

 

8,866

 

5,074

 

1,228

 

588

 

349

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

102,668

 

102,711

 

56,979

 

10,476

 

6,104

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

242,190

 

136,957

 

87,777

 

25,719

 

6,453

 

Total liabilities

 

361,514

 

277,819

 

139,619

 

56,112

 

16,613

 

Net assets

 

435,006

 

347,241

 

151,816

 

74,204

 

67,467

 

Issued capital

 

306,853

 

237,008

 

58,694

 

57,978

 

57,831

 

 

4



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

Six month
period ended
December 31,

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Net Cash Flow Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

128,087

 

$

62,646

 

$

9,386

 

$

11,832

 

$

8,908

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(323,235

)

(164,355

)

114,571

 

(36,149

)

(13,465

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

167,595

 

44,455

 

14,846

 

14,734

 

18,869

 

 

Adjusted EBITDAX

 

Adjusted EBITDAX is a supplemental non-IFRS financial measure that is used by our management and external users of our consolidated financial statements, such as investors, industry analysts and lenders.

 

We define “Adjusted EBITDAX” as earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, property impairments, gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets, exploration expense, share-based compensation and income and gains and losses on commodity hedging, net of settlements of commodity hedging.

 

Our management believes Adjusted EBITDAX is useful because it allows us to more effectively evaluate our operating performance and compare the results of our operations from period to period without regard to our financing methods or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above from profit attributable to owners of Sundance in arriving at Adjusted EBITDAX, because these amounts can vary substantially from company to company within our industry, depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDAX should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income or cash flows from operating activities as determined in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, or as an indicator of our operating performance or liquidity.

 

Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDAX are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as cost of capital and tax structure, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets. Our computations of Adjusted EBITDAX may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. We believe that Adjusted EBITDAX is a widely followed measure of operating performance and may also be used by investors to measure our ability to meet debt service requirements.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the profit (loss) attributable to owners of Sundance to Adjusted EBITDAX:

 

 

 

Pro forma
Year ended
December 31,

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Six-month
period ended
December 31,

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

IFRS Profit Reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDAX:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (loss) attributable to owners of Sundance

 

$

(19,426

)

$

15,321

 

$

15,942

 

$

76,210

 

$

6,012

 

$

7,029

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(22,321

)

(841

)

5,567

 

46,616

 

4,145

 

4,755

 

Finance costs, net of (interest received)

 

494

 

494

 

(232

)

578

 

(111

)

(312

)

(Gain) loss on commodity hedging

 

(10,792

)

(10,792

)

554

 

639

 

(1,945

)

1,107

 

Settlement of commodity hedging

 

1,150

 

1,150

 

283

 

551

 

(297

)

(643

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

84,201

 

85,584

 

36,225

 

6,116

 

11,111

 

6,509

 

Impairment of non-current assets

 

71,212

 

71,212

 

 

 

357

 

1,273

 

Exploration expense

 

10,934

 

10,934

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation, value of services

 

1,915

 

1,915

 

1,590

 

840

 

825

 

1,215

 

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

(925

)

(48,604

)

(7,335

)

(122,327

)

(3,004

)

(10,940

)

Adjusted EBITDAX

 

$

116,442

 

$

126,373

 

$

52,594

 

$

9,223

 

$

17,093

 

$

9,993

 

 

5



Table of Contents

 

B.                                     Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Reasons for Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D.                                     Risk Factors

 

Risks Related to the Oil and Natural Gas Industry and Our Business

 

Our future revenues are dependent on our ability to successfully replace our proved producing reserves.

 

Our business strategy is to generate profit through the acquisition, exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas reserves. Future success therefore depends on our ability to find, develop or acquire additional oil and natural gas reserves that are economically recoverable. Further to this, our proved reserves generally decline when produced, unless we conduct successful exploration or development activities or acquire properties containing proved reserves or both. We may not be able to find, develop or acquire additional reserves on an economically viable basis. Furthermore, if oil and natural gas prices increase, the cost of finding, developing or acquiring additional reserves could also increase.

 

Exploration and development activities involve numerous risks, including the risk that no commercially productive oil or natural gas reservoirs will be discovered. In addition, the future cost and timing of drilling, completing and operating wells is often uncertain. Furthermore, drilling operations may be curtailed, delayed or canceled as a result of a variety of factors, including:

 

·                   lack of prospective acreage available on acceptable terms;

 

·                   unexpected or adverse drilling conditions;

 

·                   elevated pressure or irregularities in geologic formations;

 

·                   equipment failures or accidents;

 

·                   adverse weather conditions;

 

·                   title problems;

 

·                   limited availability of financing upon acceptable terms;

 

·                   reductions in oil and natural gas prices;

 

·                   compliance with governmental requirements; and

 

·                   shortages or delays in the availability of drilling rigs, equipment and personnel.

 

Even if our drilling efforts are successful, our wells, once completed, may not produce reserves of oil or natural gas that are economically viable or that meet our prior estimates of economically recoverable reserves. Unsuccessful drilling activities could result in a significant decline in our production and revenues and materially harm our operations and financial position by reducing our available cash and liquidity. In addition, the potential for production decline rates for our wells could be greater than we expect. Because of the risks and uncertainties inherent to our businesses, our future drilling results may not be comparable to our historical results described elsewhere in this annual report.

 

Oil, natural gas and NGL prices are volatile.  A substantial or extended decline in the price of these commodities may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Our revenues, profitability, liquidity, ability to access capital and future growth prospects are highly dependent on the prices we receive for our oil, natural gas and NGLs. The prices of these commodities are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand.  Historically, the markets for oil, natural gas and NGLs have been volatile, and this volatility may continue in the future.  The prices we receive for our production and the levels of our production depend on numerous factors beyond our control. These factors include:

 

·                   general worldwide and regional economic and political conditions;

 

·                   the domestic and global supply of, and demand for, oil, natural gas and NGLs;

 

·                   the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and marketing oil, natural gas and NGLs;

 

·                   the proximity, capacity, cost and availability of oil, natural gas and NGL pipelines and other transportation facilities;

 

·                   the price and quantity of imports of foreign oil, natural gas and NGLs;

 

·                   the level of global oil, natural gas and NGL exploration and production;

 

·                   the level of global oil, natural gas and NGL inventories;

 

·                   weather conditions and natural disasters;

 

·                   domestic and foreign governmental laws, regulations and taxes;

 

·                   volatile trading patterns in commodities futures markets;

 

·                   price and availability of competitors’ supplies of oil, natural gas and NGLs;

 

·                   the actions of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) and the ability of OPEC and other producing nations to agree to and maintain production levels;

 

·                   technological advances affecting energy consumption; and

 

·                   the price and availability of alternative fuels.

 

Further, oil, natural gas and NGL prices do not necessarily fluctuate in direct relationship to each other. Because approximately 66% of our estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2014 was attributed to oil, our financial results are more sensitive to movements in oil prices. The price of oil has been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue for the foreseeable future. Substantially all of our oil production is sold to purchasers under short-term (less than 12 months) contracts at market-based prices.

 

Prolonged or substantial declines in oil, natural gas and NGL prices may have the following effects on our business:

 

·                   reducing our revenues, operating income and cash flows;

 

·                   adversely affecting our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and our ability to meet our capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments;

 

·                   limiting our access to, or increasing the cost of, sources of capital, such as equity and long-term debt (including our borrowing capacity under our existing credit facilities);

 

·                   reducing the amount of oil, natural gas and NGLs that we can produce economically;

 

·                   reducing the amounts of our estimated proved oil, natural gas and NGLs reserves;

 

·                   reducing the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to oil, natural gas and NGL reserves;

 

7



Table of Contents

 

·                   causing us to delay or postpone certain of our capital projects; and

 

·                   reducing the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we have commodity price hedging agreements on approximately 13% of our expected Boe production for 2015. To the extent we are unhedged, we have significant exposure to adverse changes in the prices of oil and natural gas that could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our exploration, development and exploitation projects require substantial capital expenditures. We may be unable to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms, which could lead to a decline in our oil and natural gas reserves with resulting adverse effects on our cash flow and liquidity.

 

The oil and natural gas industry is capital intensive. We make and expect to continue to make substantial capital expenditures in our business for the development, exploitation, production and acquisition of oil and natural gas reserves. The actual amount and timing of our future capital expenditures may differ materially from our estimates as a result of, among other things, commodity prices, actual drilling results, the availability of drilling rigs and other services and equipment, and regulatory, technological and competitive developments. We intend to finance our future capital expenditures through a variety of sources, including through our cash flows from operations and borrowings under our credit facilities and asset sales. However, our financing needs may require us to alter or increase our capitalization substantially through the issuance of debt or equity securities or the sale of assets.

 

Our cash flows from operations and access to capital are subject to a number of variables, including:

 

·                   our proved reserves;

 

·                   the volume of oil and natural gas we are able to produce and sell from existing productive wells;

 

·                   the prices at which our oil and natural gas are sold;

 

·                   our ability to acquire, locate and produce new reserves; and

 

·                   the ability of our banks to provide us with credit or additional borrowing capacity.

 

If our revenues or the amounts we can borrow under our credit facilities decrease as a result of lower oil or natural gas prices, operating difficulties, declines in reserves or for any other reason, we may have limited ability to obtain the capital necessary to sustain our operations at current levels. If additional capital is needed, we may not be able to obtain debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If cash generated by operations or cash available under our credit facilities is not sufficient to meet our capital requirements, the failure to obtain additional financing could result in a curtailment of our operations relating to development of our prospects, which in turn could lead to a decline in our oil and natural gas reserves and production levels, and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Operating hazards, natural disasters or other interruptions of our operations could result in potential liabilities, which may not be fully covered by our insurance.

 

The oil and natural gas business involves operating hazards such as:

 

·                   well blowouts;

 

·                   mechanical failures;

 

·                   explosions;

 

·                   pipe or cement failures and casing collapses, which could release natural gas, oil, drilling fluids or hydraulic fracturing fluids;

 

·                   uncontrollable flows of oil, natural gas or well fluids;

 

·                   fires;

 

8



Table of Contents

 

·                   geologic formations with abnormal pressures;

 

·                   handling and disposal of materials, including drilling fluids and hydraulic fracturing fluids;

 

·                   pipeline ruptures or spills;

 

·                   releases of toxic gases; and

 

·                   other environmental hazards and risks.

 

Any of these hazards and risks can result in the loss of hydrocarbons, environmental pollution, personal injury claims and other damage to our properties and the property of others.

 

We maintain insurance against losses and liabilities in accordance with customary industry practices and in amounts that our management believes to be prudent. However, insurance against all operational risks is not available to us. We do not carry business interruption insurance. We may elect not to carry insurance if our management believes that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented.

 

In addition, losses could occur for uninsured risks or in amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage. We cannot insure fully against pollution and environmental risks. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable or that any particular types of coverage will be available. The occurrence of an event not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

Our planned exploratory drilling involves drilling in existing or emerging shale plays using the latest available horizontal drilling and completion techniques, which are subject to risks. As a result, drilling results may not meet our expectations for reserves or production.

 

Our operations involve utilizing the latest drilling and completion techniques as developed by us and our service providers in order to maximize cumulative recoveries and therefore generate the highest possible returns. Risks that we face while drilling include, but are not limited to:

 

·                   landing our well bore in the desired formation;

 

·                   staying in the desired formation while drilling horizontally through the formation;

 

·                   running our casing the entire length of the well bore; and

 

·                   being able to run tools and other equipment consistently through the well bore.

 

Risks that we face while completing our wells include, but are not limited to:

 

·                   being able to fracture stimulate the planned number of stages;

 

·                   being able to run tools the entire length of the well bore during completion operations; and

 

·                   successfully cleaning out the well bore after completion of the final fracture stimulation stage.

 

The results of our drilling in new or emerging formations, such as the Mississippian/Woodford, are more uncertain initially than drilling results in areas that are more developed and have a longer history of established production. Newer or emerging formations and areas have limited or no production history and, consequently, we are less able to predict future drilling results in these areas.

 

Ultimately, the success of these drilling and completion techniques can only be evaluated as more wells are drilled and production profiles are established over a sufficiently long time period. If our drilling results are less than anticipated or we are unable to execute our drilling program because of capital constraints, lease expirations, access to gathering systems and limited takeaway capacity or otherwise and/or oil and natural gas prices decline, the return on our investment in these areas may not be

 

9



Table of Contents

 

as attractive as we anticipate. Further, as a result of any of these developments we could incur material write-downs of our oil and natural gas properties and the value of our undeveloped acreage could decline in the future.

 

Our identified drilling locations are scheduled to be developed over several years, making them susceptible to uncertainties that could materially alter the occurrence or timing of their drilling.

 

Our final determination of whether to drill any scheduled or budgeted wells will be dependent on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   the results of our exploration efforts;

 

·                   review and analysis of geologic and engineering data;

 

·                   the availability of sufficient capital resources to us and the other participants for drilling and completing of the prospects;

 

·                   the approval of the prospects by other participants once additional data has been compiled;

 

·                   economic and industry conditions at the time of drilling, including prevailing and anticipated prices for oil and natural gas and the availability and prices of drilling rigs and personnel; and

 

·                   the ability to maintain, extend or renew leases and permits on reasonable terms for the prospects.

 

Although we have identified or budgeted for numerous drilling prospects, we may not be able to lease or drill those prospects within our expected time frame or at all. Wells that are currently part of our capital plan may be based on results of drilling activities in other areas that we believe are geologically similar to a prospect rather than on analysis of seismic or other data in the prospect area, in which case actual drilling and results are likely to vary, possibly materially, from results in other areas. In addition, our drilling schedule may vary from our expectations because of future uncertainties. In addition, our ability to produce oil and natural gas may be significantly affected by the availability and prices of hydraulic fracturing equipment and personnel.

 

Certain of our undeveloped leasehold acreage is subject to leases expiring over the next several years unless production is established on units containing the acreage.

 

Certain of our undeveloped leasehold acreage is subject to leases that will expire unless production is established. For these properties, if production in commercial quantities has not been established on the leased property or units that include the leased property containing these leases, our leases will expire and we will lose our right to develop the related properties. As of December 31, 2014, 50,062 net acres of our total acreage position was not held by production. For the acreage underlying such properties, if production in paying quantities is not established on units containing these leases, approximately 18,760 net acres will expire in 2015, approximately 3,951 net acres will expire in 2016 and approximately 27,351 net acres will expire thereafter.

 

Our drilling plans for these areas are subject to change based upon various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

·                   drilling results;

 

·                   oil and natural gas prices;

 

·                   the availability and cost of capital;

 

·                   drilling and production costs;

 

·                   the availability of drilling services and equipment;

 

·                   gathering system and pipeline transportation constraints; and

 

·                   regulatory approvals.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

As a non-operating leaseholder in certain of our properties, we have less control over the timing of drilling and there is a higher risk of lease expirations occurring where we are not the operator. For certain properties in which we are a non-operating leaseholder, we have the right to propose the drilling of wells pursuant to a joint operating agreement. Those properties that are not subject to a joint operating agreement are located in states where state law grants us the right to force pooling.

 

We have limited control over activities in properties we do not operate, which could reduce our production and revenues.

 

We utilize joint operating agreements in some of our properties where we have less than 100% working interest. Other companies may be operators under these joint operating agreements and, as a minority working interest owner, we will be dependent to a degree on the efficient and effective management of the operators. The objectives and strategy of those operators may not always be consistent with our objectives and strategy. As a result, we have limited ability to exercise influence over, and control the risks associated with, operations of these properties. The failure of an operator of our wells to adequately perform operations, an operator’s breach of the applicable agreements or an operator’s failure to act in ways that are in our best interests could reduce our production and revenues or could create liability for the operator’s failure to properly maintain the well and facilities and to adhere to applicable safety and environmental standards. With respect to properties that we do not operate:

 

·                   the operator could refuse to initiate exploration or development projects;

 

·                   if we proceed with any of those projects the operator has refused to initiate, we may not receive any funding from the operator with respect to that project;

 

·                   the operator may initiate exploration or development projects on a different schedule than we would prefer;

 

·                   the operator may propose greater capital expenditures than we wish, including expenditures to drill more wells or build more facilities on a project than we have funds available, which may cause us to not fully participate in those projects or participate in a substantial amount of the revenues from those projects; and

 

·                   the operator may not have sufficient expertise or financial resources to develop such projects.

 

Any of these events could significantly and adversely affect our anticipated exploration and development activities. Under our joint operating agreements, we will be required to pay our percentage interest share of all costs and liabilities incurred by the operator on behalf of the working interest owners in connection with joint venture activities. In common with other working interest owners, if we fail to pay our share of any costs and liabilities, we may be deemed to have elected non-participation with respect to operations affected and we may be subject to loss of interest through foreclosure of operator liens invoked by participating working interest owners which may subject us to non-consent penalties.

 

We operated 88.5% of our total production for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Our estimated proved reserves are based on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate and any significant inaccuracies in these reserve estimates or underlying assumptions could materially affect the quantities and present value of our reserves.

 

There are uncertainties inherent in estimating oil and natural gas reserves and their estimated value, including many factors beyond our control. The reserve data in this annual report represent only estimates. Reservoir engineering is a subjective and inexact process of estimating underground accumulations of oil and natural gas that cannot be measured in an exact manner and is based on assumptions that may vary considerably from actual results. Reservoir engineering also requires economic assumptions about matters such as oil and natural gas prices, drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and availability of funds. Accordingly, actual production, oil and natural gas prices, revenue, taxes, operating expenses, expenditures and quantities of recoverable oil and natural gas reserves will likely vary, possibly materially, from estimates. Any significant variance in our estimates or the accuracy of our assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of reserves shown in this annual report.  As of December 31, 2014, approximately 62% of our total proved reserves were proved undeveloped.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

SEC rules could limit our ability to book additional PUDs in the future.

 

SEC rules require that, subject to limited exceptions, our PUDs may only be booked if they relate to wells scheduled to be drilled within five years after the date of booking. This requirement limits our ability to book additional PUDs as we pursue our drilling program. Moreover, we may be required to write-down our PUDs if we do not drill those wells within the required five-year time frame.

 

The present value of future net revenues from our proved reserves will not necessarily be the same as the current market value of our estimated oil and natural gas reserves.

 

The discounted future net cash flows in this annual report are not necessarily the same as the current market value of our estimated oil and natural gas reserves. As required by the current requirements for oil and natural gas reserve estimation and disclosures, the estimated discounted future net cash flows from proved reserves are based on the average of the sales price on the first day of each month in the applicable year, with costs determined as of the date of the estimate. Actual future net cash flows also will be affected by various factors, including:

 

·                   the actual prices we receive for oil and natural gas;

 

·                   our actual operating costs in producing oil and natural gas;

 

·                   the amount and timing of actual production;

 

·                   supply and demand for oil and natural gas;

 

·                   increases or decreases in consumption of oil and natural gas; and

 

·                   changes in governmental regulations or taxation.

 

In addition, the 10% discount factor we use when calculating discounted future net cash flows for reporting requirements may not be the most appropriate discount factor based on interest rates in effect from time to time and risks associated with us or the oil and gas industry in general.

 

Our derivative activities could result in financial losses or could reduce our income.

 

Because oil and natural gas prices are subject to volatility, we may periodically enter into price-risk-management transactions such as fixed-rate swaps, costless collars, puts, calls and basis differential swaps to reduce our exposure to price declines associated with a portion of our oil and natural gas production and thereby achieve a more predictable cash flow. The use of these arrangements limits our ability to benefit from increases in the prices of oil and natural gas. Our derivative arrangements may apply to only a portion of our production, thereby providing only partial protection against declines in oil and natural gas prices.

 

These arrangements may expose us to the risk of financial loss in certain circumstances, including instances in which production is less than expected, our customers fail to purchase contracted quantities of oil and natural gas or a sudden, unexpected event that materially impacts oil or natural gas prices. In addition, the counterparties under our derivatives contracts may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations to us.

 

If oil and natural gas prices continue to be depressed or decline further, we may be required to write-down the carrying values of our oil and natural gas properties.

 

We review our proved oil and natural gas properties for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying value may have occurred. Based on specific market factors and circumstances at the time of prospective impairment reviews and the continuing evaluation of development plans, production data, economics and other factors, we may be required to write-down the carrying value of our oil and natural gas properties. A write-down constitutes a non-cash charge to earnings. We may incur impairment charges in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to borrow under our credit facilities and which could adversely impact our results of operations for the periods in which such charges are taken.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Our inability to market our oil and natural gas could adversely affect our business.

 

Market conditions or the unavailability of satisfactory oil and natural gas transportation arrangements may hinder our access to oil and natural gas markets or delay production. The availability of a ready market for our oil and natural gas production depends on a number of factors, including the demand for and supply of oil and natural gas and the proximity of reserves to pipelines and gathering facilities. Our ability to market our production depends in substantial part on the availability and capacity of gathering systems, pipelines and processing facilities owned and operated by third parties. Our failure to obtain such services on favorable terms could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

Our productive properties may be located in areas with limited or no access to pipelines, thereby requiring compression facilities or delivery by other means, such as trucking and train. Such restrictions on our ability to sell our oil or natural gas may have several adverse effects, including higher transportation costs, fewer potential purchasers (thereby potentially resulting in a lower selling price) or, in the event we are unable to market and sustain production from a particular lease for an extended period of time, possibly resulting in the loss of a lease due to the lack of commercially established production.

 

We generally deliver our oil and natural gas production through gathering systems and pipelines that we do not own under interruptible or short-term transportation agreements. Under the interruptible transportation agreements, the transportation of our oil and natural gas production may be interrupted due to capacity constraints on the applicable system, for maintenance or repair of the system or for other reasons as dictated by the particular agreements. Due to the lack of available pipeline capacity in certain regions in which we operate, we have entered into firm transportation agreements for a portion of our production in order to secure guaranteed capacity on major pipelines. We may also enter into firm transportation arrangements for additional production in the future. Because we are obligated to pay fees on minimum volumes to our service providers under these agreements regardless of actual volume throughput, these firm transportation agreements may be significantly more costly than interruptible or short-term transportation agreements, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

A portion of our oil and natural gas production in any region may be interrupted, or shut in, from time to time for numerous reasons, including as a result of weather conditions, accidents, loss of pipeline or gathering system access, or field personnel issues or strikes. We may also voluntarily curtail production in response to market conditions. If a substantial amount of our production is interrupted or curtailed, it could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

Borrowings under our Revolving Facility are limited by our borrowing base, which is subject to periodic redetermination.

 

We are parties to a credit agreement with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc. as administrative agent (the “Credit Agreement”), providing for a $300 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and term loans of $125 million, with an accordion feature for up to $50 million in additional term loans subject to certain conditions (the “Term Loans”).  Our Revolving Facility had a borrowing base of $75 million as of May 14, 2015.

 

The borrowing base under our Revolving Facility is redetermined at least semi-annually. Redeterminations are based upon a number of factors, including commodity prices and reserve levels. In addition, our lenders have substantial flexibility to reduce our borrowing base due to subjective factors. Upon a redetermination, we could be required to repay a portion of the debt owed under our Revolving Facility to the extent our outstanding borrowings at such time exceeds the redetermined borrowing base. We may not have sufficient funds to make such repayments, which could result in a default under the terms of our Revolving Facility and an acceleration of the loans outstanding under our Credit Agreement. Failure to timely pay these debt obligations when due could cause us to lose our assets through mortgage foreclosure, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Our credit facilities have substantial restrictions and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities.

 

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our credit facilities restrict our ability to finance future operations or capital needs and to engage, expand or pursue our business activities. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants in the future is uncertain and will be affected by our results of operations and financial condition and events or circumstances beyond our control. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants, ratios or tests in our credit agreements, our indebtedness may become immediately due and payable, the interest rates under our credit agreements may increase and the lenders’ commitment, if any, to make further loans to us may terminate. In the event that some or all of the amounts outstanding under our credit facilities are accelerated and become immediately due and payable, we may not have the funds to repay, or the ability to refinance, such outstanding amounts under our credit facilities, and our lenders could foreclose upon critical assets, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. For a description of our credit facilities, please see Item 5.B. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources— Credit Facilities .”

 

Our level of indebtedness may increase, reducing our financial flexibility.

 

We intend to fund our capital expenditures through a combination of cash flow from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities and, if necessary, debt or equity financings. Our ability to make the necessary capital investment to maintain or expand our asset base and develop oil and natural gas reserves will be impaired if cash flow from operations is reduced and external sources of capital become limited or unavailable. If we incur additional debt for these or other purposes, the related risks that we now face could intensify. Our level of debt could adversely affect our business and results of operations in several important ways, including the following:

 

·                   a portion of our cash flow from operations would be used to pay interest on borrowings;

 

·                   the covenants contained in our credit facilities limit our ability to borrow additional funds, pay dividends, dispose of assets or issue shares of preferred stock and otherwise may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in general business and economic conditions;

 

·                   a high level of debt may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes;

 

·                   a leveraged financial position would make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and decreases in commodity prices and could limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures; and

 

·                   a debt that we incur under our credit facilities will be at variable rates, which could make us vulnerable to an increase in interest rates.

 

Increased costs of capital could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business and operating results can be adversely affected by factors such as the availability, terms and cost of capital and increases in interest rates. Changes in any one or more of these factors could cause our cost of doing business to increase, limit our access to capital, limit our ability to pursue acquisition opportunities, reduce our cash flows available for drilling and place us at a competitive disadvantage. Disruptions in the global financial markets may lead to an increase in interest rates or a contraction in credit availability, which would impact our ability to finance our operations. We will require continued access to capital for the foreseeable future. A significant reduction in the availability of credit could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Competition in the oil and natural gas industry is intense and many of our competitors have resources that are greater than ours.

 

The oil and natural gas industry is highly competitive. Public integrated and independent oil and gas companies, private equity backed and private operators are all active bidders for desirable oil and natural gas properties as well as the equipment and personnel required to operate those properties. Many of these companies have substantially greater financial resources, staff and facilities than we do. There is a risk that increased industry competition will adversely impact our ability to purchase assets or secure services at prices that will allow us to generate sufficient returns on investment in the future.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

The loss of any of our key personnel could adversely affect our business, financial condition, the results of operations and future growth.

 

We are reliant on a number of key members of our executive management team. Loss of such personnel may have an adverse effect on our performance. We currently have an employment agreement with our chief executive officer and managing director, however we have not entered into agreements with any of the other members of our executive management team. Certain areas in which we operate are highly competitive regions and competition for qualified personnel is intense. We may be unable to hire suitable field personnel for our technical team or there may be periods of time where a particular position remains vacant while a suitable replacement is identified and appointed. Our ability to manage our growth will require us to continue to train, motivate and manage our employees and to attract, motivate and retain additional qualified personnel. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining the personnel required to grow and operate our business profitably.

 

Our ability to manage growth will have an impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our growth historically has been achieved through the acquisition of leaseholds and the expansion of our drilling programs. Future growth may place strains on our financial, technical, operational and administrative resources and cause us to rely more on project partners and independent contractors, potentially adversely affecting our financial position and results of operations. Our ability to grow will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   our ability to obtain leases or options on properties;

 

·                   our ability to identify and acquire new exploratory prospects;

 

·                   our ability to develop existing prospects;

 

·                   our ability to continue to retain and attract skilled personnel;

 

·                   our ability to maintain or enter into new relationships with project partners and independent contractors;

 

·                   the results of our drilling programs;

 

·                   commodity prices; and

 

·                   our access to capital.

 

We may not be successful in upgrading our technical, operational and administrative resources or increasing our internal resources sufficiently to provide certain of the services currently provided by third parties, and we may not be able to maintain or enter into new relationships with project partners and independent contractors on financially attractive terms, if at all. Our inability to achieve or manage growth may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may incur losses as a result of title deficiencies.

 

We may lose title to, or interests in, our leases and other properties if the conditions to which those interests are subject are not satisfied or if insufficient funds are available to meet the commitments.

 

The existence of title differences with respect to our oil and natural gas properties could reduce their value or render such properties worthless, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We do not obtain title insurance and have not necessarily obtained drilling title opinions on all of our oil and natural gas properties. As is customary in the industry in which we operate, we generally rely upon the judgment of oil and natural gas lease brokers or independent landmen who perform the field work in examining records in the appropriate governmental offices and abstract facilities before attempting to acquire or place under lease a specific mineral interest and before drilling a well on a leased tract, and we generally make title investigations and receive title opinions of local counsel before we commence drilling operations. In some cases, we perform curative work to correct deficiencies in the marketability or adequacy of the title assigned to us. In cases involving more serious title problems, the amount paid for affected oil and natural gas leases can be lost, and the target area can become undrillable. While we undertake to cure all title deficiencies prior to drilling, the failure of title may not be discovered until after a well is drilled, in which case we may lose the lease, our investment in the well and the right to produce

 

15



Table of Contents

 

all or a portion of the minerals under the property. A significant portion of our acreage is undeveloped leasehold, which has a greater risk of title defects than developed acreage.

 

Our operations are subject to health, safety and environmental laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

The conduct of exploration for, and production of, hydrocarbons may expose our staff to potentially dangerous working environments. Occupational health and safety legislation and regulations differ in each jurisdiction. If any of our employees suffer injury or death, compensation payments or fines may have to be paid, and such circumstances could result in the loss of a license or permit required to carry on the business, or other legislative sanction, all of which have the potential to materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

There is an inherent risk of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities in the performance of our operations, some of which may be material, due to our handling of petroleum hydrocarbons and wastes, our emissions to air and water, the underground injection or other disposal of our wastes and historical industry operations and waste disposal practices. Under certain environmental laws and regulations, we may be liable, regardless of whether we were at fault, for the full cost of removing or remediating contamination, even when multiple parties contributed to the release and the contaminants were released in compliance with all applicable laws. In addition, accidental spills or releases on our properties may expose us to significant liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Aside from government agencies, the owners of properties where our wells are located, the operators of facilities where our petroleum hydrocarbons or wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal and other private parties may be able to sue us to enforce compliance with environmental laws and regulations, as well as collect penalties for violations or obtain damages for any related personal injury or property damage. Some sites we operate are located near current or former third-party oil and natural gas operations or facilities, and there is a risk that contamination has migrated from those sites to ours. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent or costly material handling, emission, waste management or cleanup requirements could require us to make significant expenditures to attain and maintain compliance or may otherwise materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We may not be able to recover some or any of these costs from insurance.  Federal and state regulators are increasingly targeting greenhouse gas emissions from oil and gas operations.  While these regulatory efforts are evolving, they may require the installation of emission controls or mandate other action that may result in increased costs of operation, delay, uncertainty or exposure to liability.

 

In addition, our operations and financial performance may be adversely affected by governmental action, including delay, inaction, policy change or the introduction of new, or amendment of or changes in interpretation of existing legislation or regulations, particularly in relation to foreign ownership, access to infrastructure, environmental regulation (including in respect of carbon emissions and management), royalties and production and exploration licensing.

 

Hydraulic fracturing, which is the process used for releasing hydrocarbons from shale rock, has recently come under increased scrutiny and could be the subject of further regulation that could impact the timing and cost of development.

 

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and commonly used process in the completion of unconventional oil and natural gas wells. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure into deep rock formations to stimulate oil or natural gas production. Currently, hydraulic fracturing is primarily regulated in the United States at the state level, which generally focuses on regulation of well design, pressure testing and other operating practices. However, some states and local jurisdictions across the United States, including states in which we operate, have begun adopting more restrictive regulations, including measures such as:

 

·                   required disclosure of chemicals used during the hydraulic fracturing process;

 

·                   restrictions on wastewater disposal activities;

 

·                   required baseline and post-drilling sampling of water supplies in close proximity to hydraulic fracturing operations;

 

·                   new municipal or state land use regulations, such as changes in setback requirements, which may restrict drilling locations or related activities;

 

·                   financial assurance requirements, such as the posting of bonds, to secure site restoration obligations; and

 

16



Table of Contents

 

·                   local moratoria or even bans on oil and natural gas development utilizing hydraulic fracturing in some communities.

 

At the U.S. federal level, hydraulic fracturing that does not involve the use of diesel fuels is exempt from regulation under the Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”). However, the United States Congress (“Congress”) has considered and likely will continue to consider eliminating this regulatory exemption, which could subject hydraulic fracturing activities to regulation and permitting by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) under the SDWA. Congressional action will be informed by a study commenced in 2011 by the EPA on the impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, with final results anticipated in 2016. Despite the existing exemption, the EPA has begun utilizing other legal authorities in various ways to regulate portions of the hydraulic fracturing process, exemplified by its issuance of regulations under the Clean Air Act limiting emission of pollutants during the hydraulic fracturing process, as well as its recent initiation of a proposed rulemaking under the Toxic Substances Control Act to obtain data on chemical substances and mixtures used in hydraulic fracturing. In addition, the United States Department of the Interior has proposed comprehensive regulations governing the use of hydraulic fracturing on federally managed lands.

 

These efforts by Congress, federal regulators, states and local governments could result in additional costs, delay and operational uncertainty that could limit, preclude or add costs to use of hydraulic fracturing in our drilling operations.

 

Our ability to produce oil and natural gas economically and in commercial quantities could be impaired if we are unable to acquire adequate supplies of water for our drilling operations or are unable to dispose of or recycle the water we use economically and in an environmentally safe manner.

 

Drilling activities require the use of water. For example, the hydraulic fracturing process that we employ to produce commercial quantities of oil and natural gas from many reservoirs, including the Eagle Ford, requires the use and disposal of significant quantities of water. In certain areas, there may be insufficient local aquifer capacity to provide a source of water for drilling activities. Water must be obtained from other sources and transported to the drilling site. The effects of climate change may further exacerbate water scarcity in certain regions.

 

Our inability to secure sufficient amounts of water, or to dispose of or recycle the water used in our operations, could adversely impact our operations in certain areas. Moreover, the imposition of new environmental initiatives and regulations could include restrictions on our ability to conduct certain operations such as hydraulic fracturing or disposal of waste, including, but not limited to, produced water, drilling fluids and other materials associated with the exploration, development or production of oil and natural gas. In particular, regulatory focus on disposal of produced water and drilling waste through underground injection has increased because of alleged links between such injection and regional seismic impacts in disposal areas.

 

Compliance with environmental regulations and permit requirements governing the withdrawal, storage and use of surface water or groundwater necessary for hydraulic fracturing of wells may increase our operating costs and cause delays, interruptions or termination of our operations, the extent of which cannot be predicted, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Climate change laws and regulations restricting emissions of “greenhouse gases” could result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the oil and natural gas that we produce while the physical effects of climate change could disrupt our production and cause us to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to those effects.

 

On December 15, 2009, the EPA published its findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other “greenhouse gases” present an endangerment to human health and the environment because emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing to the warming of the Earth’s atmosphere and other climatic changes. These findings by the EPA have allowed the agency to proceed with the adoption and implementation of regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases under existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. Among other things, EPA regulations now require specified large greenhouse gas emitters in the United States, including companies in the energy industry, to annually report those emissions. New major sources or significant modifications of existing sources of traditional air pollutants are required to obtain permits and to use best available control technology to control those emissions pursuant to the Clean Air Act as a prerequisite to the development of that emissions source. In addition, sources subject to best available control technology for traditional air pollutants are now also required to use best available control technology to control significant greenhouse gas emissions. While these regulations have not to date materially affected us, such regulations may over time require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas we produce.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

In addition, as discussed in more detail below, the EPA published its proposed New Source Performance Standard (“NSPS”) rule regulating carbon dioxide from new, modified and existing fossil fuel-fired power plants. The EPA is expected to finalize the standards in late summer 2015. While these rules will more negatively impact coal-fired power plants, natural gas-fired power plants may also face liability under the rules and increased costs of operation.

 

On January 14, 2015, the Obama Administration announced plans to reduce methane emissions from the oil and gas industry, including throughout the natural gas supply chain. The methane developments could affect us indirectly by affecting our customer base or by directly regulating our operations. In either case, these new developments could result in increased costs of operation and exposure to liability.

 

In addition, Congress has considered legislation to restrict or regulate emissions of greenhouse gases, such as carbon dioxide and methane, that are understood to contribute to global warming. While comprehensive climate legislation will likely not be passed by either house of Congress in the near future, energy legislation and other initiatives continue to be proposed that may be relevant to greenhouse gas emissions issues. In addition, almost half of the states, either individually or through multi-state regional initiatives, have begun to address greenhouse gas emissions, primarily through the planned development of emission inventories or regional greenhouse gas cap and trade programs. Although most of the state-level initiatives have to date been focused on large sources of greenhouse gas emissions such as electric power plants, smaller sources could become subject to greenhouse gas-related regulation. Depending on the particular program, we could be required to control emissions or to purchase and surrender allowances for greenhouse gas emissions resulting from our operations. Any future federal laws or implementing regulations that may be adopted to address greenhouse gas emissions could require us to incur increased operating costs and could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas we produce.

 

Finally, some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, floods, droughts and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our exploration and production operations. Significant physical effects of climate change could also have an indirect effect on our financing and operations by disrupting the transportation or process-related services provided by midstream companies, service companies or suppliers with whom we have a business relationship. We may not be able to recover through insurance some or any of the damages, losses, or costs that may result from potential physical effects of climate change.

 

Certain federal income tax deductions currently available with respect to oil and natural gas exploration and development may be eliminated as a result of future legislation.

 

We are also subject to changing and extensive tax laws, the effects of which cannot be predicted. Certain legislation introduced in Congress, if enacted into law, would make significant changes to U.S. tax laws, including, but not limited to, the elimination of certain key federal income tax incentives currently available to oil and natural gas exploration and production companies. These or any other similar changes in federal tax laws could defer or eliminate certain tax deductions that are currently available with respect to oil and natural gas exploration and development, and any such change could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

General economic conditions could adversely affect our business and future growth.

 

Instability in the global financial markets may have a material impact on our liquidity and financial condition, and we may ultimately face major challenges if conditions in the financial markets were to materially change or worsen. Our ability to access the capital markets or to borrow money may be restricted or may be more expensive at a time when we would need to raise capital, which could have an adverse effect on our flexibility to react to changing economic and business conditions and on our ability to fund our operations and capital expenditures in the future. Such economic conditions could have an impact on our customers, causing them to fail to meet their obligations to us. In addition, it could have an impact on the liquidity of our operating partners, resulting in delays in operations or their failure to make required payments.

 

Also, market conditions could have an impact on our oil and natural gas derivative instruments if our counterparties are unable to perform their obligations or seek bankruptcy protection, which could lead to reductions in the demand for oil and natural gas, or reductions in the prices of oil and natural gas or both, which could have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. While the ultimate outcome and impact of changing economic conditions cannot be predicted, they may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Changes in the differential between benchmark prices of oil and natural gas and the reference or regional index price used to price our actual oil and natural gas sales could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The reference or regional index prices that we will use to price our oil and natural gas sales sometimes will reflect a discount to the relevant benchmark prices. The difference between the benchmark price and the price we reference in our sales contracts is called a differential. We cannot accurately predict oil and natural gas differentials. Changes in differentials between the benchmark price for oil and natural gas and the reference or regional index price we reference in our sales contracts could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Recent federal legislation could have an adverse impact on our ability to use derivative instruments to reduce the effects of commodity prices, interest rates and other risks associated with our business.

 

Historically, we have entered into a number of commodity derivative contracts in order to hedge a portion of our oil and natural gas production. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), which requires the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the new legislation. The CFTC issued regulations setting position limits for certain futures and option contracts in the major energy markets and for swaps that are their economic equivalents. Certain bona fide hedging transactions are exempt from these limits. The position limits regulation was vacated by the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in September 2012. The CFTC has appealed the District Court’s decision and its Chairman has stated that the agency is working on developing a new proposed rulemaking to address position limits. The CFTC has finalized other regulations, including critical rulemakings on the “swap” and “swap dealer” definitions, swap dealer registration, swap data reporting and mandatory clearing, among others. The Dodd-Frank Act and CFTC rules also will require us in connection with certain derivatives activities to comply with clearing and trade-execution requirements (or take steps to qualify for an exemption to such requirements). In addition, new regulations may require us to comply with margin requirements although these regulations are not finalized and their application to us is uncertain at this time. The legislation may also require the counterparties to our derivative contracts to spin off some of their derivatives activities to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty.

 

The new legislation and any new regulations could:

 

·                   significantly increase the cost of some derivative contracts (including through requirements to post collateral that could adversely affect our available liquidity);

 

·                   materially alter the terms of some derivative contracts;

 

·                   reduce the availability of some derivatives to protect against risks we encounter;

 

·                   reduce our ability to monetize or restructure our existing derivative contracts; and

 

·                   potentially increase our exposure to less creditworthy counterparties.

 

If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the new legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures. Increased volatility may make us less attractive to certain types of investors. Finally, the Dodd-Frank Act was intended, in part, to reduce the volatility of oil and natural gas prices, which some legislators attributed to speculative trading in derivatives and commodity instruments related to oil and natural gas. If the new legislation and regulations result in lower commodity prices, our revenues could be adversely affected. Any of these consequences could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to risks in connection with acquisitions, and the integration of significant acquisitions may be difficult.

 

In accordance with our business strategies, we periodically evaluate acquisitions of reserves, properties, prospects and leaseholds and other strategic transactions that appear to fit within our overall business strategy. The successful acquisition of producing properties requires an assessment of several factors, including:

 

·                   recoverable reserves;

 

19



Table of Contents

 

·                   future oil and natural gas prices and their appropriate differentials;

 

·                   development and operating costs; and

 

·                   potential environmental and other liabilities.

 

The accuracy of these assessments is inherently uncertain. In connection with these assessments, we perform a review of the subject properties that we believe to be generally consistent with industry practices. Our review will not reveal all existing or potential problems nor will it permit us to become sufficiently familiar with the properties to fully assess their deficiencies and potential recoverable reserves. Inspections may not always be performed on every well, and environmental problems are not necessarily observable even when an inspection is undertaken. Even when problems are identified, the seller may be unwilling or unable to provide effective contractual protection against all or part of the problems. We often are not entitled to contractual indemnification for environmental liabilities and acquire properties on an “as is” basis.

 

Significant acquisitions and other strategic transactions may involve other risks, including:

 

·                   diversion of our management’s attention to evaluating, negotiating and integrating significant acquisitions and strategic transactions;

 

·                   the challenge and cost of integrating acquired operations, information management and other technology systems and business cultures with those of our operations while carrying on our ongoing business;

 

·                   difficulty associated with coordinating geographically separate organizations; and

 

·                   the challenge of attracting and retaining personnel associated with acquired operations.

 

The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of our business. Our senior management may be required to devote considerable amounts of time to this integration process, which will decrease the time they will have to manage our business. If our senior management is not able to effectively manage the integration process, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, our business could suffer.

 

In addition, even if we successfully integrate an acquisition, it may not be possible to realize the full benefits we may expect, including with respect to estimated proved reserves, production volume or cost savings from operating synergies, within our expected time frame. Anticipated benefits of an acquisition may also be offset by operating losses relating to changes in commodity prices in oil and natural gas industry conditions, risks and uncertainties relating to the exploratory prospects of the combined assets or operations, or an increase in operating or other costs or other difficulties. Failure to realize the benefits we anticipate from an acquisition may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Risks Related to our Shares

 

The market price and trading volume of our shares may be volatile and may be affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

 

Our shares are listed on the ASX under the symbol “SEA.” The market price of our shares on the ASX may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume of our shares may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our shares declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of our shares will not fluctuate or significantly decline in the future.

 

Some specific factors that could negatively affect the price of our shares or result in fluctuations in their price and trading volume include:

 

·                   actual or expected fluctuations in our operating results;

 

·                   actual or expected changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

 

20



Table of Contents

 

·                   changes in commodity prices for hydrocarbons we produce;

 

·                   changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

·                   changes in our key personnel;

 

·                   potential acquisitions and divestitures;

 

·                   changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

·                   changes or proposed changes in laws and regulations affecting the oil and natural gas industry;

 

·                   sales of ordinary shares by us, our executive officers or our shareholders in the future;

 

·                   conditions in the oil and natural gas industry in general; and

 

·                   conditions in the financial markets or changes in general economic conditions.

 

There is no established public market for our securities in the United States and we cannot assure you that our ordinary shares will be listed on any securities exchange or that an active trading market will ever develop for any of our securities in the United States.

 

There is currently no established public market in the United States for our ordinary shares. While our ordinary shares are listed for quotation on the OTC Pink marketplace operated by the OTC Markets Group, trading is limited, sporadic and volatile. There is no assurance that an active trading market in our ordinary shares will develop in the United States, or if such a market develops, that it will be sustained. As a result, an investor may find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of, our ordinary shares in the United States.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company that is not a foreign private issuer or that files as a domestic issuer.

 

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that impose disclosure requirements as well as procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as a company that files as a domestic issuer whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor are we generally required to comply with the SEC’s Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material non-public information.

 

If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

 

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2016, our management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company.

 

Our first Section 404(a) assessment will take place beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2016. The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports and/or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results or our auditors may be required to issue a qualified audit report. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with evaluating our compliance with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to

 

21



Table of Contents

 

modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.

 

If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of our shares could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions.

 

We could be classified as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of our shares.

 

Based on our business results for the last fiscal year and composition of our assets, we do not believe that we were a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year ended December 31, 2014. Similarly, based on our business projections and the anticipated composition of our assets for the current and future years, we do not expect that we will be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, a separate determination is required after the close of each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC. If our actual business results do not match our projections, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation will be considered a PFIC for a taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during the fiscal year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Because the determination of our PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, and involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder (as defined in Item 10.E. “Additional Information—Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”) holds an ordinary share, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. holder. See Item 10.E. “Additional Information—Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations— Passive Foreign Investment Company .”

 

We have never declared or paid dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. For the foreseeable future, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to compliance with applicable laws and covenants under current or future credit facilities, which may restrict or limit our ability to pay dividends, and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. As a result, a return on your investment will only occur if our ordinary share price appreciates.

 

Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares.

 

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Among other things, we are subject to the Corporations Act 2001 (“Corporations Act”). Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power in us increasing to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20%, though below 90%. Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares. This may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our board of directors and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ opportunity to sell their ordinary shares and may further restrict the ability of our shareholders to obtain a premium from such transactions.

 

Our Constitution and Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

 

As an Australian company, we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Australian Corporations Act, set forth various rights and obligations that are unique to us as an Australian company. These requirements may operate differently than those of many U.S. companies.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Item 4.  Information on Sundance

 

A.                                     History and Development

 

Sundance Energy Australia Limited, a public onshore oil and natural gas company, was incorporated under the laws of Australia in December 2004. In April 2005, we completed an initial public offering of our ordinary shares and listing of these shares on the ASX.

 

Our principal office is located at 633 17th Street, Suite 1950, Denver, Colorado 80202. Our telephone number is (303) 543-5700. Our website address is www.sundanceenergy.net. Information on our website and the websites linked to it do not constitute part of this annual report. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Sundance Energy, Inc., which has its principal place of business at 633 17th Street, Suite 1950, Denver, Colorado 80202.

 

We are an onshore oil and natural gas company focused on the exploration, development and production of large, repeatable resource plays, primarily in south Texas targeting the Eagle Ford basin (“Eagle Ford”) and north central Oklahoma targeting the Mississippian and Woodford formations (“Mississippian/Woodford”).

 

Acquisitions

 

In January 2015, we acquired three leases totaling approximately 14,180 net acres in the Eagle Ford for approximately $13.4 million.

 

In July 2014, we acquired the working interests in approximately 9,200 gross (5,700 net) and 18,000 gross (5,400 net) mineral acres in Dimmit and Maverick Counties, Texas, respectively. The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $36 million and a commitment to drill four Eagle Ford wells. In addition, we have the option, at our sole discretion, to acquire the seller’s remaining working interests in Dimmit and Maverick Counties, Texas (including the seller’s interest in producing wells) for an additional $45 million (comprised of the seller’s choice of all cash or cash and ordinary shares, with certain restrictions).

 

In April 2014, we acquired approximately 4,800 net acres in the Eagle Ford for an initial purchase price of approximately $10.5 million and two separate earn out payments due upon commencement of drilling ($7.7 million) and payout of the first six wells drilled on the acreage ($7.7 million). The term of the agreement is two years and provides a one-year extension for $500 per acre extended. This acreage is adjacent to our current acreage in McMullen County, Texas.

 

In March 2013, we completed our merger with Texon Petroleum Ltd. (“Texon”) through which we acquired our initial assets in the Eagle Ford, consisting of approximately 7,735 gross (7,336 net) acres at the time of acquisition. Shortly after the acquisition, we changed the name of Texon to Armadillo Petroleum Limited, and we similarly renamed Texon’s subsidiaries. The purchase price for the Texon acquisition was approximately $158.4 million, which involved the issuance of approximately 122,669,678 of our ordinary shares to Texon’s shareholders.

 

Divestitures

 

In July 2014, we divested our remaining assets located in the Denver-Julesburg basin. The sale price of approximately $108.8 million in cash included the reimbursement of capital expenditures incurred on 8 gross (3.1 net) non-operated horizontal wells.

 

In July 2014, we divested our remaining assets located in the northwest North Dakota targeting the Bakken and Three-Forks formations (“Bakken”). The sale price of $14 million included $10 million in cash and relief from a net liability owed to the buyer of $4 million.

 

In November 2013, we sold our entire interest in an individual operated well and 622 net developed acres, located in the Phoenix prospect of the Bakken, for gross proceeds of approximately $4.3 million. In December 2013, we sold our interests in properties also located in the Phoenix prospect for $35.5 million. The assets sold included 77 gross (3.7 net) non-operated producing wells in McKenzie, Dunn and Mountrail Counties, North Dakota.

 

B.                                     Business Overview

 

We are an onshore oil and natural gas company focused on the exploration, development and production of large, repeatable resource plays in North America. Our oil and natural gas properties are located in premier U.S. oil and natural gas basins, and through the year ended December 31, 2014 our operational activities were conducted in the Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

We intend to utilize our U.S.-based management and technical team to appraise, develop, produce and grow our portfolio of assets. Our strategy is to develop assets where we are the operator and have high working interests, which positions us to control the pace of our development and the allocation of our capital resources. As of December 31, 2014, we operated approximately 83% of our developed acreage with an average working interest of approximately 81% with respect to such operated developed acreage.

 

Our Operations

 

Estimated Proved Reserves

 

The following table presents summary information regarding our estimated net proved oil and natural gas reserves as of the dates indicated. The estimates of our net proved reserves as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are based on the reserve reports prepared by Netherland Sewell in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC regarding oil and natural gas reserve reporting. For more information about our proved reserves as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, please see Netherland Sewell’s reserve reports, which have been filed, or incorporated by reference, as exhibits to this annual report.

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Estimated proved reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (MBbls)

 

17,026

 

12,956

 

Natural gas (MMcf)

 

28,733

 

30,655

 

NGL (MBbls)

 

4,166

 

2,683

 

Total estimated proved reserves (MBoe)(1)

 

25,981

 

20,747

 

Estimated proved developed reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (MBbls)

 

6,124

 

4,140

 

Natural gas (MMcf)

 

12,364

 

10,765

 

NGL (MBbls)

 

1,801

 

1,087

 

Total estimated proved developed reserves (MBoe)(1)

 

9,985

 

7,021

 

Estimated proved undeveloped reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (MBbls)

 

10,903

 

8,815

 

Natural gas (MMcf)

 

16,369

 

19,890

 

NGL (MBbls)

 

2,365

 

1,596

 

Total estimated proved undeveloped reserves (MBoe)(1)(2)

 

15,996

 

13,726

 

PV-10 (in thousands)(3)

 

$

531,735

 

$

336,984

 

Standardized Measure (in thousands)

 

$

435,506

 

$

268,163

 

 


(1)                                  Certain totals may not add due to rounding.

 

(2)                                  Reserves disclosed here are not the same reserves that are used to calculate depletion, depreciation and amortization.  See Note 37 — Unaudited Supplemental Oil and Gas Disclosures within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

(3)                                 PV-10 is considered a non-IFRS financial measure under SEC regulations. For a reconciliation of PV-10 to the Standardized Measure, see the following section.

 

PV-10

 

Certain of our oil and natural gas reserve disclosures included in this annual report are presented on a PV-10 basis. PV-10 is the estimated present value of the future cash flows less future development and production costs from our proved reserves before income taxes discounted using a 10% discount rate. PV-10 is considered a non-IFRS financial measure under SEC regulations because it does not include the effects of future income taxes, as is required in computing the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (the “Standardized Measure”). We believe that PV-10 is an important measure that can be used to evaluate the relative significance of our oil and natural gas properties and that PV-10 is widely used by securities analysts and investors when evaluating oil and gas companies. Because many factors that are unique to each individual company impact the amount of future income taxes to be paid, we believe that the use of a pre-tax measure provides greater comparability of assets when evaluating companies, and that most other companies in the oil and gas industry calculate PV-10

 

24



Table of Contents

 

on the same basis. Investors should be cautioned that neither PV-10 nor Standardized Measure represents an estimate of the fair market value of our proved reserves.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of PV-10 to the Standardized Measure (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

PV-10 of proved reserves

 

$

531,735

 

$

336,984

 

Present value of future income tax discounted at 10%

 

(96,229

)

(68,821

)

Standardized Measure

 

$

435,506

 

$

268,163

 

 

Proved Undeveloped Reserves

 

At December 31, 2014, our proved undeveloped reserves were approximately 15,996 MBoe, an increase of approximately 2,270 MBoe over our December 31, 2013 proved undeveloped reserves estimate of approximately 13,726 MBoe. The change primarily consisted of a decrease of approximately 4,088 MBoe due to the conversion of proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves during 2014, a decrease of approximately 3,996 MBoe due to the sale of our interests in the Denver-Julesburg assets and Bakken prospects and an increase of approximately 10,904 MBoe due to the addition of proved undeveloped locations offset by downward revisions to previous estimates of 550 MBoe. The addition of proved undeveloped locations was attributable to Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford, which were 7,335 MBoe and 3,569 MBoe respectively. The revisions to previous estimates were primarily attributable to the Mississippian/Woodford, which was a decrease of 942 Mboe, offset by an increase to Eagle Ford of 392 MBoe. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we incurred capital expenditures of approximately $103.3 million to convert proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves. The majority of capital expenditures for our development and production assets for the period were related to unproved undeveloped reserves or resources. All proved undeveloped locations are scheduled to be spud within the next five years.

 

Independent Reserve Engineers

 

Our proved reserves estimates as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, have been independently prepared by Netherland Sewell, which was founded in 1961 and performs consulting petroleum engineering services under Texas Board of Professional Engineers Registration No. F-2699. Within Netherland Sewell, the technical person primarily responsible for the estimates set forth in the reserves reports included or incorporated herein is Mr. Neil H. Little. Mr. Little is a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas (No.  117966 ) with over 12 years of practical experience in petroleum engineering studies and over 5 years of practical experience in evaluation of reserves. Mr. Little has been practicing consulting petroleum engineering at NSAI since 2011. He graduated from Rice University in 2002 with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Chemical Engineering. Mr. Little meets or exceeds the education, training and experience requirements set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. We believe that he is proficient in judiciously applying industry standard practices to engineering and geoscience evaluations as well as applying SEC and other industry reserves definitions and guidelines.

 

Internal Controls Over Reserves Estimation Process

 

Our technical team consists of an internal staff of petroleum engineers and geoscience professionals who work closely with our independent reserve engineers to ensure the integrity, accuracy and timeliness of data furnished to our independent reserve engineers in their reserves estimation process. Throughout each fiscal year, our technical team meets with representatives of our independent reserve engineers to review properties and discuss methods and assumptions used in preparation of the proved reserves estimates. During July 2014, the Reserves Committee was established to assist the Board of directors with monitoring i) the integrity of our oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids reserves, ii) the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent reservoir engineers, and iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Prior to release of the reserve report prepared by our independent reserve engineers, the draft of the report is reviewed by the Reserves Committee, our internal petroleum engineers and by management.

 

Within our technical team, the person primarily responsible for overseeing the preparation of the reserve estimates is Mr. David Ramsden-Wood, Vice President of Reservoir Engineering and Business Development. Mr. Ramsden-Wood is a Licensed Professional Engineer in Alberta, Canada (No. 71507) with over 15 years of practical experience focused on reservoir engineering. He graduated from the University of Calgary with a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering (Chemical) and Cornell University and Queen’s University with a Masters of Business Administration degree.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Acreage

 

We had the following developed, undeveloped and total acres for each of our operating areas as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Developed

 

Undeveloped

 

Total

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Eagle Ford (1)

 

6,727

 

5,659

 

31,968

 

20,501

 

38,695

 

26,160

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

17,965

 

11,374

 

55,452

 

29,563

 

73,417

 

40,937

 

All properties

 

24,692

 

17,033

 

87,420

 

50,064

 

112,112

 

67,097

 

 


(1)          Includes 5,418 net acres located in the Georgetown formation.

 

Production and Pricing

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

Six-month
period ended
December 31,

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2014(1)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

Net Sales Volumes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (MBbls)

 

1,675.1

 

827.4

 

195.5

 

337.7

 

Natural gas (MMcf)

 

1,803.0

 

934.2

 

260.4

 

370.3

 

NGL (MBbls)(2)

 

268.0

 

95.8

 

 

 

Oil equivalent (MBoe)

 

2,244.0

 

1,079.0

 

238.9

 

399.4

 

Average daily volumes (Boe/d)

 

6,147

 

2,956

 

1,298

 

1,091

 

Average Sales Price, before derivative settlements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (per Bbl)

 

$

86.56

 

$

95.92

 

$

85.88

 

$

82.82

 

Natural gas (per Mcf)

 

3.42

 

2.97

 

3.59

 

4.92

 

NGL (per MBbls)(2)

 

32.24

 

33.45

 

 

 

Average equivalent price (per Boe)

 

71.22

 

79.10

 

74.19

 

74.59

 

Expenses (per Boe):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease operating expenses

 

$

6.03

 

$

11.23

 

$

9.19

 

$

7.76

 

Production tax expense

 

3.10

 

5.80

 

7.90

 

8.15

 

Lease operating and production tax expenses

 

9.13

 

17.03

 

17.09

 

15.91

 

General and administrative expense, including employee benefits

 

6.92

 

14.18

 

24.32

 

17.18

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

38.15

 

33.57

 

25.60

 

27.82

 

 


(1)                                  Production volumes for the year ended December 31, 2014 include 104.4 MBbls of oil, 247.7 MMcf of natural gas, and 20.2 MBbls of NGL production, for a total of 165.9 MBoe (average daily volumes of 454 Boe/d), from the Denver-Julesburg. We sold our entire interest in Denver-Julesburg in July 2014.

 

(2)                                  Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013, our NGL sales were insignificant as compared to our overall gas sales and as such, were included in our natural gas sales.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

The following tables set forth information regarding our total production and average daily production for the periods indicated from our operating areas:

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Oil

 

Natural
Gas

 

NGL

 

Oil
Equivalent

 

Average
Daily
Volume

 

Oil

 

Natural
Gas

 

NGL

 

Oil
Equivalent

 

Average
Daily
Volume

 

 

 

(MBbls)

 

(MMcf)

 

(MBbls)

 

(MBoe)

 

(Boe/d)

 

(MBbls)

 

(MMcf)

 

(MBbls)

 

(MBoe)

 

(Boe/d)

 

Eagle Ford

 

1,280

 

866

 

104

 

1,528

 

4,187

 

409

 

320

 

38

 

500

 

1,371

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

268

 

678

 

142

 

523

 

1,434

 

108

 

247

 

35

 

184

 

503

 

Denver-Julesburg(1)

 

104

 

248

 

20

 

166

 

454

 

121

 

296

 

14

 

185

 

506

 

Bakken(2)

 

23

 

11

 

2

 

27

 

72

 

189

 

71

 

9

 

210

 

576

 

Total

 

1,675

 

1,803

 

268

 

2,244

 

6,147

 

827

 

934

 

96

 

1,079

 

2,956

 

 

 

 

Six-month period ended

 

Year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

June 30, 2012

 

 

 

Oil

 

Natural
Gas

 

Oil
Equivalent

 

Average
Daily
Volume

 

Oil

 

Natural
Gas

 

Oil
Equivalent

 

Average
Daily
Volume

 

 

 

(MBbls)

 

(MMcf)

 

(MBoe)

 

(Boe/d)

 

(MBbls)

 

(MMcf)

 

(MBoe)

 

(Boe/d)

 

Eagle Ford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

10

 

28

 

15

 

82

 

4

 

 

4

 

10

 

Denver-Julesburg

 

29

 

137

 

52

 

281

 

33

 

202

 

66

 

181

 

Bakken

 

156

 

95

 

172

 

935

 

301

 

168

 

329

 

900

 

Total

 

195

 

260

 

239

 

1,298

 

338

 

370

 

399

 

1,091

 

 


(1)                                  In July 2014, we divested our remaining Denver-Julesburg assets. See Item 4.A. “Information on Sundance - History and Development— Divestitures .”

 

(2)                                  In July 2014, we divested our remaining Bakken assets. See Item 4.A. “Information on Sundance - History and Development— Divestitures .”

 

Producing Wells

 

We had the following producing wells for each of our operating areas as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Oil Wells

 

Natural Gas
Wells

 

Total Wells

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Eagle Ford

 

77

 

53.8

 

 

 

77

 

53.8

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

66

 

28.5

 

 

 

66

 

28.5

 

Total

 

143

 

82.3

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

82.3

 

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Drilling Activity

 

The following table summarizes our drilling activity for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Six-month
period ended

 

Year ended

 

 

 

December 31,
2014

 

December 31,
2013

 

December 31,
2012

 

June 30,
2012

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Development wells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil

 

113

 

64.8

 

102

 

58.6

 

37

 

12.3

 

77

 

11.3

 

Natural Gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dry

 

2

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exploratory Wells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Natural Gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dry

 

3

 

3.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Wells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil

 

113

 

64.8

 

102

 

58.6

 

37

 

12.3

 

77

 

11.3

 

Natural Gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dry

 

5

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118

 

69.8

 

102

 

58.6

 

37

 

12.3

 

77

 

11.3

 

 

Present Activities

 

The following table describes wells being drilled or awaiting completion or production testing as of December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

Development
Wells

 

Exploratory
Wells

 

Total Wells

 

 

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Gross

 

Net

 

Eagle Ford

 

19

 

10.6

 

 

 

19

 

10.6

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

5

 

3.1

 

 

 

5

 

3.1

 

Total

 

24

 

13.7

 

 

 

24

 

13.7

 

 

Principal Customers and Marketing

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, purchases by one of our customers accounted for 65% of our total sales revenues. These customers purchase the oil production from us pursuant to existing marketing agreements with terms that are currently on “evergreen” status and renew on a month-to-month basis until either party gives 30-day advance written notice of non-renewal. The oil and natural gas that we sell are commodities for which there are a large number of potential buyers. Because of the adequacy of the infrastructure to transport oil and natural gas in the areas in which we operate, if we were to lose one or more customers, we believe that we could readily procure substitute or additional customers such that our production volumes would not be materially affected for any significant period of time.

 

The prices we receive for our oil and natural gas production fluctuate widely. Factors that cause price fluctuations include the level of demand for oil and natural gas, the price and quantity of imports of foreign oil and natural gas, the level of global oil and natural gas exploration and production, global oil and gas inventories, weather conditions and natural disasters, governmental regulations, oil and natural gas speculation, actions of OPEC, technological advances and the price and availability of alternative fuels. Decreases in these commodity prices adversely affect the carrying value of our proved reserves and our revenues, profitability and cash flows. Short-term disruptions of our oil and natural gas production occur from time to time due to downstream pipeline system failure, capacity issues and scheduled maintenance, as well as maintenance and repairs involving our own well operations. These situations, if they occur, curtail our production capabilities and ability to maintain a steady source of revenue. In addition, demand for natural gas has historically been seasonal in nature, with peak demand and typically higher prices during the colder winter months. See Item 3.D. “Key Information—Risk Factors.”

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Competition

 

The oil and natural gas industry is highly competitive, and we compete with a substantial number of other companies that have greater resources. Many of these companies explore for, produce and market oil and natural gas, carry on refining operations and market the resultant products on a worldwide basis. The primary areas in which we encounter substantial competition are in locating and acquiring desirable leasehold acreage for our drilling and development operations, locating and acquiring attractive producing oil and natural gas properties and obtaining drilling rigs, completion crews and other services. There is also competition between producers of oil and natural gas and other industries producing alternative energy and fuel. Furthermore, competitive conditions may be substantially affected by various forms of energy legislation and/or regulation considered from time to time by the government of the United States. However, it is not possible to predict the nature of any such legislation or regulation that may ultimately be adopted or its effects upon our future operations. Such laws and regulations may substantially increase the costs of exploring for, developing or producing gas and oil and may prevent or delay the commencement or continuation of a given operation. The effect of these risks cannot be accurately predicted.

 

Regulation of the Oil and Natural Gas Industry

 

Our operations are substantially affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations. In particular, oil and natural gas production and related operations are, or have been, subject to price controls, taxes and numerous other laws and regulations. All of the jurisdictions in which we own or operate properties for oil and natural gas production have statutory provisions regulating the exploration for and production of oil and natural gas, including provisions related to permits for the drilling of wells, bonding requirements to drill or operate wells, the location of wells, the method of drilling and casing wells, the surface use and restoration of properties upon which wells are drilled, sourcing and disposal of water used in the drilling and completion process, and the abandonment of wells. Our operations are also subject to various conservation laws and regulations. These include regulation of the size of drilling and spacing units or proration units, the number of wells that may be drilled in an area, and the unitization or pooling of oil and natural gas wells, as well as regulations that generally prohibit the venting or flaring of natural gas and that impose certain requirements regarding the ratability or fair apportionment of production from fields and individual wells.

 

The regulatory burden on the industry increases the cost of doing business and affects profitability. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations can result in substantial penalties. Furthermore, such laws and regulations are frequently amended or reinterpreted, and new proposals that affect the oil and natural gas industry are regularly considered by Congress, the states, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) and the courts. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and that our continued substantial compliance with existing requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Nor are we currently aware of any specific pending legislation or regulation that is reasonably likely to be enacted, or for which we cannot predict the likelihood of enactment, and that is reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

 

Regulation of Transportation of Oil

 

Our sales of oil are affected by the availability, terms and cost of transportation. Interstate transportation of oil by pipeline is regulated by FERC pursuant to the Interstate Commerce Act of 1887 (“ICA”), the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (“EPAct 1992”), and the rules and regulations promulgated under those laws. The ICA and its implementing regulations require that tariff rates for interstate service on oil pipelines, including interstate pipelines that transport oil and refined products (collectively referred to as “petroleum pipelines”), be just and reasonable and non-discriminatory and that such rates and terms and conditions of service be filed with FERC. EPAct 1992 deemed certain interstate petroleum pipeline rates then in effect to be just and reasonable under the ICA, which are commonly referred to as “grandfathered rates.” Pursuant to EPAct 1992, FERC also adopted a generally applicable rate-making methodology, which, as currently in effect, allows petroleum pipelines to change their rates provided they do not exceed prescribed ceiling levels that are tied to changes in the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods (“PPI”), plus 1.3%. For the five-year period beginning July 1, 2011, the index will be PPI plus 2.65%.

 

FERC has also established cost-of-service rate-making, market-based rates and settlement rates as alternatives to the indexing approach. A pipeline may file rates based on its cost of service if there is a substantial divergence between its actual costs of providing service and the rate resulting from application of the index. A pipeline may charge market-based rates if it establishes that it lacks significant market power in the affected markets. Further, a pipeline may establish rates through settlement with all current non-affiliated shippers.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Intrastate oil pipeline transportation rates are subject to regulation by state regulatory commissions. The basis for intrastate oil pipeline regulation and the degree of regulatory oversight and scrutiny given to intrastate oil pipeline rates vary from state to state. Insofar as effective interstate and intrastate rates are equally applicable to all comparable shippers, we believe that the regulation of oil transportation rates will not affect our operations in any way that is of material difference from those of our competitors that are similarly situated.

 

Further, interstate and intrastate common carrier oil pipelines must provide service on a non-discriminatory basis. Under this open access standard, common carriers must offer service to all similarly situated shippers requesting service on the same terms and under the same rates. When oil pipelines operate at full capacity, access is governed by prorationing provisions set forth in the pipelines’ published tariffs. Accordingly, we believe that access to oil pipeline transportation services generally will be available to us to the same extent as to our similarly situated competitors.

 

Regulation of Transportation and Sales of Natural Gas

 

Historically, the transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce has been regulated by FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (“NGA”), the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (“NGPA”) and regulations issued under those statutes. In the past, the federal government has regulated the prices at which natural gas could be sold. While sales by producers of natural gas can currently be made at market prices, Congress could reenact price controls in the future. Deregulation of wellhead natural gas sales began with the enactment of the NGPA and culminated in the adoption of the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act, which removed all price controls affecting wellhead sales of natural gas effective January 1, 1993.

 

FERC regulates interstate natural gas, transportation rates and terms and conditions of service, which affect the marketing of natural gas that we produce as well as the revenues we receive for sales of our natural gas. Since 1985, FERC has endeavored to make natural gas transportation more accessible to natural gas buyers and sellers on an open and non-discriminatory basis. FERC has stated that open access policies are necessary to improve the competitive structure of the interstate natural gas pipeline industry and to create a regulatory framework that will put natural gas sellers into more direct contractual relations with natural gas buyers by, among other things, unbundling the sale of natural gas from the sale of transportation and storage services. Beginning in 1992, FERC issued a series of orders, beginning with Order No. 636, to implement its open access policies. As a result, the interstate pipelines’ traditional role of providing the sale and transportation of natural gas as a single service has been eliminated and replaced by a structure under which pipelines provide transportation and storage service on an open access basis to others that buy and sell natural gas. Although FERC’s orders do not directly regulate natural gas producers, they are intended to foster increased competition within all phases of the natural gas industry.

 

In 2000, FERC issued Order No. 637 and subsequent orders, which imposed a number of additional reforms designed to enhance competition in natural gas markets. Among other things, Order No. 637 revised FERC’s pricing policy by waiving price ceilings for short-term released capacity for a two-year experimental period and effected changes in FERC regulations relating to scheduling procedures, capacity segmentation, penalties, rights of first refusal and information reporting.

 

Gathering services, which occur upstream of jurisdictional transmission services, are regulated by the states onshore and in state waters. Although FERC has set forth a general test for determining whether facilities perform a non-jurisdictional gathering function or a jurisdictional transmission function, FERC’s determinations as to the classification of facilities is done on a case-by-case basis. To the extent that FERC issues an order that reclassifies transmission facilities as gathering facilities and, depending on the scope of that decision, our costs of getting gas to point of sale locations may increase. State regulation of natural gas gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances, non-discriminatory take requirements. Although such regulation has not generally been affirmatively applied by state agencies, natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny in the future.

 

Intrastate natural gas transportation and facilities are also subject to regulation by state regulatory agencies, and certain transportation services provided by intrastate pipelines are also regulated by FERC. The basis for intrastate regulation of natural gas transportation and the degree of regulatory oversight and scrutiny given to intrastate natural gas pipeline rates and services vary from state to state. Insofar as such regulation within a particular state will generally affect all intrastate natural gas shippers within the state on a comparable basis, we believe that the regulation of similarly situated intrastate natural gas transportation in any states in which we operate and ship natural gas on an intrastate basis will not affect our operations in any way that is of material difference from those of our competitors. Like the regulation of interstate transportation rates, the regulation of intrastate transportation rates affects the marketing of natural gas that we produce, as well as the revenues we receive for sales of our natural gas.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Regulation of Production

 

The production of oil and natural gas is subject to regulation under a wide range of local, state and federal statutes, rules, orders and regulations. Federal, state and local statutes and regulations require permits for drilling operations, drilling bonds and reports concerning operations. All of the states in which we own and operate properties have regulations governing conservation matters, including provisions for the unitization or pooling of oil and natural gas properties, the establishment of maximum allowable rates of production from oil and natural gas wells, the regulation of well spacing, and plugging and abandonment of wells. The effect of these regulations is to limit the amount of oil and natural gas that we can produce from our wells and to limit the number of wells or the locations at which we can drill, although we can apply for exceptions to such regulations or to have reductions in well spacing. Moreover, each state generally imposes a production or severance tax with respect to the production and sale of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids within its jurisdiction. The failure to comply with these rules and regulations can result in substantial penalties. Our competitors in the oil and natural gas industry are subject to the same regulatory requirements and restrictions that affect our operations.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

 

Our exploration, development, production and processing operations are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to health and safety, the discharge of materials and environmental protection. These laws and regulations may, among other things: require the acquisition of permits to conduct exploration, drilling and production operations; govern the amounts and types of substances that may be released into the environment in connection with oil and natural gas drilling and production; restrict the way we handle or dispose of our wastes; limit or prohibit construction or drilling activities in sensitive areas, such as wetlands, wilderness areas, or areas inhabited by endangered or threatened species; require investigatory and remedial actions to mitigate pollution conditions caused by our operations or attributable to former operations; and impose obligations to reclaim and abandon well sites and pits. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial obligations and the issuance of orders enjoining some or all of our operations in affected areas.

 

These laws and regulations may also restrict the rate of oil and natural gas production below the rate that would otherwise be possible. The regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases the cost of doing business in the industry and consequently affects profitability. In addition, Congress and federal and state agencies frequently revise environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and any changes that result in more stringent and costly emissions control, waste handling, disposal, cleanup and remediation requirements for the oil and gas industry could have a significant impact on our operating costs.

 

The clear trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment, and thus, any changes in environmental laws and regulations or re-interpretations of enforcement policies that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, storage, transport, disposal, or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position in the future. We may be unable to pass on such increased compliance costs to our customers. Moreover, accidental releases or spills may occur in the course of our operations, and we cannot assure you that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of such releases or spills, including any third party claims for damage to property, natural resources or persons. We maintain insurance against costs of cleanup operations, but we are not fully insured against all such risks. While we believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations and that current requirements would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, there is no assurance that this will continue in the future.

 

The following is a summary of the more significant existing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which our business operations are subject and for which compliance in the future may have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, results of operations or financial position.

 

Hazardous Substances and Waste

 

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), also known as the Superfund law, and comparable state laws impose liability without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct on certain classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. CERCLA exempts “petroleum, including oil or any fraction thereof” from the definition of “hazardous substance” unless specifically listed or designated under CERCLA. While the EPA interprets CERCLA to exclude oil and fractions of oil, hazardous substances that are added to petroleum or that increase in concentration as a result of contamination of the petroleum during use are not considered part of the petroleum and are regulated under CERCLA as a hazardous substance.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Responsible persons under CERCLA include current and prior owners or operators of the site where the release occurred and entities that disposed or arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Under CERCLA, these “responsible persons” may be subject to strict, joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment, for damages to natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies. CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third parties to act in response to threats to the public health or the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances or other pollutants into the environment. We generate materials in the course of our operations that may be regulated as hazardous substances.

 

We also generate solid and hazardous wastes that are subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”), and comparable state statutes. The RCRA imposes requirements on the generation, storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. In the course of our operations we generate petroleum hydrocarbon wastes and ordinary industrial wastes that may be regulated as hazardous wastes. The RCRA regulations specifically exclude from the definition of hazardous waste “drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of oil, natural gas or geothermal energy.” However, legislation has been proposed in Congress from time to time that would reclassify certain natural gas and oil exploration and production wastes as “hazardous wastes,” which would make the reclassified wastes subject to much more stringent handling, disposal and cleanup requirements. No such effort has been successful to date.

 

We currently own or lease, and have in the past owned or leased, properties that have been used for numerous years to explore and produce oil and natural gas. Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons and wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or leased by us or on or under the other locations where these hydrocarbons and wastes have been taken for treatment or disposal. In addition, certain of these properties have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons and wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up contaminated property (including groundwater contaminated by prior owners or operators) and to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination.

 

Pipeline Safety and Maintenance

 

Pipelines, gathering systems and terminal operations are subject to increasingly strict safety laws and regulations. Both the transportation and storage of refined products and oil involve a risk that hazardous liquids may be released into the environment, potentially causing harm to the public or the environment. In turn, such incidents may result in substantial expenditures for response actions, significant government penalties, liability to government agencies for natural resources damages and significant business interruption. The U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”) has adopted safety regulations with respect to the design, construction, operation, maintenance, inspection and management of our pipeline and storage facilities. These regulations contain requirements for the development and implementation of pipeline integrity management programs, which include the inspection and testing of pipelines and the correction of anomalies. These regulations also require that pipeline operation and maintenance personnel meet certain qualifications and that pipeline operators develop comprehensive spill response plans.

 

There have been recent initiatives to strengthen and expand pipeline safety regulations and to increase penalties for violations. In 2012, the Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011 was signed into law. This Act provides additional requirements related to spill and accident reporting, as well as more stringent oversight of pipelines and increased penalties for violations of safety rules. Since enactment, DOT has initiated a series of rulemakings to implement the new law. DOT has also recently promulgated new regulations extending safety rules to certain low-pressure, small-diameter pipelines in rural areas. Improving pipeline safety, which has the effect of reducing methane leaks, has been proposed as part of the Obama Administration’s methane strategy.

 

Air Emissions

 

The Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA”), and comparable state laws and regulations restrict the emission of air pollutants from many sources, including oil and natural gas operations, and impose various monitoring and reporting requirements. These laws and regulations may require us to obtain preapproval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and comply with stringent air permit

 

32



Table of Contents

 

requirements, or utilize specific equipment or technologies to control emissions. Obtaining permits has the potential to delay the development of oil and natural gas projects.

 

In August 2010, the EPA published new regulations under the CAA to control emissions of hazardous air pollutants from existing stationary reciprocating internal combustion engines (“RICE NESHAP”). The rule may require us to undertake certain expenditures and activities, likely including purchasing and installing emissions control equipment, such as oxidation catalysts or non-selective catalytic reduction equipment, on a portion of our engines located at major sources of hazardous air pollutants and all our engines over a certain size regardless of location, following prescribed maintenance practices for engines (which are consistent with our existing practices), and implementing additional emissions testing and monitoring. On January 14, 2013, the EPA signed final revisions to the 2010 RICE NESHAP to reflect new technical information submitted by stakeholders and in response to lawsuits and administrative petitions. On January 30, 2013 the final RICE NESHAP rule was published in the Federal Register with an effective date of April 1, 2013. Several petitions requesting administrative reconsideration of the 2013 RICE NESHAP were received by the EPA. On August 15, 2014, EPA published its final decision on reconsideration and determined that it would not propose any changes to the regulation based on the petitions.

 

In June 2010, the EPA formally proposed modifications to existing regulations under the CAA that established new source performance standards for manufacturers, owners and operators of new, modified and reconstructed stationary internal combustion engines. The EPA finalized the modifications on June 28, 2011 with an effective date of August 2011. The rule modifications may require us to undertake significant expenditures, including expenditures for purchasing, installing, monitoring and maintaining emissions control equipment on a potentially significant percentage of our natural gas compression engine fleet.

 

The EPA also issued new CAA regulations relevant to hydraulic fracturing in 2012, including a new source performance standard for volatile organic chemicals (“VOCs”) and sulfur dioxide (“SO 2 ”) emissions with expanded applicability to natural gas operations, as well as a new air toxics standard. These rules create significant new technology requirements for controlling wellhead emissions from our operations. The EPA has made several changes to these rules in response to industry and environmental group legal challenges and administrative petitions, including, most recently, a decision to include a specific performance standard for methane in the rules (discussed further below). In general, there is increasing interest in and focus on regulation of methane emissions from oil and natural gas operations, and hydraulic fracturing operations in particular, under the CAA. We cannot predict future regulatory requirements in this area or the cost to comply with such requirements. The adoption and implementation of any regulations imposing reporting obligations on, or limiting emissions of greenhouse gases from, our equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas we produce.

 

Climate Change

 

The United States is a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (“UNFCCC”), an international treaty focused on stabilizing greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent serious damage to the climate system. The UNFCCC did not establish any substantive obligations for parties to reduce GHGs. The subsequent treaty, the Kyoto Protocol, did establish binding GHG targets for developed countries, but the United States did not ratify it. The current focus is on a new international agreement to replace the Kyoto Protocol. This new agreement, which would be effective beginning in 2020, remains under negotiation, but it is expected to be signed in Paris in December 2015. The new agreement is expected to incorporate actions taken by individual countries to reduce GHGs on the national level. The United States’ involvement in developing the new agreement creates significant political pressure for the United States to take responsive action to reduce GHGs. In the absence of comprehensive climate change legislation, significant regulatory action to regulate GHGs under the CAA has occurred over the past several years, which would likely represent a significant portion of the United States’ reductions proposed under the Paris agreement. Any future federal laws, agreements or implementing regulations that may be adopted to address GHG emissions could require us to incur increased operating costs and could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas we produce.

 

In addition, as stated previously, the EPA has begun to regulate GHG emissions. In December 2009, the EPA published its finding that certain emissions of GHGs presented an endangerment to human health and the environment. These findings by the EPA allow the agency to proceed with the adoption and implementation of regulations that would restrict emissions of GHGs under existing provisions of the CAA. Consequently, the EPA is requiring a reduction in emissions of GHGs from new motor vehicles beginning with the 2012 model year. Furthermore, the EPA published a final rule on June 3, 2010 to address the permitting of GHG emissions from stationary sources under the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) and Title V permitting programs. This rule “tailors” these permitting programs to apply to certain stationary sources of GHG emissions, such as power plants and oil refineries. This rule was subject to legal challenge that went to the Supreme Court. On June 23, 2014, the Supreme Court issued its decision in Utility Air Regulatory Group v. EPA (No. 12-1146). The Court held that the EPA may not require a major source to obtain a PSD or title V permit on the basis of greenhouse gas

 

33



Table of Contents

 

emissions alone. The Court further held that PSD permits that are otherwise required (based on emissions of other pollutants) may continue to require limitations on GHGs based on the application of Best Available Control Technology (“BACT”). The EPA is currently evaluating the implications of the decision and awaiting further action by the U.S. Courts in terms of whether additional rulemaking is necessary.

 

In addition, the EPA requires the reporting of GHGs from specified large GHG emission sources, including GHGs from petroleum and natural gas systems that emit more than 25,000 tons of GHGs per year. Reporting is required from onshore and offshore petroleum and natural gas production, natural gas processing, transmission and distribution, underground natural gas storage and liquefied natural gas import, export and storage. Pursuant to a settlement agreement, the EPA has also committed to regulate GHGs from new petroleum refineries, though no draft rule has yet been released.

 

On January 8, 2014, the EPA published its proposed NSPS rule regulating greenhouse emissions from new fossil fuel-fired power plants. In the proposed NSPS, the EPA establishes emission standards for coal plants and for natural gas-fired stationary combustion turbines. The EPA determined that partial carbon capture and sequestration constituted the “best system of emission reduction” (“BSER”) for coal plants. For natural gas plants, the EPA determined that modern, efficient natural gas combined cycle technology constituted the BSER. The NSPS applies to new fossil-fuel fired electric utility generating units over 25 MW and that generate electricity for sale. The NSPS for new sources triggers the need to set standards for existing fossil fuel-fired power plants. On June 2, 2014, the EPA released a proposed rule related to existing source performance standards for power plants and setting forth state-specific emission targets. States have significant flexibility in determining how they would meet the standards. Limits set by the state to meet the state-specific goals can either apply directly to the power plant or be met through reductions in power plant emissions through implementation of energy efficiency or renewable energy measures in the state. Each state can choose to include measures that the EPA determines constitute BSER or may choose additional measures, as long as such measures achieve the emission reduction necessary to meet that state’s goal set by the EPA. Throughout the proposed rule, the EPA emphasizes the flexibility of the states to decide how to reduce emissions to meet the state goals, including the use of cap-and-trade programs. The EPA is expected to finalize the standards for new, modified and existing power plants in late summer 2015. While these rules will more negatively impact coal-fired power plants, natural gas-fired power plants may also face liability under the rules and increased costs of operation.

 

On January 14, 2015, the Obama Administration announced plans to reduce methane emissions from the oil and gas industry, which could affect us indirectly by affecting our customer base or by directly regulating our operations. In either case, increased costs of operation and exposure to liability could result.

 

Several of the EPA’s GHG rules are being challenged in court proceedings and depending on the outcome of such proceedings, such rules may be modified or rescinded or the EPA could develop new rules. The adoption and implementation of any regulations imposing reporting obligations on, or limiting emissions of GHGs from, our equipment and operations could require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHGs associated with our operations or could adversely affect demand for the oil and natural gas we produce.

 

While new legislation requiring GHG controls is not expected at the national level in the near term, almost one-half of the states have taken actions to monitor and/or reduce emissions of GHGs, including obligations on utilities to purchase renewable energy and GHG cap and trade programs. Although most of the state level initiatives have to date focused on large sources of GHG emissions, such as coal-fired electric plants, it is possible that smaller sources of emissions could become subject to GHG emission limitations or allowance purchase requirements in the future.

 

Any one of these climate change regulatory and legislative initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Legislation or regulations that may be adopted to address climate change could also affect the markets for our products by making our products more or less desirable than competing sources of energy. To the extent that our products are competing with higher GHG emitting energy sources, such as coal, our products would become more desirable in the market with more stringent limitations on GHG emissions. To the extent that our products are competing with lower GHG emitting energy sources, such as solar and wind, our products would become less desirable in the market with more stringent limitations on GHG emissions. We cannot predict with any certainty at this time how these possibilities may affect our operations.

 

Finally, it should be noted that some scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms, droughts, floods and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could adversely affect or delay demand for the oil or natural gas we produce or otherwise cause us to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to those effects.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Water Discharges

 

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, or the Clean Water Act (“CWA”), and analogous state laws impose restrictions and controls regarding the discharge of pollutants into waters of the United States. Pursuant to the CWA and analogous state laws, permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants into state waters or waters of the United States. Any such discharge of pollutants into regulated waters must be performed in accordance with the terms of the permits issued by the EPA or analogous state agencies. The CWA and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure requirements under federal law require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters in the event of a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. In addition, the CWA and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of stormwater runoff from certain types of facilities. Currently, storm water discharges from oil and natural gas exploration, production, processing or treatment operations, or transmission facilities are exempt from regulation under the CWA. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties, as well as other enforcement mechanisms for noncompliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations.

 

Endangered Species Act

 

The federal Endangered Species Act, as amended (“ESA”), restricts activities that may affect endangered and threatened species or their habitats. While some of our facilities may be located in areas that are designated as habitats for endangered or threatened species, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the ESA. However, the designation of previously unidentified endangered or threatened species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected areas.

 

Employee Health and Safety

 

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (the “OSH Act”), and comparable state statutes, whose purpose is to protect the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSH Act’s hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used, produced or released in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. In 2012, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) issued a hazard alert related to worker exposure to respirable dust from silica sand, a common additive to hydraulic fracturing fluids. The alert stated that workers at drill sites can be exposed to excessive levels of respirable silica sand, which can cause lung disease and cancer. Increasing concerns about worker safety at drill sites may lead to increased regulation and enforcement or related tort claims by our employees. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

 

Hydraulic Fracturing

 

The federal Safe Drinking Water Act (“SDWA”) and comparable state statutes may restrict the disposal, treatment or release of water produced or used during oil and natural gas development. Subsurface emplacement of fluids (including disposal wells) is governed by federal or state regulatory authorities that, in some cases, include the state oil and gas regulatory authority or the state’s environmental authority. We utilize hydraulic fracturing in our operations as a means of maximizing the productivity of our wells and operate saltwater disposal wells to dispose of produced water. The federal Energy Policy Act of 2005 amended the Underground Injection Control (“UIC”) provisions of the SDWA to expressly exclude hydraulic fracturing without diesel additives from the definition of “underground injection.” However, the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives have considered several bills in recent years to end this exemption, as well as other exemptions for oil and gas activities under U.S. environmental laws. The Fracturing Responsibility and Awareness of Chemicals Act (“FRAC Act”), first introduced in 2011, would amend the SDWA to repeal the exemption from regulation under the UIC program for hydraulic fracturing. This bill has been reintroduced in each congressional session since it was initially proposed but has not yet garnered enough support to be put to a vote. If enacted, the FRAC Act would amend the definition of “underground injection” in the SDWA to encompass hydraulic fracturing activities. Such a provision could require hydraulic fracturing operations to meet permitting and financial assurance requirements, to adhere to certain construction specifications, to fulfill monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, and to meet plugging and abandonment requirements. The FRAC Act also proposes to require the reporting and public disclosure of chemicals used in the fracturing process. Note that each of the above components of the FRAC Act have become increasingly common in state laws since the FRAC Act was first introduced. Other recent bills in the U.S. House of Representatives would end certain exemptions for oil and natural gas operations related to permitting requirements for multiple commonly owned and adjacent sources of hazardous air pollutants under the CAA and permitting requirements for stormwater discharges under the CWA. If

 

35



Table of Contents

 

the exemptions for hydraulic fracturing are removed from U.S. environmental laws, or if the FRAC Act or other legislation is enacted at the federal, state or local level, any restrictions on the use of hydraulic fracturing contained in any such legislation could have a significant impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Federal agencies have also begun to directly regulate hydraulic fracturing. The EPA has recently asserted federal regulatory authority over, and issued permitting guidance for, hydraulic fracturing involving diesel additives under the SDWA’s UIC Program. As a result, service providers or companies that use diesel products in the hydraulic fracturing process are expected to be subject to additional permitting requirements or enforcement actions under the SDWA. The EPA has also issued new CAA regulations relevant to hydraulic fracturing in 2012, including the NSPS for VOC and SO 2  emissions with expanded applicability to natural gas operations and new national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants standards for air toxics, which are discussed in more detail above. These regulatory developments are indicative of increasing federal regulatory activity related to hydraulic fracturing, which has the potential to create additional permitting, technology, recordkeeping and site study requirements, among others, for our business. The EPA is also collecting information as part of a multi-year study into the effects of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water. A draft report was expected to be available for public comment and peer review in 2014, but has not yet been released. The results of this study could result in additional regulations, which could lead to operational burdens similar to those described above. The U.S. Department of the Interior has likewise developed comprehensive regulations for hydraulic fracturing on federal land, which remain under review by the White House’s Office of Management and Budget.

 

Several state governments in the areas where we operate have adopted or are considering adopting additional requirements relating to hydraulic fracturing that could restrict its use in certain circumstances or make it more costly to utilize. Such measures may address any risk to drinking water, the potential for hydrocarbon migration and disclosure of the chemicals used in fracturing. For example, several states, including Colorado, have implemented rules requiring hydraulic fracturing operators to sample ground-and surface waters near proposed well sites before operations can begin, and to sample the same sites again after fracturing operations are complete. A majority of states around the country, including both Colorado and Texas, have also adopted some form of fracturing fluid disclosure law to compel disclosure of fracturing fluid ingredients and additives that are not subject to trade secret protection. Other states, such as Ohio and Texas, have begun to study potential seismic risks related to underground injection of fracturing fluids. Any enforcement actions or requirements of additional studies or investigations by governmental authorities where we operate could increase our operating costs and cause delays or interruptions of our operations.

 

At this time, it is not possible to estimate the potential impact on our business of these state and local actions or the enactment of additional federal or state legislation or regulations affecting hydraulic fracturing.

 

Other Laws

 

The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended (“OPA”), establishes strict liability for owners and operators of facilities that are the site of a release of oil into waters of the United States. The OPA and its associated regulations impose a variety of requirements on responsible parties related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for damages resulting from such spills. A “responsible party” under the OPA includes owners and operators of certain onshore facilities from which a release may affect waters of the United States. The OPA assigns liability to each responsible party for oil cleanup costs and a variety of public and private damages. While liability limits apply in some circumstances, a party cannot take advantage of liability limits if the spill was caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct or resulted from violation of a federal safety, construction or operating regulation. If the party fails to report a spill or to cooperate fully in the cleanup, liability limits likewise do not apply. Few defenses exist to the liability imposed by the OPA. The OPA imposes ongoing requirements on a responsible party, including the preparation of oil spill response plans and proof of financial responsibility to cover environmental cleanup and restoration costs that could be incurred in connection with an oil spill.

 

The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (“NEPA”), requires federal agencies to evaluate major agency actions having the potential to significantly impact the environment before their commencement. Generally, federal agencies must prepare either an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement, depending on whether the specific circumstances surrounding the proposed federal action will have a significant impact on the environment. The NEPA process involves significant public input through comments on alternatives to the proposed project or resource-specific mitigation options for the project. NEPA decisions can be and often are appealed through the administrative and federal court systems by process participants. Environmental groups in the United States have increasingly focused on the required public consultation process under NEPA as a forum for voicing concerns over continued development of fossil fuel energy sources in the United States and for seeking expansive environmental reviews of projects that relate to the production, transportation, or combustion of these fuels, including evaluating the impacts of projects on climate change. Although we believe that our actions do not typically trigger NEPA analysis, should we ever be subject to NEPA, the process could result in delaying the

 

36



Table of Contents

 

permitting and development of projects, increase the costs of permitting and developing some facilities and result in certain instances in litigation and/or the cancellation of certain leases.

 

Insurance Matters

 

As is common in the oil and gas industry, we do not insure fully against all risks associated with our business, either because such insurance is not available or because premium costs are considered prohibitive. A loss not fully covered by insurance could have a materially adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

C.                                     Organizational Structure

 

The following is the organizational structure of Sundance Energy Australia Limited:

 

 

All Sundance Energy Australia Limited subsidiaries are wholly owned. Substantially all of our oil and natural gas operations are conducted by our subsidiaries Sundance Energy, Inc. and Armadillo Petroleum Limited and their subsidiaries, Armadillo E&P, Inc., SEA Eagle Ford, LLC and Sundance Energy Oklahoma, LLC. The majority of our corporate general and administrative expenditures are incurred within Sundance Energy, Inc. We completed the divestiture of all of our real property interests located in Australia in 2011.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

D.                                     Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Our Properties

 

Eagle Ford

 

As of December 31, 2014, our Eagle Ford properties consisted of approximately 38,695 gross (26,160 net) acres that are primarily located in McMullen and Dimmit County, Texas, in the volatile oil window of the Eagle Ford trend.

 

During 2014, we were running a two-rig horizontal development program, with one rig being released in December 2014. As of December 31, 2014, we were running a one-rig horizontal development program and, during the month of December 2014, we had average net daily production of approximately 8,177 Boe/d from our Eagle Ford properties. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had average net daily production of approximately 4,187 Boe/d from these properties. During 2014, we spent $248.8 million drilling a total of 54 gross (36.7 net) Eagle Ford horizontal wells, of which 26.1 net wells are producing and 10.6 net wells are awaiting completion. In 2015, we expect to spend approximately $65 million to $80 million on development and production assets.

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

The Mississippian/Woodford formation spans six counties located throughout northeastern Oklahoma and southwestern Kansas. As of December 31, 2014, our properties in the Mississippian/Woodford consisted of approximately 73,417 gross (40,937 net) acres that are primarily located in Logan County, Oklahoma along the eastern flank of the Nemaha Ridge. We acquired the majority of these properties through direct mineral leases with the mineral owners.

 

During 2014, we were running a two-rig horizontal development program with those rigs being released in June and December 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any drilling rigs running. During 2014, we spent $81.8 million drilling a total of 45 gross (19.7 net) Mississippian/Woodford wells, of which 16.6 net wells are producing and 3.1 net wells are drilling or awaiting completion as of December 31, 2014. During the month of December 2014, we had average net daily production of approximately 1,257 Boe/d from our Mississippian/Woodford properties. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had average net daily production of approximately 1,434 Boe/d from these properties. In 2015, we expect to spend approximately $5 million on development and production assets.

 

Denver-Julesburg

 

In July 2014, we divested our remaining Denver-Julesburg assets to focus on the development of our operated assets in our other major operating areas. See Item 4.A. “Information on Sundance - History and Development— Divestitures.

 

Bakken

 

In July 2014, we divested our remaining Bakken assets. See Item 4.A. “Information on Sundance - History and Development— Divestitures .”

 

Title to Properties

 

Our properties are subject to what we believe to be customary royalty interests, liens incident to operating agreements, liens for current taxes and other burdens, including other mineral encumbrances and restrictions. We believe that we have generally satisfactory title to or rights in all of our producing properties. As is customary in the oil and gas industry, we conduct what we believe to be sufficient investigation of title at the time we acquire undeveloped properties and generally make title investigations and receive title opinions of local counsel before we commence drilling operations. We believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our other assets. Although title to our properties is subject to encumbrances in certain cases, we believe that none of these burdens will materially detract from the value of our properties or from our interest therein or will materially interfere with the operation of our business.

 

Facilities

 

We lease approximately 27,600 square feet of office space at 633 17th Street, Denver, Colorado, where our principal offices are located. We do not have any material field office facilities.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Item 4A.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 5.  Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

A.                                     Operating Results

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with Item 3.A. “Key Information—Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

 

In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, intentions, expectations and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. See Item 3.D. “Key Information—Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that could cause or contribute to such differences.

 

Overview

 

We are an onshore oil and natural gas company focused on the exploration, development and production of large, repeatable resource plays in North America. Our oil and natural gas properties are located in premier U.S. oil and natural gas basins, and through the year ended December 31, 2014, our operational activities are focused in the Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford.

 

We intend to utilize our U.S.-based management and technical team to appraise, develop, produce and grow our portfolio of assets. Our strategy is to develop assets where we are the operator and have high working interests, which positions us to control the pace of our development and the allocation of our capital resources. As of December 31, 2014, we operated approximately 83% of our developed acreage with an average working interest of approximately 81% with respect to such operated developed acreage.

 

Our properties and operations have changed significantly over the past two years, with the divestiture of our interest in properties located in the South Antelope field of the Williston Basin, North Dakota and our dispositions of Denver-Julesburg assets and the remaining Bakken assets in September 2012 and July 2014, respectively, and the acquisition of Texon in March 2013, through which we acquired the majority of our Eagle Ford assets. See Item 4.A. “Information on Sundance - History and Development— Acquisitions” and “— Divestitures .”

 

Over the past few years, we have shifted our focus from being a primarily low working-interest, non-operating participant to a high working-interest operator. By divesting our low working-interest prospects and realizing significant returns on investments, we have been able to fund a substantial portion of our investments in higher-interest wells while maintaining what we view as a conservative balance sheet.

 

Netherland Sewell estimated our proved reserves to be approximately 26.0 MMBoe as of December 31, 2014, of which approximately 66% are oil, approximately 18% are natural gas and approximately 16% NGLs, with a PV-10 of approximately $531.7 million.

 

How We Conduct Our Business and Evaluate Our Operations

 

We employ our capital resources for exploration, acquisitions and development in what we believe to be the most attractive opportunities available to us as market conditions evolve. We have historically acquired properties that we believe have significant appreciation potential through exploration, development, production optimization or cost reduction. We intend to continue to focus our efforts on the acquisition of operated properties to the extent we believe they meet our return objectives.

 

We use a variety of financial and operational metrics to assess the performance of our oil and natural gas operations, including:

 

·                   production volumes;

 

·                   realized prices on the sale of oil and natural gas, including the effect of our commodity derivative contracts;

 

39



Table of Contents

 

·                   lease operating and production expenses;

 

·                   general and administrative expenses; and

 

·                   Adjusted EBITDAX.

 

Production Volumes

 

Production volumes directly impact our results of operations. Based on the expected timing of our drilling schedule and decline curves, we determine our oil and natural gas production budgets and forecasts. We assess our actual production performance by comparing oil and natural gas production at a prospect level to budgets, forecasts and prior periods. In addition, we compare our initial production rates compared to our peers in each of our operated prospects. For more information about our production volumes, see Item 4.B. “Information on Sundance—Business Overview—Operating Data— Production and Pricing .”

 

Realized Prices on the Sale of Oil and Natural Gas

 

Factors Affecting the Sales Price of Oil and Natural Gas.   We expect to market our oil and natural gas production to a variety of purchasers based on regional pricing. The relative prices of oil and natural gas are determined by the factors impacting global and regional supply and demand dynamics, such as geopolitical events, economic conditions, production levels, weather cycles and other events. In addition, relative prices are heavily influenced by product quality and location relative to consuming and refining markets.

 

Oil.   The New York Mercantile Exchange—West Texas Intermediate (NYMEX-WTI) futures price is a widely used benchmark in the pricing of domestic crude oil in the United States. The actual prices realized from the sale of oil differ from the quoted NYMEX-WTI price as a result of quality and location differentials. Quality differentials to NYMEX-WTI prices result from the fact that oil differs in its molecular makeup, which plays an important part in refining and subsequent sale as petroleum products. Among other things, there are two characteristics that commonly drive quality differentials: (i) the American Petroleum Institute (“API”) gravity of the oil; and (ii) the percentage of sulfur content by weight of the oil. In general, lighter oil (with higher API gravity) produces a larger number of lighter products, such as gasoline, which have higher resale value and, therefore, depending on supply and demand fundamentals, normally sell at a higher price than heavier oil. Oil with low sulfur content (“sweet” oil) is less expensive to refine and, as a result, normally sells at a higher price than high sulfur content oil (“sour” oil).

 

Location differentials to NYMEX-WTI prices result from variances in transportation costs based on the proximity to the major consuming and refining markets. Oil that is produced close to major consuming and refining markets, such as near Cushing, Oklahoma, is in higher demand as compared to oil that is produced farther from such markets. Consequently, oil that is produced close to major consuming and refining markets normally realizes a higher price (i.e. , a lower location differential to NYMEX-WTI).

 

Oil prices have historically been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue. For example, the NYMEX-WTI oil price ranged from a high of $107.95 per Bbl to a low of $43.39 per Bbl during 2014 and through the first quarter of 2015. Our realized price per Bbl varies by basin and is based upon transportation costs, mainly trucking costs and pipeline tariffs, and regional basis differentials.

 

Natural Gas.   The NYMEX-Henry Hub price of natural gas is a widely used benchmark for the pricing of natural gas in the United States. Similar to oil, the actual prices realized from the sale of natural gas differ from the quoted NYMEX-Henry Hub price as a result of quality and location differentials. Quality differentials to NYMEX-Henry Hub prices result from: (i) the Btu content of natural gas, which measures its heating value; and (ii) the percentage of sulfur, CO2 and other inert content by volume. Wet natural gas with a high Btu content sells at a premium to low Btu content dry natural gas because it yields a greater quantity of NGLs. Natural gas with low sulfur and CO2 content sells at a premium to natural gas with high sulfur and CO2 content because of the added cost to separate the sulfur and CO2 from the natural gas to render it marketable. Wet natural gas is processed in third-party natural gas plants, and residue natural gas as well as NGLs are recovered and sold. Dry natural gas residue from our properties is generally sold based on index prices in the region from which it is produced.

 

Location differentials to NYMEX-Henry Hub prices result from variances in transportation costs based on the proximity to the major consuming markets. The processing fee deduction retained by the natural gas processing plant generally in the form of percentage of proceeds also affects the differential. Generally, these index prices have historically been at a discount to NYMEX-Henry Hub natural gas prices.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Natural gas prices have historically been extremely volatile, and we expect this volatility to continue. For example, the NYMEX-Henry Hub natural gas price ranged from a high of $6.00 per MMBtu to a low of $2.83 per MMBtu during 2014 and through the first quarter of 2015. Our realized gas price per MMBtu varies by basin based upon transportation costs, mainly pipeline tariffs, as well as liquids premiums and regional basis differentials.

 

Commodity Derivative Contracts.   We have adopted a commodity derivative policy designed to minimize volatility in our cash flows from changes in commodity prices. Our current policy is to hedge up to 80% of forecasted proved developed producing production, but not more than 25% of total estimated production for the next five years. Should we reduce our estimates of future production to amounts that are lower than our commodity derivative volumes, we will reduce our positions as soon as practical. Our credit facilities prohibit us from entering into hedging arrangements for more than 85% of our projected production of oil and natural gas. For more information on our commodity derivative policy, see Item 11 “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Risk.”

 

Lease Operating Expenses

 

We strive to increase our production levels to maximize our revenue. We evaluate operating costs to determine reserves, rates of return, and current and long-term profitability of our wells. We expect expenses for utilities, direct labor, water injection and disposal, and materials and supplies to comprise the most significant portion of our oil and natural gas production expenses. Oil and natural gas production expenses do not include general and administrative costs or production and other taxes. Certain items, such as direct labor and materials and supplies, generally remain relatively fixed across broad production volume ranges but can fluctuate depending on activities performed during a specific period. For instance, repairs to our pumping equipment or surface facilities may result in increased oil and natural gas production expenses during periods the repairs are performed.

 

A majority of our operating cost components are variable and may increase or decrease as the level of produced hydrocarbons and water increases or decreases. For example, we incur power costs in connection with various production-related activities, such as pumping to recover oil and natural gas and separation and treatment of water produced in connection with our oil and natural gas production. Over the life of hydrocarbon fields, the amount of water produced may increase and, as pressure declines in natural gas wells that also produce water, more power will be needed for artificial lift systems that help to remove water produced from the wells. Thus, production of a given volume of hydrocarbons may become more expensive each year as the cumulative oil and natural gas produced from a field increases until additional production becomes uneconomic. Our lease operating and production expense are both included in lease operating expenses.

 

Production and Ad Valorem Taxes.   Texas regulates the development, production, gathering and sale of oil and natural gas, including imposing production taxes. The state currently imposes a production tax equal to 4.6% of the market value of oil sold, and a regulatory fee and tax of 0.8125% per barrel of oil sold. The State of Texas also imposes a production tax equal to 7.5% of the market value of the natural gas sold, and a regulatory fee of 0.0667% per Mcf of gas sold. In addition to the state taxes, McMullen County, Texas assesses an annual ad valorem tax which currently is approximately 1.87% of the gross annual oil and gas sales value.

 

Oklahoma currently has a production tax rate of 7.0% of the market value of the oil and gas sold. However, we have qualified for a horizontal well incentive tax rate of 1.0% which is imposed during the earlier of the first 48 months of sales or until the well has achieved payout. There is an additional excise tax of 0.095% on the value of oil and gas sold. Oklahoma ad valorem taxes are imposed on personal property, specifically well equipment, at a rate of approximately 12.0% of the value of the equipment.

 

Generally, production taxes include taxes calculated on production volumes and sales values. Lease operating expenses including taxes which are calculated on asset values.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative expenses are comprised of employee benefits expense (including salaries and wages) and administrative expenses. Employee benefits expense includes salaries, wages and related benefits for our corporate personnel. Stock compensation, including stock options and restricted share units, are expensed in the statement of comprehensive income over their vesting period. The total amount expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options and restricted share units at the grant date. Administrative expenses include overhead costs, such as maintaining our headquarters, costs of managing our production and development operations, audit and other fees for professional services, and legal compliance.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Adjusted EBITDAX

 

Adjusted EBITDAX is a supplemental, non-IFRS financial measure and is defined as our earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, property impairments, gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets, exploration expense, share-based compensation and income and gains and losses on commodity hedging, net of settlements of commodity hedging. We use this non-IFRS measure primarily to compare our results with other companies in the industry that make a similar disclosure. We believe that this measure may also be useful to investors for the same purpose. Investors should not consider this measure in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, or any other measure for determining our operating performance that is calculated in accordance with IFRS. In addition, because Adjusted EBITDAX is not an IFRS measure, it may not necessarily be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies. See Item 3.A. “Key Information—Selected Financial Data— Adjusted EBITDAX ” for a reconciliation between Adjusted EBITDAX and net income before income tax expense.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Significant estimates include volumes of proved and probably oil, natural gas and NGL reserves, which are used in calculating depreciation, depletion and amortization of development and production assets’ costs, estimates of future taxable income used in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, and the estimated costs and timing of cash outflows underlying restoration provisions. Oil, natural gas and NGL reserve estimates, and therefore calculations based on such reserve estimates, are subject to numerous inherent uncertainties, the accuracy of which, is a function of the quality and quantity of available data, the application of engineering and geological interpretation and judgment to available data and the interpretation of mineral leaseholds and other contractual arrangements, including adequacy of title, drilling requirements and royalty obligations. These estimates also depend on assumptions regarding quantities and production rates of recoverable oil, natural gas and NGL reserves, commodity prices, timing and amounts of development costs and operating expenses, all of which will vary from those assumed in our estimates. Other significant estimates are involved in determining impairments of exploration and evaluation expenditures, fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, stock-based compensation expense, collectability of receivables, and in evaluating disputed claims, interpreting contractual arrangements and contingencies. Estimates are based on current assumptions that may be materially affected by the results of subsequent drilling and completion, testing and production as well as subsequent changes in oil, natural gas and NGL prices, counterparty creditworthiness, interest rates and the market value and volatility of the Company’s common shares. Actual results may vary maerially from our estimates. We have outlined below policies of particular importance to the portrayal of our financial position and results of operations and that require the application of significant judgment or estimates by our management.

 

In addition, we note that our significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Development and Production Assets and Plant and Equipment

 

Development and production assets, and property and equipment are carried at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment losses. The costs of assets constructed within Sundance includes the cost of materials, direct labor, borrowing costs and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the acquisition or development of oil and gas properties and facilities necessary for the extraction of resources.

 

The carrying amount of development and production assets and property and equipment are reviewed at each reporting date to ensure that they are not in excess of the recoverable amount from these assets. Development and production assets are assessed for impairment on a cash-generating unit basis. A cash-generating unit (“CGU”) is the smallest grouping of assets that generates independent cash inflows. Management has assessed its CGUs as being an individual basin, which is the lowest level for which cash inflows are largely independent of those of other assets. Impairment losses recognized in respect of cash-generating units are allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

 

An impairment loss is recognized in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. In assessing value-in-use, an asset’s estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets/CGUs. In addition, we consider market data related to recent transactions for similar assets.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to us and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income during the financial period in which are they are incurred.

 

An impairment loss is reversed if there has been an increase in the estimated recoverable amount of a previously impaired assets. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or depletion if no impairment loss had been recognized.  The Company has not reversed an impairment loss during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013.

 

Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditures incurred are accumulated in respect of each identifiable area of interest.  These costs are capitalized to the extent that they are expected to be recouped through the successful development of the area or where activities in the area have not yet reached a stage that permits reasonable assessment of the existence of economically recoverable reserves. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after the expenditure is capitalized, information becomes available suggesting that the recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, for example a dry hole, the relevant capitalized amount is written off in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the period in which new information becomes available. The costs of assets constructed within Sundance includes the leasehold cost, geological and geophysical costs, and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the exploration and acquisition of undeveloped oil and gas properties.

 

When approval of commercial development of a discovered oil or gas field occurs, the accumulated costs for the relevant area of interest are transferred to development and production assets. The costs of developed and producing assets are amortized over the life of the area according to the rate of depletion of the proved and probable developed reserves. The costs associated with the undeveloped acreage are not subject to depletion.

 

The carrying amounts of our exploration and evaluation assets are reviewed at each reporting date, in conjunction with the impairment review process referred to in Note 1(f) to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 to determine whether any of impairment indicators exists. Impairment indicators could include i) tenure over the license area has expired during the period or will expire in the near future, and is not expected to be renewed, ii) substantive expenditure on further exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area is not budgeted or planned, iii) exploration for and evaluation of resources in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities of resources, and management has decided to discontinue activities in the specific area, or iv) sufficient data exist to indicate that although a development is likely to proceed, the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or from sale. Where an indicator of impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made and any resulting impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

We use derivative financial instruments to hedge our exposure to changes in commodity prices arising in the normal course of business. The principal derivatives that may be used are commodity price swap, option and costless collar contracts. The use of these instruments is subject to policies and procedures as approved by our board directors. We do not trade in derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. None of our derivative contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at cost, if any, which approximates fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative financial instruments are recognized at fair value. The derivatives are valued on a mark-to-market valuation, and the gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognized through the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The estimated fair value of our derivative instruments requires substantial judgment. These values are based upon, among other things, option pricing models, futures prices, volatility, time to maturity and credit risk. The values we report in our financial statements change as these estimates are revised to reflect actual results, changes in market conditions or other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The effect on profit and equity as a result of changes in oil prices is included in “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk, Oil Prices Risk Sensitivity Analysis.”

 

Estimates of Reserve Quantities

 

The estimated quantities of hydrocarbon reserves reported by the consolidated entity are integral to the calculation of amortization (depletion), and depreciation expense and to assessments of possible impairment of assets. Estimated reserve quantities are based upon interpretations of geological and geophysical models and assessments of the technical feasibility and

 

43



Table of Contents

 

commercial viability of producing the reserves. For purposes of the calculation of amortization (depletion), and depreciation expense and the assessment of possible impairment of assets, other than pricing assumptions discussed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, management prepares reserve estimates that conform to the definitions contained in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X. These assessments require assumptions to be made regarding future development and production costs, commodity prices, exchange rates and fiscal regimes. The estimates of reserves may change from period to period as the economic assumptions used to estimate the reserves can change from period to period and as additional geological data is generated during the course of operations. These reserve estimates may differ from estimates prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC regarding oil and natural gas reserve reporting.

 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

We assess impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to Sundance that may lead to impairment of assets. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets belong is then estimated based on the present value of future discounted cash flows using management’s view of estimates reserve quantities as opposed to estimated reserve quantities prepared to conform to definitions contained in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulations S-X. For development and production assets, the expected future cash flow estimation is always based on a number of factors, variables and assumptions, the most important of which are estimates of reserves, future production profiles, commodity prices and costs. In most cases, the present value of future cash flows is most sensitive to estimates of future oil price and discount rates. A change in the modeled assumptions in isolation could materially change the recoverable amount. However, due to the interrelated nature of the assumptions, movements in any one variable can have an indirect impact on others and individual variables rarely change in isolation. Additional, management can be expected to respond to some movements, to mitigate downsides and take advantage of upsides, as circumstances allow. Consequently, it is impracticable to estimate the indirect impact that a change in one assumption has on other variables and therefore, on the extent of impairments under different sets of assumptions in subsequent reporting periods. In the event that future circumstances vary from these assumptions, the recoverable amount of our development and production assets could change materially and result in impairment losses or the reversal of previous impairment losses.

 

At December 31, 2014, future NYMEX strip prices, adjusted for basis differentials, were applied in 2015 and gradually increased through 2016 to $75/bbl in 2017 and thereafter. The discount rates applied to the future forecast cash flows are based on a third party participant’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for the risk profile of the asset.

 

At December 31, 2014, we reassessed the carrying amount of its non-current assets for indicators of impairment in accordance with our accounting policy. Due to the change in the oil pricing environment at year-end, the Company performed an impairment analysis for development and production assets which resulted in an impairment charge of $71.2 million. See Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

 

Income taxes

 

We provide for deferred income taxes on the difference between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its carrying amount in our financial statements. This difference will result in taxable income or deductions in future years when the reported amount of the asset or liability is recovered or settled, respectively. Considerable judgment is required in predicting when these events may occur and whether recovery of an asset is more likely than not. Additionally, our federal and state income tax returns are generally not filed before the consolidated financial statements are prepared. Therefore, we estimate the tax basis of our assets and liabilities at the end of each period as well as the effects of tax rate changes, tax credits, and net operating and capital loss carryforwards and carrybacks. Adjustments related to differences between the estimates we use and actual amounts we report are recorded in the periods in which we file our income tax returns. These adjustments and changes in our estimates of asset recovery and liability settlement could have an impact on our results of operations. Revisions to our estimated effective tax rate could increase or decrease our reported income tax expense or benefit.

 

Because our Australian operations are not significant to the consolidated profit or loss, foreign income taxes are not significant to consolidated income tax expense. Our effective and statutory income tax rates could be impacted by the state income tax rates in which we operate, and the effective and statutory income tax rates are not significantly different as the amount of permanent differences resulting from treatment that differs for assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes is not significant. The tax impact of temporary differences, primarily development and production assets and exploration and evaluation expenditures, is reflected in deferred income taxes. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had no unrecognized tax benefits that would impact our effective tax rate and we have not provided for interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.  See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

IFRS 15— Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

In May 2014, IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Specifically, the standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

 

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer

 

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contracts.

 

Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

 

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

 

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

 

Under IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when “control” of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer.  The effective date of this standard is for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2017.  Management is currently assessing the impact of the new standard and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

 

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification, measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. The final version of IFRS 9 supersedes all previous versions of the standard. However, for annual periods beginning before January 1, 2018, an entity may elect to apply those earlier versions of IFRS 9 if the entity’s relevant date of initial application is before February 1, 2015. The effective date of this standard is for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2018. Management is currently assessing the impact of the new standard but it is not expected to have a material impact on the group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Certain Differences Between IFRS and US GAAP

 

IFRS differs from US GAAP in certain respects. Management has not assessed the materiality of differences between IFRS and US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Comparison of Results of Operations

 

The following discussion relates to our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and capital resources. You should read this discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this annual report. Comparative results of operations for the period indicated are discussed below.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Revenues and Sales Volume.   The following table provides the components of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, as well as each period’s respective sales volumes:

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change in $

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (In $ ‘000s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil sales

 

$

144,994

 

$

79,365

 

$

65,629

 

82.7

 

Natural gas sales

 

6,161

 

2,774

 

3,387

 

122.1

 

NGL sales

 

8,638

 

3,206

 

5,432

 

169.5

 

Product revenue

 

$

159,793

 

$

85,345

 

$

74,448

 

87.2

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change in

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Volume

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales volumes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

1,675,078

 

827,432

 

847,646

 

102.4

 

Natural gas (Mcf)

 

1,803,000

 

934,200

 

868,800

 

93.0

 

NGL (Bbls)

 

267,952

 

95,821

 

172,131

 

179.6

 

Oil equivalent (Boe)

 

2,243,529

 

1,078,953

 

1,164,576

 

107.9

 

Average daily production (Boe/d)

 

6,147

 

2,956

 

3,191

 

107.9

 

 

Barrel of oil equivalent (Boe) and average net daily production (Boe/d).   Sales volume increased by 1,164,576 Boe (107.9%) to 2,243,529 Boe (6,147 Boe/d) for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 1,078,953 Boe (2,956 Boe/d) for the prior year due to successfully bringing online 88 gross (50.1 net) producing wells primarily in the Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford Formations.

 

The Eagle Ford contributed 4,187 Boe/d (68.1%) of total sales volume during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 1,371 Boe/d (46.4%) during the prior year. Mississippian/Woodford contributed 1,433 Boe/d (23.2%) of total sales volume during the year ended December  31, 2014 compared to 503 Boe/d (17.0%) during the prior year. Our sales volume is oil-weighted, with oil representing 75% and 77% of total sales volume for the year ended December  31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Oil sales.   Oil sales increased by $65.6 million (82.7%) to $145.0 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 from $79.4 million for the prior year. The increase in oil revenues was the result of increased oil production volumes ($81.3 million) offset by a decrease in product pricing ($15.7 million). Oil production volumes increased 102.4% to 1,675,078 Bbls for the year ended December  31, 2014 compared to 827,432 Bbls for the prior year. The average price we realized on the sale of our oil decreased by 9.8% to $86.56 per Bbl for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $95.92 per Bbl for the prior year.

 

Natural gas sales.   Natural gas sales increased by $3.4 million (122.1%) to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $2.8 million for the prior year. The increase in natural gas revenues was primarily the result of increased production volumes ($2.6 million) and improved product pricing ($0.8 million). Natural gas production volumes increased 868,800 Mcf (93.0%) to 1,803,000 Mcf for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 934,200 Mcf for the prior year. The average price we realized on the sale of our natural gas increased by 15.1% to $3.42 per Mcf for the year ended December  31,  2014 from $2.97 per Mcf for the prior year.

 

NGL sales. NGL sales increased by $5.4 million (169.5%) to $8.6 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 from $3.2 million for the same period in prior year. The increase in NGL revenues was primarily the result of increased production volumes in the Eagle Ford and the Mississippian/Williston. NGL production volumes increased 172,131 Bbls (179.6%) to 267,952 Bbls for the year ended December  31, 2014 compared to 95,821 Bbls for the prior year. The average price we realized on the sale of our natural gas liquids decreased by 3.6% to $32.24 per Bbl for the year ended December  31, 2014 from $33.45 per Bbl for the prior year.

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Selected per Boe metrics

 

2014

 

2013

 

Change

 

Percent

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

 

 

 

 

Total oil and natural gas revenues, before derivative settlements

 

$

71.22

 

$

79.10

 

$

(7.88

)

(10.0

)

Lease operating expenses

 

(6.03

)

(11.23

)

(5.21

)

(46.4

)

Production taxes

 

(3.10

)

(5.80

)

(2.70

)

(46.5

)

Lease operating and production tax expenses

 

(9.13

)

(17.03

)

(7.90

)

(46.4

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(38.15

)

(33.57

)

4.58

 

13.6

 

General and administrative expense

 

(6.92

)

(14.18

)

(7.26

)

(51.2

)

Total profit margin

 

17.02

 

14.32

 

2.70

 

18.9

 

 

Lease operating expenses.   Our lease operating expenses (LOE) increased by $1.4 million (11.6%) to $13.5 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 from $12.1 million for the same period in the prior year but decreased $5.21 per Boe to $6.03 per Boe from $11.23 per Boe. The decrease in LOE per Boe is primarily due to economies of scale and the implementation of several cost saving initiatives in our field operations such as replacing contract lease operators with Company employees and reducing total field head count per well.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Production taxes.   Our production taxes increased by $0.7 million (11.2%) to $7.0 million for the year ended  December 31, 2014 from $6.3 million for the prior year but as a percent of revenue decreased 290 basis points to 4.4% from 7.3%. The decrease in production taxes as a percent of revenue is the result of the sale of our North Dakota and Colorado assets, which are higher production tax rate jurisdictions, and increasing our investment in Texas and Oklahoma, which are lower production tax rate jurisdictions, as well as an adjustment for lower than anticipated ad valorem taxes.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, including depletion.   Our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $49.4 million (136.3%) to $85.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $36.2 million for the prior year and increased $4.58 per Boe to $38.15 per Boe from $33.57 per Boe. The increase reflects our increase in production (107.9%), an increase in our asset base subject to amortization as a result of our acquisition and development activity, and increased completion costs caused by high-demand for completion services and a shortage of trucks able to transport frac sand and resultant higher trucking rates.

 

General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses are comprised of employee benefits expense, including salaries and wages, and administrative expenses. Employee benefits expense decreased by $1.1 million (19.0%) to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily a result of the capitalization of $4.5 million, an increase of amounts capitalized in 2013 by $1.6 million, in overhead costs, including salaries and wages, directly attributable to the exploration, acquisition and development of oil and gas properties. Included in the employee benefits expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 is stock-based compensation expense of $1.9 million for options issued to officers, management and employees, an increase of $0.3 million (20.4%) compared to $1.6 million for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2013.

 

Administrative expense increased by $1.3 million (15.2%) to $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in general legal and professional fees.

 

General and administrative expenses per Boe decreased by 51.2% to $6.92 for the year ended December  31, 2014 as compared to $14.18 per Boe for the prior year. The decrease in general and administrative expenses per Boe is driven by increased production levels diluting fixed general and administrative costs.

 

Impairment expense .  We recorded impairment expense of $71.2 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 on the Company’s development and production assets that are located in the Mississippian/Williston and the Eagle Ford as the recoverable amount was less than the carrying value primarily as a result of lower commodity pricing.  No impairment was necessary on the Company’s exploration and evaluation assets.  See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

 

Exploration expense. We incurred exploration expense of $10.9 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 on three gross (and net) unsuccessful exploratory wells in the Mississippian/Williston. The Company did not drill any unsuccessful exploratory wells in the prior year.

 

Finance costs, net of interest income and amounts capitalized.   Finance costs, net of amounts capitalized to exploration and development, increased by $0.7 million to $0.5 million for the year ended December  31, 2014 as compared to net interest income of $0.2 million in the prior year. The increase primarily relates to an increase in amortization of deferred financing fees and additional interest incurred on undrawn funds.

 

Gain/(loss) on commodity hedging.   The net gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments changed by $11.6 million to an $11.0 million gain for the year ended December  31, 2014 as compared to the prior year. The gain on commodity hedging consisted of $9.7 million of unrealized gains on commodity derivative contracts and $1.3 million of realized gains on commodity derivative contracts.

 

The Company had the following open contracts at December 31, 2014:

 

Contract Type

 

Counterparty

 

Basis

 

Quantity/mo

 

Strike Price

 

Term

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$75.00/$98.65

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$85.00/$101.05

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$80.00/$97.00

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

1,000 BBL

 

$80.00/$94.94

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$91.65

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$98.05

 

1/1/15 –6/30/15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$94.10

 

7/1/15 –12/31/15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$95.08

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$97.74

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$100.70

 

1/1/15 –6/30/15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$94.10

 

1/1/16 –12/31/16

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

HH

 

20,000 MCF

 

$4.14

 

1/1/15 –12/31/15

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Income taxes.  The components of our provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

(in US$000s)

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Current tax (expense)/benefit

 

$

(17

)

$

21,398

 

Deferred tax benefit/(expense)

 

858

 

(26,965

)

Total income tax benefit/(expense)

 

$

841

 

$

(5,567

)

Combined federal and state effective tax rate

 

(5.8

)%

25.9

%

 

Our combined federal and state effective tax rates differ from our statutory tax rate of 30% primarily due to U.S. federal and state tax rates, non-deductible expenses and the recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses. See Note 7 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this report for further information regarding our income taxes.

 

Profit attributable to owners of Sundance (or net income).   Profit attributable to our owners (or net income after tax) decreased slightly by $0.6 million (3.9%) to net income of $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from net income of $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, for the reason discussed above.

 

Adjusted EBITDAX.   Adjusted EBITDAX increased by $73.8 million (140.3%) to $126.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The overall increase in Adjusted EBITDAX was primarily driven by our production and revenue growth, while decreasing our per Boe amounts for LOE and production taxes.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Revenues and Production. The following table provides the components of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, as well as each period’s respective sales volumes:

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change in $

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue (In $ ‘000s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil sales

 

$

79,365

 

$

33,743

 

$

45,622

 

135.2

%

Natural gas sales

 

2,774

 

2,029

 

745

 

36.7

%

NGL(1)

 

3,206

 

 

3,206

 

100.0

%

Product revenue

 

$

85,345

 

$

35,772

 

$

49,573

 

138.9

%

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Change in

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Volume

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales volumes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

827,432

 

397,913

 

429,519

 

107.9

%

Natural gas (Mcf)

 

934,200

 

505,543

 

428,657

 

84.8

%

NGL (Bbls) (1)

 

95,821

 

 

95,821

 

100.0

%

Oil equivalent (Boe)

 

1,078,953

 

482,170

 

596,783

 

123.8

%

 


(1)                      Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013, our NGL sales were insignificant as compared to our overall gas sales and as such, were included in our natural gas sales.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Barrel of oil equivalent (Boe) and average net daily production (Boe/d).   Production increased by 596,783 Boe (123.8%) to 1,078,953 Boe (2,956 Boe/d) for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 482,170 Boe (1,321 Boe/d) for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in production volumes was primarily due to a net increase from 186 gross (49.4 net) producing wells to 213 gross (99.9 net) wells. This higher net producing well count was achieved through execution of our strategy to divest lower working interest wells and increase operated drilling activity and production through the Texon merger. Our production is oil-weighted, with oil representing 77% and 83% of total production for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Oil sales.   Oil sales increased by $45.6 million (135.2%) to $79.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 from $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Increase in oil revenues was the result of both increased oil production volumes and improved product pricing. Oil production volumes increased 107.9% to 827,432 Bbls for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 397,913 Bbls for the year ended December 31, 2012. The average price we realized on the sale of our oil increased by 13.1% to $95.92 per Bbl for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $84.80 per Bbl for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Natural gas sales.   Natural gas sales increased by $0.7 million (36.7%) to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $2.0 million for the ended December 31, 2012. Increase in natural gas revenues was primarily the result of increased production volumes. Natural gas production volumes increased 428,657 Mcf (84.8%) to 934,200 Mcf for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 505,543 Mcf for the ended December 31, 2012. The average price we realized on the sale of our natural gas decreased by 26.0% to $2.97 per Mcf for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $4.01 per Mcf for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

NGL sales.   Prior to the year ended December 31, 2013, our NGL sales were insignificant as compared to our overall gas sales and as such, were included in our natural gas sales.

 

 

 

Year ended
December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Selected per Boe metrics

 

2013

 

2012

 

Change

 

Percent

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Total oil and natural gas revenues

 

$

79.10

 

$

74.19

 

$

4.91

 

6.6

%

Lease operating expenses

 

11.23

 

7.89

 

3.34

 

42.3

%

Production taxes

 

5.80

 

7.98

 

(2.18

)

(27.3

)%

Lease operating and production tax expenses

 

17.03

 

15.87

 

1.16

 

7.3

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

33.57

 

26.69

 

6.88

 

25.8

%

General and administrative expense

 

14.18

 

19.41

 

(5.23

)

(26.9

)%

 

Lease operating expenses.   Our lease operating expenses (“LOE”) increased by $8.3 million (218.4%) to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in LOE was primarily due to additional production (increased 123.8% over the comparable period in 2012).

 

Production taxes.   Our production taxes increased by $2.5 million (62.8%) to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was less than the 138.9% increase in oil, natural gas and NGL revenue, and production taxes per Boe declined by $2.18 (27.3%), due to divesting the majority of our production in North Dakota, which has a 10.6% effective production tax rate compared to Texas, Oklahoma and Colorado, which have effective production tax rates of 6.8%, 1.3%, and 10.2%, respectively.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, including depletion.   Our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $23.4 million (181.5%) to $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase reflects our increase in production (123.8%) and an increase in our asset base, subject to amortization as a result of our drilling acquisition and activity, and our Texon acquisition during 2013. Depreciation and amortization per Boe increased by approximately 25.8% to $33.57.

 

General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses are comprised of employee benefits expense, including salaries and wages, and administrative expenses. Employee benefits expense increased by $1.1 million (22.0%) to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Included in the employee benefits expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment is a stock-based compensation charge of $1.6 million for options issued to officers, management and employees, an increase of $0.4 million (30.6%) compared to $1.2 million for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012. Excluding share-based stock compensation, employee benefits increased $0.7 million for year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the

 

49



Table of Contents

 

year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily driven by an increased number of employees that was necessary to support the execution of our change in strategy. As of December 31, 2013, we had 47 employees, an increase of 20 employees (74.1%) from December 31, 2012.

 

Administrative expense increased by $4.8 million (111.8%) to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Included in administrative expenses were $0.5 million of costs related to the Texon acquisition and $2.1 million of costs related to our proposed initial public offering, which was subsequently abandoned, incurred in the year ended December 31, 2013. Excluding acquisition and offering-related expense, administrative expenses increased $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the level of our activity and number of employees.

 

General and administrative expenses per Boe decreased by 26.9% as compared to the prior year, primarily related to a change in policy, effective January 1, 2013, whereby the overhead costs, including salaries, wages, benefits and consultant fees, directly attributable to the exploration, acquisition and development of oil and gas properties are capitalized. Total amount capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2.3 million. Prior to 2013, overhead amounts allowable for capitalization were insignificant and therefore, we did not capitalize overhead costs in the comparable period in 2012.

 

Finance costs, net of interest income.   Finance costs, net of interest income and amounts capitalized, decreased by $1.1 million (147.1%), resulting in net interest income of $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 from a net cost of $0.7 million for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012. The change relates to the capitalization of $1.3 million of interest to our oil and natural gas properties related to interest charges incurred. Prior to 2013, these interest amounts subject to capitalization were insignificant and therefore, we did not capitalize interest in the comparable period in 2012.

 

Gain/(loss) on commodity hedging.   The gain/(loss) on commodity hedging changed by $1.7 million to a $0.6 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a $1.1 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Profit attributable to owners of Sundance (or net income).   Our profit attributable to owners of Sundance (or net income after tax) decreased by $65.1 million (80.3%) to net income of $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from net income of $81.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, which included a pre-tax gain on the sale of our South Antelope prospect of $122.5 million. Excluding the gain on sale, our profit attributable to owners increased $57.4 million.

 

Adjusted EBITDAX.   Adjusted EBITDAX increased by $31.9 million (154.1%) to $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $20.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The overall increase in Adjusted EBITDAX was primarily driven by our production and revenue growth.

 

Six-Month Period Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Six-Month Period Ended December 31, 2011

 

Revenues and Production. The following table provides the components of our revenues for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, as well as each period’s respective sales volumes:

 



 

Six-month period
ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change in $

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues (In $ ‘000s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil sales

 

$

16,790

 

$

11,012

 

$

5,778

 

52.5

%

Natural gas sales

 

934

 

727

 

207

 

28.5

%

Total revenues

 

$

17,724

 

$

11,739

 

$

5,985

 

51.0

%

 

 

 

Six-month period
ended December 31,

 

Change in

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Volume

 

Change as %

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales volumes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil (Bbl)

 

195,498

 

135,234

 

60,264

 

44.6

%

Natural gas (Mcf)

 

260,435

 

124,305

 

136,130

 

109.5

%

Oil equivalent (Boe)

 

238,904

 

155,952

 

82,952

 

53.2

%

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Barrel of oil equivalent (Boe) and average net daily production (Boe/d).   Production increased by 82,952 Boe (53.2%) to 238,904 Boe (1,298 Boe/d) for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to 155,952 Boe (848 Boe/d) for the same period in 2011. The producing well count increased by 44 gross (35.4 net) to 186 gross (49.4 net) from 142 gross (14.0 net). The increase in production was primarily due to these new producing wells. In September 2012, we disposed of 42 gross (4.5 net) low working interest South Antelope field wells. We also disposed of 4 gross (0.6 net) low working interest Pawnee wells. This higher net producing well count was achieved through execution of our strategy to divest lower working interest wells and increase operated drilling activity and production. Production was not impacted by the December 2012 acquisition of 22 gross (22.0 net) producing wells in the Denver-Julesburg as these were acquired at the end of the period. Our production is oil-concentrated, with oil comprising 82% and 87% of total production for the six months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Oil sales.   Oil sales increased by $5.8 million (52.5%) to $16.8 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $11.0 million for the same period of 2011. Favorable revenues were the result of both increased oil production volumes and improved product pricing. Oil production volumes increased 44.6% to 195,498 Bbls for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to 135,234 Bbls for the same period in 2011. The average price realized on the sale of our oil increased by 5.5% to $85.88 per Bbl for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $81.43 per Bbl for the same six-month period in 2011.

 

Natural gas sales. Natural gas sales increased by $0.2 million (28.5%) to $0.9 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $0.7 million for the same period of 2011. Increased natural gas production volumes more than offset price declines between the periods. Natural gas production volumes increased 136,130 Mcf (109.5%) to 260,435 Mcf for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to 124,305 Mcf for the same period in 2011. The average price we realized on the sale of our natural gas declined by 38.5% to $3.59 per Mcf for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $5.84 per Mcf for the same period of 2011.

 

 

 

Six-month period
ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Per Boe Metrics

 

2012

 

2011

 

Change

 

Percent

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Total oil and natural gas revenues

 

$

74.19

 

$

75.27

 

$

(1.08

)

(1.4

)%

Lease operating expenses

 

9.19

 

9.56

 

(0.37

)

(3.9

)%

Production taxes

 

7.90

 

8.29

 

(0.39

)

(4.7

)%

Lease operating and production tax expenses

 

17.09

 

17.85

 

(0.76

)

(4.3

)%

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

25.60

 

27.94

 

(2.34

)

(8.4

)%

General and administrative expense

 

24.32

 

21.26

 

3.06

 

14.4

%

 

Lease operating expenses.   Our LOE increased by $0.7 million (47.2%) to $2.2 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $1.5 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was primarily due to additional production, which increased 53.2% over the same periods. LOE per Boe slightly decreased.

 

Production taxes.   The increase in the production tax expense of $0.6 million (45.8%) was consistent with that of the increase in oil and natural gas revenue (51.0%) for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to same period in 2011. Production tax per Boe slightly decreased.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense, including depletion.   Our depreciation and amortization expense increased by $1.8 million (40.3%) to $6.1 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $4.4 million for the same period in 2011. The increase reflects our increase in production (53.2%) and an increase in our asset base subject to amortization as a result of our drilling activity during 2012. Depreciation and amortization per Boe decreased by approximately 8.4% to $25.60.

 

General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses are comprised of employee benefits expense (including salaries and wages) and administrative expenses. Employee benefits expense increased by $0.7 million (34.4%) to $2.8 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $2.1 million for the same period in 2011. Included in the employee benefits expense for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-Based Payment is a stock-based compensation charge of $0.8 million for options issued to officers and employees, an increase of $0.4 million (87.5%) compared to $0.4 million for the same period in 2011. Excluding stock-based compensation, employee benefits expense increased by $0.3 million (19.9%) to $2.0 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $1.6 million for the same period in 2011. This increase was primarily driven by higher head count that was necessary

 

51



Table of Contents

 

to support the execution of our change in strategy. As of December 31, 2012, we had 25 employees, an increase of 9 employees (56%) from December 31, 2011.

 

Administrative expense increased by $1.8 million (150.0%) to $3.0 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $1.2 million for the same period in 2011. Included in administrative expenses were $0.7 million of costs related to the Texon acquisition incurred in the six-month period ended December 31, 2012. Excluding acquisition related expenses, administrative expenses increased $1.1 million (86.4%) for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the level of our activity and number of employees.

 

General and administrative expense per Boe increased by 14.4% as we increased our staffing levels to support the growth of our drilling program and operated production that we expected and have realized through December 31, 2012.

 

Gain on sale of non-current assets.   Gain on sale of non-current assets was $122.3 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to $0.5 million for the same period in 2011. Substantially all of the gain on sale for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was the result of the sale of non-operated wells and acreage in properties located in the South Antelope field for $172 million.

 

Finance costs, net of interest income.   Finance costs, net of interest income, increased by $0.8 million to $0.6 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $0.2 million of interest income for the same period in 2011. The increase related to $0.3 million of interest expense on our outstanding debt under our former Bank of Oklahoma credit facility, and the $0.3 million write-off of capitalized deferred loan costs related to the extinguishment of the Bank of Oklahoma credit facility in December 2012. The write-off was the result of our refinancing such debt with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

Gain/(loss) on commodity hedging.   The gain/(loss) on commodity hedging changed by $0.8 million to a $0.6 million loss for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to a $0.2 million gain for the same period in 2011.

 

Income tax expense.   Income tax expense for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was $46.6 million compared to $0.7 million for the same period in 2011. Substantially all of the income tax expense in the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was related to the gain on the sale of our interest in properties located in the South Antelope field. The income tax expense related to the gain on the South Antelope field sale has been deferred through qualifying Section 1031 like-kind exchanges and the use of income tax credits generated by our intangible drilling costs. Our current portion of our deferred income tax liability is insignificant relative to its total deferred income tax liability.

 

Profit attributable to owners of Sundance (or net income).   Our net income increased by $75.0 million to $76.2 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $1.2 million for the same period in 2011. As more fully described above, the increase was primarily related to the gain on sale of certain oil and natural gas properties, net of income tax expense.

 

Adjusted EBITDAX.   Adjusted EBITDAX increased by $3.7 million (64.1%) to $9.2 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 from $5.6 million for the same period in 2011. This increase in profitability was primarily driven by our increased production and improved product pricing.

 

B.                                     Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our primary sources of liquidity to date have been proceeds from strategic dispositions of low-interest non-operated oil and natural gas properties, private placements of ordinary shares, borrowings under our credit facilities and cash flows from operations. Our primary use of capital has been for the acquisition and development of oil and natural gas properties. Our future ability to grow our reserves and production will be highly dependent on the capital resources available to us. On May 14, 2015, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary Sundance Energy, Inc. entered into the Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for our $300 million Revolving Facility and $125 million Term Loans, with an accordion feature providing for additional term loans of up to $50 million, subject to certain conditions  The Revolving Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which has been set initially at $75 million.  At closing on May 14, 2015, $25 million was drawn on the Revolving Facility and $125 million of Term Loans were funded.  The Revolving Facility has a five year term and the Term Loans have a 5 ½ year term.

 

The Revolving Facility and Term Loans refinanced the Company’s credit facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., respectively.  At closing, the Company used $145.0 million of the proceeds to pay off its previous credit facilities, which were fully paid-off.  Approximately $1.1 million of deferred financing fees related to the previous credit facilities were written off due to the refinance.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Our 2015 capital budget is approximately $70 million to $90 million, which we intend to use toward the development of our oil and natural gas projects, with approximately $5 million towards exploration and evaluation. We believe that our internally generated cash flows and expected future availability under our Revolving Facility and Term Loans will be sufficient to fund our operations and planned capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. We may also use other sources of capital, including the issuance of debt or equity securities, to fund acquisitions or maintain our financial flexibility.

 

The amount, timing and allocation of these and other future expenditures is largely discretionary. As a result, the amount of funds devoted to any particular activity may increase or decrease significantly, depending on available opportunities, timing of projects and market conditions. We expect that in the future our commodity derivative positions will help us stabilize a portion of our expected cash flows from operations despite potential declines in the price of oil and natural gas. However, should commodity prices decline for an extended period of time or the capital/credit markets become constrained, the borrowing capacity under our credit agreements could be adversely affected. In the event of a reduction in the borrowing base under our credit agreements, we may be required to prepay some or all of our indebtedness, which would adversely affect our capital expenditure program.

 

Cash Flows

 

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Six-month
period ended
December 31

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Financial Measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

128,087

 

$

62,646

 

$

9,386

 

$

11,832

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(323,235

)

(164,355

)

114,571

 

(36,149

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

167,595

 

44,455

 

14,846

 

14,734

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

69,217

 

96,871

 

154,110

 

15,328

 

Payments for development expenditure

 

(361,950

)

(154,700

)

(32,551

)

(34,833

)

Payments for exploration expenditure

 

(39,616

)

(20,006

)

(8,031

)

(5,685

)

Acquisitions, net of acquired cash

 

(35,606

)

(27,273

)

(11,470

)

 

Proceeds from the sale of non-current assets

 

115,284

 

37,848

 

173,822

 

4,679

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 104.5% to $128.1 million compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily due to receipts from sales increasing $85.7 million, or 101.2%, to $170.4 million, while keeping payments to suppliers and employees relatively stable with an increase of $8.2 million, or 37.7%, to $30.0 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was $62.6 million compared to $19.1 million provided by operating activities for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $43.5 million (228%). The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities resulted primarily from an increase in receipts from oil, natural gas and natural gas liquid sales of $60.3 million, offset by an increase in payments to suppliers and employees of $15.8 million.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $9.4 million for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, compared to $2.1 million provided by operating activities for the six-month period ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $7.3 million (348.0%). The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities resulted primarily from an increase receipts from oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquid sales of $3.4 million and decreased payments to suppliers and employees of $2.9 million.

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $158.9 million, or 96.7%, to $323.2 million. This increase is due to successful implementation of the Company’s strategy to develop and grow the reserves from our high working interest, repeatable resource plays, primarily in the Eagle Ford. Due to funding available to the Company through asset sales, capital raises and credit facilities, the Company was able to accelerate a portion of its 2015

 

53



Table of Contents

 

drilling program into 2014. However, due to the reduction in crude oil prices in the fourth quarter of 2014 and continuing into 2015, we plan to scale back our drilling program to concentrate on our limited drilling obligations to hold Eagle Ford acreage during 2015.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was $164.4 million compared to $93.4 million provided by investing activities for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, a change of $257.7 million (276%). Our payments for development and exploration expenditures increased by $102.0 million and $6.9 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012. Net cash consideration paid for the Texon merger was $26.3 million during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013; there were no comparable transactions during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012. Proceeds received from the sales of non-current assets for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 decreased by $140.2 million to $37.8 million as compared to $178.0 million for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012.

 

Expenditures for development of oil and natural gas properties are the primary use of our capital resources. Net cash provided by investing activities for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was $114.6 million compared to $14.9 million cash used in investing activities for the same period in 2011. Sales of non-current assets for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 were $173.8 million compared to $0.5 million for the same period in 2011. Excluding sales of non-current assets, net cash used in investing activities for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was $59.3 million compared to $15.4 million for the for the same period in 2011, an increase of $43.9 million. Our payments for development and exploration expenditures increased by $17.9 million and $7.4 million, respectively, for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 compared to the same period in 2011. In addition, we had $11.5 million of payments for the acquisition of oil and natural gas properties in the Denver-Julesburg and $6.3 million of related payments to establish escrows for drilling commitments.

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December  31, 2014 increased $123.1 million, or 277.0%, to $167.6 million. This increase is a result of the increased availability and draws under the Company’s credit facilities and proceeds received in a private placement of shares. In February 2014, the Company completed a private placement in which we sold 84.2 million ordinary shares at A$0.95 per share, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $68.4 million. The first tranche of 63.7 million shares was issued in March 2014 and the second tranche of 20.5 million shares was issued in April 2014.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was $44.5 million compared to $29.7 million provided by financing activities for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $14.8 million (50%). Our primary source of cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 was proceeds from the issuance of shares of $48.2 million, reduced by associated capital raising costs of $2.6 million, and by acquisition costs from the Texon merger of $0.5 million; there were no comparable transactions during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012. Our primary source of cash provided by financing activities for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012 was net borrowings on our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. in the amount of $30.0 million; there were no comparable transactions during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Net cash flow provided by financing activities for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 was $14.8 million compared to net cash flow used in financing activities of $0.1 million for the same period in 2011. Our primary source of the cash provided by financing activities for the six- month period ended December 31, 2012 related to net borrowings on our credit facility with the Bank of Oklahoma in the amount of $15.0 million.

 

Credit Facilities

 

Wells Fargo Senior Credit Facility.   On December 31, 2012, we entered into our senior credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Senior Credit Facility”). Our Wells Fargo Senior Credit Facility provided us with a $300 million facility with a borrowing base of $110 million as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there was $95 million outstanding under our Senior Credit Facility.

 

Junior Credit Facility.   In August 2013, we entered into our junior credit facility with Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., as the administrative agent, which provides for term loans to be made to us in a series of draws up to $100 million (“Junior Credit Facility”). As at December  31, 2014, the borrowing capacity under the Wells Fargo Junior Credit Facility was $35 million and the Company had $35 million outstanding on the Wells Fargo Junior Credit Facility.

 

Both our Senior Credit Facility and Junior Credit Facility were refinanced with our new Revolving Facility and Term Loans as discussed below.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

New Credit Facilities.   On May 14, 2015, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary Sundance Energy, Inc. entered into the Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for our $300 million Revolving Facility and $125 million Term Loans, with an accordion feature providing for additional term loans of up to $50 million, subject to certain conditions  The Revolving Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which has been set initially at $75 million.  At closing on May 14, 2015, $25 million was drawn on the Revolving Facility and $125 million of Term Loans were funded.  The Revolving Facility has a five year term and the Term Loans have a 5 ½ year term.

 

 

Interest on the Revolving Facility accrues at LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.0% to 3.0%.

 

·                   The applicable margin varies depending on the amount drawn. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.50% on the undrawn balance of the borrowing base.  Interest on the Term Loans accrues at LIBOR (with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%) plus 7.0%.

 

The key financial covenants of our Credit Agreement require us to (i) maintain a minimum current ratio, which is defined as consolidated current assets inclusive of undrawn borrowing capacity divided by consolidated current liabilities, of 1.00 or greater, (ii) a revolving debt to EBITDAX ratio (as defined in our Credit Agreement), determined on a rolling four quarter basis, of 4.00 to 1.00 or less, (iii) maintain a minimum EBITDAX to consolidated interest expense ratio of 2.00 to 1.00 or greater,  and (iv) maintain a minimum Total Proved PV-9 (as defined in our Credit Agreement) to Total Debt (as defined in our Credit Agreement) ratio of less than 1.25 to 1.00 for the 18 month period commencing on May 14, 2015 and 1.50 to 1.00 at any time thereafter, in each case beginning on June 30, 2015. The Credit Agreement requires the Company to hedge 50% of its proved developed producing forecasted volumes.  In addition, our Credit Agreement contains various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

·                   incur indebtedness or grant liens on any of our assets;

 

·                   enter into certain commodity hedging agreements;

 

·                   sell, transfer, assign or convey assets, including a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or engage in certain mergers or acquisitions;

 

·                   make certain distributions;

 

·                   make certain loans, advances and investments; and

 

·                   engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

If an event of default exists under our   Credit Agreement, the Agent will be able to terminate the commitments under the Credit agreement and accelerate the maturity of all loans made pursuant to the Credit Agreement and exercise other rights and remedies. Events of default include, but are not limited to, the following events:

 

·                   failure to pay any principal when due under the credit agreement;

 

·                   failure to pay any other obligation when due and payable within three business days after same becomes due;

 

·                   failure to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement in the Credit Agreement or other loan documents, subject, in certain instances, to certain cure periods;

 

·                   failure of any representation and warranty made in connection with the loan documents to be true and correct in all material respects;

 

55



Table of Contents

 

·                   bankruptcy or insolvency events involving us or our subsidiaries;

 

·                   cross-default to other indebtedness in excess of $2 million;

 

·                   certain ERISA events involving us or our subsidiaries;

 

·                   bankruptcy or insolvency; and

 

·                   a change of control (as defined in our Credit Agreement).

 

We and Sundance Energy, Inc. and their respective subsidiaries have also executed and delivered certain other related agreements and documents pursuant to the Credit Agreement, including a guarantee and collateral agreement and mortgages.  The obligations of the Company, Sundance Energy, Inc. and their respective subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the lenders, in the Company, Sundance Energy, Inc. and their respective subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets, and proved reserves, among other things.

 

The Revolving Facility and Term Loans refinanced the Company’s Credit Facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., respectively.  At closing, the Company used $145.0 million of the proceeds to pay off its previous credit facilities, which are now fully paid-off.  Approximately $1.1 million of deferred financing fees related to the previous credit facilities were written off due to the refinance.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

The following table summarizes our capital expenditures for the years ending December 31, 2014, 2013 and the six-month period ended December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Six-month
period ended
December 31,

 

(In $ ‘000s)

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

(audited)

 

Development and production assets

 

$

350,196

 

$

219,121

 

$

47,949

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

39,670

 

14,770

 

23,348

 

Total

 

$

389,866

 

$

233,891

 

$

71,297

 

 

C.                                     Research and Development

 

Not applicable.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

D.                                     Trend Information

 

We believe that oil and natural gas prices may remain volatile for the foreseeable future. While oil and/or natural gas prices are low, our future drilling and completion activity will decrease as operating cashflows decrease relative to recent historical levels. While we anticipate reductions in field service costs, material prices and all costs associated with drilling, completing and operating wells, maintaining an effective cost structure to maintain positive cashflow could be challenging. This could have a material adverse effect upon our net sales or revenues, profitability, liquidity or capital resources or cause less predicatable future operating results or financial condition as compared to reported financial information. While we have identified prospects we intend to drill, our ability to grow could be adversely affected by these commodity price declines.

 

E.                                     Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a significant effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources material to investors or results of operations.

 

F.                                      Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

 

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

Contractual Obligations (In $ ‘000s)

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3 years

 

3 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Credit Facilities(1)

 

$

147,994

 

$

5,502

 

$

107,492

 

$

35,000

 

$

 

Drilling rig commitments(2)

 

1,460

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

Drilling commitments(3)

 

2,000

 

1,000

 

1,000

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

2,364

 

430

 

984

 

950

 

 

Employment commitments

 

742

 

370

 

372

 

 

 

Asset retirement obligation(4)

 

8,866

 

150

 

 

 

8,716

 

Total

 

$

163,426

 

$

8,912

 

$

109,848

 

$

35,950

 

$

8,716

 

 


(1)                                  Includes principal and projected interest payments due under our Senior Credit Facility and Junior Credit Facility. Projected interest payments are based on a 2.660% and 8.50% interest rate for the Senior Credit Facility and the Junior Credit Facility, respectively, in effect as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there was $130 million outstanding under these credit facilities. Please read the description of our Senior Credit Facility and our Junior Credit Facility above.

 

(2)                                  As December 31, 2014 we had one outstanding drilling rig contract to explore and develop our properties. The contracts generally have terms of 6 months and expired in March 2015. Amounts represent minimum expenditure commitments should we elect to terminate these contracts prior to term.

 

(3)                                  As a part of our acquisition agreement for certain Wattenberg assets, we are committed to drilling 15 vertical or four horizontal development wells per year for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (collectively 45 vertical or 15 horizontal development wells). We have established an escrow account that will release the funds to us at a rate of $67,000 per vertical or $267,000 per horizontal well drilled, with any shortfall wells (less than 45 cumulative vertical or 15 horizontal wells drilled as of December 31, 2015) to be paid to the seller of the assets from the escrow account. If we complete drilling any of the shortfall wells after the deadline, we are able to recoup up to $67,000 per vertical or $267,000 per horizontal well by obtaining an assignment of a 5% overriding royalty interest from the seller until the shortfall well fee is recouped. We sold the properties in July 2014 and should the buyer drill any qualifying wells, the obligation would be satisfied. As of December 31, 2014, nor we or the buyer had drilled any wells and we do not expect any wells to be drilled under this provision in 2015. As such, the remaining commitment of $2.0 million was accrued in our consolidated statement of financial position and recognized against the gain on sale of assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income. Total contractual obligation represents amounts accrued.

 

(4)                                  We have established a restoration provision liability for the reclamation of oil and natural gas properties at the end of their economic lives. Based on our current projections, we believe the majority of our reclamation obligations will be incurred beyond five years from December 31, 2014.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

A.                                     Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table lists the names of our directors and executive officers. The directors have served since their respective election or appointment and will serve until the next annual general meeting of shareholders or until a successor is duly appointed.

 

Name

 

Position

Eric P. McCrady

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Cathy L. Anderson

 

Chief Financial Officer

Grace Ford*

 

Vice President of Exploration and Development

Mike Wolfe*

 

Vice President of Land

David Ramsden-Wood*

 

Vice President of Reservoir Engineering and Business Development

John Whittington*

 

Vice President of Operations

Michael D. Hannell

 

Chairman of the Board

Damien A. Hannes

 

Director

Neville W. Martin

 

Director

H. Weldon Holcombe

 

Director

 


*                                          Officers only of Sundance Energy, Inc.

 

Eric P. McCrady has been our Chief Executive Officer since April 2011 and Managing Director of our board of directors since November 2011. He also served as our Chief Financial Officer from June 2010 until becoming Chief Executive Officer in 2011. Mr. McCrady has served in numerous positions in the energy, private investment and retail industries. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. McCrady was employed by The Broe Group, a private investment firm, in various financial and executive management positions across a variety of industry investment platforms, including energy, transportation and real estate. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. McCrady was employed by American Coin Merchandising, Inc. in various corporate finance roles. Mr. McCrady holds a degree in Business Administration from the University of Colorado, Boulder.

 

Cathy L. Anderson has been our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011. Ms. Anderson has over 25 years of experience, primarily in the oil and gas industry, and has extensive experience in budgeting and forecasting, regulatory reporting, corporate controls, and financial analysis and reporting. Prior to joining us in 2011, Ms. Anderson had been a consultant to companies in the oil and gas industry since 2006. Ms. Anderson held various positions, including Chief Financial Officer of Optigas, Inc., a natural gas gathering, processing and marketing company, from 2005 to 2006 and Vice President of Internal Audit and Consulting for TeleTech Holdings, Inc., a NASDAQ-listed global service firm providing outsourced customer management, from 2002 to 2004. From 1993 to 1999, Ms. Anderson was the Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of NYSE-listed Key Production Company, Inc. (predecessor to Cimarex Energy). She began her career in 1985 with Arthur Andersen, LLP. Ms. Anderson holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with High Honors, emphasis in Accounting, from the University of Montana. She is a certified public accountant.

 

Grace L. Ford has been Vice President of Exploration and Development of our subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc., since March 2013 and had previously served as Vice President of Geology of Sundance Energy, Inc. since September 2011. Prior to joining us in 2011, Ms. Ford served in numerous positions in the oil and gas industry, working throughout the United States and in West Africa. Ms. Ford’s experience spans both conventional and unconventional resource exploration, development, reservoir characterization and enhanced recovery projects. Ms. Ford has extensive operational experience in multi-rig horizontal development programs. From 2010 to 2011, Ms. Ford was employed as a geologist by Rock Oil, a private equity-backed company with operations in the Eagle Ford in south Texas. From 2007 to 2010, Ms. Ford was employed as a geoscience manager by Baytex Energy, USA, and from 2001 to 2007, Ms. Ford was employed as a geologist by EOG Resources, Inc. Prior to her tenure with EOG Resources, Inc., Ms. Ford served in various geologic or engineering capacities for Marathon Oil Company, Schlumberger and the U.S. Geological Survey. Ms. Ford received her PhD in Geology from the Colorado School of Mines, a Master of Science degree in Geology from the University of Arkansas and a Bachelors of Science degree in geology from the University of Wyoming. Ms. Ford is a registered professional geologist in the states of Texas, Wyoming and Utah.

 

Mike Wolfe has been Vice President of Land of our subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc., since March 2013 and was previously Senior Land Manager from December 2010. He has more than 30 years of senior land experience in the oil and gas industry. His experience encompasses all areas of land management, including field leasing, title, lease records, joint venture contracts and management of multi-rig drilling programs in numerous basins throughout the United States. From 1997 to 2010,

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Mr. Wolfe was a regional land manager for Cimarex Energy Company, a public oil and gas exploration and production company. From 1996 to 1997, he was a site acquisition agent for PacBell Mobile, a cellular phone service provider. From 1990 to 1996, he was a project landman for Capitol Oil Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company. From 1981 to 1990, he was an assistant land manager for TXO Production Corporation, an oil and gas exploration and production company. Prior to his tenure with TXO Production Corporation, he was a land representative for Texaco. Mr. Wolfe holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, with a concentration in finance and real estate from Colorado State University.

 

David Ramsden-Wood has been Vice President of Reservoir Engineering and Business Development of our subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc., since May 2014 and previously served as a consultant for us in a similar role since January 2013. He has more than 15 years of engineering experience in the oil and gas industry. His experience has been focused on reservoir engineering, strategic and financial planning and production engineering. From 2009 to 2012, Mr. Ramsden-Wood was a regional senior manager for Enerplus Resources (USA) Corporation, a public oil and gas exploration and production company. From 2001 to 2009, he served as a manager in various engineering and business planning capacities for Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, a public oil and gas exploration and production company. Prior to his tenure with Anadarko Petroleum Corporation, Mr. Ramsden-Wood worked on mergers and acquisitions and oil and gas marketing for Canadian Hunter Exploration Ltd and Barrington Petroleum. Mr. Ramsden-Wood holds a Masters of Business Administration degree from Cornell University (with Distinction) and Queen’s University and a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering (Chemical) from the University of Calgary. He is a professional engineer, licensed in Alberta, Canada.

 

John Whittington has been Vice President of Operations of our subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc., since May 2014. He has more than 20 years of experience in the oil and gas industry. His experience has focused on the development and optimization of onshore US resource plays with a particular emphasis on completion optimization and production operations. From 2011 to 2014, Mr. Whittington served as the Operations Manager, Vice President of Operations, and Shared Services Manager for Triangle Petroleum Corporation, a vertically integrated, public oil and gas exploration and production company. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Whittington was a lead completions and operations engineer and completions advisor for EOG Resources, Inc., a public oil and gas exploration and production company. From 2002 to 2005, he was an engineer for Encana Oil and Gas USA, Inc, a public oil and gas exploration and production company; a portion of which he was an alliance engineer with Schlumberger Oilfield Services, a public oilfield service company. From 1999 to 2002, he was a petroleum consultant for Apex Petroleum Engineering, an oil and gas technical consulting service company. Prior to his tenure with Apex Petroleum Engineering, Mr. Whittington served as field, acquisitions, production and senior petroleum engineer for a variety of oil and gas companies and consulting firms, including Dowell Schlumberger Inc, the predecessor to Schlumberger Oilfield Services, Lomak Petroleum, Inc., and Integrated Petroleum Technologies, Inc. Mr. Whittington holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Petroleum Engineering from the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. He is a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers.

 

Michael D. Hannell has been a Director of Sundance since March 2006 and chairman of our board of directors since December 2008. Mr. Hannell has over 45 years of experience in the oil and gas industry, initially in the downstream sector and subsequently in the upstream sector. His extensive experience has been in a wide range of design and construction, engineering, operations, exploration and development, marketing and commercial, financial and corporate areas in the United States, United Kingdom, continental Europe and Australia at the senior executive level with Mobil Oil (now Exxon) and Santos Ltd. Mr. Hannell recently finished his term as the chairman of Rees Operations Pty Ltd (doing business as Milford Industries Pty Ltd), an Australian automotive components and transportation container manufacturer and supplier. He has also held a number of other board appointments including the chairman of Sydac Pty Ltd, a designer and producer of simulation training products for industry. Mr. Hannell has also served on a number of not-for-profit boards, with appointments as president of the Adelaide-based Chamber of Mines and Energy, president of Business SA (formerly the South Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry), chairman of the Investigator Science and Technology Centre, chairman of the Adelaide Graduate School of Business, and a member of the South Australian Legal Practitioners Conduct Board. Mr. Hannell holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering (with Honors) from the University of London and is a Fellow of the Institution of Engineers Australia.

 

Damien A. Hannes has been a Director since August 2009. Mr. Hannes has over 25 years of finance experience. He has served over 15 years as a managing director and a member of the operating committee, among other senior management positions, for Credit Suisse’s listed derivatives business in equities, commodities and fixed income in its Asia and Pacific region. From 1986 to 1993, Mr. Hannes was a director for Fay Richwhite Australia, a New Zealand merchant bank. Prior to his tenure with Fay Richwhite, Mr. Hannes was the director of operations and chief financial officer of Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette Futures Ltd, a U.S. investment bank. He has successfully raised capital and developed and managed mining, commodities trading and manufacturing businesses in the global market. Mr. Hannes also serves as the chairman of the board of directors of Goldsmith Resources SAC, a gold mining company with operations in Peru, and as a director of Quill Stationery

 

59



Table of Contents

 

Manufacturers Limited, a paper products business with operations in China. He holds a Bachelor of Business degree from the NSW University of Technology in Australia.

 

Neville W. Martin has been a Director since January 2012. Prior to his election, he was an alternate director on our board of directors. Mr. Martin has over 40 years of experience as a lawyer specializing in corporate law and mining, oil and gas law. He is currently a consultant to the Australian law firm, Minter Ellison. Mr. Martin has served as a director on the boards of several Australian companies listed on the ASX, including Stuart Petroleum Ltd from 1999 to 2002, Austin Exploration Ltd. from 2005 to 2008 and Adelaide Energy Ltd from 2005 to 2011. Mr. Martin is the former state president of the Australian Resource and Energy Law Association. Mr. Martin holds a Bachelor of Laws degree from Adelaide University.

 

H. Weldon Holcombe has been a Director since December 2012. Mr. Holcombe has over 30 years of onshore and offshore U.S. oil and gas industry experience, including technology, reservoir engineering, drilling and completions, production operations, construction, field development and optimization, Health, Safety and Environmental (“HSE”), and management of office, field and contract personnel. Most recently, Mr. Holcombe served as the Executive Vice President, Mid Continental Region, for Petrohawk Energy Corporation from 2006 until its acquisition by BHP Billiton in 2011, after which Mr. Holcombe served as Vice President of New Technology Development for BHP Billiton. In his capacity as Executive Vice President for Petrohawk Energy Corporation, Mr. Holcombe managed development of leading unconventional resource plays, including the Haynesville, Fayetteville and Permian areas. In addition, Mr. Holcombe served as President of Big Hawk LLC, a subsidiary of Petrohawk Energy Corporation, a provider of basic oil and gas construction, logistics and rental services. Mr. Holcombe also served as corporate HSE officer for Petrohawk and joint chairperson of the steering committee that managed construction and operation of a gathering system in Petrohawk’s Haynesville field with one billion cubic feet of natural gas of production per day. Prior to Petrohawk, Mr. Holcombe served in a variety of senior level management, operations and engineering roles for KCS Energy and Exxon. Mr. Holcombe holds a Bachelor of Science degree in civil engineering from the University of Auburn.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. The business addresses for each of our directors and executive officers is Sundance Energy, Inc., 633 17th Street, Denver, Colorado 80202.

 

Employment Agreements with Executive Officers

 

Our Chief Executive Officer, Eric P. McCrady, has an employment agreement with a three-year term commencing January 2014 and base remuneration of $370,000 per year, which is reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. In the event of a not-for-cause termination or change in control (as described in the employment agreement) in which Mr. McCrady does not remain employed by the acquirer, the employment agreement provides payment of Mr. McCrady’s base remuneration through the end of the term of the employment agreement. He is eligible to participate in our incentive compensation program.

 

Other than Mr. McCrady, at the date of this report, none of our executive officers has an employment agreement. In August 2013, Damien Connor was appointed our Company Secretary. Mr. Connor provides services to Sundance through a contractual arrangement. None of our directors has any service contracts with Sundance or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

B.                                     Compensation

 

Our board of directors recognizes that the attraction and retention of high-caliber directors and executives with appropriate incentives is critical to generating shareholder value. We have designed our compensation program to provide rewards for individual performance and corporate results and to encourage an ownership mentality among our executives and other key employees.

 

The Australian non-executive directors receive a basic annual fee for board membership and annual fees for committee service and chairmanships, all of which includes the superannuation guarantee contribution required by the Australian government, which was 9.50% as of July 1, 2014. In accordance with ASX corporate governance principles, they do not receive any other retirement benefits or any performance-related incentive payments by means of cash or equity. Some individuals, however, have chosen to forego part of their salary to increase payments toward superannuation. To align directors’ interests with shareholder interests, the directors are required to hold our ordinary shares equal to three times their base board fees. Our U.S.-based executives receive statutory retirement benefit payments as required under applicable U.S. law and receive contributions into their retirement account at a level commensurate with all other employees. All remuneration paid to directors and executives is valued in accordance with applicable IFRS accounting rules.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

The Remuneration and Nominations Committee makes recommendations to our board of directors in relation to total compensation of directors and executives and reviews their remuneration annually. Independent external advice is sought when required. The Remuneration and Nominations Committee retained Meridian Compensation Partners, LLC (“Meridian”), as its independent remuneration consultant for the 2014 fiscal year. Meridian was retained to provide executive and director remuneration consulting services to the Committee, including advice regarding the design and implementation of remuneration programs that are competitive and common among the U.S. oil and gas exploration and production industry, competitive market information, comparison advice with Australian companies and practice, regulatory updates and analyses and trends on executive base salary, short-term incentives, long-term incentives, benefits and perquisites

 

In assessing total compensation, our objective is to be competitive with industry compensation while considering individual and company performance. Base salaries for executives recognize their qualifications, experience and responsibilities as well as their unique value and historical contributions to Sundance. In addition to being important to attracting and retaining executives, setting base salaries at appropriate levels motivates employees to aspire to and accept enlarged opportunities. We do not consider base salaries to be part of performance-based compensation, in setting the amount, the individuals’ performance is considered. The majority of each executive’s compensation is performance based and “at risk.” We believe that equity ownership is an important element of compensation and that, over time, more of the executives’ compensation should be equity-based rather than cash-based so as to better align executive compensation with shareholder return. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the targeted “at risk” remuneration relating to performance variability with STI bonuses and LTI represents approximately 81% for the Managing Director and approximately 81% for all other executives.

 

In support of this, we recently adopted stock ownership guidelines for certain key executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer is required to hold ordinary shares with a value equal to five times the amount of his annual base salary. The remaining executive officers are required to hold ordinary shares with a value equal to 2.5 times their respective annual base salaries. The applicable level of ownership is required to be achieved within five years of the later of the date these guidelines were adopted or the date the person first became an executive officer and is based on the executive’s salary at the time these guidelines were adopted or the date the executive first became subject to the guidelines. Unexercised and/or unvested equity awards do not count toward satisfaction of the guidelines.

 

We have an incentive compensation program, comprised of short and long-term components, to incentivize key executives and employees of Sundance and its subsidiaries. The goal of the incentive compensation program is to motivate management and senior employees to achieve short and long-term goals to improve shareholder value. This plan represents the performance-based, at risk component of each executive’s total compensation. The incentive compensation program is designed to:

 

·                   Attract and retain highly trained, experienced, and committed executives who have the skills, education, business acumen, and background to lead a mid-tier oil and gas business;

 

·                   Motivate and reward executives to drive and achieve our goal of increasing shareholder value;

 

·                   Provide balanced incentives for the achievement of near-term and long-term objectives, without motivating executives to take excessive risk; and

 

·                   Track and respond to developments such as the tightening in the labor market or changes in competitive pay practices.

 

The incentive compensation program has provisions for an annual cash and equity bonus in addition to the base salary levels. The annual cash bonus Short-Term Incentive (“STI”) is established to reward short-term performance towards our goal of increasing shareholder value. The equity component Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) is intended to reward progress towards our long-term goals and to motivate and retain management to make decisions benefiting long-term value creation.

 

We have two active equity incentive plans under the LTI component of the incentive compensation program. These are the Sundance Employee Option Plan (“ESOP”) and the Sundance Energy Australia Limited Restricted Share Units available only to our U.S. employees under the Incentive Compensation Plan (the “RSU Plan”). Any grants made to employees that also serve as a director are subject to shareholder approval prior to issuance.

 

The ESOP provides for the issuance of stock options at an exercise price determined at the time of the issue by a committee designated by the board (the “Plan Committee”). Options under the ESOP may be granted to eligible employees, as determined by the Plan Committee, and typically include our executive officers, directors and key employees. Historically, the Plan Committee has granted options in connection with attracting new employees, which grant is made once employment has

 

61



Table of Contents

 

commenced. It is within the discretion of the Plan Committee, however, to authorize additional option grants during the term of employment. Generally, an option vests 20% on the 90th day following the grant date, with an additional 20% vesting on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries thereof. Options are valued using the Black-Scholes methodology and recognized as remuneration in accordance with their vesting conditions. In the event of a voluntary winding up of Sundance, unvested stock options vest immediately. We may amend the ESOP or any portion thereof, or waive or modify the application of the ESOP rules in relation to a participant, at any time. Certain amendments to the ESOP may require the approval of the holders of the options granted under the ESOP. No stock options were granted to any officers or directors during fiscal years 2013 or 2014.

 

The RSU Plan provides for the issuance of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to our U.S. employees. The purpose of issuing RSUs is to reward senior executives and employees for achievement of financial and operational performance targets established by our board. The RSU Plan is administered by our board. RSUs under the RSU Plan may be granted to eligible employees (as determined by our board, which typically include our executive officers, directors and key employees) from a bonus pool established at the sole discretion of our board. The bonus pool is subject to board and management review of performance metrics with respect to both our and the individual employee’s performance over a measured period determined by the Remuneration and Nominations Committee and the board as discussed below. The RSUs may be settled in cash or stock at the discretion of our board. Under the RSU Plan, 25% of the RSUs vest on the grant date, and 25% vest on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date. The RSUs are based on performance targets established and approved by our board. In the event of a corporate take-over or change in control (as defined in the RSU Plan), our board in its discretion may cause all unvested RSUs to vest and be satisfied by the issue of one share each or provide for the cancellation of outstanding RSUs and a cash payment equal to the then-fair market value of the RSUs. We may amend, suspend or terminate the RSU Plan or any portion thereof at any time. Certain amendments to the RSU Plan may require approval of the holders of the RSUs who will be affected by the amendment.

 

Starting with the 2015 fiscal year, the RSU Plan has been amended for executives to reflect 50% time based vesting and 50% vesting based on total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to our peer group over a three-year period. The time-based vesting will vest 1/3 on each of the three anniversaries following the grant date subject to continued employment with Sundance. TSR is calculated as the change in stock price plus dividends over the three year period. The stock price used to calculate the starting stock price value will be the average price of Sundance’s stock for the 20 trading days before the first day of the measurement period. The ending-period stock price will be the average price of Sundance’s stock for the last 20 trading days of the measurement period.

 

The number of shares that can be earned under TSR performance ranges from 0% to 200% of the target share grant based on Sundance’s percentile rank among the peer set. If Sundance’s TSR is negative for the three-year period, but the percentile rank is above median, the payout will be capped at the target payout. If Sundance’s TSR is between any of the percentile ranks listed in the table below, the payout as a percent of target will be on a pro-rata basis.

 

TSR Percentile Rank

 

Payout % of Target

 

90 th  and above

 

200

%

50 th

 

100

%

30 th

 

50

%

Below 30 th

 

0

%

 

TSR will be compared to a set of 22 oil and gas exploration and production companies headquartered in the United States and Australia. The Australian-headquartered companies are highlighted. The chart on the right depicts the TSR over a three year period ending December 31, 2014. Diamondback Energy Inc., Matador Resources Co. and Midstates Petroleum Co Inc. were excluded from the chart as there was not enough historical data to measure the defined TSR.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Company

 

Abraxas Petroleum Corp/NV

Approach Resources Inc

Austex Oil Ltd

Beach Energy Ltd

Bonanza Creek Energy Inc.

Callon Petroleum CO/DE

Carrizo Oil & Gas Inc

Contango Oil & Gas Co

Diamondback Energy Inc

Drillsearch Energy Ltd

Emerald Oil Inc

Goodrich Petroleum Corp

Lonestar Resources Ltd

Matador Resources Co

Midstates Petroleum Co Inc

Panhandle Oil & Gas Inc

Red Fork Energy Ltd

Rex Energy Corp

Sanchez Energy Corp

Senex Energy Ltd

Synergy Resources Corp

Triangle Petroleum Corp

 

 

The available bonus pool for both STI and LTI is based on a percentage of each employee’s annual base salary. On an annual basis, targets are established and agreed by the Remuneration and Nominations Committee, subject to endorsement by our board of directors. The targets are used to determine the bonus pool, but both the STI and LTI bonuses require approval by the Remuneration and Nominations Committee and are fully discretionary. Bonuses earned under the STI are typically paid in cash, however, to reflect the current low commodity price environment and preserve liquidity, the STI earned for the 2014 fiscal year will be paid out in RSUs during 2015. Bonuses earned under the LTI are paid by means of awarding RSUs under the RSU Plan.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014 (to be paid in 2015), the following metrics were adopted as targets:

 

Financial Performance Metric 

 

Performance
Target

 

Target
Weight

 

Production of oil and natural gas per 1,000 debt adjusted share

 

4.06 Boe

 

17.5

%

Cash margin

 

72.6%

 

17.5

%

Net asset value per debt-adjusted share

 

1.02

 

17.5

%

PV/I (1)

 

1.25

 

17.5

%

Health, safety and environmental

 

Qualitative

 

10.0

%

Assessment of the performance of senior executives and managers

 

Qualitative

 

20.0

%

 


(1)          Net change in the proved PV10 of the constant case reserve report divided by development capital expenditures during the period under consideration less proceeds from divestitures.

 

In addition, certain ceiling and claw-back provisions have been set by our board of directors to ensure that the performance metrics are aligned with the best interests of the shareholders. It is the intention of the Remuneration and Nominations Committee to carefully monitor the incentive compensation program to ensure its ongoing effectiveness.

 

The following discussion is based upon a remuneration report that we prepared in compliance with listing rules of the ASX. Mr. Wolfe, Mr. Ramsden-Wood and Mr. Whittington are not considered key management personnel as defined under listing rules of the ASX. As a result, their remuneration is not discussed below.

 

Details of the cash remuneration, as prescribed by our home country jurisdiction, of our directors and executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

63



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fixed Based Remuneration

 

Share

 

Performance Based

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

Post-

 

 

 

Based

 

 

 

LTI-

 

 

 

Director

 

Cash salary
and Fees

 

monetary
Benefits (1)

 

employment
Benefits

 

Superannuation

 

Payments-
Options (2)

 

STI-Cash
Bonus

 

Share
Based (3)

 

Total

 

E. McCrady

 

$

365,615

 

$

18,816

 

$

7,800

 

$

 

$

 

$

240,000

 

$

542,310

 

$

1,174,540

 

M. Hannell

 

141,958

 

 

 

13,334

 

 

 

 

155,293

 

D. Hannes

 

115,956

 

 

 

10,896

 

 

 

 

126,852

 

N. Martin

 

98,414

 

 

 

9,252

 

 

 

 

107,666

 

W. Holcombe

 

117,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,792

 

 

 

$

839,735

 

$

18,816

 

$

7,800

 

$

33,482

 

$

 

$

240,000

 

$

542,310

 

$

1,682,143

 

Executive officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C. Anderson

 

$

291,770

 

14,144

 

$

7,800

 

$

 

$

26,399

 

$

147,000

 

$

292,885

 

$

779,998

 

G. Ford

 

292,000

 

8,428

 

7,800

 

 

48,385

 

150,000

 

298,010

 

804,623

 

 

 

$

583,769

 

$

22,572

 

$

15,600

 

$

 

$

74,784

 

$

297,000

 

$

590,895

 

$

1,584,621

 

Total

 

$

1,423,505

 

$

41,388

 

$

23,400

 

$

33,482

 

$

74,784

 

$

537,000

 

$

1,133,205

 

$

3,266,764

 

 


(1)          Non-monetary benefits includes car parking fringe benefits and payment of health premiums.

 

(2)          Fair value of services received in return for the options granted is measured using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model, as further discussed in Note 31 to our financial statements, and represents the portion of the grant date fair value expense of the option during the year. Options were granted to Anderson and Ford in December 2011 and September 2011, respectively.

 

(3)          Fair value of services received in return for the LTI share based awards are based on the allocable portion of aggregate fair value expense recognized under AASB 2 for the year. The aggregate fair value is based on the number of RSUs awarded valued at the Company’s stock price at the date of grant, translated at the foreign exchange rate in effect on the date of grant. Vesting is 25% at the time of grant (following the performance period), with 25% cliff vesting each subsequent year on the date of grant. The amount included as remuneration is not related to or indicative of the benefit (if any) that individuals may ultimately realize when the RSUs vest.

 

At risk remuneration

 

Remuneration is structured to recognize both an individual’s responsibilities, qualifications and experience, as well as to drive performance over the short and long-term. Fixed remuneration is established relative to the market and aligned with responsibilities, qualifications and experience, while variable remuneration is used to reward and motivate outcomes beyond the standard expected. The relative weightings of “at risk” variable remuneration compared to fixed remuneration is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Fixed
Remuneration

 

STI

 

LTI

 

Target
Performance
Related

 

Fixed
Remuneration

 

STI

 

LTI

 

Target
Performance
Related

 

E. McCrady

 

19

%

19

%

62

%

81

%

22

%

22

%

56

%

78

%

C. Anderson

 

25

%

19

%

56

%

75

%

29

%

21

%

50

%

71

%

G. Ford

 

25

%

19

%

56

%

75

%

29

%

21

%

50

%

71

%

Non-executive directors

 

100

%

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

C.                                     Board Practices

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five members, including our Chief Executive Officer. We believe that each of our directors has relevant industry experience. The membership of our board of directors is directed by the following requirements:

 

·                   our Constitution specifies that there must be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 10, and our board of directors may determine the number of directors within those limits;

 

·                   it is the intention of our board of directors that its membership consists of a majority of independent directors who satisfy the criteria recommended by the ASX Principles and Recommendations;

 

·                   the chairperson of our board of directors should be an independent director who satisfies the criteria for independence recommended by the ASX Principles and Recommendations; and

 

·                   our board of directors should, collectively, have the appropriate level of personal qualities, skills, experience, and time commitment to properly fulfill its responsibilities or have ready access to such skills where they are not available.

 

Our board of directors has delegated responsibility for the conduct of our businesses to the Managing Director, but remains responsible for overseeing the performance of management. Our board of directors has established delegated limits of authority, which define the matters that are delegated to management and those that require board of directors approval. None of our directors have any service contracts with Sundance or any of its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

Committees

 

To assist our board of directors with the effective discharge of its duties, it has established a Remuneration and Nominations Committee and an Audit and Risk Management Committee. Each committee operates under a specific charter approved by our board of directors.

 

Remuneration and Nominations Committee.   The members of our Remuneration and Nominations Committee are Messrs. Hannell (Chairman), Hannes and Holcombe, all of whom are independent, non-executive directors. This committee will identify, evaluate and recommend qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors, and maintain a management succession plan. In addition, the committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various remuneration matters to our board of directors.

 

Audit and Risk Management Committee.   The members of our Audit and Risk Management Committee are Messrs. Hannes (Chairman), Hannell and Martin, all of whom are independent, non-executive directors. Mr. McCrady and Ms. Anderson are non-voting management representatives who advise the committee as appropriate. This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to the independent accountants, the performance of our independent accountants and our accounting practices. In addition, the committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various risk management matters to our board of directors.

 

The effective management of risk is central to our ongoing success. We have adopted a risk management policy to ensure that:

 

·                   appropriate systems are in place to identify, to the extent that is reasonably practical, all material risks that we face in conducting our business;

 

·                   the financial impact of those risks is understood and appropriate controls are in place to limit exposures to them;

 

·                   appropriate responsibilities are delegated to control the risks; and

 

·                   any material changes to our risk profile are disclosed in accordance with the our continuous disclosure policy.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

It is our objective to appropriately balance, protect and enhance the interests of all of our shareholders. Proper behavior by our directors, officers, employees and those organizations that we contract to carry out work is essential in achieving this objective.

 

We have established a code of conduct, which sets out the standards of behavior that apply to every aspect of our dealings and relationships, both within and outside Sundance. The following standards of behavior apply:

 

·                   comply with all laws that govern us and our operations;

 

·                   act honestly and with integrity and fairness in all dealings with others and each other;

 

·                   avoid or manage conflicts of interest;

 

·                   use our assets properly and efficiently for the benefit of all of our shareholders; and

 

·                   seek to be an exemplary corporate citizen.

 

Reserves Committee.   The members of our Reserves Committee are Messrs. Holcombe (Chairman), Hannell and Martin, all of whom are independent, non-executive directors. This committee will assist the board of directors in monitoring:

 

·                   the integrity of the Company’s oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquid reserves (Reserves);

 

·                   the independence, qualifications and performance of the Company’s independent reservoir engineers; and

 

·                   the compliance by the Company with legal and regulatory requirements.

 

D.                                     Employees

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had 60 full-time employees, including 19 in executive, finance and accounting and administration, 4 in geology, 22 in production and engineering and 15 in land. All of our employees are located in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by any collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.

 

E.                                     Share Ownership

 

Number of Options Held by Executive Officers

 

Executive Officers

 

Balance
12/31/2013

 

Granted as
Compensation

 

Options
Exercised

 

Options
Expired

 

Balance
12/31/2014

 

Total
Vested
12/31/2014

 

Total
Exercisable
12/31/2014

 

Total
Unexercisable
12/31/2014

 

E. McCrady

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C. Anderson

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

600,000

(1)

600,000

 

400,000

 

G. Ford

 

1,200,000

 

 

 

 

1,200,000

 

800,000

(2)

800,000

 

400,000

 

Total

 

2,200,000

 

 

 

 

2,200,000

 

1,400,000

 

1,400,000

 

800,000

 

 


(1)                                  Consists of options to purchase up to 600,000 ordinary shares exercisable at $0.95 per share, which expire in March 2019. Options vest 20% on grant date and 20% each anniversary of the grant date over next 4 years.

(2)                                  Consists of options to purchase up to 800,000 ordinary shares exercisable at $0.95 per share, which expire in December 2018. Options vest 17% on grant date and 17% each anniversary of the grant date over next 5 years.

 

No options were issued as part of remuneration to directors or executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Number of Restricted Shares Units Held by Executive Officers

 

Executive
Officer

 

Balance
12/31/2013

 

Issued as
Compensation

 

Forfeited

 

RSUs
converted to
ordinary
shares

 

Balance
12/31/2014

 

Total
Vested
12/31/2014

 

Total
Unvested
12/31/2014

 

E. McCrady

 

555,078

 

671,988

 

 

(435,505

)

791,561

 

 

791,561

 

C. Anderson

 

320,680

 

385,456

 

 

(225,579

)

480,557

 

 

480,557

 

G. Ford

 

322,410

 

394,473

 

 

(228,410

)

488,473

 

 

488,473

 

Total

 

1,198,168

 

1,451,917

 

 

(889,494

)

1,760,591

 

 

1,760,591

 

 

All RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2014, vest 25% on date of grant and 25% vest equally on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.

 

Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

A.                                     Major Shareholders

 

The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 549,351,227 ordinary shares outstanding as of April 30, 2015 by:

 

·                   each person known by us (through substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX) to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our ordinary shares;

 

·                   each of our directors and executive officers individually; and

 

·                   each of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security and includes options that are exercisable within 60 days. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished to us by each director, executive officer, or 5% or more shareholder, as the case may be.

 

As of April 30, 2015, we had 53 shareholders of record in the United States. These shareholders held an aggregate of 5,447,712 of our outstanding ordinary shares, or approximately 1.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge each shareholder possesses sole voting and investment power over the ordinary shares listed subject to community property laws, where applicable. None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the persons listed in the table below is Sundance Energy, Inc., 633 17th Street, Suite 1950, Denver, Colorado 80202.

 

 

 

Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned

 

Shareholder

 

Number

 

Percent

 

5% Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

IOOF Holdings Limited(1)

 

42,791,826

 

7.79

%

Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Eric P. McCrady

 

1,908,581

 

*

 

Michael D. Hannell

 

1,059,000

 

*

 

Damien A. Hannes

 

5,801,561

(2)

1.06

%

Neville W. Martin

 

422,800

(3)

*

 

H. Weldon Holcombe

 

596,700

 

*

 

Cathy L. Anderson

 

1,075,370

(4)

*

 

Grace Ford

 

1,176,403

(5)

*

 

Officers and directors as a group (seven persons)

 

12,040,345

 

2.19

%

 


*                                          Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares of Sundance.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

(1)                                  The address for IOOF Holdings Limited is Level 6, 161 Collins Street, Melbourne Victoria 3000.

 

(2)                                  Includes (i) 377,858 ordinary shares held by Mr. Hannes individually and (ii) 5,423,703 ordinary shares held in a trust of which Mr. Hannes serves as a director and shares voting and investment power with respect to such shares.

 

(3)                                  Includes (i) 20,000 ordinary shares held by Mr. Martin individually, and (ii) 379,942 ordinary shares held in trust of which Mr. Martin serves as trustee and is a beneficiary and (iii) 22,858 ordinary shares jointly held with Mr. Martin’s spouse.

 

(4)                                  Includes (i) 275,370 ordinary shares and (ii) options to purchase up to 800,000 ordinary shares, exercisable until March 2019 at an exercise price of A$0.95 per share.

 

(5)                                  Includes (i) 376,403 ordinary shares and (ii) options to purchase up to 800,000 ordinary shares, exercisable until December 2018 at an exercise price of A$0.95 per share.

 

To our knowledge, there have not been any significant changes in the ownership of our ordinary shares by major shareholders over the past three years, except as follows (which is based upon substantial shareholder notices filed with the ASX):

 

·                   IOOF Holdings Limited (“IOOF”) became a substantial shareholder on August 15, 2012, when it reported that it held 13,970,252 ordinary shares, or 5.042%, of the total voting power as of that date. Between August 2012 and March 27, 2015, IOOF acquired an aggregate of 69,370,881 ordinary shares for A$55,792,006 and sold an aggregate of 40,549,307 ordinary shares for A$37,780,387. On March 27, 2015, IOOF reported that it held 42,791,826 ordinary shares, or 7.790%, of the total voting power as of that date.

 

We note that, with the exception of Mr. Hannes, each of our directors and executive officers owns less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

B.                                     Related Party Transactions

 

Other than as disclosed below, from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2015 we did not enter into any transactions or loans with any: (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with us; (ii) associates; (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (iv) key management personnel and close members of such individuals’ families; or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest in our voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence.

 

Neville Martin has been a director of Sundance since March 2012 and was a partner and is now a consultant of Minter Ellison, an Australian law firm. Minter Ellison was paid a non-material amount for legal services for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and through April 17, 2015.

 

On June 6, 2013, IOOF acquired 6,700,000 of our ordinary shares in a private placement for A$5,762,000.

 

C.                                     Interest of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 8.  Financial Information

 

A.                                     Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information

 

Our financial statements are included in Item 18 “Financial Statements.”

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Like other gas and oil producers and marketers, our operations are subject to extensive and rapidly changing federal and state environmental, health and safety, and other laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater discharges, and solid and

 

68



Table of Contents

 

hazardous waste management activities. We are not aware of any material pending or overtly threatened legal action against Sundance or its directors of senior management.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, the rights attaching to our ordinary shares are detailed in our Constitution. Our Constitution provides that any of our ordinary shares may be issued with preferred, deferred or other special rights, whether in relation to dividends, voting, return of share capital, payment of calls or otherwise as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Subject to the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, any rights and restrictions attached to a class of shares, we may issue further shares on such terms and conditions as our board of directors resolve. Currently, our outstanding share capital consists of only one class of ordinary shares.

 

Our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to shareholders. All unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for our benefit until claimed or otherwise disposed of in accordance with our Constitution.

 

B.                                     Significant Changes

 

In January 2015, the company acquired three leases totaling approximately 14,180 net acres in the Eagle Ford for approximately $13.4 million.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2014, an additional $15.0 million was drawn-down on our Senior Credit Facility, bringing total outstanding debt to $145.0 million, with no undrawn funds available under our Senior Credit Facility.  Both our Senior Credit Facility and Junior Credit Facility were refinanced as discussed below.

 

On May 14, 2015, we and our wholly-owned subsidiary Sundance Energy, Inc. entered into the Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for our $300 million Revolving Facility and $125 million Term Loans, with an accordion feature providing for additional term loans of up to $50 million, subject to certain conditions  The Revolving Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which has been set initially at $75 million.  At closing on May 14, 2015, $25 million was drawn on the Revolving Facility and $125 million of Term Loans were funded.  The Revolving Facility has a five year term and the Term Loans have a 5 ½ year term.

 

The Revolving Facility and Term Loans refinanced the Company’s credit facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., respectively.  At closing, the Company used $145.0 million of the proceeds to pay off its previous credit facilities, which are fully paid-off.  Approximately $1.1 million of deferred financing fees related to the previous credit facilities were written off due to the refinance.

 

Subsequent to year end and in anticipation of closing the aforementioned credit facilities, the Company entered into the following hedge contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Units per month

 

Floor

 

Ceiling

 

 

 

Description

 

Commodity

 

Basis

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

Price

 

Price

 

Term

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

50.00

 

$

98.65

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

101.05

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

64.70

 

64.70

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

65.90

 

65.90

 

Jun ‘15 – Sep ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

3,333

*

 

 

 

 

66.75

 

66.75

 

Jun ‘15 – Nov ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

69.30

 

Jan ‘16 – May ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

72.25

 

Jan ‘16 – May ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

77.00

 

Jun ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

85.00

 

Jul ‘16 – Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

77.80

 

Jan ‘16 – Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

50.00

 

81.75

 

Jan ‘17 – Dec ‘17

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

50.00

 

80.25

 

Jan ‘17 – Dec ‘17

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

55.00

 

80.25

 

Jan ‘18 – Dec ‘18

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

55.00

 

82.00

 

Jan ‘19 – Dec ‘19

 

Total Oil/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

35,333

 

44,000

 

12,000

 

4,000

 

4,000

 

$

52.65

 

$

75.60

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘19

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

2.70

 

$

3.20

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

3.06

 

$

3.06

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.50

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.75

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.50

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

3.05

 

$

3.60

 

Jan ‘17 - Dec ‘17

 

Total Gas/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

60,000

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

2.91

 

$

3.44

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘17

 

 


* Units per month range from 0 — 7,000 Bbls

 

In the above table, “LLS” refers to Light Louisiana Sweet, “HH” refers to Henry Hub and “HSC” refers to Houston Ship Channel.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Item 9.  The Offer and Listing

 

A.                                     Offer and Listing Details

 

Pricing History—Australian Securities Exchange

 

Our ordinary shares were initially quoted and admitted to trading on the ASX (symbol: “SEA”) in April 2005. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the reported low and high market prices for our ordinary shares as quoted on the ASX. All prices are in Australian dollars.

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

A$

 

A$

 

Annual:

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

1.42

 

0.38

 

2013

 

1.18

 

0.76

 

Six-month period ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

0.85

 

0.38

 

Fiscal year ended June 30

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

0.88

 

0.36

 

2011

 

1.10

 

0.17

 

2010

 

0.20

 

0.08

 

Quarterly:

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ending December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Second Quarter (through April 30, 2015)

 

0.70

 

0.44

 

First Quarter

 

0.63

 

0.44

 

Fiscal year ending December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

1.25

 

0.38

 

Third Quarter

 

1.42

 

1.16

 

Second Quarter

 

1.20

 

0.92

 

First Quarter

 

1.12

 

0.94

 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

1.18

 

0.88

 

Third Quarter

 

1.14

 

0.84

 

Second Quarter

 

1.13

 

0.77

 

First Quarter

 

1.11

 

0.76

 

Most Recent Six Months:

 

 

 

 

 

March 2015

 

1.20

 

1.04

 

February 2015

 

1.11

 

0.94

 

January 2015

 

1.04

 

0.92

 

December 2014

 

1.02

 

0.94

 

November 2014

 

1.12

 

0.94

 

October 2014

 

1.05

 

0.94

 

 

On April 30, 2015 the closing price of our ordinary shares as traded on the ASX was A$0.61 per ordinary share (U.S.$0.48 per share based on the foreign exchange rate of A$1.00 to $0.7981 as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of April 30, 2015.

 

As of April 30, 2015, we had 549,351,227 ordinary shares outstanding, with 5,447,712 of our ordinary shares being held in the United States by 53 holders of record and 520,522,920 of our ordinary shares being held in Australia by 3,985 holders of record. A large number of our ordinary shares are held in nominee companies so we cannot be certain of the origin of those beneficial owners.

 

B.                                    Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C.                                     Markets

 

Our ordinary shares trade on the ASX under the symbol “SEA.”

 

70



Table of Contents

 

D.                                     Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E.                                     Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F.                                      Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 10.  Additional Information

 

A.                                     Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B.                                     Our Constitution

 

The information called for by this Item 10.B. has been reported previously in our registration statement on form 20-F (File No. 000-55246) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014 as amended on Form 20-F/A on August 26, 2014, under the heading “Additional Information - Our Constitution” and is incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

C.                                     Material Contracts

 

Credit Facilities

 

In August 2013, we entered into our Junior Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., as the administrative agent, which provides for term loans to be made to us in a series of draws up to $100 million. The Junior Credit Facility has a stated maturity of five years and is secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2014, there was $35 million outstanding under the Junior Credit Facility.

 

By December 31, 2014, our borrowing capacity under our credit facilities increased from an aggregate of $63 million to $145 million. In conjunction with the increase in our borrowing base, we have expanded the syndicate of banks under our Senior Credit Facility. Led by Wells Fargo, as administrative agent, Bank of America Merrill Lynch and the Bank of Nova Scotia have now joined the banking group.

 

On May 14, 2015, Sundance Energy Australia Limited and Sundance Energy, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent (“Agent”) and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for a $300 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and term loans of $125 million (the “Term Loans), with an accordion feature providing for additional term loans of up to $50 million, subject to certain conditions  The Revolving Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which has been set initially at $75 million.  At closing on May 14, 2015, $25 million was drawn on the Revolving Facility and $125 million of Term Loans were funded.  The Revolving Facility has a five year term and the Term Loans have a 5 ½ year term.

 

The Revolving Facility and Term Loans refinanced the Company’s credit facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., respectively.  At closing, the Company used $145.0 million of the proceeds to pay off its previous credit facilities, which were fully paid-off.  Approximately $1.1 million of deferred financing fees related to the previous credit facilities were written off due to the refinance.

 

For a description of the material terms of our credit facilities, see Item 5.B. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Liquidity and Capital Resources— Credit Facilities .”

 

D.                                     Exchange Controls

 

The Australian dollar is convertible into U.S. dollars at freely floating rates. There are no legal restrictions on the flow of Australian dollars between Australia and the United States. Any remittances of dividends or other payments by Sundance to persons in the United States are not and will not be subject to any exchange controls.

 

E.            Taxation

 

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal and Australian income tax considerations to U.S. holders, as defined below, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares. This discussion is based on the tax laws in force as of the date of this annual report, and is subject to changes in the relevant tax law, including changes that could have retroactive effect. The following summary does not take into account or discuss the tax laws of any country or other taxing jurisdiction other than the United States and Australia. Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares in their particular circumstances. This discussion is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

This summary does not describe U.S. federal estate and gift tax considerations or any state and local tax considerations within the United States, and is not a comprehensive description of all U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to acquire, hold or dispose of ordinary shares. Furthermore, this summary does not address U.S. federal or Australian income tax considerations relevant to holders subject to taxing jurisdictions other than, or in addition to, the United States and Australia, and does not address all possible categories of holders, some of which may be subject to special tax rules.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with ordinary shares held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This section does not discuss the tax consequences to any particular holder, nor any tax considerations that may apply to holders subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

·                   insurance companies;

 

·                   financial institutions;

 

·                   individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts;

 

·                   regulated investment companies;

 

·                   real estate investment trusts;

 

·                   individuals who are former U.S. citizens or former long-term U.S. residents;

 

·                   brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

·                   traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

·                   investors in pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

·                   tax-exempt entities;

 

·                   persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

·                   persons that hold ordinary shares as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, wash sale, constructive sale or conversion transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

·                   persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

 

·                   persons that own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our equity; or

 

·                   persons that are not U.S. holders (as defined below).

 

In this section, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

·                   an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

·                   a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

·                   an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

72



Table of Contents

 

·                   a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court in the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions or (ii) that has an election in effect under applicable income tax regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

 

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes acquires, owns or disposes of ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that acquire, own or dispose of ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, as well as state, local and non-U.S., tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of ordinary shares in light of your particular circumstances, including the possible effects of changes in U.S. federal and other tax laws.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, U.S. holders generally will include as dividend income the U.S. dollar value of the gross amount of any distributions of cash or property (without deduction for any withholding tax), other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, with respect to ordinary shares to the extent the distributions are made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. holder of ordinary shares will include the dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the holder. To the extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by us exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as so determined, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not intend to maintain calculations of earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, any distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for U.S. information reporting purposes. See “Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements” below. Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporate shareholders.

 

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual, trust or estate with respect to the ordinary shares will be subject to taxation at a maximum rate of 20% if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on ordinary shares will be treated as qualified dividends if (i) either (a) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, or (b) the dividends are with respect to ordinary shares readily tradable on a U.S. securities market, provided that we are not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year which the dividend is paid, a PFIC and (ii) certain holding period requirements are met. The Agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”) has been approved for the purposes of the qualified dividend rules, and we expect to qualify for benefits under the Treaty. However, the determination of whether a dividend qualifies for the preferential tax rates must be made at the time the dividend is paid. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

Includible distributions paid in Australian dollars, including any Australian withholding taxes, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of actual or constructive receipt, the tax basis of the U.S. holder in those Australian dollars will be equal to their U.S. dollar value on that date and, as a result, a U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize any foreign exchange gain or loss.

 

If Australian dollars so received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, the U.S. holder will have a basis in the Australian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Australian dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss to such U.S. holder and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating the holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is

 

73



Table of Contents

 

calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For these purposes, dividends generally will be categorized as “passive” or “general” income depending on a U.S. holder’s circumstance.

 

Subject to certain complex limitations, a U.S. holder generally will be entitled, at its option, to claim either a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability or a deduction in computing its U.S. federal taxable income in respect of any Australian taxes withheld. If a U.S. holder elects to claim a deduction, rather than a foreign tax credit, for Australian taxes withheld for a particular taxable year, the election will apply to all foreign taxes paid or accrued by or on behalf of the U.S. holder in the particular taxable year.

 

You may not be able to claim a foreign tax credit (and instead may claim a deduction) for non-U.S. taxes imposed on dividends paid on the ordinary shares if you (i) have held the ordinary shares for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss with respect to such shares, or (ii) are obligated to make payments related to the dividends (for example, pursuant to a short sale).

 

The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on its availability are fact specific and are subject to complex rules. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor as to the consequences of Australian withholding taxes and the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction. See “—Australian Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends.”

 

Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a U.S. holder generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize capital gain or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. holder’s tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ordinary shares. This recognized gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares for more than one year. Generally, for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, gain or loss recognized upon a disposition generally will be treated as from sources within the United States. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit or deduction in respect of any Australian tax imposed on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares. See “—Australian Tax Considerations—Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares.”

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company

 

The Code provides special, generally adverse, rules regarding certain distributions received by U.S. holders with respect to, and sales, exchanges and other dispositions, including pledges, of, shares of stock of a PFIC. A foreign corporation will be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year if at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income or at least 50% of its gross assets during the taxable year, based on a quarterly average and generally by value, produce or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, gains from commodities and securities transactions and gains from assets that produce passive income. In determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC, a pro-rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.

 

Based on our business results for the last fiscal year and composition of our assets, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year ended December 31, 2014. Similarly, based on our business projections and the anticipated composition of our assets for the current and future years, we do not expect that we will be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2015. However, a separate determination is required after the close of each taxable year as to whether we are a PFIC. If our actual business results do not match our projections, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year. Because the determination of our PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, and involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds ordinary shares, any “excess distribution” that the holder receives and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of such ordinary shares will be subject to special tax rules, unless the holder makes a mark-to-market election or qualified electing fund election, as discussed below. Any distribution in a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by a U.S. holder during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or such holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

 

·                   the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

·                   the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

·                   the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to income tax at the highest rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating loss, and gains (but not losses) realized on the transfer of the ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital gains, even if the ordinary shares are held as capital assets. In addition, non-corporate U.S. holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends that we pay if we are a PFIC for either the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding year. Furthermore, unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury Department, each U.S. holder of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury Department may require.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, a U.S. holder of ordinary shares during such year would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules to such subsidiary. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if the PFIC rules apply to any of our subsidiaries.

 

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is regularly traded on a qualified exchange. Generally, a “qualified exchange” includes a foreign securities exchange that is regulated or supervised by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located and that has certain characteristics. A class of stock is “regularly traded” on an exchange or market for any calendar year during which that class of stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Our ordinary shares are listed on the ASX. So long as our ordinary shares are regularly traded on that exchange, we expect that the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

 

If you make an effective mark-to-market election, you will include in each year that we are a PFIC as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your ordinary shares at the end of your taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

 

Your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances. Any distributions we make would generally be subject to the rules discussed above under “—Taxation of Dividends,” except the reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us would not apply.

 

Alternatively, you can sometimes avoid the PFIC rules described above by electing to treat us as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option likely will not be available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements necessary to permit you to make this election.

 

U.S. holders are urged to contact their own tax advisor regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC and the tax consequences of such status.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Medicare Tax

 

A U.S. holder, which is an individual, an estate or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% tax (the “Medicare Tax”) on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder’s modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between US$125,000 and US$250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). A U.S. holder’s net investment income will generally include dividends received on the ordinary shares and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares, unless such dividend income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). A U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust should consult the holder’s tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare Tax to the holder’s dividend income and gains in respect of the holder’s investment in the ordinary shares.

 

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting Requirements

 

U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements may apply to payments to non-corporate holders of ordinary shares. Information reporting will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary shares by a paying agent within the United States to a U.S. holder, other than an “exempt recipient,” including a corporation and certain other persons that, when required, demonstrate their exempt status. A paying agent within the United States will be required to withhold at the applicable statutory rate, currently 28%, in respect of any payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. holder, other than an “exempt recipient,” if the holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements. U.S. holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as a result of backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner and furnishing any required information.

 

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010 and associated Treasury Regulations, certain U.S. holders may be required to report information with respect to such holder’s interest in “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code), including stock of a non-U.S. corporation that is not held in an account maintained by a U.S. “financial institution,” if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds US$50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or US$75,000 at any time during such year. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding foreign financial asset reporting obligations and their possible application to the holding of ordinary shares.

 

The discussion above is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax considerations applicable to an investment in ordinary shares. You should consult with your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences to you in your particular situation.

 

Australian Tax Considerations

 

In this section, we discuss the material Australian income tax, stamp duty and goods and services tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of the ordinary shares. It is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this annual report, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty and goods and services tax. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the shares. This summary is based upon the premise that the holder is not an Australian tax resident and is not carrying on business in Australia through a permanent establishment.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent of tax paid on company profits. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends

 

76



Table of Contents

 

payable to non-Australian resident shareholders that are not operating from an Australian permanent establishment (“Foreign Shareholders”) will be subject to dividend withholding tax, to the extent the dividends are not foreign sourced and declared to be conduit foreign income (“CFI”) and are unfranked. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not CFI paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 15%.

 

If a company that is a non-Australian resident shareholder owns a 10% or more interest, the Australian tax withheld on dividends paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%. In limited circumstances the rate of withholding can be reduced to zero.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Capital gains tax

 

Foreign Shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of our ordinary shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, at the time of disposal or for 12 months of the last 2 years prior to disposal.

 

Foreign Shareholders who own a 10% or more interest would be subject to Australian capital gains tax if more than 50% of our direct or indirect assets, determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian land, leasehold interests or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights. The Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia is unlikely to limit the amount of this taxable gain. Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate but for certain shareholders a discount of the capital gain may apply if the shares have been held for 12 months or more prior to disposal. We note that legislation was introduced in June 2013 to remove the 50% discount for foreign resident individuals on gains accrued after May 8, 2012. Companies are not entitled to a discount on capital gains tax. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

 

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares—Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

 

Some Foreign Shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

 

Non-Australian resident shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5%. Some relief from Australian income tax may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia.

 

To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

 

Dual Residency

 

If a shareholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax would be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

 

Stamp Duty

 

No stamp duty is payable by Australian residents or foreign residents on the issue and trading of shares that are quoted on the ASX at all relevant times and the shares do not represent 90% or more of all issued shares in Sundance.

 

Australian Death Duty

 

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general rule, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance

 

77



Table of Contents

 

of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax (as discussed above).

 

F.                                      Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G.                                    Statement by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H.                                    Documents on Display

 

Inspection of our records is governed by the Corporations Act. Any member of the public has the right to inspect or obtain copies of our registers on the payment of a prescribed fee. Shareholders are not required to pay a fee for inspection of our registers or minute books of the meetings of shareholders. Other corporate records, including minutes of directors’ meetings, financial records and other documents, are not open for inspection by shareholders. Where a shareholder is acting in good faith and an inspection is deemed to be made for a proper purpose, a shareholder may apply to the court to make an order for inspection of our books.

 

I.                                         Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 11.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to a variety of financial market risks including interest rate, commodity prices, foreign exchange and liquidity risk. Our risk management focuses on the volatility of commodity markets and protecting cash flow in the event of declines in commodity pricing. We utilize derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures. Our financial instruments consist mainly of deposits with banks, short-term investments, accounts receivable, derivative financial instruments, finance facility and payables. The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for our operations.

 

See to Note 33 of our December 31, 2014 financial statements included in this annual report for detailed information on our financial risk management.

 

Treasury Risk Management

 

Financial risk management is carried out by our management. Our board of directors sets financial risk management policies and procedures to which our management is required to adhere. Our management identifies and evaluates financial risks and enters into financial risk instruments to mitigate these risk exposures in accordance with the policies and procedures outlined by our board of directors.

 

Financial Risk Exposure and Management

 

The main risk to which we are exposed through our financial instruments is interest rate risk. We manage interest rate risk with a mixture of fixed and floating rate cash deposits. As of December 31, 2014, none of our deposits were fixed. It is our policy to keep surplus cash in interest-yielding deposits.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

We perform a sensitivity analysis relating to our exposure to interest rate risk. The sensitivity analysis demonstrates the effect on results and equity that could result from a change in these risks. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on income. The effect on income as a result of changes in the interest rate, based on net debt position as of December 31, 2014 and taking into consideration interest rate swaps, with all other variables remaining constant for the year ended December 31, 2014, would be as follows (in $ ‘000s):

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Effect on profit before tax Increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

—increase in interest rates + 2%

 

$

 

(906

)

—decrease in interest rates - 2%

 

184

 

 

Commodity Price Risk Exposure and Management

 

Our board of directors actively reviews oil and natural gas hedging on a monthly basis. Reports providing detailed analysis of our hedging activity are continually monitored against our policy. We sell our oil and natural gas on market using NYMEX market spot rates reduced for basis differentials in the basins from which we produce. We use forward contracts to manage our commodity price risk exposure. Our current policy is to hedge up to 80% of forecasted proved developed producing production, but not more than 25% of total estimated production for the next five years.

 

The following table provides a summary of derivative contracts as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Units per month

 

Floor

 

Ceiling

 

 

 

Description

 

Commodity

 

Basis

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

Price

 

Price

 

Term

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,000

 

 

 

$

75.00

 

$

98.65

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

 

 

85.00

 

101.05

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,000

 

 

 

80.00

 

97.00

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

1,000

 

 

 

80.00

 

94.94

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

91.65

 

91.65

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

5,000

 

 

 

98.05

 

98.05

 

Jan ‘15 – Jun ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

94.10

 

94.10

 

Jul ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,000

 

 

 

95.08

 

95.08

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

2,000

 

 

 

97.74

 

97.74

 

Jan ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

5,000

 

 

 

100.70

 

100.70

 

Jan ‘15 – Jun ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

5,000

 

 

94.10

 

94.10

 

Jan ‘16 – Dec ‘16

 

Total Oil/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

27,000

 

5,000

 

 

$

91.08

 

$

96.74

 

Jan ‘14 - Dec ‘16

 

Swap

 

Gas (MCF)

 

HH

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

4.14

 

$

4.14

 

Jan ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

Total Gas/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

4.14

 

$

4.14

 

Jan ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

 

In the above tables, “NYMEX-WTI” refers to NYMEX-West Texas Intermediate, “NYMEX-HH” refers to NYMEX-Henry Hub, “LLS” refers to Light Louisiana Sweet and “HSC” refers to Houston Ship Channel.

 

Oil Prices Risk Sensitivity Analysis

 

The table below summarizes the impact on income and equity for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on income as these derivative financial instruments have not been designated as hedges and are, and therefore, fair valued through the statement of operations. The effect on income as a result of changes in crude oil and natural gas prices, with all variables remaining constant, for the ear ended December 31, 2014 would be as follows (in $ ‘000s):

 

Effect on profit before tax Increase/(decrease)

 

 

 

Oil

 

 

 

—improvement in oil price of $10 per Bbl

 

$

(2,400

)

—decline in oil price of $10 per Bbl

 

3,041

 

Gas

 

 

 

—improvement in gas price of $0.50 per Mcf

 

$

(120

)

—decline in gas price of $0.50 per Mcf

 

120

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Counterparty and Customer Credit Risk

 

In connection with our hedging activity, we have exposure to financial institutions in the form of derivative transactions. The counterparties on our derivative instruments currently in place have investment-grade credit ratings. We expect that any future derivative transactions we enter into will be with these counterparties or our lenders under our credit facilities that will carry an investment-grade credit rating.

 

We are also subject to credit risk due to concentration of our oil and natural gas receivables with certain significant customers. The inability or failure of our significant customers to meet their obligations to us or their insolvency or liquidation may adversely affect our financial results. We review the credit rating, payment history and financial resources of our customers, but we do not require our customers to post collateral. At December 31, 2014, we had three customers that owed more than $1.0 million each and accounted for approximately 75% of total accrued revenue receivables. There was one customer with balances greater than $5.0 million accounting for approximately 56% of total accrued revenue receivables. For joint interest billing receivables, if payment is not made, we can withhold future payments of revenue, as such, there is minimal to no credit risk associated with these receivables.

 

Item 12.  Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 13.  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 14.  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 15.  Controls and Procedures

 

(a)          Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of December 31, 2014, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act). There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any disclosure controls and procedures system, including the possibility of human error and circumventing or overriding them. Even if effective, disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

 

Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(b)          Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

 

(c)           Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Not applicable.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

(d)          Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The Board of Directors has determined that Damien Hannes qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F and is independent.  See “Item 6.A. - Directors and Senior Management” for Mr. Hannes’s experience and qualifications.

 

Item 16B.  Code of Ethics

 

The Company has a Code of Conduct and Ethics which establishes the practices that directors, management and staff must follow in order to comply with the law, meet shareholder expectations, maintain public confidence in the Sundance’s integrity, and provide a process for reporting and investigating unethical practices. The Code of Conduct is available in the corporate governance section of Sundance’s website.

 

Item 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees paid by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by Ernst and Young, our principal external auditors, for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Audit fees (a)

 

$

673,642

 

$

520,996

 

Audit - related fees

 

 

 

Tax fees (b)

 

68,815

 

76,708

 

Other services (c)

 

 

47,783

 

Total

 

$

742,457

 

$

645,487

 

 

(a) Fees for audit services billed in 2013 and 2014 consisted of:

 

·                   Audit of the Company’s annual financial statements;

·                   Review of the Company’s half-year financial statements; and

·                   Services related to SEC matters.

 

(b) Fees for tax services billed in 2013 and 2014 consisted of tax compliance and tax planning advice. Tax compliance services are services rendered based upon facts already in existence or transactions that have already occurred to document, compute and obtain government approval for amounts to be included in tax filings.

 

(c) Fees for other services billed in 2013 consisted of non-audit services related to the acquisition of Texon.

 

Pre-approval policies and procedures

 

The policy of our Audit Committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services performed by our auditors in order to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the audit firm’s independence.  Pre-approved services include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services as described above, other than those for de minimus services which are approved by our Audit Committee prior to the completion of the audit.  Additional services may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee on an individual basis.

 

All of the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described in this item have been approved by the Audit Committee.

 

Item 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16F.  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G.  Corporate Governance

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16H.  Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

Item 17.  Financial Statements

 

Refer to “Item 18 – Financial Statements” below

 

Item 18.  Financial Statements

 

The financial statements are included as the “F” pages to this annual report.

 

Item 19.  Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

Appendix A

 

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED OIL AND NATURAL GAS TERMS

 

We are in the business of exploring for and producing oil and natural gas. Oil and natural gas exploration is a specialized industry. Many of the terms used to describe our business are unique to the oil and natural gas industry. The following is a description of the meanings of some of the oil and natural gas industry terms used in this document.

 

3-D seismic data.   Geophysical data that depicts the subsurface strata in three dimensions.

 

Analogous reservoir.   Analogous reservoirs, as used in resource assessments, have similar rock and fluid properties, reservoir conditions (depth, temperature, and pressure) and drive mechanisms, but are typically at a more advanced stage of development than the reservoir of interest and thus may provide concepts to assist in the interpretation of more limited data and estimation of recovery. When used to support proved reserves, analogous reservoir refers to a reservoir that shares all of the following characteristics with the reservoir of interest: (i) the same geological formation (but not necessarily in pressure communication with the reservoir of interest; (ii) the same environment of deposition; (iii) similar geologic structure; and (iv) the same drive mechanism.

 

Basin.   A large natural depression on the earth’s surface in which sediments accumulate.

 

Bbl.   One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, of oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.

 

Boe.   Barrels of oil equivalent, with 6,000 cubic feet of natural gas being equivalent to one barrel of oil.

 

Boe/d.   Barrels of oil equivalent per day.

 

Btu or British thermal unit .  The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit.

 

Constant case.     The reserve report case using the first of the month average pricing for the trailing 12 months held constant throughout the life of the reserves as prescribed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

 

Completion.   The installation of permanent equipment for the production of oil or natural gas.

 

Deterministic method.   The method of estimating reserves or resources is called deterministic when a single value for each parameter (from the geoscience, engineering or economic data) in the reserves calculation is used in the reserves estimation procedure.

 

Developed acreage.   The number of acres that are allocated or assignable to productive wells or wells capable of production.

 

Development costs.   Costs incurred to obtain access to proved reserves and to provide facilities for extracting, treating, gathering and storing oil and natural gas.

 

Development well.   A well drilled within the proved boundaries of an oil or natural gas reservoir with the intention of completing the stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

 

Dry well.   A well found to be incapable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of such production exceeds production expenses and taxes.

 

Economically producible or viable .  The term economically producible or economically viable, as it relates to a resource, means a resource that generates revenue that exceeds, or is reasonably expected to exceed, the costs of the operation. The value of the products that generate revenue shall be determined at the terminal point of oil and natural gas producing activities.

 

Estimated ultimate recovery or EUR .  Estimated ultimate recovery is the sum of reserves remaining as of a given date and cumulative production as of that date.

 

A-1



Table of Contents

 

Exploitation.   Optimizing oil and natural gas production from producing properties or establishing additional reserves in producing areas through additional drilling or the application of new technology.

 

Exploratory well.   A well drilled to find and produce oil or natural gas reserves not classified as proved, to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or natural gas in another reservoir or to extend a known reservoir.

 

Field.   An area consisting of either a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition.

 

Gross acres or gross wells .  The total acres or wells, as the case may be, in which a working interest is owned.

 

Held-by-production acreage.   Acreage covered by a mineral lease that perpetuates a company’s right to operate a property as long as the property produces a minimum paying quantity of oil or gas.

 

Horizontal well.   A well in which a portion of the well has been drilled horizontally within a productive or potentially productive formation. This operation usually results in the ability of the well to produce higher volumes than a vertical well drilled in the same formation.

 

Hydraulic fracturing or fracking .  The technique of improving a well’s production or injection rates by pumping a mixture of fluids into the formation and rupturing the rock, creating an artificial channel. As part of this technique, sand or other material may also be injected into the formation to keep the channel open, so that fluids or natural gases may more easily flow through the formation.

 

Injection.   A well which is used to place liquids or natural gases into the producing zone during secondary/tertiary recovery operations to assist in maintaining reservoir pressure and enhancing recoveries from the field.

 

MBoe.   Thousand barrels of oil equivalent with 6,000 cubic feet of natural gas being equivalent to one barrel of oil.

 

MMBoe.   Million barrels of oil equivalent with 6,000 cubic feet of natural gas being equivalent to one barrel of oil.

 

Mcf.   Thousand cubic feet of natural gas.

 

MMBtu.   Million British Thermal Units.

 

Natural gas liquids or NGLs.   Hydrocarbons found in natural gas which may be extracted as liquefied petroleum gas and natural gasoline.

 

Net acres or net wells.   The sum of the fractional working interests owned in gross acres or wells, as the case may be. An owner who has 50% interest in 100 acres owns 50 net acres.

 

NYMEX.   New York Mercantile Exchange.

 

Overriding royalty interest.   A fractional, undivided interest or right of participation in the oil or natural gas, or in the proceeds from the sale of the oil or natural gas, produced from a specified tract or tracts, which is limited in duration to the terms of an existing lease and which is not subject to any portion of the expense of development, operation or maintenance.

 

Possible Reserves.   Possible reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than probable reserves. When deterministic methods are used, the total quantities ultimately recovered from a project have a low probability of exceeding proved plus probable plus possible reserves. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the total quantities ultimately recovered will equal or exceed proved plus probable plus possible reserves estimates.

 

Probable Reserves.   Probable reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves but which, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered. When deterministic methods are used, it is as likely as not that actual remaining quantities recovered will exceed the sum of estimated proved plus probable reserves. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the proved plus probable reserves estimates.

 

A-2



Table of Contents

 

Probabilistic method.   The method of estimation of reserves or resources is called probabilistic when the full range of values that could reasonably occur for each unknown parameter (from the geoscience and engineering data) is used to generate a full range of possible outcomes and their associated probabilities of occurrence.

 

Productive well.   A well that is producing or is capable of production, including natural gas wells awaiting pipeline connections to commence deliveries and oil wells awaiting connection to production facilities.

 

Prospect.   A specific geographic area which, based on supporting geological, geophysical or other data and also preliminary economic analysis using reasonably anticipated prices and costs, is deemed to have potential for the discovery of commercial hydrocarbons.

 

Proved oil and natural gas reserves or Proved reserves .  Proved oil and natural gas reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulation prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced, or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project, within a reasonable time.

 

The area of the reservoir considered as proved includes all of the following: (i) the area identified by drilling and limited by fluid contacts, if any; and (ii) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can, with reasonable certainty, be judged to be continuous with it and to contain economically producible oil and natural gas on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data.

 

In the absence of data on fluid contacts, proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbons as seen in a well penetration unless geoscience, engineering or performance data and reliable technology establish a lower contact with reasonable certainty. Where direct observation from well penetrations has defined a highest known oil elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves may be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir only if geoscience, engineering or performance data and reliable technology establish the higher contact with reasonable certainty.

 

Reserves that can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (including, but not limited to, fluid injection) are included in the proved classification when: (i) successful testing by a pilot project in an area of the reservoir with properties no more favorable than in the reservoir as a whole, the operation of an installed program in the reservoir or an analogous reservoir or other evidence using reliable technology establishes the reasonable certainty of the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based; and (ii) the project has been approved for development by all necessary parties and entities, including governmental entities.

 

Existing economic conditions include prices and costs at which economic producibility from a reservoir is to be determined. The price shall be the 12-month first day of the month historical average price during the twelve- month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of- the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future conditions.

 

Proved undeveloped reserves or PUD .  Proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion. Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those directly offsetting development spacing areas that are reasonably certain of production when drilled, unless evidence using reliable technology exists that establishes reasonable certainty of economic producibility at greater distances. Undrilled locations can be classified as having undeveloped reserves only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that they are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless the specific circumstances justify a longer time. Under no circumstances shall estimates for proved undeveloped reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir, or by other evidence using reliable technology establishing reasonable certainty.

 

Reasonable certainty.   If deterministic methods are used, reasonable certainty means a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. A high degree of confidence exists if the quantity is much more likely to be achieved than not, and, as changes due to increased availability of geoscience (geological, geophysical and geochemical), engineering and economic data are made to estimated ultimate recovery with time, reasonably certain estimated ultimate recovery is much more likely to increase or remain constant than to decrease.

 

A-3



Table of Contents

 

Reliable technology.   Reliable technology is a grouping of one or more technologies (including computational methods) that has been field tested and has been demonstrated to provide reasonably certain results with consistency and repeatability in the formation being evaluated or in an analogous formation.

 

Reserves.   Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of oil and natural gas and related substances anticipated to be economically producible, as of a given date, by application of development projects to known accumulations. In addition, there must exist, or there must be a reasonable expectation that there will exist, the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in the production, installed means of delivering oil and natural gas or related substances to market and all permits and financing required to implement the project.

 

Reservoir.   A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or natural gas that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other reservoirs.

 

Resource play.   These plays develop over long periods of time, well- by-well, in large-scale operations. They typically have lower than average long-term decline rates and lower geological and commercial development risk than conventional plays. Unlike most conventional exploration and development, resource plays are relatively predictable in timing, costs, production rates and reserve additions which can provide steady long-term reserves and production growth.

 

Resources.   Resources are quantities of oil and natural gas estimated to exist in naturally occurring accumulations. A portion of the resources may be estimated to be recoverable and another portion may be considered unrecoverable. Resources include both discovered and undiscovered accumulations.

 

Stratigraphic horizon.   A sealed geologic container capable of retaining hydrocarbons that was formed by changes in rock type or pinch-outs, unconformities, or sedimentary features such as reefs.

 

Undeveloped acreage.   Lease acreage on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities of oil or natural gas regardless of whether or not such acreage contains proved reserves.

 

Undeveloped oil and natural gas reserves or Undeveloped reserves .  Undeveloped oil and natural gas reserves are reserves of any category that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion. Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those directly offsetting development spacing areas that are reasonably certain of production when drilled, unless evidence using reliable technology exists that establishes reasonable certainty of economic producibility at greater distances. Undrilled locations can be classified as having undeveloped reserves only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that they are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless the specific circumstances justify a longer time. Under no circumstances shall estimates for undeveloped reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir, or by other evidence using reliable technology establishing reasonable certainty.

 

Working interest.   The operating interest that gives the owner the right to drill, produce and conduct operating activities on the property and receive a share of production.

 

Workover.   The repair or stimulation of an existing production well for the purpose of restoring, prolonging or enhancing the production of hydrocarbons.

 

A-4



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Sundance Energy Australia Limited

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

F-2

Introduction

F-2

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

F-3

Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the Years Then Ended:

 

Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

F-5

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

F-6

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F-7

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2013 and the Year Then Ended:

 

Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-60

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

F-61

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

F-62

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F-63

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

F-64

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-65

Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2012 and the Six- Month Period Then Ended:

 

Reports of Registered Public Accounting Firms

F-102

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

F-103

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

F-104

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F-105

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

F-106

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-107

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Denver-Julesburg Assets Divestiture

 

On July 27, 2014, the Company sold its entire interest in the Denver-Julesburg assets for net proceeds of $108.8 million, of which includes the reimbursement of capital expenditures on 8 gross (3.1 net) non-operated horizontal wells in the Denver-Julesburg. The Company’s Denver-Julesburg assets included approximately 5,100 net acres in the Wattenberg field, and the remaining northern Niobrara projects including the Twister, Bull Canyon and Silo prospects. In connection with the sale of the Denver-Julesburg assets, the Company elected “like-kind exchange” treatment under U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 1031, which provides for deferral of the gain if the proceeds are used to acquire “like-kind property” within six months of the closing of the transaction. The Company deferred a majority of the taxable on the sale of the Denver-Julesburg by acquiring qualified replacement properties.

 

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented to give effect to the disposition of the Denver-Julesburg assets as if these transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss. The disposition of the Company’s remaining Bakken assets in July 2014 were excluded from these unaudited pro forma financial statements due to the insignificance of the disposition.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the profit or loss of the Company that would have been recorded had the disposition of the Denver-Julesburg assets been completed as of the dates presented and should not be taken as representative of the future profit or loss of the Company. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not reflect the impact of any potential operational efficiencies, cost savings or economies of scale that the Company may achieve with respect to the consolidated operations. Additionally, the pro forma statement of profit or loss does not include non-recurring charges or credits and the related tax effects which result directly from the transactions.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed statement of the profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2014, which presents our operations as if the disposition of the Denver-Julesburg assets had occurred on January 1, 2014, has been derived from the following:

 

·                   Our statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2014; and

 

·                   Denver-Julesburg statement of profit or loss for the period from January 1, 2014 through July 27, 2014, the date the assets were sold.

 

As the Denver-Julesburg divestiture has been reflected in the Company’s statement of financial position as at December 31, 2014, there is no impact to the pro forma condensed statement of financial position as a result of those transactions.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes contained in the referenced financial statements.

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

 

 

 

Sundance
Historical
US$’000

 

Denver-Julesburg
Historical
US$’000

 

Sundance
Pro Forma
Consolidated
As Adjusted
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and natural gas revenue (net of transportation)

 

$

159,793

 

$

(11,528

)

$

148,265

 

Lease operating and production expenses

 

(20,489

)

1,597

 

(18,892

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

(85,584

)

1,383

 

(84,201

)

Employee benefits expense

 

(4,979

)

 

(4,979

)

Administrative expense

 

(10,548

)

 

(10,548

)

Finance cost

 

(699

)

 

(699

)

Net gain (loss) on sale of non-current assets

 

48,604

 

(47,679

)

925

 

Gain on commodity hedging

 

11,009

 

 

11,009

 

Exploration expense

 

(10,934

)

 

(10,934

)

Impairment expense

 

(71,212

)

 

(71,212

)

Other income loss

 

(481

)

 

(481

)

Profit (loss) before income tax

 

14,480

 

(56,227

)

(41,747

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

841

 

21,480

)

22,321

 

Profit (loss) attributable to owners of the Company

 

$

15,321

 

$

(34,747

)

$

(19,426

)

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earning

 

$

0.03

 

 

 

$

(0.04

)

Diluted earnings

 

$

0.03

 

 

 

$

(0.04

)

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sundance Energy Australia Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

 

 

Sydney, Australia

 

680 George Street

 

Sydney NSW 2000

 

Australia

 

 

 

May 15, 2015

 

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

For the year ended 31 December

 

Note

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and natural gas revenue

 

3

 

159,793

 

85,345

 

Lease operating and production tax expense

 

4

 

(20,489

)

(18,383

)

General and administrative expense

 

5

 

(15,527

)

(15,297

)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

16, 19

 

(85,584

)

(36,225

)

Impairment expense

 

17

 

(71,212

)

 

Exploration expense

 

18

 

(10,934

)

 

Finance costs

 

 

 

(699

)

232

 

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

6

 

48,604

 

7,335

 

Gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

11,009

 

(554

)

Other income

 

 

 

(481

)

(944

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

14,480

 

21,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit/(expense)

 

7

 

841

 

(5,567

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

15,321

 

15,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences arising on translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of foreign operations (no income tax effect)

 

 

 

684

 

(421

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

684

 

(421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

16,005

 

15,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

10

 

2.9

 

3.9

 

Diluted earnings

 

10

 

2.9

 

3.8

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

 

For the year ended 31 December

 

Note

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

11

 

69,217

 

96,871

 

Trade and other receivables

 

12

 

25,994

 

28,748

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

7,801

 

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

 

2,697

 

 

Other current assets

 

15

 

8,336

 

4,038

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

114,045

 

129,657

 

Assets held for sale

 

6

 

 

11,593

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

114,045

 

141,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets

 

16

 

519,013

 

312,230

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

18

 

155,130

 

166,144

 

Property and equipment

 

19

 

1,554

 

1,047

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

1,782

 

176

 

Deferred tax assets

 

24

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

Other non-current assets

 

20

 

998

 

2,019

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

682,475

 

483,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

796,520

 

625,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

21

 

46,861

 

62,811

 

Accrued expenses

 

21

 

72,333

 

66,273

 

Income tax payable

 

 

 

 

11,443

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

130

 

335

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

119,324

 

140,862

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

6

 

 

109

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

119,324

 

140,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

 

31

 

Credit facilities, net of deferred financing fees

 

22

 

128,805

 

29,141

 

Restoration provision

 

23

 

8,866

 

5,074

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

24

 

102,668

 

102,711

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

1,851

 

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

242,190

 

136,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

361,514

 

277,928

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

435,006

 

347,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

25

 

306,853

 

237,008

 

Share option reserve

 

26

 

7,550

 

5,635

 

Foreign currency translation

 

26

 

(832

)

(1,516

)

Retained earnings

 

 

 

121,435

 

106,114

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

 

 

435,006

 

347,241

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

 

 

Issued
Capital
US$’000

 

Share
Option
Reserve
US$’000

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
US$’000

 

Retained
Earnings
US$’000

 

Total
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

58,694

 

4,045

 

(1,095

)

90,172

 

151,816

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

 

15,942

 

15,942

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(421

)

 

(421

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(421

)

15,942

 

15,521

 

Shares issued in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Merger with Texon

 

132,092

 

 

 

 

132,092

 

b) Private placement

 

47,398

 

 

 

 

47,398

 

c) Exercise of stock options

 

813

 

 

 

 

813

 

Cost of capital raising, net of tax

 

(1,989

)

 

 

 

(1,989

)

Stock compensation value of services

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

1,590

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

237,008

 

5,635

 

(1,516

)

106,114

 

347,241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

 

15,321

 

15,321

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

684

 

 

684

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

684

 

15,321

 

16,005

 

Shares issued in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Private placement

 

72,178

 

 

 

 

72,178

 

b) Exercise of stock options

 

260

 

 

 

 

260

 

Cost of capital raising, net of tax

 

(2,593

)

 

 

 

(2,593

)

Stock compensation value of services

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1,915

 

Balance at 31 December 2014

 

306,853

 

7,550

 

(832

)

121,435

 

435,006

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

For the year ended 31 December

 

Note

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from sales

 

 

 

170,442

 

84,703

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(29,967

)

(21,765

)

Interest received

 

 

 

201

 

126

 

Derivative proceeds, net

 

 

 

(3

)

253

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

 

 

(12,586

)

(671

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

30

 

128,087

 

62,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for development expenditure

 

 

 

(361,950

)

(154,700

)

Payments for exploration expenditure

 

 

 

(39,616

)

(20,006

)

Payments for acquisition of oil and gas properties

 

 

 

(35,606

)

(141,963

)

Sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

115,284

 

37,848

 

Transaction costs related to sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

(278

)

(161

)

Cash acquired from merger

 

 

 

 

114,690

 

Cash (paid) received from escrow and deposit accounts, net

 

 

 

(102

)

837

 

Payments for plant and equipment

 

 

 

(967

)

(900

)

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

(323,235

)

(164,355

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of shares

 

 

 

72,438

 

48,211

 

Payments for costs of capital raisings

 

 

 

(3,778

)

(2,654

)

Payments for acquisition related costs

 

 

 

 

(533

)

Borrowing costs paid

 

 

 

(1,065

)

(569

)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

165,000

 

15,000

 

Repayments from borrowings

 

 

 

(65,000

)

(15,000

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

167,595

 

44,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash held

 

 

 

(27,553

)

(57,254

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

96,871

 

154,110

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

 

(101

)

15

 

CASH AT END OF PERIOD

 

11

 

69,217

 

96,871

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial report of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (“SEAL”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively, the “Company”, “Consolidated Group” or “Group”), for the year ended 31 December 2014 was authorised for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on 31 March 2015. The Group has the power to amend and reissue the financial report.

 

The Group is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial report. The principal activities of the Group during the financial year are the exploration for, development and production of oil and natural gas in the United States of America, and the continued expansion of its mineral acreage portfolio in the United States of America.

 

Basis of Preparation

 

The consolidated financial report is a general purpose financial report that has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, Australian Accounting Interpretations, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”) and the Corporations Act 2001.

 

These consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). Material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this financial report are presented below. They have been consistently applied unless otherwise stated.

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a historical basis, except for derivative financial instruments which are measured at fair value.  The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (US$’000), except where stated otherwise.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

A controlled entity is any entity over which SEAL is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.  The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by SEAL as at 31 December 2014 and the results of all controlled entities for the year then ended.

 

All inter-group balances and transactions between entities in the Group, including any recognised profits or losses, are eliminated on consolidation.

 

a)              Income Tax

 

The income tax expense for the period comprises current income tax expense/(income) and deferred income tax expense/(income).

 

Current income tax expense charged to the statement of profit or loss is the tax payable on taxable income calculated using applicable income tax rates enacted, or substantially enacted, as at the reporting date. Current tax liabilities/(assets) are therefore measured at the amounts expected to be paid to/(recovered from) the relevant taxation authority.

 

Deferred income tax expense reflects movements in deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability balances during the period. Current and deferred income tax expense/(income) is charged or credited directly to equity instead of the statement of profit or loss when the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets also result where amounts have been fully expensed but future tax deductions are available. No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a business combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset recognised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Their measurement also reflects the manner in which management expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability.

 

Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences and unused tax losses are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the benefits of the deferred tax asset can be utilized. Where temporary differences exist in relation to investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, and joint ventures, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is not probable that the reversal will occur in the foreseeable future.

 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists and it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists, the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur in future periods in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

Tax Consolidation

 

Sundance Energy Australia Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have agreed to implement the income tax consolidation regime, with Sundance Energy Australia Limited being the head company of the newly consolidated group. Under this regime the group entities will be taxed as a single taxpayer.  Whilst this choice is yet to be communicated to the Australian Taxation Office, it is intended to be communicated prior to lodgement of the 31 December 2014 income tax return and will be effective from 1 January 2014. Sundance Energy Australia Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities intend to enter into a Tax Sharing Agreement and Tax Funding Agreement in due course.

 

The head entity of the income tax consolidated group and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax consolidated group continues to be a standalone taxpayer in its own right.

 

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Sundance Energy Australia Limited, as head company, also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated group.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

b)              Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditures incurred are accumulated in respect of each identifiable area of interest.  These costs are capitalised to the extent that they are expected to be recouped through the successful development of the area or where activities in the area have not yet reached a stage that permits reasonable assessment of the existence of economically recoverable reserves. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available.  If, after the expenditure is capitalized, information becomes available suggesting that the recovery of the expenditure is unlikely, for example a dry hole, the relevant capitalized amount is written off in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the period in which new information becomes available.  The costs of assets constructed within the Group includes the leasehold cost, geological and geophysical costs, and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the exploration and acquisition of undeveloped oil and gas properties.

 

When approval of commercial development of a discovered oil or gas field occurs, the accumulated costs for the relevant area of interest are transferred to development and production assets. The costs of developed and producing assets are amortised over the life of the area according to the rate of depletion of the proved and probable developed reserves.  The costs associated with the undeveloped acreage are not subject to depletion.

 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s exploration and evaluation assets are reviewed at each reporting date, in conjunction with the impairment review process referred to in Note 1(f), to determine whether any of impairment indicators exists.  Impairment indicators could include i) tenure over the licence area has expired during the period or will expire in the near future, and is not expected to be renewed, ii) substantive expenditure on further exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources in the specific area is not budgeted or planned, iii) exploration for and evaluation of resources in the specific area have not led to the discovery of commercially viable quantities of resources, and the Group has decided to discontinue activities in the specific area, or iv) sufficient data exist to indicate that although a development is likely to proceed, the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or from sale.  Where an indicator of impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made and any resulting impairment loss is recognized in the income statement.

 

c)               Development and Production Assets and Property and Equipment

 

Development and production assets, and property and equipment are carried at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses. The costs of assets constructed within the Group includes the cost of materials, direct labor, borrowing costs and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the acquisition or development of oil and gas properties and facilities necessary for the extraction of resources.

 

The carrying amount of development and production assets and property and equipment are reviewed at each reporting date to ensure that they are not in excess of the recoverable amount from these assets. Development and production assets are assessed for impairment on a cash-generating unit basis.  A cash-generating unit is the smallest grouping of assets that generates independent cash inflows.  Management has assessed its CGUs as being an individual basin, which is the lowest level for which cash inflows are largely independent of those of other assets.  Impairment losses recongised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

An impairment loss is recognized in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-use.  In assessing value-in-use, an asset’s estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets/CGUs.  In addition, the Group considers market data related to recent transactions for similar assets.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income during the financial period in which are they are incurred.

 

Depreciation and Amortisation Expense

 

Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful lives from the time the asset is held and ready for use. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

 

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are:

 

Class of Non-Current

 

Asset Depreciation

 

Rate Basis of Depreciation

Plant and Equipment

 

10 – 33%

 

Straight Line

 

The Group uses the units-of-production method to amortise costs carried forward in relation to its development and production assets.  For this approach, the calculation is based upon economically recoverable reserves, being proved developed reserves and probable developed reserves, over the life of an asset or group of assets.

 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.  An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount, and recorded as impairment expense within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount.  These gains and losses are included in the statement of profit or loss.

 

d)              Leases

 

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at date of inception.  The arrangement is assessed to determine whether its fulfillment is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement.

 

Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to the ownership of the asset, but not the legal ownership to the entities in the Group.  All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

Finance leases are capitalised by recording an asset and a liability at the lower of the amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the minimum lease payments, including any guaranteed residual values. Lease payments are allocated between the reduction of the lease liability and the lease interest expense for the period.

 

Assets under financing leases are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the lease term. Lease payments for operating leases, where substantially all the risks and benefits remain with the lessor, are charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

 

Lease incentives under operating leases are recognised as a liability and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term.

 

e)               Financial Instruments

 

Recognition and Initial Measurement

 

Financial instruments, incorporating financial assets and financial liabilities, are recognised when the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Trade date accounting is adopted for financial assets that are delivered within timeframes established by marketplace convention.

 

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value plus transactions costs where the instrument is not classified at fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs related to instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss are expensed to profit or loss immediately. Financial instruments are classified and measured as set out below.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to economically hedge its exposure to changes in commodity prices arising in the normal course of business. The principal derivatives that may be used are commodity crude oil price swap, option and costless collar contracts and interest rate swaps. Their use is subject to policies and procedures as approved by the Board of Directors. The Group does not trade in derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

Derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivative financial instruments are recognised at fair value.  The fair value of these derivative financial instruments is the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, taking into account current market prices and the current creditworthiness of the contract counterparties.  The derivatives are valued on a mark to market valuation and the gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised through the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

i)            Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss when they are held for trading for the purpose of short term profit taking, when they are derivatives not held for hedging purposes, or designated as such to avoid an accounting mismatch or to enable performance evaluation where a group of financial assets is managed by key management personnel on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy.  Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

ii)         Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iii)      Held-to-maturity investments

 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets that have fixed maturities and fixed or determinable payments, and it is the Group’s intention to hold these investments to maturity. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iv)     Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such or that are not classified in any of the other categories. They comprise investments in the equity of other entities where there is neither a fixed maturity nor fixed determinable payments.

 

v)        Financial liabilities

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities (excluding financial guarantees) are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to receipt of cash flows expires or the asset is transferred to another party whereby the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and benefits associated with the asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled or expire. The difference between the carrying value of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash assets or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

f)                Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment.  Where an indicator of impairment exists, a formal estimate of the recoverable amount is made.

 

Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with Note 1(b).

 

Development and production assets are assessed for impairment on a cash-generating unit basis.  A cash-generating unit is the smallest grouping of assets that generates independent cash inflows.  Management has assessed its CGUs as being an individual basin, which is the lowest level for which cash inflows are largely independent of those of other assets.  Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units are allocated to reduce the carrying amount of the assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis.

 

An impairment loss is recognized in the income statement whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its fair value less costs to sell (FVLCS) and its value-in-use (VIU).  In assessing VIU, an asset’s estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using an appropriate discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets/CGUs.  In addition, the Group considers market data related to recent transactions for similar assets. In determining the fair value of the Group’s investment in shale properties, the Group considers a variety of valuation metrics from recent comparable transactions in the market. These metrics include price per flowing barrel of oil equivalent and undeveloped land values per acre held.  Where an asset does not generate cash flows that are largely independent from other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

For development and production assets, the estimated future cash flows for the VIU calculation are based on estimates, the most significant of which are hydrocarbon reserves, future production profiles, commodity prices, operating costs and any future development costs necessary to produce the reserves. Under a FVLCS calculation, future cash flows are based on estimates of hydrocarbon reserves in addition to other relevant factors such as value attributable to additional reserves based on production plans.

 

Estimates of future commodity prices are based on the Group’s best estimates of future market prices with reference to external market analysts’ forecasts, current spot prices and forward curves.  At 31 December 2014, future NYMEX strip prices, adjusted for basis differentials, were applied in 2015 and gradually increased through 2016 to $75/bbl in 2017 and thereafter.

 

The discount rates applied to the future forecast cash flows are based on a third party participant’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital, adjusted for the risk profile of the asset.

 

An impairment loss is reversed if there has been an increase in the estimated recoverable amount of a previously impaired assets.  An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or depletion if no impairment loss had been recognized.  The Company has not reversed an impairment loss during the years ended 31 December 2014 or 2013.

 

g)              Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

Both the functional currency and the presentation currency of the Group is US dollars.  Some subsidiaries have Australian dollar functional currencies which are translated to the presentation currency.  All operations of the Group are incurred at subsidiaries where the functional currency is the US dollar as all oil and gas properties are located in North America.

 

Transactions and Balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

Exchange differences arising on the translation of non-monetary items are recognised directly in equity to the extent that the gain or loss is directly recognised in equity, otherwise the exchange difference is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Group Companies

 

The financial results and position of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is different from the Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows:

 

·                   assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date;

·                   income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period; and

·                   retained profits, issued capital and paid-in-capital are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations are transferred directly to the Group’s foreign currency translation reserve. These differences are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income upon disposal of the foreign operation.

 

h)              Employee Benefits

 

A provision is made for the Group’s liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by employees to the balance sheet date. Employee benefits that are expected to be settled within one year have been measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled, plus related on-costs. Employee benefits payable later than one year have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for these benefits. Those cash flows are discounted using market yields on national government bonds with terms to maturity that match the expected timing of cash flows.

 

Equity - Settled Compensation

 

The Group has an incentive compensation plan where employees may be issued shares and/or options. The fair value of the equity to which employees become entitled is measured at grant date and recognized as an expense over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity.  The fair value of shares issued is determined with reference to the latest ASX share price.  Options are fair valued using an appropriate valuation technique which takes into account the vesting conditions.

 

Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

The group has a restricted share unit (“RSU”) plan to motivate management and employees to make decisions benefiting long-term value creation, retain management and employees and reward the achievement of the Group’s long-term goals.   The target RSUs are based on goals established by the Remuneration and Nominations Committee and approved by the Board.  The actual RSUs, awarded annually, are modified according to actual results and generally vest in four equal tranches beginning on the grant date and each of the first three subsequent anniversaries.

 

i)                 Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the group has a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result and that outflow can be reliably measured.

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

j)                 Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, unrestricted escrow accounts that management expects to be used to settle current liabilities, capital or operating expenditures, or complete acquisitions and bank overdrafts.

 

k)              Revenue

 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised upon the delivery of goods to the customer.  Revenue from the rendering of a service is recognised upon the delivery of the service to the customers. All revenue is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (“GST”).

 

l)                 Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs, including interest, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated as amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption being recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis.  The Company capitalised eligible borrowing costs at 100 percent equal to $3.4 million and $1.3 million for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively.  All other borrowing costs are recognised in income in the period in which they are incurred.

 

m)          Goods and Services Tax

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables in the statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST.

 

Cash flows are presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows on a gross basis except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

 

n)              Business Combinations

 

A business combination is a transaction in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses.  The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  The acquisition method is only applied to a business combination when control over the business is obtained.  Subsequent changes in interests in a business where control already exists are accounted for as transactions between owners.  The cost of the business combination is measured at fair value of the assets given, shares issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition.  Costs directly attributable to the business combination are expensed as incurred, except those directly and incrementally attributable to equity issuance.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the net identifiable asset acquired, if any, is recorded as goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as a bargain purchase.  Adjustments to the purchase price and excess on consideration transferred may be made up to one year from the acquisition date.

 

o)              Assets Held for Sale

 

The Company classifies property as held for sale when management commits to a plan to sell the property, the plan has appropriate approvals, the sale of the property is probable within the next twelve months, and certain other criteria are met. At such time, the respective assets and liabilities are presented separately on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position and amortisation is no longer recognized. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or their estimated fair value, less the costs to sell the assets. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the current net book value of the property exceeds its fair value, less selling costs. The company did not have any assets classified as held for sale as at 31 December 2014.  As at 31 December 2013, all of the Company’s Williston properties were classified as held for sale.

 

p)              Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements

 

The Directors evaluate estimates and judgements incorporated into the financial report based on historical knowledge and best available current information. Estimates assume a reasonable expectation of future events and are based on current trends and economic data obtained both externally and within the Group.  Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

Management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Estimates of reserve quantities

 

The estimated quantities of hydrocarbon reserves reported by the Group are integral to the calculation of amortisation (depletion) and to assessments of possible impairment of assets. Estimated reserve quantities are based upon interpretations of geological and geophysical models and assessment of the technical feasibility and commercial viability of producing the reserves. Management prepares reserve estimates which conform to guidelines prepared by the Society of Petroleum Engineers. Management also prepares reserve estimates under SEC guidelines.  Reserve estimates conforming to the guidelines prepared by the Society of Petroleum Engineers are utilized for accounting purposes.  These assessments require assumptions to be made regarding future development and production costs, commodity prices, exchange rates and fiscal regimes. The estimates of reserves may change from period to period as the economic assumptions used to estimate the reserves can change from period to period, and as additional geological data is generated during the course of operations.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

The Group assesses impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group that may lead to impairment of assets. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the assets belong is then estimated based on the present value of future discounted cash flows. For development and production assets, the expected future cash flow estimation is always based on a number of factors, variables and assumptions, the most important of which are estimates of reserves, future production profiles, commodity prices and costs.  In most cases, the present value of future cash flows is most sensitive to estimates of future oil price and discount rates. A change in the modeled assumptions in isolation could materially change the recoverable amount. However, due to the interrelated nature of the assumptions, movements in any one variable can have an indirect impact on others and individual variables rarely change in isolation. Additional, management can be expected to respond to some movements, to mitigate downsides and take advantage of upsides, as circumstances allow. Consequently, it is impracticable to estimate the indirect impact that a change in one assumption has on other variables and therefore, on the extent of impairments under different sets of assumptions in subsequent reporting periods.  In the event that future circumstances vary from these assumptions, the recoverable amount of the Group’s development and production assets could change materially and result in impairment losses or the reversal of previous impairment losses.

 

Exploration and Evaluation

 

The Company’s policy for exploration and evaluation is discussed in Note 1 (b). The application of this policy requires the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances, particularly in relation to the assessment of whether economic quantities of reserves have been found. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure, management concludes that the capitalised expenditure is unlikely to be recovered by future sale or exploitation, then the relevant capitalised amount will be written off through the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Restoration Provision

 

A provision for rehabilitation and restoration is provided by the Group to meet all future obligations for the restoration and rehabilitation of oil and gas producing areas when oil and gas reserves are exhausted and the oil and gas fields are abandoned. Restoration liabilities are discounted to present value and capitalised as a component part of capitalised development expenditure. The capitalised costs are amortised over the units of production and the provision is revised at each balance sheet date through the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as the discounting of the liability unwinds.

 

In most instances, the removal of the assets associated with these oil and gas producing areas will occur many years in the future.  The estimate of future removal costs therefore requires management to make significant judgements regarding removal date or well lives, the extent of restoration activities required, discount and inflation rates.

 

Units of Production Depreciation

 

Development and production assets are depreciated using the units of production method over economically recoverable reserves representing total proved and probable developed reserves.  This results in a depreciation or amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining production from the area of interest.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

The life of each item has regard to both its physical life limitations and present assessments of economically recoverable reserves of the field at which the asset is located.  Economically recoverable reserves are defined as proved developed and probable developed reserves.  These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions, including the amount of recoverable reserves and estimates of future capital expenditure.  The calculation of the units of production rate of depreciation or amortisation could be impacted to the extent that actual production in the future is different from current forecast production based on total economically recoverable reserves, or future capital expenditure estimates change.  Changes to economically recoverable reserves could arise due to change in the factors or assumptions used in estimating reserves, including the effect on economically recoverable reserves of differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions and unforeseen operational issues.  Changes in estimates are accounted for prospectively.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Group’s policy for stock based compensation is discussed in Note 1 (h).  The application of this policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances.  Stock based compensation related to stock options use estimates for expected volatility of the Company’s share price and expected term, including a forfeiture rate, if appropriate.

 

q)              Change in Accounting Estimate

 

Effective 1 July 2013, the Company had a change in accounting estimate related to the economically recoverable reserves in its Eagle Ford formation used in the units-of-production depletion calculation.  Subsequent to the change, the Company began to include management’s best estimate of economically recoverable reserves associated with developed properties, which include both proved developed and probable developed reserves.  Prior to the change, the Company used economically recoverable reserves associated only with proved developed reserves as probable developed reserves were not significant.

 

r)               Rounding of Amounts

 

The Company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 issued by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission, relating to rounding of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand.

 

s)                Parent Entity Financial Information

 

The financial information for the parent entity, SEAL (“Parent Company”), also the ultimate parent, discussed in Note 34, has been prepared on the same basis, using the same accounting policies as the consolidated financial statements, except for its investments in subsidiaries which are accounted for at cost in the individual financial statements of the parent entity less any impairment.

 

t)                 Earnings Per Share

 

The group presents basic and diluted earnings per share for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding share rights and share options which have been issued to employees.

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

u)    Adoption of New and Revised Accounting Standards

 

During the current reporting period the Group adopted all of the new and revised Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations applicable to its operations which became mandatory.  The nature and effect of selected new standards and amendments on the Group’s consolidated financial report are described below. Adoption of the other new mandatorily applicable standards did not have a material impact on the financial statement, financial position or performance of the Group.

 

AASB 2011-4 - Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management Personnel Disclosure

 

This standard removes the requirements to include individual key management personnel disclosures in the notes to and forming part of the Financial Report.  This standard also removes the individual KMP disclosure requirements for all disclosing entities in relation to equity holdings, loans and other related party transactions.

 

Amendments to IAS 32 - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

 

The amendments to IAS 32 clarify the requirements relating to the offset of financial assets and financial liabilities.  Specifically, the amendments clarify the meaning of ‘currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off’ and ‘simultaneous realization and settlement’.  As the Group does not have any financial assets and financial liabilities that qualify for offset, the application of the amendments has had no impact on the disclosure or the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Recently issued accounting standards to be applied in future reporting periods:

 

The following Standards and Interpretations have been issued but are not yet effective. These are the standards that the Group reasonably expects will have an impact on its disclosures, financial position or performance with applied at a future date.  The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations is set out below.

 

AASB 9/IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments

 

AASB 9/IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification, measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities.  The final version of IFRS 9 supersedes all previous versions of the standard.  However, for annual periods beginning before 1 January 2018, an entity may elect to apply those earlier versions of IFRS 9 if the entity’s relevant date of initial application is before 1 February 2015.  The effective date of this standard is for fiscal years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.  Management is currently assessing the impact of the new standard but it is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 - STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

 

AASB 15/IFRS 15 — Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

In May 2014, AASB 15/IFRS 15 was issued which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Specifically, the standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

 

·                   Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer

·                   Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contracts.

·                   Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

·                   Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

·                   Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

 

Under AASB 15/IFRS 15, an entity recognizes revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when ‘control’ of the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer.  The effective date of this standard is for fiscal years beginning on or after 1 January 2017.  Management is currently assessing the impact of the new standard and plans to adopt the new standard on the required effective date.

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

Acquisitions in 2014

 

There were no business acquisitions for the year ended 31 December 2014.

 

Acquisition in 2013

 

On 8 March 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Texon Petroleum Ltd (“Texon”, whose name was changed to Armadillo Petroleum Ltd), an Australian corporation with oil and gas assets in the Eagle Ford formation in the United States. The Company acquired Texon to gain access to its existing production and drilling inventory in the Eagle Ford formation. As consideration for substantially all of the net assets of Texon, the Company issued 122.7 million ordinary shares (approximately 30.6% of the total outstanding shares immediately subsequent to the acquisition), which had a fair value of $132.1 million on the acquisition date and net cash consideration of $26.3 million for a total purchase price of $158.4 million. The net cash consideration includes a $141.0 million pre-merger purchase by the Company of certain Texon oil and gas properties, offset by $114.7 million of cash acquired at the time of the merger. The current income tax liability, included in accrued expenses, and deferred tax liability of $33.4 million and $16.9 million, respectively, are comprised of tax liabilities assumed as at the acquisition date and an increase in the tax liability related to the incremental acquisition date fair value of the acquired development and production and exploration and evaluation assets as compared to Texon’s historical basis.

 

The following table reflects the final adjusted assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their fair value or otherwise where specified by AASB 3/IFRS 3 — Business Combinations (in thousands):

 

Fair value of assets acquired:

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

5,604

 

Other current assets

 

456

 

Development and production assets

 

53,937

 

Exploration and evaluation assets

 

150,474

 

Prepaid drilling and completion costs

 

3,027

 

Amount attributable to assets acquired

 

213,498

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

119

 

Accrued expenses

 

37,816

 

Restoration provision

 

277

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

16,884

 

Amount attributable to liabilities assumed

 

55,096

 

Net assets acquired

 

158,402

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase price:

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of cash acquired

 

26,310

 

Issued capital

 

132,092

 

Total consideration paid

 

158,402

 

 

The net assets recognized in the 31 December 2013 financial statements were based on a provisional assessment of their fair value.

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS continued

 

Since the acquisition date of 8 March 2013 through 31 December 2013, the Company has earned revenue of $42.3 million and generated net income of $12.6 million. The following reflects the acquisition’s contribution to the Group as if the merger had occurred on 1 January 2013 instead of the closing date of 8 March 2013 (in thousands, except per share information):

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and natural gas revenue

 

5,163

 

Lease operating and production expenses

 

(1,150

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

(1,882

)

General and administrative expense

 

(667

)

Finance costs

 

(35

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,429

 

Income tax expense

 

(542

)

Proforma profit attributable to the period 1 January to 7 March 2013

 

887

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company for the year

 

15,942

 

Adjusted profit attributable to the owners of the Company for the year

 

16,829

 

Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share

 

4.1

Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share

 

4.0

 

The Company incurred $0.2 and $0.5 million for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively, for professional fees and services related to the Texon acquisition.  These amounts are included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss, and other comprehensive income and financing activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows, respectively.

 

NOTE 3 — REVENUE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil revenue

 

144,994

 

79,365

 

Natural gas revenue

 

6,161

 

2,774

 

Natural gas liquid (NGL) revenue

 

8,638

 

3,206

 

Total revenue (net of royalties and transportation costs)

 

159,793

 

85,345

 

 

NOTE 4 — LEASE OPERATING AND PRODUCTION TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease operating expense

 

(12,466

)

(11,378

)

Workover expense

 

(1,058

)

(743

)

Production tax expense

 

(6,965

)

(6,262

)

Total lease operating and production tax expense

 

(20,489

)

(18,383

)

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 5 — GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense, including salaries and wages, net of capitalised overhead

 

(3,064

)

(4,553

)

General legal and professional fees

 

(4,661

)

(3,307

)

Corporate fees

 

(2,676

)

(2,344

)

Regulatory expenses

 

(1,374

)

(2,313

)

Share based payments expense

 

(1,915

)

(1,590

)

Rent

 

(631

)

(234

)

Other expenses

 

(1,206

)

(956

)

Total general and administrative expenses

 

(15,527

)

(15,297

)

 

The company capitalised overhead costs, including salaries, wages benefits and consulting fees, directly attributable to the exploration, acquisition and development of oil and gas properties of $4.5 million and $2.9 million for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

NOTE 6 — GAIN ON SALE OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

Disposals in 2014

 

In July 2014, the Company sold its remaining Denver-Julesburg Basin assets for net proceeds of $108.8 million in cash, which includes the reimbursement of capital expenditures incurred on 8 gross (3.1 net) non-operated horizontal wells.  The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $48.7 million, which is included in the gain on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2014.

 

In July 2014, the Company sold its remaining Bakken assets, located in the Williston Basin, for approximately $14.0 million, which included $10 million in cash and approximately $4.0 million in settlement of a net liability due to the buyer. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $1.6 million, which is included in the gain on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2014.  As at 31 December 2013, the carrying costs of these assets were $11.6 million and were classified as held for sale.

 

For the Denver-Julesburg Basin sales proceeds, the Company elected to apply Section 1031 “like-kind exchange” treatment under the US tax rules, which allow deferral of the gain if the proceeds are used to acquire “like-kind property” within six months of the closing date of the transaction.  In addition, the US tax rules allow the deduction of all intangible drilling costs (“IDCs”) in the period incurred.  In January 2015, the Company deferred majority of the taxable gain on the sale of the Denver-Julesburg Basin by acquiring qualified replacement properties.

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 6 — GAIN ON SALE OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS continued

 

Disposals in 2013

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold all of its interests in the Phoenix prospect, located in the Williston Basin, for gross proceeds of $39.8 million.  It was determined that approximately $26.0 million of the Company’s carrying costs related to its Phoenix development and production properties at the time of the disposal. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $8.2 million, which is included in the gain on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2013.   During 2014, the Company finalized adjustments to the purchase price for the Phoenix sale, which resulted in a net reduction of $0.9 million, which is included in the gain on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2014.

 

The Company deferred majority of the taxable gain on the sale of the Phoenix development by acquiring qualified replacement properties or utilizing IDCs from its development program.

 

NOTE 7 — INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) The components of income tax expense comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax benefit/(expense)

 

(17

)

21,398

 

Deferred tax benefit/(expense)

 

858

 

(26,965

)

Total income tax benefit/(expense)

 

841

 

(5,567

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

b) The prima facie tax on income from ordinary activities

 

 

 

 

 

before income tax is reconciled to the income tax as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

14,480

 

21,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prima facie tax expense at the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2013:30%)

 

4,344

 

6,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in tax expense resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-   Difference of tax rate in US controlled entities

 

220

 

1,607

 

-   Impact of direct accounting from US controlled entities (1)

 

(3,044

)

72

 

-  Employee options

 

428

 

 

-   Excess depletion

 

(489

)

 

-   Other allowable items

 

295

 

144

 

-   Tax adjustments relating to prior years

 

(1,063

)

(984

)

-   Change in apportioned state tax rates in US controlled entities (2)

 

(992

)

(1,520

)

-   Tax consolidation election (3)

 

(3,058

)

 

-   Change in unrecognized tax losses

 

2,518

 

(205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Income tax (benefit)/expense

 

(841

)

5,567

 

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 7 — INCOME TAX EXPENSE continued

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c) Unused tax losses and temporary differences for which

 

 

 

 

 

no deferred tax asset has been recognised at 30%

 

2,685

 

170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d) Deferred tax charged directly to equity:

 

 

 

 

 

-   Equity raising costs

 

1,147

 

665

 

-   Currency translation adjustment

 

(268

)

 

 


(1)          The Oklahoma US state tax jurisdiction computes income taxes on a direct accounting basis.  A significant portion of the 2014 impairment related to this jurisdiction resulting in a deferred tax benefit of $3,044 creating deferred tax assets, of which $2,064 were unrecognized.

 

(2)          The change in apportioned state tax rates in US controlled entities is a result of the Company disposing of its property in Colorado (income tax rate of 4.63%) (2013: North Dakota with income tax rate of 4.53%) through a tax deferred sale and reinvesting the property in Texas (margin tax rate of 1%).  As the Texas margin tax computation is similar in nature to an income tax computation, it is treated as an income tax for financial reporting purposes.

 

(3)          This income tax benefit results from the election to consolidate certain Australian subsidiaries for income tax purposes effective 1 January 2014, making previously unrecognized deferred tax assets of one of these Australian subsidiaries available for utilization against future income of the consolidated Australian entities.  These deferred tax assets were previously unrecognized due to the lack of evidence of future taxable income for these Australian subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis.

 

NOTE 8 — KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

 

a)              Names and positions held of Consolidated Group key management personnel in office at any time during the financial period are:

 

Mr M Hannell     Chairman Non-executive

Mr E McCrady    Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Mr D Hannes       Director — Non-executive

Mr N Martin        Director — Non-executive

Mr W Holcombe Director — Non-executive

Ms C Anderson   Chief Financial Officer

Ms G Ford            Vice President of Exploration and Development

 

Based on her increased responsibilities due to the Company’s growth, Ms. Ford was deemed to be a KMP during the 2014 fiscal year. Prior to that time, Ms. Ford was not considered to be KMP

 

Other than Directors and Officers of the Company listed above, there are no additional key management personnel.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 8 — KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION continued

 

b)              Key Management Personnel Compensation

 

The total cash remuneration paid to Key Management Personnel (“KMP”) of the Group during the year is as follows:

 

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$

 

2013
US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term wages and benefits

 

2,001,893

 

1,864,751

 

Equity settled-options based payments

 

1,207,989

 

625,161

 

Post-employment benefit

 

56,882

 

55,416

 

 

 

3,266,764

 

2,545,328

 

 

c)               Options Granted as Compensation

 

No options were granted as compensation during each of the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013 to KMP from the Sundance Energy Employee Stock Option Plan. Options generally vest in five equal tranches of 20% on the grant date and each of the four subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

d)              Restricted Share Units  Granted as Compensation

 

RSUs awarded as compensation were 1,451,917 ($1.4 million fair value) and 623,251 ($0.6 million fair value) during the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively, to KMP from the Sundance Energy Long Term Incentive Plan. RSUs generally vest in four equal tranches of 25% on the grant date and each of the three subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

NOTE 9 — AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$

 

US$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash remuneration of the auditor for:

 

 

 

 

 

Auditing or review of the financial report

 

428,888

 

90,941

 

Professional services related to filing of various Forms with the US Securities and Exchange Commission

 

244,754

 

430,055

 

Non-audit services related to Texon acquisition

 

 

76,708

 

Taxation services provided by the practice of auditor

 

68,815

 

47,783

 

Total remuneration of the auditor

 

742,457

 

645,487

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 10 — EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for periods used to calculate basic and diluted EPS

 

15,321

 

15,942

 

 

 

 

Number
of shares

 

Number
of shares

 

- Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period used in calculation of basic EPS

 

531,391,405

 

413,872,184

 

- Incremental shares related to options and restricted share units

 

3,208,214

 

2,685,150

 

- Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period used in calculation of diluted EPS

 

534,599,619

 

416,557,334

 

 

NOTE 11 — CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at bank and on hand

 

18,222

 

59,918

 

Cash equivalents in escrow accounts

 

50,995

 

36,953

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

69,217

 

96,871

 

 

As at 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Company had approximately $51.0 million and $37.0 million, respectively, in Section 1031 escrow accounts which are not limited in use, except that the timing of tax payments will be accelerated if not used on qualified “like-kind property.”  As such, the balances have been included in the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement of cash flows as at 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12 — TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil, natural gas and NGL sales

 

13,246

 

23,364

 

Joint interest billing receivables

 

11,587

 

5,353

 

Commodity hedge contract receivables

 

1,153

 

 

Other

 

8

 

31

 

Total trade and other receivables

 

25,994

 

28,748

 

 

As at 31 December 2013, the Group had a receivable balance of $11.7 million, which was outside normal trading terms (the receivable was past due but not impaired), offset by a payable balance of $16.7 million to the same debtor company (see Note 20 for additional information). The Company’s remaining Bakken assets were sold to the debtor company in July 2014, for approximately $14.0 million, including the settlement of the net liability due to the debtor company.

 

Due to the short-term nature of trade and other receivables, their carrying amounts are assumed to approximate fair value.  No receivables were outside of normal trading terms as at 31 December 2014.

 

NOTE 13 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS :

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — commodity contracts

 

7,801

 

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — commodity contracts

 

1,675

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — interest rate swaps

 

107

 

176

 

Total financial assets

 

9,583

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES :

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — commodity contracts

 

 

(188

)

Derivative financial instruments — interest rate swaps

 

(130

)

(147

)

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — commodity contracts

 

 

(31

)

Total financial liabilities

 

(130

)

(366

)

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 14 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial position in accordance with the fair value hierarchy.  This hierarchy groups financial assets and liabilities into three levels based on the significance of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

 

Level 1:         quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2:                             inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 

Level 3:                             inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

The Level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of significant input to the fair value measurement.  The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are grouped into the fair value hierarchy as follows:

 

Consolidated 31 December 2014
(US$’000)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative commodity contracts

 

 

9,476

 

 

9,476

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

 

107

 

 

107

 

Development and production assets (1)

 

 

 

455,084

 

455,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

 

(130

)

 

(130

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

 

9,453

 

455,084

 

464,537

 

 


(1)          Excludes work-in-progress and restoration provision assets totaling $63.9 million.

 

Consolidated 31 December 2013
(US$’000)

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contract

 

 

176

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative commodity contracts

 

 

(219

)

 

(219

)

Interest rate swap contracts

 

 

(147

)

 

(147

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

 

(190

)

 

(190

)

 

During the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively, there were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 fair value measurements, and no transfer into or out of level 3 fair value measurements.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 14 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT continued

 

Measurement of Fair Value

 

a)            Derivatives

 

Derivatives entered into by the Company consist of commodity contracts and interest rate swaps.  The Company utilises present value techniques and option-pricing models for valuing its derivatives.  Inputs to these valuation techniques include published forward prices, volatilities, and credit risk considerations, including the incorporation of published interest rates and credit spreads.  All of the significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; therefore, the Company’s derivative instruments are included within the Level 2 fair value hierarchy.

 

b)            Credit Facilities

 

As at 31 December 2014, the Company had $95 million and $35 million of principal debt outstanding on the Senior Credit Facility and the Junior Credit Facility, respectively. The estimated fair value of the Senior Credit Facility approximated its carrying amount due to the floating interest rate paid on such debt to be set for a period of three months or less.  The estimated fair value of the Junior Credit Facility was approximately $41.8 million, based on indirect, observable inputs (Level 2) regarding interest rates available to the Company. The fair value of the Junior Credit Facility was determined by using a discounted cash flow model using a discount rate that reflects the Company’s assumed borrowing rate at the end of the reporting period.

 

c)             Other Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

NOTE 15 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash advances to other operators

 

3,270

 

685

 

Escrow accounts

 

1,000

 

1,498

 

Oil inventory on hand, at cost

 

1,331

 

1,088

 

Equipment inventory, at cost

 

1,315

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

1,401

 

753

 

Other

 

19

 

14

 

Total other current assets

 

8,336

 

4,038

 

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 16 — DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION ASSETS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets, at cost:

 

 

 

 

 

Producing assets

 

652,035

 

297,469

 

Wells-in-progress

 

56,043

 

55,636

 

Development and production assets, at cost:

 

708,078

 

353,105

 

Accumulated depletion

 

(117,613

)

(40,635

)

Provision for impairment

 

(71,452

)

(240

)

Total Development and Production Expenditure

 

519,013

 

312,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

Development expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

312,230

 

79,729

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

350,196

 

219,121

 

Amounts transferred from exploration phase

 

59,209

 

31,999

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

 

54,258

 

Allocation of working interest assets acquired

 

2,244

 

 

Reclassifications to assets held for sale

 

 

(10,489

)

Impairment expense

 

(71,212

)

 

Depletion expense

 

(85,357

)

(36,294

)

Development and production assets, net of accumulated amortization, sold during the period

 

(48,297

)

(26,094

)

Balance at end of period

 

519,013

 

312,230

 

 

Borrowing costs relating to drilling of development wells that have been capitalized as part of oil and gas properties during the year ended 31 December 2014 was $3.4 million (2013: $1.3 million). The interest capitalization rate for both years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013 was 100%.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 17 — IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

At 31 December 2014, the Group reassessed the carrying amount of its non-current assets for indicators of impairment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.  Due to the change in the oil pricing environment at year-end, the Company determined that there was an indication of impairment for development and production assets.

 

Each of the Group’s development and production asset CGUs include all of its developed producing properties, shared infrastructure supporting its production and undeveloped acreage that the Group considers technically feasible and commercially viable.

 

Estimates of recoverable amounts are based on the higher of an asset’s value-in-use or fair value less costs to sell (level 3 fair value hierarchy), using a discounted cash flow method, and are most sensitive to the key assumptions such as pricing, discount rates, and reserve risk factors. The Group has used the FVLCS calculation whereby future cash flows are based on estimates of hydrocarbon reserves in addition to other relevant factors such as value attributable to additional reserves based on production plans.

 

Estimates of future commodity prices are based on the Group’s best estimates of future market prices with reference to external market analysts’ forecasts, current spot prices and forward curves.  At 31 December 2014, future NYMEX strip prices, adjusted for basis differentials, were applied in 2015 and gradually increased through 2016 to $75/bbl in 2017 and thereafter.

 

The post-tax discount rate that has been applied to the above non-current assets was 8.0%.  The Group also applied further risk-adjustments appropriate for risks associated with its developed and undeveloped reserves using a weighted average risk-adjustment rate of 6% and 17%, respectively, based on the risk associate with each reserve category.

 

Recoverable amounts and resulting impairment write-downs recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended 31 December 2014 are presented in the table below:

 

 

 

Carrying costs (1)

 

Recoverable
amount

 

Impairment

 

Cash-generating unit

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eagle Ford

 

400,761

 

389,764

 

10,997

 

Mississippian/Woodford

 

125,535

 

65,320

 

60,215

 

Total development and production assets

 

526,296

 

455,084

 

71,212

 

 


(1)          Carrying costs exclude work-in-progress that is not subject to impairment analysis.

 

The impairment charge of $71.2 million noted above is primarily the result from the lower oil price environment.

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 18 — EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation phase, at cost

 

156,680

 

167,694

 

Provision for impairment

 

(1,550

)

(1,550

)

Total Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

155,130

 

166,144

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

166,144

 

33,439

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

39,670

 

14,770

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

 

151,115

 

Allocation of working interest assets acquired

 

34,184

 

 

Exploration costs expensed (1)

 

(10,934

)

 

Reclassifications to assets held for sale

 

 

(1,104

)

Amounts transferred to development phase

 

(59,209

)

(31,999

)

Exploration tenements sold during the period

 

(14,725

)

(77

)

Balance at end of period

 

155,130

 

166,144

 

 


(1)          The Company drilled three exploratory wells in the Anadarko Basin that did not have economically recoverable reserves (i.e. dry wells) and as such, all associated costs were written off.

 

In July 2014, the Company acquired the working interest in approximately 9,200 gross (5,700 net) in Dimmit County, Texas.  The purchase price included an initial cash payment of $35.5 million and a commitment to drill four Eagle Ford wells.  The purchase price was allocated between exploration and evaluation and development and production assets based on discounted cash flows of developed producing wells.

 

The ultimate recoupment of costs carried forward for exploration phase is dependent on the successful development and commercial exploitation or sale of respective areas.

 

NOTE 19 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

2,570

 

1,603

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(1,016

)

(556

)

Total Property and Equipment

 

1,554

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

1,047

 

423

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

967

 

886

 

Depreciation expense

 

(460

)

(262

)

Balance at end of period

 

1,554

 

1,047

 

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 20 — OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Escrow accounts

 

998

 

2,000

 

Other

 

 

19

 

Total other non-current assets

 

998

 

2,019

 

 

NOTE 21 — TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Oil and natural gas property and operating related

 

117,117

 

123,938

 

Administrative expenses, including salaries and wages

 

2,077

 

5,146

 

Total trade, other payables and accrued expenses

 

119,194

 

129,084

 

 

At 31 December 2013, the Group had payable balances of $16.7 million which was outside normal payment terms, offset by a receivable balance of $11.7 million to the same creditor company (see Note 12 for additional information).  The Company’s remaining Bakken assets were sold to this company in July 2014, for approximately $14.0 million, including the settlement of the net liability.

 

NOTE 22 — CREDIT FACILITIES

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$000

 

US$000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Credit Facility

 

95,000

 

15,000

 

Junior Credit Facility

 

35,000

 

15,000

 

Total credit facilities

 

130,000

 

30,000

 

Deferred financing fees

 

(1,195

)

(859

)

Total credit facilities, net of deferred financing fees

 

128,805

 

29,141

 

 

Junior Credit Facility

 

In August 2013, Sundance Energy, Inc. (“Sundance Energy”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a second lien credit agreement with Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., as the administrative agent (the “Junior Credit Facility”), which provides for term loans to be made in a series of draws up to $100 million. The Junior Credit Facility matures in June 2018 and is secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets. Upon entering into the Junior Credit Facility, the Company immediately borrowed $15 million pursuant to the terms of the Junior Credit Facility and paid down the outstanding principal of the Senior Credit Facility. In May 2014, the Company’s borrowing capacity increased to $35 million.  As at 31 December 2014, the borrowing capacity under the Junior Credit Facility remains at $35 million.

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 22 — CREDIT FACILITIES continued

 

The principal amount of the loans borrowed under our Junior Credit Facility is due in full on the maturity date.  Interest on the Junior Credit Facility accrues at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 8.50% or (ii) a base rate (being, at our option, either (a) LIBOR for the applicable interest period (adjusted for Eurodollar Reserve Requirements) or (b) the greatest of (x) the prime rate announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (z) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00%), plus a margin of either 6.5% or 7.5%, based on the base rate selected.

 

The Company is also required under our Junior Credit Facility to maintain the following financial ratios:

 

·                   a current ratio, consisting of consolidated current assets including undrawn borrowing capacity to consolidated current liabilities, of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter;

·                   a maximum leverage ratio, consisting of consolidated debt to adjusted consolidated EBITDAX (as defined in the Junior Credit Facility), of not greater than 4.5 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (beginning 30 September 2013); and

·                   an asset coverage ratio, consisting of PV10 to consolidated debt, of not less than 1.5 to 1.0, as of certain test dates.

 

For the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Company capitalised $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, of financing costs related to the Junior Credit Facility, which offset the principal balance. As at 31 December 2014 there was $35.0 million outstanding under the Company’s Junior Credit Facility.  As at 31 December 2014, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive financial and other covenants under the Junior Credit Facility.

 

Senior Credit Facility

 

On 31 December 2012, Sundance Energy entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Senior Credit Facility”), pursuant to which up to $300 million is available on a revolving basis.  The borrowing base under the Senior Credit Facility is determined by reference to the value of the Company’s proved reserves.  The agreement specifies a semi-annual borrowing base redetermination and the Company can request two additional redeterminations each year.  The borrowing capacity was increased from prior year to $110 million as at 31 December 2014 based on Company reserves as at 31 December 2014.  As at 31 December 2014, the Company had $15 million undrawn on the Senior Credit Facility.  In conjunction with the increase in the borrowing base, the Company has expanded the syndicate of banks under the Senior Credit Facility.  With Wells Fargo as administrative agent, Bank of America Merrill Lynch and the Bank of Nova Scotia have now joined the banking group.

 

Interest on borrowed funds accrue, at the Company’s option, of i) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 175 to 275 basis points or ii) the Base Rate, defined as a rate equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus ½ of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, or (c) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 75 to 175 basis points. The applicable margin varies depending on the amount drawn.  The Company also pays a commitment that ranges from 37.5 to 50 basis points on the undrawn balance of the borrowing base.  The agreement has a five-year term and contains both negative and affirmative covenants, including minimum current ratio and maximum leverage ratio requirements consistent with the Junior Credit Facility’s. Certain development and production assets are pledged as collateral and the facility is guaranteed by the Parent Company.

 

For the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Company capitalised nil and $0.2 million, respectively, of financing costs related to the Senior Credit Facility, which offset the principal balance. As at 31 December 2014 there was $95.0 million outstanding under the Company’s Senior Credit Facility.  As at 31 December 2014, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive financial and other covenants under the Senior Credit Facility.

 

The Company capitalised $3.4 million and $1.3 million of interest expense during the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

See Note 36 for discussion of credit facility refinance.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 23 — RESTORATION PROVISION

 

The restoration provision represents the best estimate of the present value of restoration costs relating to the Company’s oil and natural gas interests, which are expected to be incurred up to 2043.  Assumptions, based on the current economic environment, have been made which management believes are a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability.  The estimate of future removal costs requires management to make significant judgments regarding removal date or well lives, the extent of restoration activities required, discount and inflation rates. These estimates are reviewed regularly to take into account any material changes to the assumptions.  However, actual restoration costs will reflect market conditions at the relevant time.  Furthermore, the timing of restoration is likely to depend on when the fields cease to produce at economically viable rates.  This in turn will depend on future oil and natural gas prices, which are inherently uncertain.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

5,074

 

1,228

 

New provisions

 

3,677

 

1,601

 

Changes in estimates

 

1,541

 

2,021

 

Disposals

 

(2,314

)

(146

)

New provisions assumed from acquisition

 

822

 

397

 

Reclassified to assets held for sale

 

 

(109

)

Unwinding of discount

 

66

 

82

 

Balance at end of period

 

8,866

 

5,074

 

 

NOTE 24 — DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Share issuance costs

 

2,172

 

1,069

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

1,826

 

473

 

Unrecognized foreign currency gain (loss)

 

 

761

 

Total net deferred tax assets

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production expenditure

 

(106,343

)

(114,042

)

Derivatives

 

(3,351

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offset by deferred tax assets with legally enforceable right of set-off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

5,943

 

10,373

 

Other

 

1,083

 

958

 

Total net deferred tax liabilities

 

(102,668

)

(102,711

)

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 25 — ISSUED CAPITAL

 

Total ordinary shares issued and outstanding at each period end are fully paid.  All shares issued are authorized.  Shares have no par value.

 

a)  Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 31 December 2012

 

278,765,141

 

Shares issued during the year

 

184,408,527

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 31 December 2013

 

463,173,668

 

Shares issued during the year

 

86,122,171

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 31 December 2014

 

549,295,839

 

 

Ordinary shares participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Parent Company in proportion to the number of shares held. At shareholders’ meetings each ordinary share is entitled to one vote when a poll is called, otherwise each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands.

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b) Issued Capital

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of the period

 

237,008

 

58,694

 

Shares issued in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

Merger with Texon

 

 

132,092

 

Private placement

 

72,178

 

47,398

 

Exercise of stock options

 

260

 

813

 

Total shares issued during the period

 

72,438

 

180,303

 

Cost of capital raising during the period, net of tax benefit

 

(2,593

)

(1,989

)

Closing balance at end of period

 

306,853

 

237,008

 

 

c)                     Options on Issue

 

Details of the share options outstanding as at 31 December:

 

Grant Date

 

Expiry Date

 

Exercise Price
A$

 

2014
No. of options

 

2013
No. of options

 

02 Dec 2010

 

01 Dec 2015

 

0.37

 

 

291,666

 

02 Mar 2011

 

30 Jun 2014

 

0.95

 

 

30,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

15 Jan 2016

 

0.65

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

06 Jun 2011

 

01 Sep 2015

 

0.95

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

06 Sep 2011

 

31 Dec 2018

 

0.95

 

1,200,000

 

1,200,000

 

05 Dec 2011

 

05 Mar 2019

 

0.95

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

01 Nov 2012

 

01 Feb 2020

 

1.15

 

 

350,000

 

03 Dec 2012

 

03 Mar 2020

 

1.15

 

 

350,000

 

01 Apr 2013

 

01 Jul 2020

 

1.25

 

 

350,000

 

24 Sept 2013

 

23 Dec 2020

 

1.40

 

 

950,000

 

Total share options outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

2,730,000

 

5,051,666

 

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 25 — ISSUED CAPITAL continued

 

d)                          Restricted Share Units on Issue

 

Details of the restricted share units outstanding as at 31 December:

 

Grant Date

 

2014
No. of RSUs

 

2013
No. of RSUs

 

05 Dec 2011

 

 

88,500

 

15 Oct 2012

 

352,676

 

709,817

 

19 April 2013

 

411,769

 

625,304

 

28 May 2013

 

187,124

 

280,686

 

15 April 2014

 

126,666

 

 

24 April 2014

 

1,291,951

 

 

29 April 2014

 

90,000

 

 

30 May 2014

 

503,991

 

 

Total RSUs outstanding

 

2,964,177

 

1,704,307

 

 

e)                           Capital Management

 

Management controls the capital of the Group in order to maintain an appropriate debt to equity ratio, provide the shareholders with adequate returns and ensure that the Group can fund its operations and continue as a going concern.

 

The Group’s debt and capital includes ordinary share capital and financial liabilities, supported by financial assets.  Other than the covenants described in Note 21, the Group has no externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Management effectively manages the Group’s capital by assessing the Group’s financial risks and adjusting its capital structure in response to changes in these risks and in the market.  These responses include the management of debt levels, distributions to shareholders and shareholder issues.

 

There have been no changes in the strategy adopted by management to control the capital of the Group since the prior period.  The strategy is to ensure that the Group’s gearing ratio remains minimal.  As at 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Company had $128.8 million and $29.1 million of outstanding debt, net of deferred financing fees, respectively.

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 26 — RESERVES

 

a)   Share Option Reserve

 

The share option reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of employee and supplier share options and restricted share units.

 

b)   Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

 

The foreign currency translation reserve records exchange differences arising on translation of the Parent Company.

 

NOTE 27 — CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

 

Capital commitments relating to tenements

 

As at 31 December 2014, all of the Company’s exploration and evaluation and development and production assets are located in the United States of America (“US”).

 

The mineral leases in the exploration prospects in the US have primary terms ranging from 3 years to 5 years and generally have no specific capital expenditure requirements.  However, mineral leases that are not successfully drilled and included within a spacing unit for a producing well within the primary term will expire at the end of the primary term unless re-leased.

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 27 — CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS continued

 

The following tables summarize the Group’s contractual commitments not provided for in the consolidated financial statements:

 

As at 31 December 2014

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 — 5 years

 

More than 5
years

 

Drilling rig commitments (1)

 

1,460

 

1,460

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments (3)

 

2,363

 

430

 

1,933

 

 

Employment commitments (4)

 

742

 

370

 

372

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

4,565

 

2,260

 

2,305

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2013

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 — 5 years

 

More than 5
years

 

Drilling rig commitments (1)

 

5,159

 

5,159

 

 

 

Drilling commitments (2)

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

 

Operating lease commitments (3)

 

1,860

 

200

 

1,354

 

306

 

Employment commitments (4)

 

104

 

104

 

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

9,123

 

5,463

 

3,354

 

306

 

 


(1)          As at 31 December 2014 the Company had one (2013: four) outstanding drilling rig contracts to explore and develop the Company’s properties.  The contracts generally have terms of 6 months.  Amounts represent minimum expenditure commitments should the Company elect to terminate these contracts prior to term.

(2)          On 31 December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain oil and natural gas properties located in the Wattenberg Field and to drill 45 net wells by 31 December 2015 on the acquired properties (the “Drilling Commitment”).  As each qualifying well is drilled, approximately $67 thousand is paid from the escrow account to the Company. However, for each required net commitment well not completed by the Company during that prorated commitment year, the Company is to pay the seller of the properties approximately $67 thousand from the escrow account.  Certain clawback provisions allow the Company to recoup amounts paid to the sellers if the total 45 wells are drilled by 31 December 2015.  The Company sold the properties in July 2014 and should the buyer drill any qualifying wells, the obligation would be satisfied.  As at 31 December 2014, the Company and the buyer had not drilled any wells and the Company does not expect any wells to be drilled under this provision in 2015.  As such, the remaining commitment of $2.0 million was accrued in our consolidated statement of financial position and recognised against the gain on sale of assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income.

(3)          Represents commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases for office space not provided for in the consolidated financial statements.

(4)          Represents commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term employment and consultant contracts not provided for in the consolidated financial statements. Details relating to the employment contracts are set out in the Company’s Remuneration Report.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 28 — CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

At the date of signing this report, the Group is not aware of any contingent assets or liabilities that should be recognised or disclosed in accordance with AASB 137/IFRS 37 — Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

 

NOTE 29 — OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s strategic focus is the exploration, development and production of large, repeatable onshore resource plays in North America, which is the Company’s only major line of business and only major geographic area of operations. All of the basins and/or formations in which the Company operates have common operational characteristics, challenges and economic characteristics.  As such, Management has determined, based upon the reports reviewed and used to make strategic decisions by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), whom is the Company’s Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, that the Company has one reportable segment being oil and natural gas exploration and production in North America.

 

The CODM reviews internal management reports on a monthly basis that are consistent with the information provided in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows.  As a result no reconciliation is required, because the information as presented is used by the CODM to make strategic decisions.

 

Geographic Information

 

The operations of the Group are located in only one geographic location, North America.  All revenue is generated from sales to customers located in North America.

 

Revenue from one major customer exceeded 10 percent of Group consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2014 and accounted for 65 percent (2013: four major customers accounted for 47 percent, 15 percent, 10 percent and 10 percent) of our consolidated oil, natural gas and NGL revenues.

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 30 — CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Year ended 31 December

 

US$’000

 

US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operations with income from ordinary activities after income tax

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities after income tax

 

15,321

 

15,942

 

Adjustments to reconcile net profit to net operating cash flows:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

85,584

 

36,225

 

Share options expensed

 

1,915

 

1,590

 

Unrealised (gains) losses on derivatives

 

(9,642

)

837

 

Net gain on sale of properties

 

(48,604

)

(7,335

)

Impairment of development and production assets

 

71,212

 

 

Unsuccessful exploration and evaluation expense

 

10,934

 

 

Amortisation of deferred financing fees

 

316

 

140

 

Add: Interest expense (disclosed in investing and financing activities)

 

383

 

 

Recognition of DTA on items directly within equity

 

879

 

665

 

Other

 

126

 

(153

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

- (Decrease) increase in current and deferred income tax

 

(14,606

)

5,147

 

- Decrease in other assets

 

28

 

2,155

 

- Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables

 

8,679

 

(3,541

)

- Increase in trade and other payables

 

5,562

 

10,974

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

128,087

 

62,646

 

 

b) Non Cash Financing and Investing Activities

· During the year ended 31 December 2014 the net gain on sale of properties for the disposition of the Company’s remaining Williston assets included the relief of a net payable due to the buyer of $4.0 million ($17.1 million payable and $13.1 million receivable).

· During the year ended 31 December 2013 $132.1 million in shares were issued in connection with the Texon acquisition.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 31 — SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

 

Options

 

During the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, a total of nil and 2,000,000 options were granted to employees pursuant to employment agreements and a total of 431,666 and 2,725,000 previously issued options were exercised, respectively.  There were 700,000 awarded options that the Company issued in early 2013 for which Company employees rendered services during the six month period ended 31 December 2012.

 

Year ended 31 December

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Number
of
Options

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price A$

 

Number
of Options

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price A$

 

Outstanding at start of period

 

5,051,666

 

1.02

 

5,776,666

 

0.59

 

Formally issued

 

 

 

2,000,000

 

1.29

 

Forfeited

 

(1,890,000

)

1.29

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(431,666

)

0.62

 

(2,725,000

)

0.31

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of period

 

2,730,000

 

0.90

 

5,051,666

 

1.02

 

Exercisable at end of period

 

1,930,000

 

0.87

 

2,241,666

 

0.87

 

 

The following tables summarise the options issued and awarded and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions for the year ended 31 December 2013.  No options were issued during the year ended 31 December 2014.

 

For options outstanding as at 31 December 2014, the exercise price ranged from A$0.65 to A$0.95 and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 3.5 years.

 

Options issued during the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
Options

 

Estimated Fair
Value (US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

1 April 2013

 

350,000

 

$

217

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

24 September 2013

 

950,000

 

$

475

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

Total

 

1,300,000

 

$

692

 

 

 

 

Share based payments expense related to options is determined pursuant to AASB 2 - Share Based Payments (“AASB 2”) / IFRS 2 — Share Based Payments (“IFRS 2”), and is recognised pursuant to the attached vesting conditions.  The fair value of the options awarded ranged from A$0.53 to A$0.59 for the year ended 31 December 2013, which were calculated using a Black-Sholes options pricing model.  Expected volatilities are based upon the historical volatility of the ordinary shares.  Historical data is also used to estimate the probability of option exercise and potential forfeitures.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 31 — SHARE BASED PAYMENTS continued

 

The following table summarises the key assumptions used to calculate the estimated fair value awarded or granted during the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

 

 

2013

Share price:

 

A$ 1.06 – A$1.10

Exercise price:

 

A$1.25 – 1.40

Expected volatility:

 

60%

Option term:

 

5.75 years

Risk free interest rate:

 

2.82 to 3.10%

 

Restricted Share Units

 

During the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, the Board of Directors awarded 2,839,626 and 1,237,994 RSUs to certain employees.  These awards were made in accordance with the long-term equity component of the Company’s incentive compensation plan, the details of which are described in more detail in the remuneration section of the Directors’ Report. Share based payment expense for RSUs awarded was calculated pursuant to AASB 2 / IFRS 2.  The fair values of RSUs were estimated at the date they were approved by the Board of Directors (the measurement dates) based on the Company’s stock price at the date of grant.  The value of the vested portion of these awards has been recognised within the financial statements.  This information is summarised for the Group for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively, below:

 

 

 

Number
 of RSUs

 

Weighted Average
Fair Value at
Measurement Date A$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at 31 December 2012

 

2,090,893

 

0.59

 

Issued

 

1,237,994

 

0.91

 

Converted to ordinary shares

 

(1,511,511

)

0.76

 

Forfeited

 

(113,069

)

0.76

 

Outstanding at 31 December 2013

 

1,704,307

 

0.83

 

Issued

 

2,839,626

 

0.97

 

Converted to ordinary shares

 

(1,479,978

)

0.89

 

Forfeited

 

(99,778

)

0.92

 

Outstanding at 31 December 2014

 

2,964,177

 

0.93

 

 

The following tables summarise the RSUs issued and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions:

 

RSUs awarded during the year ended 31 December 2014:

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
RSUs

 

Estimated Fair
Value (US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

15 April 2014

 

1,842,638

 

$

1,611

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

5 May 2014

 

135,000

 

123

 

33% issuance date, 33% on 1 January 2015 and 2016

 

12 May 2014

 

190,000

 

172

 

33% issuance date, 33% first two anniversaries

 

30 May 2014

 

671,988

 

680

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

2,839,626

 

$

2,586

 

 

 

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 31 — SHARE BASED PAYMENTS continued

 

RSUs awarded during the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
RSUs

 

Estimated Fair
Value (US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

19 April 2013

 

863,746

 

$

789

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

28 May 2013

 

374,248

 

354

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

1,237,994

 

$

1,143

 

 

 

 

Upon vesting, and after a certain administrative period, the RSUs are converted to ordinary shares of the Company.  Once converted to ordinary shares, the RSUs are no longer restricted.  As the daily closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares approximates its estimated fair value at that time, the Company used the grant date closing price to estimate the fair value of the RSUs.

 

The total share based compensation expense for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013 was $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

 

NOTE 32 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

N Martin was previously a partner of Minter Ellison Lawyers and is now a consultant for Minter Ellison Lawyers as well as a Director of the Company. Minter Ellison Lawyers were paid a non material amount for legal services for the year ended 31 December 2014 and $0.2 million for legal services for the years ended 31 December 2013.

 

NOTE 33 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

a)              Financial Risk Management Policies

 

The Group is exposed to a variety of financial market risks including interest rate, commodity prices, foreign exchange and liquidity risk. The Group’s risk management strategy focuses on the volatility of commodity markets and protecting cash flow in the event of declines in commodity pricing. The Group utilises derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and commodity prices. The Group’s financial instruments consist mainly of deposits with banks, short term investments, accounts receivable, derivative financial instruments, finance facility, and payables. The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group operations.

 

i)                                          Treasury Risk Management

 

Financial risk management is carried out by Management. The Board sets financial risk management policies and procedures by which Management are to adhere. Management identifies and evaluates all financial risks and enters into financial risk instruments to mitigate these risk exposures in accordance with the policies and procedures outlined by the Board.

 

ii)                                       Financial Risk Exposure and Management

 

Interest rate risk is managed with a mixture of fixed and floating rate cash deposits. As at 31 December 2014 and 2013 approximately nil of Group deposits are fixed. It is the policy of the Group to keep surplus cash in interest yielding deposits.

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 33 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its borrowings.  Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.  The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group entered into US dollar denominated interest rate swaps which fix the interest rate associated with the credit facilities to protect against the floating LIBOR rates through 2017. As at 31 December 2014 the Group had interest rate swaps with a notional contract amount of $15.0 million (2013: $15.0 million).

 

The net fair value of interest rate swaps at 31 December 2014 was relatively immaterial, comprising long-term assets of $0.1 million (2013: $0.2 million) and current liabilities of $0.1 million (2013: 0.1 million).  These amounts were recognised as Level 2 fair value derivatives. (See Note 14)

 

iii)                                    Commodity Price Risk Exposure and Management

 

The Board actively reviews oil and natural gas hedging on a monthly basis. Reports providing detailed analysis of the Group’s hedging activity are continually monitored against Group policy. The Group sells its oil on market using Nymex and LLS market spot rates reduced for basis differentials in the basins from which the Company produces.  Gas is sold using Henry Hub and Houston Ship Channel market spot prices.  Forward contracts are used by the Group to manage its forward commodity price risk exposure. The Group’s policy is to hedge less than 50% of anticipated future oil and gas production for up to 24 months. The Group may hedge over 50% or beyond 24 months with approval of the Board. The Group has not elected to utilise hedge accounting treatment and changes in fair value are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Commodity Hedge Contracts outstanding as at 31 December 2014

 

Contract Type

 

Counterparty

 

Basis

 

Quantity/mo

 

Strike Price

 

Term

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$75.00/$98.65

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$85.00/$101.05

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$80.00/$97.00

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

1,000 BBL

 

$80.00/$94.94

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$91.65

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$98.05

 

1 Jan 15 – 30 Jun 15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$94.10

 

1 Jul 15 – 31 Dec 15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

WTI

 

2,000 BBL

 

$95.08

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$97.74

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$100.70

 

1 Jan 15 – 30 Jun 15

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

5,000 BBL

 

$94.10

 

1 Jan 16 – 31 Dec 16

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

HH

 

20,000 MCF

 

$4.14

 

1 Jan 15 – 31 Dec 15

 

See Note 36 for discussion of new commodity hedge contracts entered into subsequent to 31 December 2014.

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 33 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

 

b)              Net Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

The net fair value of cash and cash equivalent and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and financial liabilities of the consolidated entity approximate their carrying value.

 

The net fair value of other monetary financial assets and financial liabilities is based on discounting future cash flows by the current interest rates for assets and liabilities with similar risk profiles.  Other than the Junior Credit Facility, the balances are not materially different from those disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group.

 

c)               Credit Risk

 

Credit risk for the Group arises from investments in cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers including outstanding receivables and committed transactions, and represents the potential financial loss if counterparties fail to perform as contracted. The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties.

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk, excluding the value of any collateral or other security, at balance date to recognise the financial assets, is the carrying amount, net of any impairment of those assets, as disclosed in the balance sheet and notes to the financial statements.  Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis at the individual customer level.

 

At 31 December 2014, the Group had three customers that owed the Group more than $1.0 million each and accounted for approximately 75% of total accrued revenue receivables.  There was one customer with balances greater than $5.0 million accounting for approximately 56% of total accrued revenue receivables.  For joint interest billing receivables, if payment is not made, the Group can withhold future payments of revenue, as such, there is minimal to no credit risk associated with these receivables.

 

d)              Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.  The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities as they become due, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and banking facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

 

As at 31 December 2014, based on the current borrowing based, the Group had $15.0 million of undrawn borrowing facilities.

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 33 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

 

The Company has the following commitments related to its financial liabilities (US$’000):

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

 

Total

 

Less than 1
year

 

1 – 5
years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payable

 

46,861

 

46,861

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

72,333

 

72,333

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities

 

130

 

130

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facilities payments, including interest

 

147,994

 

5,502

 

142,492

 

 

Total

 

267,318

 

124,826

 

142,492

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

 

Total

 

Less than 1
year

 

1 – 5
years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payable

 

62,811

 

62,811

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

66,273

 

66,273

 

 

 

Derivative financial liabilities

 

366

 

335

 

31

 

 

Credit facilities payments, including interest

 

37,037

 

1,600

 

35,437

 

 

Total

 

166,487

 

131,019

 

35,468

 

 

 

e)               Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices.  Market risk comprises three types of risk: commodity price risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings, deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, accrued liabilities and derivative financial instruments.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices on the mix of oil and gas products it produce.

 

Commodity Price Risk Sensitivity Analysis

 

The table below summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.  The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been designated as hedges and are and therefore adjusted to fair value through profit and loss.  The analysis assumes that the crude oil and natural gas price moves $10 per barrel and $0.50 per mcf, with all other variables remaining constant, respectively.

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 33 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on profit before tax
Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

Oil

 

 

 

 

 

-           improvement in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

(2,400

)

(2,351

)

-           decline in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

3,041

 

1,477

 

Gas

 

 

 

 

 

-           improvement in US$ gas price of $0.50 per mcf

 

(120

)

(124

)

-           decline in US$ gas price of $0.50 per mcf

 

120

 

180

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.  The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

Based on the net debt position as at 31 December 2014 and 2013, taking into account interest rate swaps, with all other variables remaining constant, the following table represents the effect on income as a result of changes in the interest rate.  The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax.

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on profit before tax
Increase / (Decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

-          increase in interest rates + 2%

 

(906

)

(177

)

-          decrease in interest rates - 2%

 

184

 

 

 

This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the net debt position and fixed/floating mix is constant over the year.  However, interest rates and the debt profile of the Group are unlikely to remain constant and therefore the above sensitivity analysis will be subject to change.

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 34—PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION

 

a)                                      Cost Basis

 

Year ended 31 December 

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

9,108

 

 

1,962

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

159,606

 

173,633

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

Related party note receivable

 

112,481

 

40,537

 

Total assets

 

 

285,193

 

 

218,435

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

34

 

 

425

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

34

 

 

425

 

Total net assets

 

 

285,159

 

 

218,010

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

 

306,853

 

237,008

 

Share options reserve

 

386

 

386

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(30,539

)

(20,509

)

Retained earnings (loss)

 

8,459

 

1,125

 

Total equity

 

 

285,159

 

 

218,010

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period

 

 

7,334

 

 

275

 

Other comprehensive income

 

(10,030

)

(31,307

)

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

 

(2,696

)

 

(31,032

)

 

b)                                      Equity Basis

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

9,108

 

 

1,962

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

309,453

 

302,864

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

Related party note receivable

 

112,481

 

40,537

 

Total assets

 

 

435,040

 

 

347,666

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

34

 

 

425

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

34

 

 

425

 

Total net assets

 

 

435,006

 

 

347,241

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

 

306,853

 

 

237,008

 

Share options reserve

 

7,550

 

5,635

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(832

)

(1,516

)

Retained earnings (loss)

 

121,435

 

106,114

 

Total equity

 

 

435,006

 

 

347,241

 

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 34—PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION continued

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period before equity in income of subsidiaries

 

 

7,334

 

 

275

 

Equity in income of subsidiaries

 

7,987

 

15,667

 

Other comprehensive income

 

684

 

(421

)

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

 

16,005

 

 

15,521

 

 

c)                                       Cash Flow

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

 

(70,216

)

 

(42,934

)

Cash flow from investing activities

 

9,415

 

(136,890

)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

71,761

 

179,904

 

 

NOTE 35 — DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

 

Pursuant to Class Order 98/1418, the wholly-owned subsidiary, Armadillo Petroleum Limited (“APL”), is relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of its financial reports.

 

As a condition of the Class Order, SEAL and APL (“the Closed Group”) have entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee (“Deed”).  The effect of the Deed is that SEAL has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of APL under certain provision of the Corporations Act 2001 .  APL has also given a similar guarantee in the event that SEAL is wound up.

 

Set out below is a consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and retained earnings of the Closed Group:

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit / (loss) before income tax

 

7,764

 

(1,497

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (expense)/benefit

 

(324

)

1,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to members of SEAL

 

7,440

 

283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to members of SEAL

 

(2,813

)

(18,924

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings at 1 January

 

1,132

 

849

 

Retained earnings at 31 December

 

8,572

 

1,132

 

 

F-53



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 35 — DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE continued

 

Set out below is a condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Closed Group:

 

Year ended 31 December

 

2014
US$’000

 

2013
US$’000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

11,506

 

1,558

 

Other current assets

 

185

 

2,200

 

Total current assets

 

11,691

 

3,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

45

 

170

 

Related party note receivable

 

112,481

 

40,537

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,998

 

2,303

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

158,047

 

171,937

 

Total non-current assets

 

274,571

 

214,947

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

286,262

 

218,705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

988

 

176

 

Accrued expenses

 

13

 

302

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,001

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

3

 

4

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

3

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

1,004

 

482

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

285,258

 

218,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

306,853

 

237,008

 

Share option reserve

 

386

 

386

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(30,553

)

(20,303

)

Retained earnings

 

8,572

 

1,132

 

Total equity

 

285,258

 

218,223

 

 

F-54



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 36 — EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

 

In January 2015, the company acquired three leases totalling approximately 14,180 net acres in the Eagle Ford for approximately $13.4 million.

 

Subsequent to 31 December 2014, an additional $15.0 million was drawn-down under the Senior Credit Facility, bringing total outstanding debt to $145.0 million, with no undrawn funds available.  Both the Senior Credit Facility and Junior Credit Facility were refinanced as discussed below.

 

On May 14, 2015, Sundance Energy Australia Limited and Sundance Energy, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent (“Agent”) and the lenders from time to time party thereto, which provides for a $300 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) and term loans of $125 million (the “Term Loans), with an accordion feature providing for additional term loans of up to $50 million, subject to certain conditions  The Revolving Facility is subject to a borrowing base, which has been set initially at $75 million.  At closing on May 14, 2015, $25 million was drawn on the Revolving Facility and $125 million of Term Loans were funded.  The Revolving Facility has a five year term and the Term Loans have a 5 ½ year term.

 

The Revolving Facility and Term Loans refinanced the Company’s credit facilities with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., respectively.  At closing, the Company used $145.0 million of the proceeds to pay off its previous credit facilities, which are fully paid-off.  Approximately $1.1 million of deferred financing fees related to the previous credit facilities were written off due to the refinance.

 

Subsequent to year end and in anticipation of closing the aforementioned credit facilities, the Company entered into the following hedge contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Units per month

 

Floor

 

Ceiling

 

 

 

Description

 

Commodity

 

Basis

 

2015

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

Price

 

Price

 

Term

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

50.00

 

$

98.65

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

101.05

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

64.70

 

64.70

 

Jun ‘15 – Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

65.90

 

65.90

 

Jun ‘15 – Sep ‘15

 

Swap

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

3,333

*

 

 

 

 

66.75

 

66.75

 

Jun ‘15 – Nov ‘15

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

69.30

 

Jan ‘16 – May ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

72.25

 

Jan ‘16 – May ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

77.00

 

Jun ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

85.00

 

Jul ‘16 – Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

77.80

 

Jan ‘16 – Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

50.00

 

81.75

 

Jan ‘17 – Dec ‘17

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

50.00

 

80.25

 

Jan ‘17 – Dec ‘17

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

55.00

 

80.25

 

Jan ‘18 – Dec ‘18

 

Collar

 

Oil (Bbls)

 

LLS

 

 

 

 

 

4,000

 

55.00

 

82.00

 

Jan ‘19 – Dec ‘19

 

Total Oil/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

35,333

 

44,000

 

12,000

 

4,000

 

4,000

 

$

52.65

 

$

75.60

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘19

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

2.70

 

$

3.20

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

Swap

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

3.06

 

$

3.06

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘15

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.50

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HSC

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.75

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

$

2.90

 

$

3.50

 

Jan ‘16 - Dec ‘16

 

Collar

 

Gas (Mmbtu)

 

HH

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

3.05

 

$

3.60

 

Jan ‘17 - Dec ‘17

 

Total Gas/Weighted Average Price

 

 

 

 

 

70,000

 

60,000

 

20,000

 

 

 

$

2.91

 

$

3.44

 

Jun ‘15 - Dec ‘17

 

 


* Units per month range from 0 — 7,000 Bbls

 

In the above table, “LLS” refers to Light Louisiana Sweet, “HH” refers to Henry Hub and “HSC” refers to Houston Ship Channel.

 

F-55



Table of Contents

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 37—UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS DISCLOSURES

 

Costs Incurred

 

The following table sets forth the capitalised costs incurred in our oil and gas production, exploration, and development activities:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2014

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Property Acquisition Costs

 

 

 

 

 

Proved(1)

 

$

2,244

 

$

158,116

 

Unproved(1)

 

34,184

 

60,690

 

Exploration costs

 

2,929

 

1,338

 

Development costs(2)

 

350,196

 

219,121

 

 

 

$

389,554

 

$

439,265

 

 


(1)                                  2013 property acquisition costs include acquisition date fair value of $157.2 million and $47.3 million for proved and unproved assets acquired related to the Texon merger, which was primarily a non-cash business combination.

 

(2)                                  2014 and 2013 development costs include $49.2 million and $55.6 million of costs associated with non-producing wells in progress as at 31 December 2014 and 2013, respectively. These wells in progress were either drilling, waiting on hydraulic fracturing or production testing at year-end.

 

Oil and Gas Reserve Information

 

Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (“NSAI”), an independent petroleum engineering consulting firm, prepared all of the total future net revenue discounted at 10% attributable to the total interest owned by the Company as at 31 December 2014 and 2013. The technical person primarily responsible for the estimates set forth in the reserves report is Mr. Neil H. Little. Mr. Little is a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas with over 12 years of practical experience in petroleum engineering studies and over 5 years of practical experience in evaluation of reserves.

 

Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas, which, by analysis of geosciences and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.

 

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and projecting future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. The estimation of our proved reserves employs one or more of the following: production trend extrapolation, analogy, volumetric assessment and material balance analysis. Techniques including review of production and pressure histories, analysis of electric logs and fluid tests, and interpretations of geologic and geophysical data are also involved in this estimation process.

 

F-56



Table of Contents

 

The following reserve data represents estimates only and should not be construed as being exact.

 

 

 

Oil
(MBbl)

 

Natural
Gas
(MMcf)

 

NGL(1)
(MBbl)

 

Total Oil
Equivalents
(MBbl)

 

Total proved reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2012

 

5,758

 

16,888

 

 

8,572

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

(1,160

)

(4,091

)

74

 

(1,767

)

Extensions and discoveries

 

7,081

 

16,270

 

1,946

 

11,739

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

3,857

 

4,674

 

758

 

5,393

 

Production

 

(827

)

(934

)

(96

)

(1,079

)

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(1,753

)

(2,152

)

 

(2,111

)

31 December 2013

 

12,956

 

30,655

 

2,683

 

20,747

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

(143

)

(1,395

)

(580

)

(955

)

Extensions and discoveries

 

9,275

 

16,003

 

2,330

 

14,272

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

64

 

28

 

1

 

70

 

Production

 

(1,675

)

(1,803

)

(268

)

(2,244

)

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(3,451

)

(14,754

)

 

(5,910

)

31 December 2014

 

17,026

 

28,733

 

4,166

 

25,981

 

Proved developed reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2012

 

1,932

 

5,242

 

 

2,805

 

31 December 2013

 

4,140

 

10,765

 

1,087

 

7,021

 

31 December 2014

 

6,124

 

12,364

 

1,801

 

9,985

 

Proved undeveloped reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31 December 2012

 

3,826

 

11,646

 

 

5,767

 

31 December 2013

 

8,816

 

19,890

 

1,596

 

13,726

 

31 December 2014

 

10,903

 

16,369

 

2,365

 

15,996

 

 


(1)                                  Prior to the year ended 31 December 2013, the Company’s NGL Proved Reserves were insignificant; and as such, were included in Natural Gas Proved Reserves and not separately reported in the Company’s reserve report.

 

Depletable Reserve Base

 

In accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the Company includes economically recoverable reserves as its depletable Reserve base used for its depletion calculation. With the exception of its Eagle Ford formation, the Company uses only Proved Developed Reserves in its depletable Reserve base. In addition to Proved Developed Reserves, the Company included Probable Developed Reserves of 1,867.0 MBoe and 887.3 MBoe in its Eagle Ford depletable Reserve base used for its year ended 31 December 2013 and 2014 depletion calculations. The Proved and Probable Developed Reserves represent managements’ best estimate of economically recoverable reserves associated with developed properties located in the Eagle Ford formation.

 

Revisions of Previous Estimates

 

The Company’s previous estimates of Proved Reserves related to the Greater Anadarko Basin decreased by 821 MBoe in 2014 (86 percent of the Company’s total revisions of previous estimate). This decrease was due to adjusted forecasts for the Greater Anadarko Basin.

 

The Company’s previous estimates of Proved Reserves related to the Denver-Julesburg decreased by 1,431 MBoe in 2013 (81 percent of the Company’s total revisions of previous estimate). This decrease was due to adjusted forecasts for the Denver-Julesburg.

 

F-57



Table of Contents

 

Extensions and Discoveries

 

As a result of the Company’s active 2014 drilling programs in its Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford formations, the Proved Reserves had extensions and discoveries of 9,488 MBoe and 4,784 MBoe, which represent 66% and 34% of the Company’s total extensions and discoveries, respectively.

 

As a result of the Company’s active 2013 drilling programs in its Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford formations, the Proved Reserves had extensions and discoveries of 5,378 MBoe and 4,252 MBoe, which represent 46% and 36% of the Company’s total extensions and discoveries, respectively.

 

Purchase of Reserves In-Place

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our purchase of reserves were located in the Eagle Ford.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our purchase of reserves were located in the Eagle Ford.

 

Sales of Reserves In-Place

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, our sales of reserves were located in the Denver-Julesburg Basin and Goliath prospect of the Bakken.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our sales of reserves were located in the Phoenix prospect of the Bakken.

 

Standardized Measure of Future Net Cash Flow

 

The Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Natural Gas Reserves (“Standardized Measure”) does not purport, nor should it be interpreted, to present the fair value of a company’s proved oil and natural gas reserves. Fair value would require, among other things, consideration of expected future economic and operating conditions, a discount factor more representative of the time value of money, and risks inherent in reserve estimates.

 

Under the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows are based upon the forecasted future production of year-end proved reserves which are based on SEC-defined pricing as discussed further below. Future cash inflows are then reduced by estimated future production and development costs to determine net pre-tax cash flow. Future income taxes are computed by applying the statutory tax rate to the excess of pre-tax cash flow over our tax basis in the associated oil and gas properties. Tax credits and permanent differences are also considered in the future income tax calculation. Future net cash flow after income taxes is discounted using a 10% annual discount rate to arrive at the Standardized Measure.

 

The following summary sets forth our Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2014

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Cash inflows

 

$

1,822,997

 

$

1,407,871

 

Production costs

 

(444,369

)

(393,300

)

Development costs

 

(411,110

)

(382,259

)

Income tax expense

 

(182,999

)

(137,994

)

Net cash flow

 

784,520

 

494,318

 

10% annual discount rate

 

(349,014

)

(226,155

)

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flow

 

$

435,506

 

$

268,163

 

 

F-58



Table of Contents

 

The following are the principal sources of change in the Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2014

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Standardized Measure, beginning of period

 

$

268,163

 

$

115,547

 

Sales, net of production costs

 

(139,304

)

(66,962

)

Net change in sales prices, net of production costs

 

37,325

 

6,450

 

Extensions and discoveries, net of future production and development costs

 

252,527

 

182,267

 

Changes in future development costs

 

21,115

 

16,222

 

Previously estimated development costs incurred during the period

 

119,164

 

13,854

 

Revision of quantity estimates

 

(27,495

)

(33,809

)

Accretion of discount

 

33,698

 

13,558

 

Change in income taxes

 

(27,408

)

(48,786

)

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

2,863

 

131,043

 

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(67,754

)

(36,935

)

Change in production rates and other

 

(37,388

)

(24,286

)

Standardized Measure, end of period

 

$

435,506

 

$

268,163

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of PV10 to the Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2014

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

PV10 of proved reserves

 

$

531,735

 

$

336,984

 

Present value of future income tax discounted at 10%

 

(96,229

)

(68,821

)

Standardized Measure

 

$

435,506

 

$

268,163

 

 

Impact of Pricing

 

The estimates of cash flows and reserve quantities shown above are based upon the unweighted average first-day-of-the-month prices for the previous twelve months. If future gas sales are covered by contracts at specified prices, the contract prices would be used. Fluctuations in prices are due to supply and demand and are beyond our control.

 

The following average prices were used in determining the Standardized Measure as at:

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2014

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Oil price per Bbl

 

$

92.26

 

$

94.55

 

Gas price per Mcf

 

$

4.43

 

$

3.45

 

NGL price per Bbl

 

$

29.96

 

$

28.78

 

 

The Company calculates the projected income tax effect using the “year- by-year” method for purposes of the supplemental oil and gas disclosures.

 

F-59



Table of Contents

 

 

Ernst & Young Services Pty Limited

680 George Street

Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

GPO Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001

 

Tel: +61 2 9248 5555

Fax: +61 2 9248 5959

ey.com/au

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sundance Energy Australia Limited:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six-month period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

Sydney, Australia

680 George Street

Sydney NSW 2000

Australia

 

11 July 2014

 

F-60



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

 

 

 

Note

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and natural gas revenue

 

3

 

$

85,345

 

$

17,724

 

Lease operating and production tax expense

 

4

 

(18,383

)

(4,082

)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

17, 19

 

(36,225

)

(6,116

)

General and administrative expense

 

5

 

(15,297

)

(5,810

)

Finance costs

 

 

 

232

 

(593

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

6

 

7,335

 

122,327

 

(Loss)/gain on commodity hedging

 

 

 

(554

)

(639

)

Other (loss)/income

 

 

 

(944

)

15

 

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

21,509

 

122,826

 

Income tax expense

 

7

 

(5,567

)

(46,616

)

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

15,942

 

76,210

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations (no income tax effect)

 

 

 

(421

)

(154

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

(421

)

(154

)

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

$

15,521

 

$

76,056

 

Earnings per share (cents)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

10

 

3.9

¢

27.5

¢

Diluted earnings

 

10

 

3.8

¢

27.2

¢

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-61



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2013

 

 

 

Note

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

11

 

$

96,871

 

$

154,110

 

Trade and other receivables

 

12

 

28,748

 

15,672

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

 

617

 

Other current assets

 

15

 

4,038

 

5,025

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

129,657

 

175,424

 

Assets held for sale

 

16

 

11,484

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

141,141

 

175,424

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets

 

17

 

312,230

 

79,729

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

18

 

166,144

 

33,439

 

Property and equipment

 

19

 

1,047

 

423

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

176

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

24

 

2,303

 

 

Other non-current assets

 

20

 

2,019

 

2,420

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

483,919

 

116,011

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

$

625,060

 

$

291,435

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

21

 

62,811

 

38,770

 

Accrued expenses

 

21

 

77,716

 

13,072

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

335

 

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

140,862

 

51,842

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

13

 

31

 

 

Credit facilities, net of deferred financing fees

 

22

 

29,141

 

29,570

 

Restoration provision

 

23

 

5,074

 

1,228

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

24

 

102,711

 

56,979

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

136,957

 

87,777

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

$

277,819

 

$

139,619

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

$

347,241

 

$

151,816

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

25

 

$

237,008

 

$

58,694

 

Share option reserve

 

26

 

5,635

 

4,045

 

Foreign currency translation

 

26

 

(1,516

)

(1,095

)

Retained earnings

 

 

 

106,114

 

90,172

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

 

 

$

347,241

 

$

151,816

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-62



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

 

 

 

Issued
Capital
US$’000

 

Share
Option
Reserve
US$’000

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
US$’000

 

Retained
Earnings
US$’000

 

Total
US$’000

 

Balance at 30 June 2012

 

$

57,978

 

$

3,205

 

$

(941

)

$

13,962

 

$

74,204

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

 

76,210

 

76,210

 

Other comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

(154

)

 

(154

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

(154

)

76,210

 

76,056

 

Shares issued during the period

 

716

 

 

 

 

716

 

Share based payments

 

 

840

 

 

 

840

 

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

58,694

 

4,045

 

(1,095

)

90,172

 

151,816

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

 

15,942

 

15,942

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(421

)

 

(421

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

(421

)

15,942

 

15,521

 

Shares issued in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a) Merger with Texon

 

132,092

 

 

 

 

132,092

 

b) Private placement

 

47,398

 

 

 

 

47,398

 

c) Exercise of stock options

 

813

 

 

 

 

813

 

Cost of capital raising, net of tax

 

(1,989

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,989

)

Share based payments

 

 

1,590

 

 

 

1,590

 

Balance at 31 December 2013

 

$

237,008

 

$

5,635

 

$

(1,516

)

$

106,114

 

$

347,241

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-63



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

 

 

 

Note

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from sales

 

 

 

$

84,703

 

$

11,648

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(21,765

)

(2,886

)

Interest received

 

 

 

126

 

16

 

Derivative proceeds, net

 

 

 

253

 

608

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

(671

)

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

30

 

62,646

 

9,386

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for development expenditure

 

 

 

(154,700

)

(32,551

)

Payments for exploration expenditure

 

 

 

(20,006

)

(8,031

)

Payments for acquisition of oil and gas properties

 

 

 

(141,963

)

(11,470

)

Sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

37,848

 

173,822

 

Transaction costs related to sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

(161

)

(862

)

Payments to establish escrow related to acquisition

 

 

 

 

(6,230

)

Cash acquired from merger

 

 

 

114,690

 

 

Cash received from escrow account

 

 

 

837

 

 

Payments for plant and equipment

 

 

 

(900

)

(107

)

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

(164,355

)

114,571

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issuance of shares

 

 

 

48,211

 

716

 

Payments for costs of capital raisings

 

 

 

(2,654

)

 

Payments for acquisition related costs

 

 

 

(533

)

(192

)

Borrowing costs paid

 

 

 

(569

)

(678

)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

15,000

 

45,000

 

Repayments from borrowings

 

 

 

(15,000

)

(30,000

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

44,455

 

14,846

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash held

 

 

 

(57,254

)

138,803

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

154,110

 

15,328

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

 

15

 

(21

)

CASH AT END OF PERIOD

 

11

 

$

96,871

 

$

154,110

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-64



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

 

NOTE 1—STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial report of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (“SEAL”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, (collectively, the “Company”, “Consolidated Group” or “Group”), for the year ended 31 December 2013 was authorised for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on 28 March 2014.

 

The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the Directors’ Report.

 

Change in reporting period

 

Effective 1 July 2012, the Company changed its financial reporting year end from 30 June to 31 December in order to be more comparable to the Company’s peer group in the US market. This change resulted in the comparative reporting period being a six month period. The six month period ended 31 December 2012, which is the previous reporting period shown in these financial statements, is a shorter reporting period than that of the year ended 31 December 2013, therefore, the amounts presented in the financial statements are not entirely comparable.

 

Basis of Preparation

 

The consolidated financial report is a general purpose financial report that has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, Australian Accounting Interpretations, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”) and the Corporations Act 2001.

 

These consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). Material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this financial report are presented below. They have been consistently applied unless otherwise stated.

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (US$’000), except where stated otherwise.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

A controlled entity is any entity over which SEAL is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by SEAL as at 31 December 2013 and the results of all controlled entities for the year then ended.

 

All inter-group balances and transactions between entities in the Group, including any recognised profits or losses, are eliminated on consolidation.

 

a)                                      Income Tax

 

The income tax expense for the period comprises current income tax expense/(income) and deferred tax expense/(income).

 

Current income tax expense charged to the statement of profit or loss is the tax payable on taxable income calculated using applicable income tax rates enacted, or substantially enacted, as at the reporting date. Current tax liabilities/(assets) are therefore measured at the amounts expected to be paid to/(recovered from) the relevant taxation authority.

 

Deferred income tax expense reflects movements in deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability balances during the period as well as unused tax losses. Current and deferred income tax expense/(income) is charged or credited directly to equity instead of the statement of profit or loss when the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity.

 

F-65



Table of Contents

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets also result where amounts have been fully expensed but future tax deductions are available. No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a business combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset recognised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Their measurement also reflects the manner in which management expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability.

 

Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences and unused tax losses are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the benefits of the deferred tax asset can be utilised.

 

Where temporary differences exist in relation to investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, and joint ventures, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is not probable that the reversal will occur in the foreseeable future.

 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists and it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists, the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur in future periods in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

b)                                      Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred is accumulated in respect of each identifiable area of interest. These costs are capitalised to the extent that they are expected to be recouped through the successful development of the area or where activities in the area have not yet reached a stage that permits reasonable assessment of the existence of economically recoverable reserves. The costs of assets constructed within the Group includes the leasehold cost, geological and geophysical costs and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the exploration and acquisition of undeveloped oil and gas properties.

 

Accumulated costs in relation to an abandoned area are written off in full against profit in the year in which the decision to abandon the area is made.

 

When production commences, the accumulated costs for the relevant area of interest are transferred to production assets and amortised over the life of the area according to the rate of depletion of the economically recoverable reserves.

 

A regular review is undertaken of each area of interest to determine the appropriateness of continuing to carry forward costs in relation to that area of interest.

 

c)                                       Development and Production Assets and Property and Equipment

 

Development assets, property and equipment are carried at cost less, where applicable, any accumulated depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses. The costs of assets constructed within the Group includes the cost of materials, direct labor, borrowing costs and an appropriate proportion of fixed and variable overheads directly attributable to the acquisition or development of oil and gas properties and facilities necessary for the extraction of resources.

 

The carrying amount of development and production assets and property and equipment are reviewed semi-annually to ensure that they are not in excess of the recoverable amount from these assets. The recoverable amount is assessed on the basis of the expected net cash flows that will be received from the assets employment and subsequent disposal. The expected net cash flows have been discounted to their present values in determining recoverable amounts.

 

F-66



Table of Contents

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of profit or loss during the financial period in which are they are incurred.

 

Depreciation / Amortisation

 

Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful lives from the time the asset is held and ready for use. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

 

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are:

 

Class of Non-Current

 

Asset Depreciation

 

Rate Basis of Depreciation

 

Plant and Equipment

 

10 - 33

%

Straight Line

 

 

The Group uses the units-of-production method to amortise costs carried forward in relation to its development assets. For this approach, the calculation is based upon economically recoverable reserves, being proved developed reserves and probable developed reserves, over the life of an asset or group of assets.

 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and losses are included in the statement of profit or loss.

 

d)                                      Leases

 

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at date of inception. The arrangement is assessed to determine whether its fulfillment is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement.

 

Leases are classified as finance leases when the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to the ownership of the asset, but not the legal ownership to the entities in the Group. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Finance leases are capitalised by recording an asset and a liability at the lower of the amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the minimum lease payments, including any guaranteed residual values. Lease payments are allocated between the reduction of the lease liability and the lease interest expense for the period.

 

Assets under financing leases are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the lease term. Lease payments for operating leases, where substantially all the risks and benefits remain with the lessor, are charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

 

Lease incentives under operating leases are recognised as a liability and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term.

 

e)                                       Financial Instruments

 

Recognition and Initial Measurement

 

Financial instruments, incorporating financial assets and financial liabilities, are recognised when the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Trade date accounting is adopted for financial assets that are delivered within timeframes established by marketplace convention.

 

F-67



Table of Contents

 

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value plus transactions costs where the instrument is not classified at fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs related to instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss are expensed to profit or loss immediately. Financial instruments are classified and measured as set out below.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to economically hedge its exposure to changes in commodity prices arising in the normal course of business. The principal derivatives that may be used are commodity crude oil price swap, option and costless collar contracts and interest rate swaps. Their use is subject to policies and procedures as approved by the Board of Directors. The Group does not trade in derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at cost, which approximates fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivate financial instruments are recognised at fair value. The fair value of these derivative financial instruments is the estimated amount that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, taking into account current market prices and the current creditworthiness of the contract counterparties. The derivatives are valued on a mark to market valuation and the gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised through the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to receipt of cash flows expires or the asset is transferred to another party whereby the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and benefits associated with the asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled or expire. The difference between the carrying value of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash assets or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

i)                                          Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss when they are held for trading for the purpose of short term profit taking, when they are derivatives not held for hedging purposes, or designated as such to avoid an accounting mismatch or to enable performance evaluation where a group of financial assets is managed by key management personnel on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

 

ii)                                       Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iii)                                    Held-to-maturity investments

 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets that have fixed maturities and fixed or determinable payments, and it is the Group’s intention to hold these investments to maturity. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iv)                                   Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such or that are not classified in any of the other categories. They comprise investments in the equity of other entities where there is neither a fixed maturity nor fixed determinable payments.

 

v)                                      Financial liabilities

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities (excluding financial guarantees) are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

F-68



Table of Contents

 

f)                                        Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

At each reporting date, the group reviews the carrying values of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have been impaired. If such an indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset, being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use, is compared to the asset’s carrying value. Any excess of the asset’s carrying value over its recoverable amount is expensed to the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Impairment testing is performed annually for intangible assets with indefinite lives.

 

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

g)                                      Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

The functional currency of each of the Group’s entities is measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars.

 

Transactions and Balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined.

 

Exchange differences arising on the translation of non-monetary items are recognised directly in equity to the extent that the gain or loss is directly recognised in equity, otherwise the exchange difference is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Group Companies

 

The financial results and position of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows:

 

·                   assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date;

 

·                   income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period; and

 

·                   retained profits are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations are transferred directly to the Group’s foreign currency translation reserve. These differences are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income upon disposal of the foreign operation.

 

h)                                      Employee Benefits

 

A provision is made for the Group’s liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by employees to balance date. Employee benefits that are expected to be settled within one year have been measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled, plus related on-costs. Employee benefits payable later than one year have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for these benefits. Those cash flows are discounted using market yields on national government bonds with terms to maturity that match the expected timing of cash flows.

 

F-69



Table of Contents

 

Equity—Settled Compensation

 

The Group has an incentive compensation plan where employees may be issued shares and/or options. The fair value of the equity to which employees become entitled is measured at grant date and recognized as an expense over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value of shares issued is determined with reference to the latest ASX share price. Options are valued using an appropriate valuation technique which takes into account the vesting conditions.

 

Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

The group has a restricted share unit (“RSU”) plan to motivate management and employees to make decisions benefiting long-term value creation, retain management and employees and reward the achievement of the Group’s long-term goals. The target RSUs are based on goals established and approved by the Board. The actual RSUs, awarded annually, are modified according to actual results and vest in four equal tranches beginning on the grant date and each of the first three subsequent anniversaries.

 

i)                                         Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the group has a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result and that outflow can be reliably measured.

 

j)                                         Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, unrestricted escrow accounts that management expects to be used to settle current liabilities, capital or operating expenditures, or complete acquisitions and bank overdrafts.

 

k)                                      Revenue

 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised upon the delivery of goods to the customer. Revenue from the rendering of a service is recognised upon the delivery of the service to the customers. All revenue is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (“GST”).

 

l)                                         Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs, including interest, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated as amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption being recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. The Company capitalised borrowing costs at 100 percent equal to $1.3 million and nil for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in income in the period in which they are incurred.

 

m)                                  Goods and Services Tax

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables in the statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST.

 

Cash flows are presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows on a gross basis except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

 

n)                                      Business Combinations

 

A business combination is a transaction in which an acquirer obtains control of one or more businesses. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments or

 

F-70



Table of Contents

 

other assets are acquired. The acquisition method is only applied to a business combination when control over the business is obtained. Subsequent changes in interests in a business where control already exists are accounted for as transactions between owners. The cost of the business combination is measured at fair value of the assets given, shares issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of acquisition. Costs directly attributable to the business combination are expensed as incurred, except those directly and incrementally attributable to equity issuance.

 

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquire over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable asset acquired, if any, is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired and the measurement of all amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement as a bargain purchase. Adjustments to the purchase price and excess on consideration transferred may be made up to one year from the acquisition date.

 

o)                                      Assets Held for Sale

 

The Company classifies property as held for sale when management commits to a plan to sell the property, the plan has appropriate approvals, the sale of the property is probable within the next twelve months, and certain other criteria are met. At such time, the respective assets and liabilities are presented separately on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position and amortisation is no longer recognized. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or their estimated fair value, less the costs to sell the assets. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the current net book value of the property exceeds its fair value, less selling costs. As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, all of the Company’s Williston properties and nil properties were classified as held for sale, respectively.

 

p)                                      Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements

 

The Directors evaluate estimates and judgements incorporated into the financial report based on historical knowledge and best available current information. Estimates assume a reasonable expectation of future events and are based on current trends and economic data obtained both externally and within the Group. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

Management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Estimates of reserve quantities

 

The estimated quantities of hydrocarbon reserves reported by the Group are integral to the calculation of amortisation (depletion) and to assessments of possible impairment of assets. Estimated reserve quantities are based upon interpretations of geological and geophysical models and assessment of the technical feasibility and commercial viability of producing the reserves. Management prepares reserve estimates which conform to the definitions contained in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X. These assessments require assumptions to be made regarding future development and production costs, commodity prices, exchange rates and fiscal regimes. The estimates of reserves may change from period to period as the economic assumptions used to estimate the reserves can change from period to period, and as additional geological data is generated during the course of operations.

 

Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

The Group assesses impairment at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the Group that may lead to impairment of assets. Where an indicator of impairment exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. Value-in-use calculations performed in assessing recoverable amounts incorporate a number of key estimates including projections of cash flows, prices of products, production costs, reserve estimates and capitalised amounts.

 

Exploration and Evaluation

 

The Company’s policy for exploration and evaluation is discussed in Note 1 (b). The application of this policy requires the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure, management concludes that the capitalised expenditure is unlikely to be recovered by future sale or exploitation,

 

F-71



Table of Contents

 

then the relevant capitalised amount will be written off through the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Restoration Provision

 

A provision for rehabilitation and restoration is provided by the Group to meet all future obligations for the restoration and rehabilitation of oil and gas producing areas when oil and gas reserves are exhausted and the oil and gas fields are abandoned. Restoration liabilities are discounted to present value and capitalised as a component part of capitalised development expenditure. The capitalised costs are amortised over the units of production and the provision is revised at each balance sheet date through the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as the discounting of the liability unwinds.

 

In most instances, the removal of the assets associated with these oil and gas producing areas will occur many years in the future. The estimate of future removal costs therefore requires management to make significant judgements regarding removal date or well lives, the extent of restoration activities required, discount and inflation rates.

 

Units of Production Depreciation

 

Oil and gas properties are depreciated using the units of production method over economically recoverable reserves representing total proved developed and probable developed reserves. This results in a depreciation or amortisation charge proportional to the depletion of the anticipated remaining production from the area of interest.

 

The life of each item has regard to both its physical life limitations and present assessments of economically recoverable reserves of the field at which the asset is located. Economically recoverable reserves are defined as proved developed and probable developed reserves. These calculations require the use of estimates and assumptions, including the amount of recoverable reserves and estimates of future capital expenditure. The calculation of the units of production rate of depreciation or amortisation could be impacted to the extent that actual production in the future is different from current forecast production based on total economically recoverable reserves, or future capital expenditure estimates change. Changes to economically recoverable reserves could arise due to change in the factors or assumptions used in estimating reserves, including the effect on economically recoverable reserves of differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions and unforeseen operational issues. Changes in estimates are accounted for prospectively.

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

The Group’s policy for stock based compensation is discussed in Note 1 (h). The application of this policy requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances. Stock based compensation related to stock options use estimates for expected volatility of the Company’s share price and expected term, including a forfeiture rate, if appropriate.

 

q)                                      Change in Accounting Estimate

 

Effective 1 July 2013, the Company had a change in accounting estimate related to the economically recoverable reserves in its Eagle Ford formation used in the units-of-production depletion calculation. Subsequent to the change, the Company began to include management’s best estimate of economically recoverable reserves associated with developed properties, which include both proved developed and probable developed reserves. Prior to the change, the Company used economically recoverable reserves associated only with proved developed reserves as probable developed reserves were not significant. The amount of the effect of this change in accounting estimate in future periods is not practically estimable.

 

F-72



Table of Contents

 

r)                                       Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year consolidated financial statements and associated notes to the financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. Employee benefits expense has been reclassified to be presented with General and administrate expense and Interest received has been reclassified to be presented with Other (loss)/income on the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. These reclassifications did not impact Profit attributable to owners of the Company.

 

s)                                        Rounding of Amounts

 

The company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 issued by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission, relating to rounding of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand.

 

t)                                         Parent Entity Financial Information

 

The financial information for the parent entity, SEAL (“Parent Company”), also the ultimate parent, discussed in Note 34, has been prepared on the same basis, using the same accounting policies as the consolidated financial statements.

 

u)                                      Earnings Per Share

 

The group presents basic and diluted earnings per share for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding share rights and share options which have been issued to employees.

 

v)                                      Change in Accounting Policy

 

Effective 1 July 2013, the Group retrospectively changed its general and administrative overhead policy (“capitalised overhead policy”) from expensing overhead costs directly attributable to the exploration, acquisition and development of oil and gas properties such as salaries, wages, benefits and consultant fees, to capitalizing these costs using an appropriate allocation method in accordance with AASB 6— Exploration and Evaluation Assets and AASB 116— Property and Equipment . This new policy provides reliable and more relevant information as the Company has shifted its focus from non-operated properties to operated properties and this policy better aligns costs with revenues.

 

The Group adopted the capitalised overhead policy subsequent to the issuance of the Company’s report for the half year ended 30 June 2013 and retrospectively applied the policy for the year ended 31 December 2013. As a result, the half year ended 30 June 2013 is not entirely comparable to the Company’s year ended 31 December 2013. Included in the Company’s year ended 31 December 2013 capitalised overhead amounts are retrospectively applied for pre-effective 1 July 2012 capitalised overhead amounts, which would have increased the Company’s non-current assets and decreased general and administrative expense, of approximately $1.2 million as at 30 June 2013 and for the half year then ended. These overhead amounts capitalised to development and production assets would have been subject to the Company’s units-of-production depletion calculation, which would have been immaterial for the period. The related increase in the Company’s profit attributable to owners and retained earnings of the Company would have been approximately $0.7 million for the half year ended 30 June 2013. The Company determined the capitalized overhead amounts for periods ended on or before 31 December 2012 are immaterial.

 

w)                                    Adoption of New and Revised Accounting Standards

 

During the current reporting period the Group adopted all of the new and revised Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations applicable to its operations which became mandatory. The nature and effect of each new standard and amendment on the Group’s consolidated financial report are described below.

 

F-73



Table of Contents

 

AASB 10— Consolidated Financial Statements /IFRS 10— Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Group adopted AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements /IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements , which replaces the guidance on control and consolidation in AASB 127— Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements /IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and Interpretation 12— Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities. AASB 10/IFRS 10 includes a new definition of control that focuses on the need to have both power and rights or exposure to variable returns. As all of the Group’s subsidiaries are owned 100%, AASB 10/IFRS 10 did not have an impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

AASB 11— Joint Arrangements /IFRS 11 —Joint Arrangements

 

AASB 11/IFRS 11 replaces AASB 131 Interests in Joint Ventures and removes the option to account for jointly controlled entities using proportionate consolidation. Instead, jointly controlled entities that meet the definition of a joint venture under AASB 11/IFRS 11 must be accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

AASB 13— Fair Value Measurement /IFRS 13— Fair Value Measurement and AASB 2011-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 13

 

AASB 13/IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. The standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires more extensive disclosures than current standards. Additional disclosures, where required, are provided in the individual notes relating to the assets and liabilities whose fair values were determined.

 

Recently issued accounting standards to be applied in future reporting periods:

 

The following Standards and Interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations is set out below.

 

AASB 9— Financial Instruments /IFRS 9— Financial Instruments and AASB 2010-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arriving from AASB 9

 

AASB 9/IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification, measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. In November 2013 the effective date was removed from AASB 9/IFRS 9. A new effective date will be provided when the entire standard is closer to completion. The Group will quantify the effect of the application of AASB 9/IFRS 9 when the final standard is issued, however, the impact from adopting this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

AASB 2011-4— Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management Personnel Disclosure

 

This standard removes the requirements to include individual key management personnel disclosures in the notes to and forming part of the Financial Report. The Group will include detailed key management personnel disclosures in the Group’s Remuneration Report for the year beginning on 1 January 2014 incorporating changes from this standard.

 

IFRS 15— Revenue from Contracts with Customers

 

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15, which establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Statement allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method, and the standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of our fiscal year 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements, as well as which transition method we intend to use.

 

F-74



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

Texon Acquisition

 

On 8 March 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Texon Petroleum Ltd (“Texon”, whose name was changed to Armadillo Petroleum Ltd), an Australian corporation with oil and gas assets in the Eagle Ford formation in the United States. The Company acquired Texon to gain access to its existing production and drilling inventory in the Eagle Ford formation. As consideration for substantially all of the net assets of Texon, the Company issued 122.7 million ordinary shares (approximately 30.6% of the total outstanding shares immediately subsequent to the acquisition), which had a fair value of $132.1 million on the acquisition date and net cash consideration of $26.3 million for a total purchase price of $158.4 million. The net cash consideration includes a $141.0 million pre-merger purchase by the Company of certain Texon oil and gas properties, offset by $114.7 million of cash acquired at the time of the merger. The current income tax liability, included in accrued expenses, and deferred tax liability of $33.4 million and $16.9 million, respectively, are comprised of tax liabilities assumed as at the acquisition date and an increase in the tax liability related to the incremental acquisition date fair value of the acquired development and production and exploration and evaluation assets as compared to Texon’s historical basis.

 

The following table reflects the final adjusted assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their fair value or otherwise where specified by AASB 3/IFRS 3— Business Combinations (in thousands):

 

Fair value of assets acquired:

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

$

5,604

 

Other current assets

 

456

 

Development and production assets

 

53,937

 

Exploration and evaluation assets

 

150,474

 

Prepaid drilling and completion costs

 

3,027

 

Amount attributable to assets acquired

 

213,498

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

119

 

Accrued expenses

 

37,816

 

Restoration provision

 

277

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

16,884

 

Amount attributable to liabilities assumed

 

55,096

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

158,402

 

Purchase price:

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, net of cash acquired

 

$

26,310

 

Issued capital

 

132,092

 

Total consideration paid

 

$

158,402

 

 

Since the acquisition date of 8 March 2013 through 31 December 2013, the Company has earned revenue of $42.3 million and generated net income of $12.6 million. The following reflects the acquisition’s contribution to the Group as if the merger had occurred on 1 January 2013 instead of the closing date of 8 March 2013 (in thousands, except per share information):

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Oil and natural gas revenue

 

$

5,163

 

Lease operating and production expenses

 

(1,150

)

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

(1,882

)

General and administrative expense

 

(667

)

Finance costs

 

(35

)

Profit before income tax

 

1,429

 

Income tax expense

 

(542

)

Proforma profit attributable to the period 1 January to 7 March 2013

 

887

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company for the year

 

15,942

 

Adjusted profit attributable to the owners of the Company for the year

 

$

16,829

 

Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share

 

4.1

¢

Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share

 

4.0

¢

 

F-75



Table of Contents

 

The Company incurred $0.5 million and $0.7 million for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 2012, respectively, in acquisition related costs primarily for professional fees and services. These amounts are included in general and administrative expense and financing activities in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows, respectively.

 

NOTE 3—REVENUE

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Oil revenue

 

$

79,365

 

$

16,790

 

Natural gas revenue

 

5,980

 

934

 

Total oil and natural gas revenue (net of transportation)

 

$

85,345

 

$

17,724

 

 

NOTE 4—LEASE OPERATING AND PRODUCTION TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Lease operating expense

 

$

(11,378

)

$

(1,908

)

Workover expense

 

(743

)

(287

)

Production tax expense

 

(6,262

)

(1,887

)

Total lease operating and production tax expense

 

$

(18,383

)

$

(4,082

)

 

NOTE 5—GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Employee benefits expense, including salaries and wages, net of capitalised overhead

 

$

(6,143

)

$

(2,801

)

Professional fees

 

(2,892

)

(929

)

Abandoned US IPO transaction costs(1)

 

(2,081

)

 

Travel

 

(791

)

(280

)

Director fees

 

(617

)

(132

)

Acquisition and merger related fees

 

(533

)

(713

)

Accounting and company secretarial

 

(415

)

(150

)

Insurance

 

(264

)

(130

)

Rent

 

(234

)

(181

)

Share registry and listing fees

 

(232

)

(75

)

Audit fees

 

(139

)

(145

)

Other expenses

 

(956

)

(274

)

Total general and administrative expenses

 

$

(15,297

)

$

(5,810

)

 


(1)                                  See Note 36—Events After the Balance Sheet Date for further discussion.

 

NOTE 6—GAIN ON SALE OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

In the fourth quarter of 2013 and the third quarter of 2012, the Company sold all of its interests in the Phoenix prospect and South Antelope prospect, both located in the Williston Basin, for gross proceeds of $39.8 million and $172.4 million, respectively. Prior to the dispositions, the Phoenix and South Antelope development and production properties were part of the Williston Basin depletion base. To determine the carrying costs of the sold properties, the Company used the relative fair value of the prospect’s proved developed reserves as compared to the Company’s total proved developed reserves in the Williston Basin. As a result, it was determined that approximately $26.0 million and $49.4 million of the Company’s carrying costs related to its Phoenix and South Antelope development and production properties, respectively, at the time of the disposal. In addition to the South Antelope development and production properties, the Purchaser acquired approximately $3.9 million of assets and assumed approximately $3.8 million of liabilities, which were removed from the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position at the time of the sale. The Company incurred approximately $0.9 million and $0.9 million of legal and

 

F-76



Table of Contents

 

other transaction related costs related to the Phoenix and South Antelope sale, respectively. The sales resulted in a pre-tax gain of $8.2 million and $122.5 million, respectively, which is included in the net gain (loss) on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively. In early 2013, the Company finalised the adjustments to the purchase price for the South Antelope sale, resulting in a net reduction of $0.9 million, which is included in the net gain (loss) on sale of non-current assets in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2013. During the six months ended 31 December 2012, the Company also sold all of its properties in the Pawnee prospect for $0.9 million of proceeds, which resulted in a loss of $0.2 million.

 

For both the Phoenix and South Antelope prospect sales proceeds, the Company elected to apply Section 1031 “like-kind exchange” treatment under the US tax rules, which allow deferral of the gain if the proceeds are used to acquire “like-kind property” within six months of the closing date of the transaction. In addition, the US tax rules allow the deduction of all intangible drilling costs (“IDCs”) in the period incurred. As at 31 December 2013, the Company expects to defer the majority of the taxable gain on the sale of the Phoenix development by acquiring qualified replacement properties or utilizing IDCs from its development program. These proceeds are included in the Company’s cash balance. See Note 11—Cash and Cash Equivalents.

 

In January and February 2014, the Company entered into lease acquisition agreements to acquire oil and gas properties in the Mississippian/Woodford Basin and the Eagle Ford Basin—see Events After the Balance Sheet Date in Note 36 for further discussion. Management believes the properties that the Company plans to acquire will qualify as “like-kind property” under Section 1031.

 

In March 2013, the Company completed a transaction in which the majority of the funds remaining in its South Antelope Section 1031 escrow accounts were used to acquire oil and gas properties in connection with the Texon Scheme of Arrangement transaction—see Business Combinations in Note 2 for further discussion.

 

NOTE 7—INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

a)

 

The components of income tax expense comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax benefit/(expense)

 

$

21,398

 

$

(11

)

 

 

Deferred tax expense

 

(26,965

)

(46,605

)

 

 

 

 

$

(5,567

)

$

(46,616

)

b)

 

The prima facie tax on income from ordinary activities before income tax is reconciled to the income tax as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

$

21,509

 

$

122,826

 

 

 

Prima facie tax expense at the Group’s statutory income tax rate of 30% (2012:30%)

 

$

6,453

 

$

36,848

 

 

 

Tax effect of amounts which are non-deductible/(non- taxable) in calculating taxable income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 Difference of tax rate in US controlled entities

 

1,607

 

9,417

 

 

 

                 Employee options

 

 

44

 

 

 

                 Other allowable items

 

144

 

93

 

 

 

                 Tax adjustments relating to prior years

 

(984

)

 

 

 

                 Change in apportioned state tax rates in US controlled entities(1)

 

(1,448

)

 

 

 

                 Acquisition related costs

 

 

214

 

 

 

                 Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses

 

(205

)

 

 

 

Income tax attributable to entity

 

$

5,567

 

$

46,616

 

c)

 

Unused tax losses and temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised at 30%

 

$

170

 

$

375

 

d)

 

Deferred tax charged directly to equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 Equity raising costs

 

$

665

 

$

 

 

F-77



Table of Contents

 


(1)                                  The change in apportioned state tax rates in US controlled entities is a result of the Company disposing of its property in North Dakota (income tax rate of 4.53%) through a tax deferred sale and reinvesting the property in Texas (margin tax rate of 1%). As the Texas margin tax computation is similar in nature to an income tax computation, it is treated as an income tax for financial reporting purposes.

 

NOTE 8—KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

 

a)                                      Names and positions held of Consolidated Group key management personnel in office at any time during the financial period are:

 

Mr M Hannell

 

Chairman Non-executive

Mr E McCrady

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Mr D Hannes

 

Director—Non-executive

Mr N Martin

 

Director—Non-executive

Mr W Holcombe

 

Director—Non-executive

Ms C Anderson

 

Chief Financial Officer

Mr C Gooden

 

Company Secretary (resigned on 23 August 2013)

 

Other than Directors and Officers of the Company listed above, there are no additional key management personnel.

 

b)                                      Key Management Personnel Compensation

 

The total of remuneration paid to Key Management Personnel (“KMP”) of the Group during the year is as follows:

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Short term wages and benefits

 

$

1,923

 

$

695

 

Equity settled-options based payments

 

625

 

262

 

Post-employment benefit

 

56

 

17

 

 

 

$

2,604

 

$

974

 

 

c)                                       Options Granted as Compensation

 

Options granted as compensation were zero ($nil fair value) during each of the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 to KMP from the Sundance Energy Employee Stock Option Plan. Options generally vest in five equal tranches of 20% on the grant date and each of the four subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

d)                                      Restricted Share Units Granted as Compensation

 

RSUs awarded as compensation were 623,251 ($0.6 million fair value) and 669,642 ($0.5 million fair value) during the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, to KMP from the Sundance Energy Long Term Incentive Plan. RSUs generally vest in four equal tranches of 25% on the grant date and each of the three subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

NOTE 9—AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Remuneration of the auditor for:

 

 

 

 

 

Auditing or review of the financial report

 

$

91

 

$

131

 

Professional services related US IPO

 

430

 

 

Non-audit services related to Texon acquisition

 

77

 

148

 

Taxation services provided by the practice of auditor

 

48

 

14

 

Total remuneration of the auditor

 

$

646

 

$

293

 

 

F-78



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 10—EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Profit for periods used to calculate basic and diluted EPS

 

$

15,942

 

$

76,210

 

 

 

 

Number of
shares

 

Number of
shares

 

—Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period used in calculation of basic EPS

 

413,872,184

 

277,244,883

 

—Incremental shares related to options and restricted share units

 

2,685,150

 

2,896,496

 

—Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period used in calculation of diluted EPS

 

416,557,334

 

280,141,379

 

 

NOTE 11—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Cash at bank and on hand

 

$

59,918

 

$

12,747

 

Cash equivalents in escrow accounts

 

36,953

 

141,363

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

96,871

 

$

154,110

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Company had approximately $37.0 million and $141.4 million, respectively, in Section 1031 escrow accounts which are not limited in use, except that the timing of tax payments will be accelerated if not used on qualified “like-kind property.” As such, the balances have been included in the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position and consolidated statement of cash flows as at 31 December 2013 and 2012 and for the year and six month period then ended, respectively.

 

NOTE 12—TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and natural gas sales

 

$

23,364

 

$

11,376

 

Trade receivables

 

5,353

 

4,185

 

Other

 

31

 

111

 

Total trade and other receivables

 

$

28,748

 

$

15,672

 

 

As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Group had receivable balances of $11.7 million and $8.6 million, respectively, which were outside normal trading terms (the receivable was past due but not impaired). The receivable balance is more than fully offset by the amount due to the same operator, which is also outside normal payment terms. See Note 21 for payable balance information.

 

Due to the short-term nature of trade and other receivables, their carrying amounts are assumed to approximate fair value.

 

NOTE 13—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

$

 

$

617

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—interest rate swaps

 

176

 

 

Total financial assets

 

$

176

 

$

617

 

 

F-79



Table of Contents

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

$

(188

)

$

 

Derivative financial instruments—interest rate swaps

 

(147

)

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

(31

)

 

Total financial liabilities

 

$

(366

)

$

 

 

NOTE 14—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy groups financial assets and liabilities into three levels based on the significance of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

 

Level 1:

 

quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:

 

inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

Level 3:

 

inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

The Level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of significant input to the fair value measurement. The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are grouped into the fair value hierarchy as follows:

 

Consolidated 31 December 2013

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap contracts

 

$

 

$

176

 

$

 

$

176

 

Liabilities measured at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative commodity contracts

 

 

(219

)

 

(219

)

Interest rate swap contracts

 

 

(147

)

 

(147

)

Net fair value

 

$

 

$

(190

)

$

 

$

(190

)

 

Consolidated 31 December 2012

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

617

 

$

 

$

617

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

$

 

$

617

 

$

 

$

617

 

 

During the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, there were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 fair value measurements, and no transfer into or out of level 3 fair value measurements.

 

Measurement of Fair Value

 

a)                                      Derivatives

 

Derivatives entered into by the Company consist of commodity contracts and interest rate swaps. The Company utilises present value techniques and option- pricing models for valuing its derivatives. Inputs to these valuation techniques include published forward prices, volatilities, and credit risk considerations, including the incorporation of published interest rates and credit spreads. All of the significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; therefore, the Company’s derivative instruments are included within the level 2 fair value hierarchy.

 

F-80



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 15—OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Cash advances to other operators

 

$

685

 

$

625

 

Escrow accounts

 

1,498

 

3,830

 

Oil inventory on hand, at cost

 

1,088

 

69

 

Prepayments

 

753

 

501

 

Other

 

14

 

 

Total other current assets

 

$

4,038

 

$

5,025

 

 

On 31 December 2012, the Company completed a transaction to acquire certain oil and natural gas properties in the Wattenberg field of the Denver- Julesburg (“DJ”) Basin (the “Wattenberg Acquisition”). In connection with the transaction, the Company transferred $3.0 million, $2.7 million and $0.5 million to escrow accounts related to a drilling commitment, title defect and environmental remediation, respectively ($6.2 million collectively). The use of the Wattenberg Acquisition related escrow accounts are restricted or generally will not be used to settle short-term Company operating costs, as such they have been excluded from the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance in the consolidated statement of financial position and the consolidated statement of cash flows as at 31 December 2013 and 2012 and for the year and six month period then ended, respectively. Of this $6.2 million escrow account balance, $1.5 million and $3.8 million are classified as other current asset in the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, with $2.7 million being settled during the year ended 31 December 2013.

 

NOTE 16—ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

 

As at 31 December 2013, all of the Company’s Williston properties were held for sale. The expected proceeds, net of selling costs, exceed the carrying amount. The following Williston assets and liabilities were included in assets held for sale in the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2013 (in thousands):

 

Development and production assets

 

$

10,489

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

1,104

 

Restoration provision liability

 

(109

)

Total assets held for sale, net of restoration provision liability

 

$

11,484

 

 

NOTE 17—DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION ASSETS

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets, at cost:

 

 

 

 

 

Producing assets

 

$

297,469

 

$

70,470

 

Wells-in-progress

 

55,636

 

26,193

 

Development and production assets, at cost:

 

353,105

 

96,663

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(40,635

)

(14,619

)

Provision for impairment(1)

 

(240

)

(2,315

)

Total Development and Production Expenditure

 

$

312,230

 

$

79,729

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

Development expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

79,729

 

$

87,274

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

219,121

 

46,963

 

Amounts transferred from exploration phase

 

31,999

 

527

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

54,258

 

986

 

Reclassifications to assets held for sale

 

(10,489

)

 

Amortisation expense

 

(36,294

)

(6,013

)

Development and production assets, net of accumulated amortization, sold during the period

 

(26,094

)

(50,008

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

312,230

 

$

79,729

 

 

F-81



Table of Contents

 


(1)                                  There was an impairment provision of $1.9 million associated with the Phoenix development and production properties that were sold in 2013. See Note 6—Gain on sale of non-current assets for further discussion.

 

NOTE 18—EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation phase, at cost

 

$

167,694

 

$

35,053

 

Provision for impairment

 

(1,550

)

(1,614

)

Total Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

$

166,144

 

$

33,439

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

33,439

 

$

11,436

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

14,770

 

10,704

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

151,115

 

12,644

 

Reclassifications to assets held for sale

 

(1,104

)

 

Amounts transferred to development phase

 

(31,999

)

(527

)

Exploration tenements sold during the period

 

(77

)

(818

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

166,144

 

$

33,439

 

 

The ultimate recoupment of costs carried forward for exploration phase is dependent on the successful development and commercial exploitation or sale of respective areas.

 

NOTE 19—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

$

1,603

 

$

737

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(556

)

(314

)

Total Property and Equipment

 

$

1,047

 

$

423

 

a) Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

423

 

$

418

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

886

 

107

 

Depreciation expense

 

(262

)

(102

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,047

 

$

423

 

 

NOTE 20—OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Escrow accounts

 

$

2,000

 

$

2,400

 

Casing and tubulars at net realisable value

 

19

 

20

 

Total other non-current assets

 

$

2,019

 

$

2,420

 

 

The $2.0 million and $2.4 million of escrow accounts as of 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, are the long-term portions related to the escrow accounts discussed in Note 15—Other Current Assets.

 

NOTE 21—TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and natural gas related

 

$

135,381

 

$

49,407

 

Administrative expenses, including salaries and wages

 

5,146

 

2,435

 

Total trade, other payables and accrued expenses

 

$

140,527

 

$

51,842

 

 

F-82



Table of Contents

 

At 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Group had payable balances of $16.7 million and $15.7 million, respectively, which were outside normal payment terms. These payable balances are partially offset by receivable balances due from the same operator and which are also outside normal paying terms. See Note 12—Trade and Other Receivables for receivable balance information.

 

NOTE 22—CREDIT FACILITIES

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$000

 

31 December 2012
US$000

 

Senior Credit Facility

 

$

15,000

 

$

30,000

 

Junior Credit Facility

 

15,000

 

 

Total credit facilities

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

Deferred financing fees

 

(859

)

(430

)

Total credit facilities, net of deferred financing fees

 

$

29,141

 

$

29,570

 

 

Junior Credit Facility

 

In August 2013, Sundance Energy, Inc. (“Sundance Energy”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a second lien credit agreement with Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., as the administrative agent (the “Junior Credit Facility”), which provides for term loans to be made in a series of draws up to $100 million. The Junior Credit Facility matures in June 2018 and is secured by a second priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets. Upon entering into the Junior Credit Facility, the Company immediately borrowed $15 million pursuant to the terms of the Junior Credit Facility and paid down the outstanding principal of the Senior Credit Facility.

 

The principal amount of the loans borrowed under our Junior Credit Facility is due in full on the maturity date. Interest on the Junior Credit Facility accrues at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 8.50% or (ii) a base rate (being, at our option, either (a) LIBOR for the applicable interest period (adjusted for Eurodollar Reserve Requirements) or (b) the greatest of (x) the prime rate announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (z) one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00%), plus a margin of either 6.5% or 7.5%, based on the base rate selected.

 

The Company is also required under our Junior Credit Facility to maintain the following financial ratios:

 

·                   a current ratio, consisting of consolidated current assets including undrawn borrowing capacity to consolidated current liabilities, of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter;

 

·                   a maximum leverage ratio, consisting of consolidated debt to adjusted consolidated EBITDAX (as defined in the Junior Credit Facility), of not greater than 4.5 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter (beginning 30 September 2013); and

 

·                   an asset coverage ratio, consisting of PV10 to consolidated debt, of not less than 1.5 to 1.0, as of certain test dates.

 

For the year ended 31 December 2013, the Company capitalised $0.3 million of financing costs related to the Junior Credit Facility, which offset the principal balance. As at 31 December 2013 there was $15 million outstanding under the Company’s Junior Credit Facility. As at 31 December 2013, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive financial and other covenants under the Junior Credit Facility.

 

Senior Credit Facility

 

On 31 December 2012, Sundance Energy entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Senior Credit Facility”), pursuant to which up to $300 million is available on a revolving basis. The borrowing base under the Senior Credit Facility is determined by reference to the value of the Company’s proved reserves. The agreement specifies a semi-annual borrowing base redetermination and the Company can request two additional redeterminations each year. The initial borrowing base was set at $30 million and was subsequently increased to $48 million based on March 2013 reserves.

 

F-83



Table of Contents

 

Interest on borrowed funds accrue, at the Company’s option, of i) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 175 to 275 basis points or ii) the Base Rate, defined as a rate equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1 / 2  of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, or (c) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 75 to 175 basis points. The applicable margin varies depending on the amount drawn. The Company also pays a commitment that ranges from 37.5 to 50 basis points on the undrawn balance of the borrowing base. The agreement has a five-year term and contains both negative and affirmative covenants, including minimum current ratio and maximum leverage ratio requirements consistent with the Junior Credit Facility’s. Certain development and production assets are pledged as collateral and the facility is guaranteed by the Parent Company. On 31 December 2012, the Company drew $30 million on the Senior Credit Facility’s borrowing base and used $15 million of the proceeds to repay and retire its outstanding loan with the Bank of Oklahoma. As a part of its Bank of Oklahoma debt extinguishment, the Company expensed approximately $0.3 million of unamortised deferred financing costs, which is included in financing costs in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the six month period ended 31 December 2012.

 

For the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Company capitalised $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of financing costs related to the Senior Credit Facility, which offset the principal balance. As at 31 December 2013 there was $15 million outstanding under the Company’s Senior Credit Facility. As at 31 December 2013, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive financial and other covenants under the Senior Credit Facility.

 

The Company capitalised $1.3 million and nil of interest expense during the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 23—RESTORATION PROVISION

 

The restoration provision represents the best estimate of the present value of restoration costs relating to the Company’s oil and natural gas interests, which are expected to be incurred up to 2043. Assumptions, based on the current economic environment, have been made which management believes are a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. The estimate of future removal costs requires management to make significant judgments regarding removal date or well lives, the extent of restoration activities required, discount and inflation rates. These estimates are reviewed regularly to take into account any material changes to the assumptions. However, actual restoration costs will reflect market conditions at the relevant time. Furthermore, the timing of restoration is likely to depend on when the fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This in turn will depend on future oil and natural gas prices, which are inherently uncertain.

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

1,228

 

$

588

 

New provisions and changes in estimates

 

3,622

 

310

 

Dispositions

 

(146

)

(192

)

New provisions assumed from acquisition

 

397

 

506

 

Reclassified to assets held for sale

 

(109

)

 

Unwinding of discount

 

82

 

16

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

5,074

 

$

1,228

 

 

NOTE 24—DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Net deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Share issuance costs

 

$

1,069

 

$

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

473

 

 

Unrecognized foreign currency gain (loss)

 

761

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

 

$

2,303

 

$

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production expenditure

 

$

(114,042

)

$

(79,600

)

Offset by deferred tax assets with legally enforceable right of set- off:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

10,373

 

22,647

 

Other

 

958

 

(26

)

Total net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(102,711

)

$

(56,979

)

 

F-84



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 25—ISSUED CAPITAL

 

Total ordinary shares issued and outstanding at each period end are fully paid. All shares issued are authorized. Shares have no par value.

 

a)                                      Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 30 June 2012

 

277,098,474

 

Shares issued during the period

 

1,666,667

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 31 December 2012

 

278,765,141

 

Shares issued during the year

 

184,408,527

 

Total shares issued and outstanding at 31 December 2013

 

463,173,668

 

 

Ordinary shares participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding of the Parent Company in proportion to the number of shares held. At shareholders’ meetings each ordinary share is entitled to one vote when a poll is called, otherwise each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands.

 

b)                                      Issued Capital

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Beginning of the period

 

$

58,694

 

$

57,978

 

Shares issued in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

Merger with Texon

 

132,092

 

 

Private placement

 

47,398

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

813

 

716

 

Total shares issued during the period

 

180,303

 

716

 

Cost of capital raising during the period, net of tax

 

(1,989

)

 

Closing balance at end of period

 

$

237,008

 

$

58,694

 

 

c)                                       Options on Issue

 

Details of the share options outstanding as at the end of the period:

 

Grant Date

 

Expiry Date

 

Exercise Price

 

31 December 2013

 

31 December 2012

 

10 Sep 2010

 

31 May 2013

 

A$0.20

 

 

1,000,000

 

10 Sep 2010

 

31 May 2013

 

A$0.30

 

 

500,000

 

02 Dec 2010

 

01 Dec 2015

 

A$0.37

 

291,666

 

1,166,666

 

02 Mar 2011

 

30 Jun 2014

 

A$0.95

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

31 May 2013

 

A$0.35

 

 

100,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

15 Jan 2016

 

A$0.65

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

28 Jan 2016

 

A$0.50

 

 

250,000

 

06 Jun 2011

 

01 Sep 2015

 

A$0.95

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

06 Sep 2011

 

31 Dec 2018

 

A$0.95

 

1,200,000

 

1,200,000

 

05 Dec 2011

 

05 Mar 2019

 

A$0.95

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

01 Nov 2012

 

01 Feb 2020

 

A$1.15

 

350,000

 

 

03 Dec 2012

 

03 Mar 2020

 

A$1.15

 

350,000

 

 

01 Apr 2013

 

01 Jul 2020

 

A$1.25

 

350,000

 

 

24 Sept 2013

 

23 Dec 2020

 

A$1.40

 

950,000

 

 

Total share options outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

5,051,666

 

5,776,666

 

 

F-85



Table of Contents

 

d)                                      Restricted Share Units on Issue

 

Details of the restricted share units outstanding as at the end of the period:

 

Grant Date

 

31 December 2013

 

31 December 2012

 

05 Dec 2011

 

88,500

 

608,750

 

15 Oct 2012

 

709,817

 

1,482,143

 

19 April 2013

 

905,990

 

 

Total RSUs outstanding

 

1,704,307

 

2,090,893

 

 

e)                                       Capital Management

 

Management controls the capital of the Group in order to maintain an appropriate debt to equity ratio, provide the shareholders with adequate returns and ensure that the Group can fund its operations and continue as a going concern.

 

The Group’s debt and capital includes ordinary share capital and financial liabilities, supported by financial assets. Other than the covenants described in Note 22, the Group has no externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Management effectively manages the Group’s capital by assessing the Group’s financial risks and adjusting its capital structure in response to changes in these risks and in the market. These responses include the management of debt levels, distributions to shareholders and shareholder issues.

 

There have been no changes in the strategy adopted by management to control the capital of the Group since the prior period. The strategy is to ensure that the Group’s gearing ratio remains minimal. As at 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Company had $29.1 million and $29.6 million of outstanding debt, net of deferred financing fees, respectively.

 

NOTE 26—RESERVES

 

a)                                      Share Option Reserve

 

The share option reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of employee and supplier share options and restricted share units.

 

b)                                      Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

 

The foreign currency translation reserve records exchange differences arising on translation of the Parent Company.

 

NOTE 27—CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

 

Capital commitments relating to tenements

 

As at 31 December 2013, all of the Company’s exploration and evaluation and development and production assets are located in the United States of America (“US”).

 

The mineral leases in the exploration prospects in the US have primary terms ranging from 3 years to 5 years and generally have no specific capital expenditure requirements. However, mineral leases that are not successfully drilled and included within a spacing unit for a producing well within the primary term will expire at the end of the primary term unless re-leased.

 

The following tables summarize the Group’s contractual commitments not provided for in the consolidated financial statements:

 

 

 

As At 31 December 2013

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Drilling rig commitments(1)

 

$

5,159

 

$

5,159

 

$

 

$

 

Drilling commitments(2)

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

 

Operating lease commitments(3)

 

1,860

 

200

 

1,354

 

306

 

Employment commitments(4)

 

104

 

104

 

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

$

9,123

 

$

5,463

 

$

3,354

 

$

306

 

 

F-86



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2012

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Drilling commitments(2)

 

$

3,000

 

$

 

$

3,000

 

$

 

Operating lease commitments(3)

 

243

 

162

 

81

 

 

Employment commitments(4)

 

379

 

275

 

104

 

 

Total expenditure commitments

 

$

3,622

 

$

437

 

$

3,185

 

$

 

 


(1)                                  As at 31 December 2013, the Company had 4 outstanding drilling rig contracts to explore and develop the Company’s properties. The contracts generally have terms of 6 to 12 months. Amounts represent minimum expenditure commitments should the Company elect to terminate these contracts prior to term. Subsequent to year end, the Company entered into a drilling rig contract in which minimum commitments due to early termination would be $2.1 million.

 

(2)                                  On 31 December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain oil and natural gas properties located in the Wattenberg Field and to drill 45 net wells by 31 December 2015 on the acquired properties (the “Drilling Commitment”). As each qualifying well is drilled, approximately $67 thousand is paid from the escrow account to the Company. However, for each required net commitment well not completed by the Company during that prorated commitment year, the Company is to pay the seller of the properties approximately $67 thousand from the escrow account. Certain clawback provisions allow the Company to recoup amounts paid to the sellers if the total 45 wells are drilled by 31 December 2015. As at 31 December 2013, the Company has not yet drilled any wells, as such, $1.0 million, equal to one third of the total commitment, was accrued and recognised in other (expense) income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and comprehensive income and was released from the escrow account subsequent to the balance sheet date.

 

(3)                                  Represents commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases for office space not provided for in the consolidated financial statements.

 

(4)                                  Represents commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term employment and consultant contracts not provided for in the consolidated financial statements. Details relating to the employment contracts are set out in the Company’s Remuneration Report.

 

NOTE 28—CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

At the date of signing this report, the Group is not aware of any contingent assets or liabilities that should be recognised or disclosed in accordance with AASB 137— Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets / IFRS 37— Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.

 

NOTE 29—OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

The Company’s strategic focus is the exploration, development and production of large, repeatable onshore resource plays in North America, which is the Company’s only major line of business and only major geographic area of operations. All of the basins and/or formations in which the Company operates have common operational characteristics, challenges and economic characteristics. As such, Management has determined, based upon the reports reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) and used to make strategic decisions, that the Company has one reportable segment being oil and natural gas exploration and production in North America.

 

The CODM reviews internal management reports on a monthly basis that are consistent with the information provided in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows. As a result no reconciliation is required, because the information as presented is used by the CODM to make strategic decisions.

 

Geographic Information

 

The operations of the Group are located in only one geographic location, the United States of America. All revenue is generated from sales to customers located in the US.

 

F-87



Table of Contents

 

Revenue from four major customers exceeded 10 percent of Group consolidated revenue for the year ended 31 December 2013 and accounted for 47 percent, 15 percent, 10 percent and 10 percent (six month period ended 31 December 2012: four major customers accounted for 29 percent, 22 percent, 21 percent and 10 percent) of our consolidated oil and natural gas revenues.

 

NOTE 30—CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

a)                                      Reconciliation of cash flows from operations with income from ordinary activities after income tax

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Profit from ordinary activities after income tax

 

$

15,942

 

$

76,210

 

Non cash flow in operating income

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

36,225

 

6,116

 

Share options expensed

 

1,590

 

733

 

Unrealised losses on derivatives

 

837

 

1,190

 

Net gain on sale of properties

 

(7,335

)

(122,327

)

Write-off of Bank of Oklahoma deferred financing fees

 

 

349

 

Other

 

(13

)

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

—Increase in current and deferred tax

 

5,812

 

46,616

 

—Decrease (increase) in other assets, excluding investing activities

 

2,155

 

(381

)

—Increase in trade and other receivables

 

(3,541

)

(3,320

)

—Increase in trade and other payables

 

10,974

 

4,200

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

62,646

 

$

9,386

 

 

b)                                      Non Cash Financing and Investing Activities

 

·                  During the year ended 31 December 2013 $132.1 million in shares were issued in connection with the Texon acquisition.

 

NOTE 31—SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

 

During the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, a total of 2,000,000 and nil options were granted to employees pursuant to employment agreements and a total of 2,725,000 and 1,666,667 previously issued options were exercised, respectively. There were 700,000 awarded options that the Company expected to issue in early 2013 for which Company employees rendered services during the six month period ended 31 December 2012. Using the best estimate of fair value on the employees’ hire date, the Company began expensing these awards during the six month period ended 31 December 2012. The 700,000 options were issued in early 2013, but were excluded from the outstanding options summary below as at 31 December 2012:

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price A$

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price A$

 

Outstanding at start of period

 

5,776,666

 

0.59

 

7,443,333

 

0.55

 

Formally issued

 

2,000,000

 

1.29

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(2,725,000

)

0.31

 

(1,666,667

)

0.41

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of period

 

5,051,666

 

1.02

 

5,776,666

 

0.59

 

Exercisable at end of period

 

2,241,666

 

0.87

 

3,729,999

 

0.44

 

 

The following tables summarise the options issued and awarded and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively:

 

Options issued during the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

F-88



Table of Contents

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

1 April 2013

 

350,000

 

$

217

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

24 September 2013

 

950,000

 

$

475

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

Total

 

1,300,000

 

$

692

 

 

 

 

Options awarded, but not yet issued during the six month period ended 31 December 2012:

 

Award Date (not issued)

 

Number of
Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

1 November 2012

 

350,000

 

$

145

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

3 December 2012

 

350,000

 

$

157

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

 

 

700,000

 

$

302

 

 

 

 

Share based payments expense related to options is determined pursuant to AASB 2—Share Based Payments (“AASB 2”) / IFRS 2—Share Based Payments (“IFRS 2”), and is recognised pursuant to the attached vesting conditions. The fair value of the options awarded ranged from A$0.53 to A$0.59 and A$0.42 to A$0.45 for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, which were calculated using a Black-Sholes options pricing model. Expected volatilities are based upon the historical volatility of the ordinary shares. Historical data is also used to estimate the probability of option exercise and potential forfeitures. Included in the 2,000,000 options issued during the year ended 2013 were 700,000 options that were granted in the fourth quarter of 2012, which began being expensed during the six month period ended 31 December 2012 according to the relevant service periods.

 

The following table summarises the key assumptions used to calculate the estimated fair value awarded or granted during the periods:

 

 

 

Issued during
year ended
31 December 2013

 

Issued in
early 2013(1)

 

Share price:

 

A$1.06 - 1.10

 

A$0.78 - A$0.82

 

Exercise price:

 

A$1.25 - 1.40

 

A$1.15

 

Expected volatility:

 

60%

 

65%

 

Option term:

 

5.75 years

 

5.75 years

 

Risk free interest rate:

 

2.82% to 3.10%

 

2.75%

 

 


(1)                                  As at 31 December 2012, options were subject to formal issuance, but had been awarded and expensed beginning on the employees’ hire date during the six month period ended 31 December 2012.

 

Restricted Share Units

 

During the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, the Board of Directors awarded 1,237,994 and 1,482,143 RSUs to certain employees. These awards were made in accordance with the long-term equity component of the Company’s incentive compensation plan, the details of which are described in more detail in the remuneration section of the Directors’ Report. Share based payment expense for RSUs awarded was calculated pursuant to AASB 2 / IFRS 2. The fair values of RSUs were estimated at the date they were approved by the Board of Directors, 19 April 2013 and 15 October 2012 (the measurement dates). As at 30 June 2012, the 5 December 2011 awards had been approved but not yet issued. All unforfeited awards were issued to employees upon finalisation of the plan documents, which occurred in December 2012. The value of the vested portion of these awards has been recognised within the financial statements. This information is summarised for the Group for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively, below:

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

 

 

 

Number
of RSUs

 

Weighted Average
Fair Value at
Measurement Date

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

2,090,893

 

A$0.59

 

Issued

 

1,237,994

 

A$0.91

 

Converted to ordinary shares

 

(1,511,511

)

A$0.76

 

Forfeited

 

(113,069

)

A$0.76

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

1,704,307

 

A$0.83

 

 

F-89



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

 

 

Number
of RSUs

 

Weighted Average
Fair Value at
Measurement Date

 

Awarded, but not yet issued (beginning of period)*

 

910,000

 

A$0.38

 

Forfeited prior to finalisation of plan*

 

(301,250

)

A$0.38

 

Formally issued (in addition to unissued units at beginning of period)

 

1,482,143

 

A$0.68

 

Forfeited subsequent to finalisation of plan

 

 

 

Converted to ordinary shares

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of period

 

2,090,893

 

A$0.59

 

Vested at end of period

 

765,286

 

A$0.48

 

 


*                                          RSUs awarded, but not yet issued at beginning of period were issued upon finalisation of the plan during the period ended 31 December 2012 and are included in the total outstanding at end of period (net of forfeited units).

 

The following tables summarise the RSUs issued and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively:

 

RSUs awarded during the year ended 31 December 2013:

 

Grant Date

 

Number
of RSUs

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

19 April 2013

 

863,746

 

$

789

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

28 May 2013

 

374,248

 

$

354

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

1,237,994

 

$

1,143

 

 

 

 

RSUs issued during the six month period ended 31 December 2012:

 

Grant Date

 

Number
of RSUs

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

15 October 2012

 

1,080,358

 

$

809

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

29 November 2012

 

401,785

 

$

340

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

1,482,143

 

$

1,149

 

 

 

 

Upon vesting, and after a certain administrative period, the RSUs are converted to ordinary shares of the Company. Once converted to ordinary shares, the RSUs are no longer restricted. As the daily closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares approximates its estimated fair value at that time, the Company used the grant date closing price to estimate the fair value of the RSUs.

 

NOTE 32—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

N Martin was previously a partner of Minter Ellison Lawyers and is now a consultant for Minter Ellison Lawyers as well as a Director of the Company. Minter Ellison Lawyers were paid a total of $0.2 million and $0.1 million for legal services for the year and six month period ended 31 December 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 33—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

a)                                      Financial Risk Management Policies

 

The Group is exposed to a variety of financial market risks including interest rate, commodity prices, foreign exchange and liquidity risk. The Group’s risk management strategy focuses on the volatility of commodity markets and protecting cash flow in the event of declines in commodity pricing. The Group utilises derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to

 

F-90



Table of Contents

 

fluctuations in interest rates and commodity prices. The Group’s financial instruments consist mainly of deposits with banks, short term investments, accounts receivable, derivative financial instruments, finance facility, and payables. The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group operations.

 

i)                                          Treasury Risk Management

 

Financial risk management is carried out by Management. The Board sets financial risk management policies and procedures by which Management are to adhere. Management identifies and evaluates all financial risks and enters into financial risk instruments to mitigate these risk exposures in accordance with the policies and procedures outlined by the Board.

 

ii)                                       Financial Risk Exposure and Management

 

Interest rate risk is managed with a mixture of fixed and floating rate cash deposits. As at 31 December 2013 and 2012 approximately nil of Group deposits are fixed. It is the policy of the Group to keep surplus cash in interest yielding deposits.

 

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its borrowings. Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates.

 

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group entered into US dollar denominated interest rate swaps which fix the interest rate associated with the credit facilities to protect against the floating LIBOR rates through 2017.

 

As at 31 December 2013 the Group had interest rate swaps with a notional contract amount of $15.0 million (2012: nil).

 

The net fair value of interest rate swaps at 31 December 2013 was relatively immaterial, comprising long-term assets of $0.2 million and current liabilities of $0.1 million. These amounts were recognised as fair value derivatives.

 

iii)                                    Commodity Price Risk Exposure and Management

 

The Board actively reviews oil and gas hedging on a monthly basis. Reports providing detailed analysis of the Group’s hedging activity are continually monitored against Group policy. The Group sells its oil on market using Nymex and LLS market spot rates reduced for basis differentials in the basins from which the Company produces. Gas is sold using Henry Hub and Houston Ship Channel market spot prices. Forward contracts are used by the Group to manage its forward commodity price risk exposure. The Group’s policy is to hedge less than 50% of anticipated future oil and gas production for up to 24 months. The Group may hedge over 50% or beyond 24 months with approval of the Board. The Group has not elected to utilise hedge accounting treatment and changes in fair value are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Commodity Hedge Contracts outstanding as at 31 December 2013

 

Contract Type

 

Counterparty

 

Basis

 

Quantity/mo

 

Strike Price

 

Term

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

2.500 BBL

 

$80.00/$98.25

 

1-Jul-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

3,000 BBL

 

$90.00/$99.75

 

1-Jul-13 - 30-Jun-14

 

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

3,000 BBL

 

$85.00/$94.75

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

2,000 BBL

 

$97.40

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

2,000 BBL

 

$75.00/$98.65

 

1-Jan-15 - 31-Dec-15

 

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

2,000 BBL

 

$90.00/$102.85

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Wells Fargo

 

NYMEX

 

2,000 BBL

 

$80.00/$97.00

 

1-Jan-15 - 31-Dec-15

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$90.00/$102.00

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$90.00/$101.30

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

2,000 BBL

 

$85.00/$102.00

 

1-Jul-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$85.00/$101.05

 

1-Jan-15 - 31-Dec-15

 

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$101.75

 

1-Jul-13 - 30-Jun-14

 

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$100.15

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Swap

 

Wells Fargo

 

LLS

 

3,000 BBL

 

$102.30

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

HH

 

20,000 MCF

 

$4.23

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

HSC

 

10,000 MCF

 

$3.75/$4.60

 

1-Jan-14 - 31-Dec-14

 

 

F-91



Table of Contents

 

b)                                      Net Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

The net fair value of cash and cash equivalent and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and financial liabilities of the consolidated entity approximate their carrying value.

 

The net fair value of other monetary financial assets and financial liabilities is based on discounting future cash flows by the current interest rates for assets and liabilities with similar risk profiles. The balances are not materially different from those disclosed in the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group.

 

c)                                       Credit Risk

 

Credit risk for the Group arises from investments in cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers including outstanding receivables and committed transactions, and represents the potential financial loss if counterparties fail to perform as contracted. The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties.

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk, excluding the value of any collateral or other security, at balance date to recognise the financial assets, is the carrying amount, net of any impairment of those assets, as disclosed in the balance sheet and notes to the financial statements.

 

The Group does not have any material credit risk exposure to any single debtor or group of debtors under financial instruments entered into by the consolidated entity.

 

d)                                      Liquidity Risk

 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an adequate committed credit facility. The Company aims to maintain flexibility in funding to meet ongoing operational requirements and exploration and development expenditures by keeping a committed credit facility available.

 

The Company has the following commitments related to its non-derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2013 (in 000s):

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Trade and other payable

 

$

62,811

 

$

62,811

 

$

 

$

 

Accrued expenses

 

77,716

 

77,716

 

 

 

Credit facilities payments

 

37,037

 

1,600

 

35,437

 

 

Total

 

$

177,564

 

$

142,127

 

$

35,437

 

$

 

 

F-92



Table of Contents

 

The Company has the following commitments related to its non-derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2012 (in 000s):

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

Trade and other payable

 

$

38,770

 

$

38,770

 

$

 

$

 

Accrued expenses

 

13,072

 

13,072

 

 

 

Credit facilities payments

 

30,000

 

 

30,000

 

 

Total

 

$

81,842

 

$

51,842

 

$

30,000

 

$

 

 

e)                                       Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises three types of risk: commodity price risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and borrowings, deposits, trade receivables, trade payables, accrued liabilities and derivative financial instruments.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices on the mix of oil and gas products it produce.

 

Commodity Price Risk Sensitivity Analysis

 

The table below summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been designated as hedges and are and therefore fair valued through profit and loss. The analysis assumes that the crude oil and natural gas price moves $10 per barrel and $0.50 per mcf, with all other variables remaining constant, respectively.

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Change in profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

Oil

 

 

 

 

 

—improvement in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

$

(2,351

)

$

(702

)

—decline in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

1,477

 

840

 

Gas

 

 

 

 

 

—improvement in US$ gas price of $0.50 per mcf

 

$

(124

)

$

(60

)

—decline in US$ gas price of $0.50 per mcf

 

180

 

60

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of the future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

Based on the net debt position as at 31 December 2013, taking into account interest rate swaps, with all other variables remaining constant, the following table represents the effect on income as a result of changes in the interest rate. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax.

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six month ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Change in profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

—increase in interest rates + 2%

 

$

(177

)

$

(157

)

—decrease in interest rates - 2%

 

 

157

 

 

F-93



Table of Contents

 

This assumes that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the financial year and the net debt position and fixed/floating mix is constant over the year. However, interest rates and the debt profile of the Group are unlikely to remain constant and therefore the above sensitivity analysis will be subject to change.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency arising from transactions in currencies other than the Group’s functional currency (US$).

 

NOTE 34—PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION

 

a)                                      Cost Basis

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

1,962

 

$

1,490

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

173,633

 

134,094

 

Non-current assets

 

42,840

 

 

Total assets

 

$

218,435

 

$

135,584

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

425

 

$

127

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

425

 

127

 

Total net assets

 

$

218,010

 

$

135,457

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

237,008

 

58,694

 

Share options reserve

 

386

 

386

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(20,509

)

925

 

Retained earnings (loss)

 

1,125

 

75,452

 

Total equity

 

$

218,010

 

$

135,457

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period

 

$

275

 

$

(241

)

Other comprehensive income

 

(31,307

)

 

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

$

(31,032

)

$

(241

)

 

b)                                      Equity Basis

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

1,962

 

$

1,490

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

302,864

 

150,453

 

Non-current assets

 

42,840

 

 

Total assets

 

$

347,666

 

$

151,943

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

425

 

$

127

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

425

 

127

 

 

F-94



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Total net assets

 

$

347,241

 

$

151,816

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

237,008

 

58,694

 

Share options reserve

 

5,635

 

4,045

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(1,516

)

(1,095

)

Retained earnings (loss)

 

106,114

 

90,172

 

Total equity

 

$

347,241

 

$

151,816

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period before equity in income of subsidiaries

 

$

275

 

$

(241

)

Equity in income of subsidiaries

 

15,667

 

76,451

 

Other comprehensive income

 

(421

)

(154

)

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

$

15,521

 

$

76,056

 

 

c)                                       Cash Flow

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

$

(42,934

)

$

(1,655

)

Cash flow from investing activities

 

(136,890

)

11

 

Cash flow from financing activities

 

179,904

 

716

 

 

NOTE 35—DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE

 

Pursuant to Class Order 98/1418, the wholly-owned subsidiary, Armadillo Petroleum Limited (“APL”), is relieved from the Corporations Act 2001 requirements for preparation, audit and lodgement of its financial reports.

 

As a condition of the Class Order, SEAL and APL (“the Closed Group”) have entered into a Deed of Cross Guarantee (“Deed”). The effect of the Deed is that SEAL has guaranteed to pay any deficiency in the event of the winding up of APL under certain provision of the Corporations Act 2001 . APL has also given a similar guarantee in the event that SEAL is wound up.

 

The Closed Group was formed in 2013; therefore, there is no comparable information.

 

Set out below is a consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and retained earnings for the year ended 31 December 2013 of the Closed Group:

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Profit / (loss) before income tax

 

$

(1,497

)

Income tax benefit

 

1,780

 

Profit attributable to members of SEAL

 

$

283

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to members of SEAL

 

$

(18,924

)

Retained earnings at 1 January

 

$

849

 

Retained earnings at 31 December

 

$

1,132

 

 

F-95



Table of Contents

 

Set out below is a condensed consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2013 of the Closed Group:

 

 

 

31 December 2013
US$’000

 

Current assets

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,558

 

Other current assets

 

2,200

 

Total current assets

 

3,758

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

170

 

Related party note receivable

 

40,537

 

Other non-current assets

 

174,240

 

Total non-current assets

 

214,947

 

Total assets

 

$

218,705

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

176

 

Accrued expenses

 

302

 

Total current liabilities

 

478

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

4

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

4

 

Total liabilities

 

$

482

 

Net assets

 

$

218,223

 

Equity

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

$

237,008

 

Share option reserve

 

386

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(20,303

)

Retained earnings

 

1,132

 

Total equity

 

$

218,223

 

 

NOTE 36—EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

 

In May 2014, the Company entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to divest of its remaining Denver-Julesburg Basin assets. The sale price of $116 million in cash includes capital expenditure reimbursement on 8 gross (3.1 net) non- operated horizontal wells. The sale is expected to close in the third quarter of 2014.

 

In July 2014, the Company acquired the working interests in 9,200 gross (5,700 net) and 18,000 gross (5,400 net) mineral acres in Dimmit and Maverick Counties, Texas, respectively. The purchase price includes an initial cash payment of $33 million and a commitment to drill four Eagle Ford wells. In addition, the Company has the option, at its sole discretion, to acquire the Seller’s remaining working interests in Dimmit and Maverick Counties, Texas (including the Seller’s interest in producing wells) for an additional $45 million (comprised of the Seller’s choice of all cash or cash and ordinary shares, with certain restrictions).

 

In May 2014, the Company’s borrowing capacity under its Credit Facilities increased from $63 million to $135 million. Contemporaneously with and subsequent to the borrowing base redetermination, the Company drew an additional $50 million of net debt under its Credit Facilities, which increased the debt outstanding to $80 million as of June 30, 2014.

 

In April 2014, the Company acquired approximately 4,800 net acres in the Eagle Ford for an initial purchase price of approximately $10.5 million and two separate earn out payments due upon commencement of drilling ($7.7 million) and payout of the first six wells drilled on the acreage ($7.7 million). The term of the agreement is two years and provides a one year extension for $500 per acre extended. This acreage is adjacent to the Company’s current acreage in McMullen County, Texas.

 

F-96



Table of Contents

 

In February 2014, the Company completed a placement of 84.2 million ordinary shares at A$0.95 per share, raising A$80.0 million. The first tranche of 63.7 million shares were issued in March 2014 and the second tranche of 20.5 million shares were issued in April 2014. The placement was undertaken after the Company chose not to proceed with its U.S. initial public offering as it did not meet the goals and objectives of the proposed issue. As a result, the Company expensed all transaction costs incurred on the initial public offering as at 31 December 2013 of $2.1 million.

 

After year-end, there was a well site accident in which two employees of a sub-contractor were injured. One of those employees subsequently passed away from their injuries. Due to various available indemnities and applicable insurance coverage, the Company believes the resolution of any potential claims that may ultimately name the Company as a defendant will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations

 

NOTE 37—UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS DISCLOSURES

 

Costs Incurred

 

The following table sets forth the capitalised costs incurred in our oil and gas production, exploration, and development activities:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

Property Acquisition Costs

 

 

 

 

 

Proved(1)

 

$

158,116

 

$

986

 

Unproved(1)

 

60,690

 

23,330

 

Exploration costs

 

1,338

 

 

Development costs(2)

 

219,121

 

46,981

 

 

 

$

439,265

 

$

71,297

 

 


(1)                                  2013 property acquisition costs include acquisition date fair value of $157.2 million and $47.3 million for proved and unproved assets acquired related to the Texon merger, which was primarily a non-cash business combination.

 

(2)                                  2013 development costs include $55.6 million of costs associated with non-producing wells in progress as at 31 December 2013. These wells in progress were either drilling, waiting on hydraulic fracturing or production testing at year-end.

 

Oil and Gas Reserve Information

 

Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (“NSAI”), an independent petroleum engineering consulting firm, prepared all of the total future net revenue discounted at 10% attributable to the total interest owned by the Company as at 31 December 2013 and 2012. The individual primarily responsible for overseeing the review is a Senior Vice President with NSAI and a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas with over 30 years of experience in oil and gas reservoir studies and evaluations.

 

Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas, which, by analysis of geosciences and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.

 

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and projecting future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. The estimation of our proved reserves employs one or more of the following: production trend extrapolation, analogy, volumetric assessment and material balance analysis. Techniques including review of production and pressure histories, analysis of electric logs and fluid tests, and interpretations of geologic and geophysical data are also involved in this estimation process.

 

F-97



Table of Contents

 

The following reserve data represents estimates only and should not be construed as being exact.

 

 

 

Oil
(MBbl)

 

Natural
Gas
(MMcf)

 

NGL(1)
(MBbl)

 

Total Oil
Equivalents
(MBbl)

 

Total proved reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 2012

 

7,979

 

13,052

 

 

10,155

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

(556

)

(1,205

)

 

(757

)

Extensions and discoveries

 

1,597

 

4,322

 

 

2,317

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

827

 

5,797

 

 

1,793

 

Production

 

(195

)

(233

)

 

(234

)

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(3,894

)

(4,845

)

 

(4,702

)

31 December 2012

 

5,758

 

16,888

 

 

8,572

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

(1,160

)

(4,091

)

74

 

(1,767

)

Extensions and discoveries

 

7,081

 

16,270

 

1,946

 

11,739

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

3,857

 

4,674

 

758

 

5,393

 

Production

 

(827

)

(934

)

(96

)

(1,079

)

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(1,753

)

(2,152

)

 

(2,111

)

31 December 2013

 

12,956

 

30,655

 

2,683

 

20,747

 

Proved developed reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 2012

 

2,564

 

4,905

 

 

3,382

 

31 December 2012

 

1,932

 

5,242

 

 

2,805

 

31 December 2013

 

4,140

 

10,765

 

1,087

 

7,021

 

Proved undeveloped reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 2012

 

5,415

 

8,147

 

 

6,773

 

31 December 2012

 

3,826

 

11,646

 

 

5,767

 

31 December 2013

 

8,816

 

19,890

 

1,596

 

13,726

 

 


(1)                                  Prior to the year ended 31 December 2013, the Company’s NGL Proved Reserves were insignificant; and as such, were included in Natural Gas Proved Reserves and not separately reported in the Company’s reserve report.

 

Depletable Reserve Base

 

In accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the Company includes economically recoverable reserves as its depletable Reserve base used for its depletion calculation. With the exception of its Eagle Ford formation, the Company uses only Proved Developed Reserves in its depletable Reserve base. In addition to Proved Developed Reserves, the Company included Probable Developed Reserves of 887.3 MBoe in its Eagle Ford depletable Reserve base used for its six-month ended 31 December 2013 depletion calculation. The Proved and Probable Developed Reserves represent managements’ best estimate of economically recoverable reserves associated with developed properties located in the Eagle Ford formation.

 

Revisions of Previous Estimates

 

The Company’s previous estimates of Proved Reserves related to the Denver-Julesburg decreased by 1,431 MBoe in 2013 (81 percent of the Company’s total revisions of previous estimate). This decrease was due to adjusted forecasts for the Denver-Julesburg.

 

F-98



Table of Contents

 

Extensions and Discoveries

 

During the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, we added 2,317 MBoe through extensions and discoveries. Of these additions, approximately 1,522, 306 and 489 MBoe were attributable to our Wattenberg, Bakken and Mississippian/Woodford assets, respectively.

 

As a result of the Company’s active 2013 drilling programs in its Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford formations, the Proved Reserves had extensions and discoveries of 5,378 MBoe 4,252 MBoe, which represent 46 and 36 percent of the Company’s total extensions and discoveries, respectively.

 

Purchase of Reserves In-Place

 

During the six-months ended December 31, 2012, our purchase of reserves were located in the Machii Ross project of the Wattenberg.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our purchase of reserves were located in the Eagle Ford.

 

Sales of Reserves In-Place

 

During the six-months ended December 31, 2012, our sales of reserves were located in the South Antelope prospect of the Bakken.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, our sales of reserves were located in the Phoenix prospect of the Bakken.

 

Standardized Measure of Future Net Cash Flow

 

The Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Natural Gas Reserves (“Standardized Measure”) does not purport, nor should it be interpreted, to present the fair value of a company’s proved oil and natural gas reserves. Fair value would require, among other things, consideration of expected future economic and operating conditions, a discount factor more representative of the time value of money, and risks inherent in reserve estimates.

 

Under the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows are based upon the forecasted future production of year-end proved reserves. Future cash inflows are then reduced by estimated future production and development costs to determine net pre-tax cash flow. Future income taxes are computed by applying the statutory tax rate to the excess of pre-tax cash flow over our tax basis in the associated oil and gas properties. Tax credits and permanent differences are also considered in the future income tax calculation. Future net cash flow after income taxes is discounted using a 10% annual discount rate to arrive at the Standardized Measure.

 

The following summary sets forth our Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

Cash inflows

 

$

1,407,871

 

$

594,549

 

Production costs

 

(393,300

)

(198,304

)

Development costs

 

(382,259

)

(113,531

)

Income tax expense

 

(137,994

)

(51,408

)

Net cash flow

 

494,318

 

231,306

 

10% annual discount rate

 

(226,155

)

(115,759

)

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flow

 

$

268,163

 

$

115,547

 

 

F-99



Table of Contents

 

The following are the principal sources of change in the Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

Standardized Measure, beginning of period

 

$

115,547

 

$

137,285

 

Sales, net of production costs

 

(66,962

)

(13,642

)

Net change in sales prices, net of production costs

 

6,450

 

(4,997

)

Extensions and discoveries, net of future production and development costs

 

182,267

 

41,481

 

Changes in future development costs

 

16,222

 

(3,565

)

Previously estimated development costs incurred during the period

 

13,854

 

33,714

 

Revision of quantity estimates

 

(33,809

)

(15,138

)

Accretion of discount

 

13,558

 

17,442

 

Change in income taxes

 

(48,786

)

17,098

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

131,043

 

7,626

 

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(36,935

)

(87,374

)

Change in production rates and other

 

(24,286

)

(14,383

)

Standardized Measure, end of period

 

$

268,163

 

$

115,547

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of PV10 to the Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

PV10 of proved reserves

 

$

336,984

 

$

135,582

 

Present value of future income tax discounted at 10%

 

(68,821

)

(20,035

)

Standardized Measure

 

$

268,163

 

$

115,547

 

 

Impact of Pricing

 

The estimates of cash flows and reserve quantities shown above are based upon the unweighted average first-day-of-the-month prices. If future gas sales are covered by contracts at specified prices, the contract prices would be used. Fluctuations in prices are due to supply and demand and are beyond our control.

 

The following average prices were used in determining the Standardized Measure as at:

 

 

 

Year ended
31 December 2013

 

Six months ended
31 December 2012

 

Oil price per Bbl

 

$

94.55

 

$

94.71

 

Gas price per Mcf

 

$

3.45

 

$

2.75

 

NGL price per Bbl

 

$

28.78

 

N/A

 

 

The Company calculates the projected income tax effect using the “year- by-year” method for purposes of the supplemental oil and gas disclosures.

 

F-100



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Sundance Energy Australia Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the half year ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited at December 31, 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the half year ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young

 

 

 

680 George Street

 

Sydney NSW 2000 Australia

 

GP Box 2646 Sydney NSW 2001

 

 

 

October 18, 2013

 

 

F-101



Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Sundance Energy Australia Limited

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sundance Energy Australia Limited and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

 

 

707 17 th  Street

 

Denver, Colorado 80202

 

 

 

October 18, 2013

 

 

F-102



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

Note

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and gas sales revenue

 

 

 

$

17,724

 

$

29,787

 

Lease operating and production expenses

 

2

 

(4,082

)

(6,355

)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

 

 

(6,116

)

(11,111

)

Employee benefits expense

 

 

 

(2,801

)

(4,318

)

Administrative expense

 

3

 

(3,009

)

(2,545

)

Interest received

 

 

 

15

 

263

 

Finance costs

 

18

 

(593

)

(152

)

Impairment of non-current assets

 

 

 

 

(357

)

Gain on sale of non-current assets

 

4

 

122,327

 

3,004

 

(Loss)/gain on commodity hedging

 

 

 

(639

)

1,945

 

Realised currency (loss)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Profit before income tax

 

 

 

122,826

 

10,157

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

(46,616

)

(4,145

)

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

76,210

 

6,012

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations (no income tax effect)

 

 

 

(154

)

(247

)

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

 

$

76,056

 

$

5,765

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings

 

8

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.02

 

Diluted earnings

 

8

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.02

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-103



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

AS AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

Note

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

9

 

$

154,110

 

$

15,328

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10

 

15,672

 

12,352

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

11

 

617

 

1,331

 

Other current assets

 

12

 

5,025

 

1,680

 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

175,424

 

30,691

 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production assets

 

13

 

79,729

 

87,274

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure

 

14

 

33,439

 

11,436

 

Plant and equipment

 

15

 

423

 

418

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

11

 

 

476

 

Other non-current assets

 

16

 

2,420

 

21

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

116,011

 

99,625

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

$

291,435

 

$

130,316

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

17

 

38,770

 

22,056

 

Accrued expenses

 

17

 

13,072

 

8,337

 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

51,842

 

30,393

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility, net of $430 and $345 of deferred financing fees, respectively

 

18

 

29,570

 

14,655

 

Restoration provision

 

19

 

1,228

 

588

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

20

 

56,979

 

10,476

 

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

87,777

 

25,719

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

$

139,619

 

$

56,112

 

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

$

151,816

 

$

74,204

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

21

 

$

58,694

 

$

57,978

 

Share option reserve

 

22

 

4,045

 

3,205

 

Foreign currency translation

 

22

 

(1,095

)

(941

)

Retained earnings

 

 

 

90,172

 

13,962

 

TOTAL EQUITY

 

 

 

$

151,816

 

$

74,204

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-104



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

Consolidated Group

 

Issued
Capital
US$’000

 

Retained
Earnings
US$’000

 

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Reserve
US$’000

 

Share
Option
Reserve
US$’000

 

Total
US$’000

 

Balance at 30 June 2011

 

$

57,831

 

$

7,950

 

$

(694

)

$

2,380

 

$

67,467

 

Shares issued during the year

 

147

 

 

 

 

147

 

Stock compensation, value of services

 

 

 

 

825

 

825

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

6,012

 

 

 

6,012

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(247

)

 

(247

)

Balance at 30 June 2012

 

57,978

 

13,962

 

(941

)

3,205

 

74,204

 

Shares issued during the period

 

716

 

 

 

 

716

 

Stock compensation, value of services

 

 

 

 

840

 

840

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

 

 

76,210

 

 

 

76,210

 

Other comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

(154

)

 

(154

)

Balance at 31 December 2012

 

$

58,694

 

$

90,172

 

$

(1,095

)

$

4,045

 

$

151,816

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-105



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

Note

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receipts from sales

 

 

 

$

11,648

 

$

20,987

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

 

 

 

(2,886

)

(8,900

)

Interest received

 

 

 

16

 

263

 

Derivative proceeds (payments)

 

 

 

608

 

(297

)

Income taxes (paid)/refunded

 

 

 

 

(221

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

26

 

9,386

 

11,832

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for development expenditure

 

 

 

(32,551

)

(34,833

)

Payments for exploration expenditure

 

 

 

(8,031

)

(5,685

)

Payments for acquisition of oil and gas properties

 

 

 

(11,470

)

 

Sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

173,822

 

4,679

 

Transaction costs related to sale of non-current assets

 

 

 

(862

)

 

Payments to establish escrow related to acquisition

 

 

 

(6,230

)

 

Payments for plant and equipment

 

 

 

(107

)

(310

)

NET CASH (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

114,571

 

(36,149

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from the issue of shares

 

 

 

716

 

147

 

Payments for acquisition related costs

 

 

 

(192

)

 

Borrowing costs, including capitalised financing fees

 

 

 

(678

)

(408

)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

45,000

 

15,000

 

Payments of borrowings

 

 

 

(30,000

)

 

Realised currency (loss)

 

 

 

 

(5

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

14,846

 

14,734

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash held

 

 

 

138,803

 

(9,583

)

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

15,328

 

25,244

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

 

(21

)

(333

)

CASH AT END OF PERIOD

 

9

 

$

154,110

 

$

15,328

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-106



Table of Contents

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FOR DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND

THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD THEN ENDED

 

NOTE 1—STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The financial report includes the consolidated financial statements and notes of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (SEAL) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc. (collectively, the ‘Company,’ ‘Consolidated Group’ or ‘Group’).

 

Basis of Preparation

 

The financial report is a general purpose financial report that has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards, Australian Accounting Interpretations, other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the Corporations Act 2001.

 

These consolidated financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Material accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this financial report are presented below. They have been consistently applied unless otherwise stated.

 

Change in reporting period

 

Effective 1 July 2012, the Company changed its financial year end from 30 June to 31 December. This change resulted in the current reporting period being a six-month period. The six-month period ended 31 December 2012 is a shorter reporting period than that of the year ended 30 June 2012, which is the previous reporting period shown in these financial statements; therefore, the amounts presented in the financial statements are not entirely comparable.

 

Change in presentation currency

 

The Group’s cash flows and economic returns are principally denominated in US Dollars. From 1 July 2011, SEAL changed the currency in which it presents its consolidated and parent Company Financial Statements from Australian Dollars to US Dollars.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

A controlled entity is any entity over which SEAL has the power to govern the financial and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing the power to govern, the existence and effect of holdings of actual and potential voting rights are considered. The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by SEAL as at 31 December 2012 and the results of all controlled entities for the financial period then ended.

 

All inter-group balances and transactions between entities in the Group, including any recognised profits or losses, have been eliminated on consolidation.

 

a)                                      Income Tax

 

The income tax expense for the period comprises current income tax expense/(income) and deferred tax expense/(income).

 

Current income tax expense charged to the statement of profit or loss is the tax payable on taxable income calculated using applicable income tax rates enacted, or substantially enacted, as at the reporting date. Current tax liabilities/(assets) are therefore measured at the amounts expected to be paid to/(recovered from) the relevant taxation authority.

 

Deferred income tax expense reflects movements in deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability balances during the period as well as unused tax losses. Current and deferred income tax expense/(income) is charged or credited directly to equity instead of the statement of profit or loss when the tax relates to items that are credited or charged directly to equity.

 

F-107



Table of Contents

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are ascertained based on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets also result where amounts have been fully expensed but future tax deductions are available. No deferred income tax will be recognised from the initial recognition of an asset or liability, excluding a business combination, where there is no effect on accounting or taxable profit or loss.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset recognised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Their measurement also reflects the manner in which management expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of the related asset or liability.

 

Deferred tax assets relating to temporary differences and unused tax losses are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the benefits of the deferred tax asset can be utilised.

 

Where temporary differences exist in relation to investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, and joint ventures, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is not probable that the reversal will occur in the foreseeable future.

 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists and it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right of set-off exists, the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities where it is intended that net settlement or simultaneous realisation and settlement of the respective asset and liability will occur in future periods in which significant amounts of deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

b)                                      Development Assets and Plant and Equipment

 

Development assets and plant and equipment are carried at cost less where applicable, any accumulated depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses. The initial measurement of development and production assets subject to depreciation and amortisation include developed leasehold costs, intangible and tangible drilling and completion costs, allocated drilling overhead, capitalised finance costs and the estimated fair value of restoration provisions as at the date of each wells’ initial production. The initial measurement of development and production assets not subject to depreciation and amoritsation include similar costs of wells that have not had initial production as at the date of the statement of financial position. The initial measurement of plant and equipment assets include primarily office and computer equipment.

 

The carrying amount of development assets and plant and equipment are reviewed semi-annually to ensure that they are not in excess of the recoverable amount from these assets. The recoverable amount is assessed on the basis of the expected net cash flows that will be received from the assets employment and subsequent disposal. The expected net cash flows have been discounted to their present values in determining recoverable amounts.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of profit or loss during the financial period in which are they are incurred.

 

Depreciation / Amortisation

 

Fixed assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their useful lives from the time the asset is held and ready for use. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of either the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

 

F-108



Table of Contents

 

The depreciation rates used for each class of depreciable assets are:

 

Class of Non-Current

 

Asset Depreciation

 

Rate Basis of Depreciation

 

Plant and Equipment

 

10 - 33

%

Straight Line

 

 

The Group uses the units of production method to amortise costs carried forward in relation to its development assets. For this approach, the calculation is based upon proved developed reserves.

 

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These gains and losses are included in the statement of profit or loss.

 

c)                                       Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditure incurred is accumulated in respect of each identifiable area of interest. The initial measurement of these costs include the acquisition of rights to explore and mineral rights, various topographical, geological, geochemical and geophysical studies and other expenditures associated with finding specific mineral resources. These costs are only carried forward to the extent that they are expected to be recouped through the successful development of the area or where activities in the area have not yet reached a stage that permits reasonable assessment of the existence of economically recoverable reserves.

 

Accumulated costs in relation to an abandoned area are written off in full against profit in the year in which the decision to abandon the area is made.

 

When production commences, the accumulated costs for the relevant area of interest are transferred to production assets and amortised over the life of the area according to the rate of depletion of the economically recoverable reserves.

 

A regular review is undertaken of each area of interest to determine the appropriateness of continuing to carry forward costs in relation to that area of interest.

 

d)                                      Leases

 

Leases of fixed assets where substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to the ownership of the asset, but not the legal ownership that are transferred to entities in the consolidated group, are classified as finance leases.

 

Finance leases are capitalised by recording an asset and a liability at the lower of the amounts equal to the fair value of the leased property or the present value of the minimum lease payments, including any guaranteed residual values. Lease payments are allocated between the reduction of the lease liability and the lease interest expense for the period.

 

Leased assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the lease term. Lease payments for operating leases, where substantially all the risks and benefits remain with the lessor, are charged as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

 

Lease incentives under operating leases are recognised as a liability and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term.

 

e)                                       Financial Instruments

 

Recognition and Initial Measurement

 

Financial instruments, incorporating financial assets and financial liabilities, are recognised when the entity becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Trade date accounting is adopted for financial assets that are delivered within timeframes established by marketplace convention.

 

F-109



Table of Contents

 

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value plus transactions costs where the instrument is not classified as at fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs related to instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss are expensed to profit or loss immediately. Financial instruments are classified and measured as set out below.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to changes in commodity prices arising in the normal course of business. The principal derivatives that may be used are commodity crude oil price swap, option, and costless collar contracts. Their use is subject to policies and procedures as approved by the Board of Directors. The Group does not trade in derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at cost, which approximates fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivate financial instruments are recognised at fair value. The derivatives are valued on a mark to market valuation and the gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised through the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Derecognition

 

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual right to receipt of cash flows expires or the asset is transferred to another party whereby the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and benefits associated with the asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled or expire. The difference between the carrying value of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash assets or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

 

i)                                          Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss when they are held for trading for the purpose of short term profit taking, when they are derivatives not held for hedging purposes, or designated as such to avoid an accounting mismatch or to enable performance evaluation where a group of financial assets is managed by key management personnel on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

 

ii)                                       Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iii)                                    Held-to-maturity investments

 

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets that have fixed maturities and fixed or determinable payments, and it is the Group’s intention to hold these investments to maturity. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

iv)                                   Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such or that are not classified in any of the other categories. They comprise investments in the equity of other entities where there is neither a fixed maturity nor fixed determinable payments.

 

v)                                      Financial liabilities

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities (excluding financial guarantees) are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

 

F-110



Table of Contents

 

f)                                        Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

 

At each reporting date, the group reviews the carrying values of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have been impaired. If such an indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset, being the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use, is compared to the asset’s carrying value. Any excess of the asset’s carrying value over its recoverable amount is expensed to the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Impairment testing is performed annually for intangible assets with indefinite lives.

 

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

 

g)                                      Foreign Currency Transactions and Balances

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

The functional currency of each of the Group’s entities is measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars.

 

Transactions and Balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Non-monetary items measured at historical cost continue to be carried at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items measured at fair value are reported at the exchange rate at the date when fair values were determined.

 

Exchange differences arising on the translation of non-monetary items are recognised directly in equity to the extent that the gain or loss is directly recognised in equity, otherwise the exchange difference is recognised in the income statement of comprehensive income.

 

Group Companies

 

The financial results and position of foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the Group’s presentation currency are translated as follows:

 

·                   assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates prevailing at that reporting date;

 

·                   income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period; and

 

·                   retained profits are translated at the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.

 

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations are transferred directly to the Group’s foreign currency translation reserve in the statement of comprehensive income. These differences are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the operation is disposed.

 

h)                                      Employee Benefits

 

Provision is made for the Group’s liability for employee benefits arising from services rendered by employees to balance date. Employee benefits that are expected to be settled within one year have been measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liability is settled, plus related on-costs. Employee benefits payable later than one year have been measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made for these benefits. Those cash flows are discounted using market yields on national government bonds with terms to maturity that match the expected timing of cash flows.

 

Equity—Settled Compensation

 

The Group has an employee share option plan. The fair value of the options awarded are amortised as an expense in the statement of comprehensive income over their performance period. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the options at the grant date.

 

F-111



Table of Contents

 

Restricted Share Unit Plan

 

The group has a restricted share unit plan (RSU) to motivate management and employees to make decisions benefiting long-term value creation, retain management and employees and reward the achievement of the Group’s long-term goals. The RSUs are based on targets established and approved by the Board. Actual RSUs, awarded annually, are modified according to actual results and vest in four equal tranches beginning on the grant date.

 

i)                                         Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the group has a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of past events, for which it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will result and that outflow can be reliably measured.

 

j)                                         Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, unrestricted escrow accounts that management expects to be used to settle current liabilities, capital or operating expenditures, or complete acquisitions and bank overdrafts.

 

k)                                      Revenue

 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised upon the delivery of goods to customer. Interest revenue is recognised on a proportional basis taking into account the interest rates applicable to the financial assets.

 

Revenue from the rendering of a service is recognised upon the delivery of the service to the customers. All revenue is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST).

 

l)                                         Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are stated as amortised cost with any difference between cost and redemption being recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income over the period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis. No borrowing costs were capitalised in the six month period and year ended 31 December 2012 and 30 June 2012.

 

All other borrowing costs are recognised in income in the period in which they are incurred.

 

m)                                  Goods and Services Tax (GST)

 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables in the statement of financial position are shown inclusive of GST.

 

Cash flows are presented in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis, except for the GST component of investing and financing activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.

 

n)                                      Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

 

The Directors evaluate estimates and judgments incorporated into the financial report based on historical knowledge and best available current information. Estimates assume a reasonable expectation of future events and are based on current trends and economic data obtained both externally and within the Group.

 

F-112



Table of Contents

 

Key estimates

 

Estimates of reserve quantities

 

The estimated quantities of hydrocarbon reserves reported by the consolidated entity are integral to the calculation of amortisation (depletion), depreciation expense and to assessments of possible impairment of assets. Estimated reserve quantities are based upon interpretations of geological and geophysical models and assessment of the technical feasibility and commercial viability of producing the reserves. For purposes of the calculation of amortization (depletion), and depreciation and the assessment of possible impairment of assets, management prepares reserve estimates which conform to the definitions contained in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X. These assessments require assumptions to be made regarding future development and production costs, commodity prices, exchange rates and fiscal regimes. The estimates of reserves may change from period to period as the economic assumptions used to estimate the reserves can change from period to period, and as additional geological data is generated during the course of operations. These reserve estimates may differ from estimates prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding oil and natural gas reserve reporting including those presented in Note 33.

 

Exploration and Evaluation

 

The Company’s policy for exploration and evaluation is discussed in Note 1 (c). The application of this policy requires the Company to make certain estimates and assumptions as to future events and circumstances. Any such estimates and assumptions may change as new information becomes available. If, after having capitalised exploration and evaluation expenditure, the directors conclude that the capitalised expenditure is unlikely to be recovered by future sale or exploitation, then the relevant capitalised amount will be written off through the statement of comprehensive income.

 

Restoration Provision

 

A provision for rehabilitation and restoration is provided by the Group to meet all future obligations for the restoration and rehabilitation of oil and gas producing areas when oil and gas reserves are exhausted and the oil and gas fields are abandoned. Restoration liabilities are discounted to present value and capitalised as a component part of capitalised development expenditure. The capitalised costs are amortised over the life of the assets and the provision is revised at each balance date through the statement of profit or loss as the discounting of the liability unwinds.

 

o)                                      Change in Accounting Estimate

 

The same accounting policies and methods of computation have been followed in this financial report as were applied in the 30 June 2012 financial statements.

 

p)                                      Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements and associated notes to the financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

 

q)                                      Rounding of amounts

 

The company is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 issued by the Australian Securities and Investment Commission, relating to rounding of amounts in the financial statements. Amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand.

 

r)                                       Parent Entity Financial Information

 

The financial information for the parent entity, SEAL, discussed in Note 32, has been prepared on the same basis, using the same accounting policies as the consolidated financial statements.

 

s)                                        Earnings Per Share

 

The group presents basic and diluted earnings per share for its ordinary shares. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to

 

F-113



Table of Contents

 

ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the dilutive effect, if any, of outstanding share rights and share options which have been issued to employees.

 

t)                                         Adoption of New and Revised Accounting Standards

 

During the current reporting period the Group adopted all of the new and revised International Accounting Standards and Australia Accounting Standards and Interpretations applicable to its operations which became mandatory.

 

AASB 2011-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (IAS 1 Amendments)

 

The IAS 1 Amendments require an entity to group items presented in other comprehensive income into those that, in accordance with other IFRSs: (a) will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss and (b) will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met. It is applicable for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012. The Group’s management adopted this change in the current presentation of items in other comprehensive income. This adoption did not affect the measurement or recognition of such items.

 

Recently issued accounting standards to be applied in future reporting periods:

 

The following Standards and Interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Group’s assessment of the impact of these new standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations is set out below.

 

IFRS 9— Financial Instruments

 

IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification, measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015, and is available for early adoption.

 

IFRS 10— Consolidated Financial Statements

 

IFRS 10 replaces the guidance on control and consolidation in IAS 27— Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and Interpretation 12— Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities. IFRS 10 includes a new definition of control that focuses on the need to have both power and rights or exposure to variable returns.

 

IFRS 13— Fair Value Measurement

 

IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. The standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires more extensive disclosures than current standards. IFRS 13 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards to Remove Individual Key Management Personnel Disclosure

 

This standard removes the requirements to include individual key management personnel disclosures in the notes to and forming part of the Financial Report. AASB 2011-4 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2013.

 

AASB 2012-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising from Annual Improvements 2009-2011 Cycle

 

AASB 2012-5 makes amendments to several Australian Accounting Standards. These amendments primarily relate to clarification of narrative requirements for comparative information and segment disclosures for interim financial reports. AASB 2012-5 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.

 

The potential effect of these Standards is yet to be fully determined. However, it is not expected that the new or amended standards will significantly affect the Group’s financial position or performance.

 

The financial report was authorised for issue on 28 March 2013, by the Board of Directors.

 

F-114



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 2—LEASE OPERATING AND PRODUCTION EXPENSES

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Lease operating expense

 

$

(1,908

)

$

(2,921

)

Workover expense

 

(287

)

(180

)

Production taxes

 

(1,887

)

(3,254

)

 

 

$

(4,082

)

$

(6,355

)

 

NOTE 3—ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Accounting and company secretarial

 

$

(150

)

$

(271

)

Acquisition and merger related fees

 

(713

)

 

Audit fees

 

(145

)

(51

)

Professional fees

 

(929

)

(789

)

Travel

 

(280

)

(390

)

Rent

 

(181

)

(287

)

Share registry and listing fees

 

(75

)

(122

)

Other expenses

 

(536

)

(635

)

 

 

$

(3,009

)

$

(2,545

)

 

NOTE 4—GAIN ON SALE OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

On 27 September 2012, the Company sold all of its interest in properties located in the South Antelope field for $172.4 million. Prior to the disposition, the South Antelope development and production properties were part of the Williston Basin depletion base. To determine the carrying costs of the sold properties, the Company used the relative fair value of South Antelope proved developed reserves as compared to the Company’s total proved developed reserves in the Williston Basin. As a result, it was determined that approximately $49.4 million of the Company’s carrying costs related to its South Antelope development and production properties at the time of the disposal. In addition to the South Antelope development and production properties, the Purchaser acquired approximately $3.9 million of assets and assumed approximately $3.8 million of liabilities, which were removed from the Company’s statement of financial position at the time of the sale. The Company incurred approximately $0.9 million of legal and other transaction related costs. This sale resulted in a gain of $122.5 million. The Company also sold all of its properties in the Pawnee prospect for $0.9 million of proceeds, which resulted in a loss of $0.2 million. Both the South Antelope gain and the Pawnee loss on sale are included in the gain on sale of non-current assets in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the six month period ended 31 December 2012.

 

The Company elected to apply Section 1031 “like-kind exchange” treatment of the South Antelope sales proceeds under the US tax rules which allow deferral of the gain if the proceeds are used to acquire “like-kind property” within six months of the closing date of the transaction. In addition, the US tax rules allow the deduction of all intangible drilling costs (“IDCs”) in the period incurred. As at 31 December 2012, the Company expected to defer the majority of the taxable gain on the sale by acquiring qualified replacement properties or utilising IDCs from its development program. In March 2013, the Company completed a transaction in which the majority of the funds remaining in its Section 1031 escrow account were used to acquire oil and gas properties in connection with the Texon Scheme of Arrangement transaction discussed in more detail in Note 29. Management believes the properties acquired qualify as “like-kind property” under Section 1031 which will result in deferral of the majority of the gain associated with the South Antelope sale.

 

F-115



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 5—INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

a)

The components of income tax expense comprise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax benefit/(expense)

 

$

(11

)

$

242

 

 

Deferred tax expense

 

(46,605

)

(4,387

)

 

 

 

$

(46,616

)

$

(4,145

)

b)

The prima facie tax on income from ordinary activities before income tax is reconciled to the income tax as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

 

$

122,826

 

$

10,157

 

 

Prima facie tax expense on income from ordinary activities before income tax at 30%

 

$

36,848

 

$

3,047

 

 

Add:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

—difference of tax rate in US controlled entities

 

9,417

 

862

 

 

—employee options

 

44

 

276

 

 

—other allowable items

 

93

 

4

 

 

—previously unrecognised tax gains used to (reduce)/increase current tax expense

 

 

(139

)

 

—previously unrecognised tax losses used to (reduce)/increase current tax expense

 

 

 

 

—Acquisition related costs

 

214

 

 

 

—Deferred tax assets associated with capital raising costs recognised direct to equity but not meeting the recognition criteria

 

 

95

 

 

Income tax attributable to entity

 

$

46,616

 

$

4,145

 

c)

Unused tax losses and temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised at 30%

 

$

375

 

$

375

 

 

At December 31, 2012 the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for tax purposes of approximately $58.8 million and $54.5 million, respectively which will expire in 2030 through 2032. We believe that it is more likely than not that the carryforward will be utilized before it expires.

 

NOTE 6—KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL COMPENSATION

 

a)                                      Names and positions held of Consolidated Group key management personnel in office at any time during the financial period are:

 

Mr M Hannell

 

Chairman Non-executive

Mr E McCrady

 

Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director

Mr D Hannes

 

Director—Non-executive

Mr N Martin

 

Director—Non-executive

Mr W Holcombe

 

Director—Non-executive (appointed as Director on 19 December 2012)

Mr A Hunter III

 

Director—Executive (resigned as a Director on 13 July 2012)

Ms C Anderson

 

Chief Financial Officer

Mr C Gooden

 

Company Secretary

 

Other than employees of the Company listed above, there are no additional key management personnel.

 

b)                                      Key Management Personnel Compensation

 

Refer to the Remuneration Report contained in the Report of Directors’ for details of the remuneration paid or payable to each member of the Group’s key management personnel (KMP) for the six month period ended 31 December 2012 and year ended 30 June 2012.

 

The total of remuneration paid to KMP of the Group during the year is as follows:

 

F-116



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$ ‘000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$ ‘000

 

Short term wages and benefits

 

$

695

 

$

1,389

 

Equity settled-options based payments

 

262

 

496

 

Post-employment benefit

 

17

 

31

 

 

 

$

974

 

$

1,916

 

 

c)                                       Options Granted as Compensation

 

Options granted as compensation were zero ($nil fair value) and 1,000,000 ($0.2 million fair value) during the six month period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012, respectively, to KMP from the Sundance Energy Employee Stock Option Plan. Options generally vest in five equal tranches of 20% on the grant date and each of the four subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

d)                                      Restricted Share Units Granted as Compensation

 

Restricted share units (RSUs) awarded as compensation were 669,642 ($0.5 million fair value) and 776,000 ($0.3 million fair value) during the six month period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012, respectively, to KMP from the Sundance Energy Long Term Incentive Plan. RSUs generally vest in four equal tranches of 25% on the grant date and each of the three subsequent anniversaries of the grant date.

 

NOTE 7—AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Remuneration of the auditor for:

 

 

 

 

 

Auditing or review of the financial report

 

$

131

 

$

90

 

Non-audit services related to Texon acquisition

 

148

 

 

Taxation services provided by the practice of auditor

 

14

 

13

 

Total remuneration of the auditor

 

$

293

 

$

103

 

 

NOTE 8—EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Profit for periods used to calculate basic and diluted EPS

 

$

76,210

 

$

6,012

 

 

 

 

Number of
shares

 

Number of
shares

 

—Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year used in calculation of basic EPS

 

277,244,883

 

277,049,463

 

—Incremental shares related to options and restricted share units

 

2,896,496

 

1,900,976

 

—Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year used in calculation of diluted EPS

 

280,141,379

 

278,950,439

 

 

F-117



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 9—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Cash at bank and on hand

 

$

12,747

 

$

14,353

 

Cash equivalents in escrow accounts

 

141,363

 

 

Short term deposits

 

 

975

 

 

 

$

154,110

 

$

15,328

 

 

Included in cash equivalents, the Company has approximately $141.4 million in a Section 1031 escrow account which is not limited in use, except that the timing of tax payments will be accelerated if not used on qualified “like- kind property.” As such, the balance has been included in the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position and statement of cash flows as at 31 December 2012 and for the six month period then ended.

 

For the year ended 30 June 2012, the effective interest rate on short term bank deposits was 1.5% for the Group. 94% of deposits were at 24 hours call and the balance of deposits has an average maturity of 49 days. The Groups’ exposure to interest rate risk is summarised at Note 31.

 

NOTE 10—TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and gas sales

 

$

11,376

 

$

8,244

 

Trade receivables

 

4,185

 

3,940

 

Other

 

111

 

168

 

 

 

$

15,672

 

$

12,352

 

 

At 31 December and 30 June 2012, the Group had receivable balances of $8.6 million and $6.7 million, respectively, which were outside normal trading terms (the receivable was past due but not impaired). Due to the short term nature of these receivables, their carrying amounts are assumed to approximate their fair value.

 

NOTE 11—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS COMPRISE:

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

$

617

 

$

1,331

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

 

476

 

Total financial assets

 

$

617

 

$

1,807

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES COMPRISE:

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

$

 

$

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments—commodity contracts

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

 

$

 

$

 

 

F-118



Table of Contents

 

The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy groups financial assets and liabilities into three levels based on the significance of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy has the following levels:

 

Level 1:

 

quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:

 

inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

Level 3:

 

inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

The Level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of significant input to the fair value measurement. The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position are grouped into the fair value hierarchy as follows.

 

Consolidated 31 December 2012

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

617

 

$

 

$

617

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

$

 

$

617

 

$

 

$

617

 

 

Consolidated 30 June 2012

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

1,807

 

$

 

$

1,807

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

Net fair value

 

$

 

$

1,807

 

$

 

$

1,807

 

 

Measurement of Fair Value

 

The methods and valuation techniques used for the purpose of measuring fair value are unchanged compared to the previous reporting period.

 

a)                                      Derivatives

 

Where derivatives are traded either on exchanges or liquid over-the-counter markets the Group uses the closing price at the reporting date. Normally, the derivatives entered into by the Group are not traded in active markets. The fair values of these contracts are estimated using a valuation technique that maximises the use of observable market inputs, eg market exchange and interest rates (Level 2). Most derivatives entered into by the Group are included in Level 2 and consist of commodity contracts.

 

NOTE 12—OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Cash advances to other operators

 

$

625

 

$

1,514

 

Escrow accounts

 

3,830

 

 

Oil inventory on hand, at cost

 

69

 

46

 

Prepayments

 

501

 

120

 

 

 

$

5,025

 

$

1,680

 

 

F-119



Table of Contents

 

On 31 December 2012, the Company completed a transaction to acquire certain oil and gas properties in the Wattenberg field of the Denver-Julesburg (DJ) Basin (the “Wattenberg Acquisition”). In connection with the transaction the Company transferred $3.0 million, $2.7 million and $0.5 million to escrow accounts related to a drilling commitment, title defect and environmental remediation, respectively ($6.2 million collectively). Because the use of the Wattenberg Acquisition related escrow accounts are restricted or generally will not be used to settle short-term Company operating costs, they have been excluded from the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance in the statement of financial position and statement of cash flows as at 31 December 2012 and for the six month period then ended. Of this $6.2 million escrow account balance, $3.8 million is classified as other current asset in the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2012.

 

NOTE 13—DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Development and production phase at cost

 

$

96,663

 

$

113,830

 

Accumulated amortisation

 

(14,619

)

(24,241

)

Provision for impairment

 

(2,315

)

(2,315

)

Total Development and Production Expenditure

 

$

79,729

 

$

87,274

 

 

a)

Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Development expenditure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

87,274

 

$

45,873

 

 

 

Amount transferred from exploration phase

 

527

 

2,277

 

 

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

47,949

 

50,520

 

 

 

Amortisation expense

 

(6,013

)

(10,971

)

 

 

Development assets sold during the period

 

(50,008

)

(425

)

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

79,729

 

$

87,274

 

 

NOTE 14—EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION EXPENDITURE

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Costs carried forward in respect of areas of interest in:

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation phase at cost

 

$

35,053

 

$

13,050

 

Provision for impairment

 

(1,614

)

(1,614

)

Total Exploration and Evaluation Expenditure

 

$

33,439

 

$

11,436

 

 

a)

Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exploration and evaluation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

11,436

 

$

6,626

 

 

 

Amounts capitalised during the period

 

23,348

 

8,670

 

 

 

Impairment of exploration and expenditure

 

 

(357

)

 

 

Amount transferred to development phase

 

(527

)

(2,277

)

 

 

Exploration tenements sold during the period

 

(818

)

(1,226

)

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

33,439

 

$

11,436

 

 

Included in the amounts capitalised during the six month period ended 31 December 2012, was $12.7 million related the Wattenberg Acquisition, which occurred on 31 December 2012. The remaining $1.0 million of the total consideration paid or liabilities assumed was included in the amount capitalised of the Company’s development and production assets.

 

The ultimate recoupment of costs carried forward for exploration phase is dependent on the successful development and commercial exploitation or sale of respective areas.

 

F-120



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 15—PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Plant and equipment at cost

 

$

737

 

$

630

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(314

)

(212

)

Total Plant and Equipment

 

$

423

 

$

418

 

 

a)

Movements in carrying amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

418

 

$

210

 

 

 

Additions

 

107

 

310

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

(102

)

(102

)

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

423

 

$

418

 

 

NOTE 16—OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Escrow accounts

 

$

2,400

 

$

 

Casing and tubulars at net realisable value

 

20

 

21

 

 

 

$

2,420

 

$

21

 

 

The $2.4 million of escrow accounts is the long-term portion related to the escrow accounts discussed in Note 12.

 

NOTE 17—TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Oil and gas related

 

$

49,407

 

$

29,059

 

Administrative expenses

 

2,435

 

1,334

 

Total trade and other payable and accrued expenses

 

$

51,842

 

$

30,393

 

 

NOTE 18—CREDIT FACILITY

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$000

 

30 June 2012
US$000

 

Wells Fargo Credit Facility

 

$

30,000

 

$

 

Bank of Oklahoma Credit Facility

 

 

15,000

 

Total credit facilities

 

30,000

 

15,000

 

Deferred financing fees

 

(430

)

(345

)

 

 

$

29,570

 

$

14,655

 

 

On 31 December 2012, Sundance Energy, Inc. (“SEI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo (the “Credit Facility”), pursuant to which up to $300 million is available on a revolving basis. The borrowing base under the Credit Facility is determined by reference to the value of the Company’s proved reserves. The agreement specifies a semi-annual borrowing base redetermination and the Company can request two additional redeterminations each year. The borrowing base was originally set at $30 million. Interest on borrowed funds accrues, at the Company’s option, of i) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 175 to 275 basis points or ii) the Base Rate, defined as a rate equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 / 2  of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, or (c) LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 75 to 175 basis points. The applicable margin varies depending on the amount drawn. The Company also pays a commitment that ranges from 37.5 to 50 basis points on the undrawn balance of the borrowing base. The agreement has a five year term and contains both negative and affirmative covenants, including minimum current ratio and maximum leverage ratio requirements. As at 31 December 2012 the Company requested and received a waiver from Wells Fargo regarding compliance with the maximum leverage ratio as at 31 December 2012 as required under the terms of the Credit Facility. Certain development and production assets are pledged as collateral and the facility is guaranteed by the Parent Company. The Company immediately drew on the Credit Facility’s full $30 million borrowing base and used $15 million of the proceeds to repay and retire its outstanding loan with the Bank of Oklahoma. As a part of its Bank of Oklahoma debt extinguishment, the

 

F-121



Table of Contents

 

Company expensed approximately $0.3 million of unamortised deferred financing costs, which is included in financing costs in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the six month period ended 31 December 2012. The Company capitalised $0.4 million of financing costs related to the Wells Fargo credit facility, which will be amortised over the term of the loan. Under the terms of the credit facility, SEI is limited to payment of $2 million in dividends annually to SEAL without prior creditor approval.

 

NOTE 19—RESTORATION PROVISION

 

The restoration provision represents the present value of restoration costs relating to the Company’s oil and gas interests, which are expected to be incurred up to 2042. Assumptions, based on the current economic environment, have been made which management believes are a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. These estimates are reviewed regularly to take into account any material changes to the assumptions. However, actual restoration costs will reflect market conditions at the relevant time. Furthermore, the timing of restoration is likely to depend on when the fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This in turn will depend on future oil and gas prices, which are inherently uncertain.

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June
US$’000

 

a) Decommissioning costs:

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of the period

 

$

588

 

$

349

 

New provisions and changes in estimates

 

310

 

230

 

Dispositions

 

(192

)

(2

)

New provisions assumed from asset acquisition

 

506

 

 

Unwinding of discount

 

16

 

11

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,228

 

$

588

 

 

NOTE 20—DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

Plant and equipment

 

$

26

 

$

37

 

Development and production expenditure

 

79,600

 

24,276

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

(22,647

)

(13,837

)

 

 

$

56,979

 

$

10,476

 

 

NOTE 21—ISSUED CAPITAL

 

Total ordinary shares issued at each year end are fully paid.

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

a)

Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

 

Total shares issued at 30 June 2011

 

276,709,585

 

 

Shares issued during the year

 

388,889

 

 

Total shares issued at 30 June 2012

 

277,098,474

 

 

Shares issued during the year

 

1,666,667

 

 

Total shares issued at 31 December 2012

 

278,765,141

 

 

Ordinary shares participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding of the parent entity in proportion to the number of shares held. At shareholders’ meetings each ordinary share is entitled to one vote when a poll is called, otherwise each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands.

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

b)

Issued Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening balance

 

$

57,978

 

$

57,831

 

 

Shares issued during the period

 

716

 

147

 

 

Closing balance at end of period

 

$

58,694

 

$

57,978

 

 

F-122



Table of Contents

 

c)                                       Options on Issue

 

Details of the share options outstanding as at the end of the period:

 

Grant Date

 

Expiry Date

 

Exercise Price

 

31 December 2012

 

30 June 2012

 

10 Sep 2010

 

31 May 13

 

A$0.20

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

10 Sep 2010

 

31 May 13

 

A$0.30

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

02 Dec 2010

 

01 Dec 15

 

A$0.37

 

1,166,666

 

2,333,333

 

02 Mar 2011

 

30 Jun 14

 

A$0.95

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

31 May 13

 

A$0.35

 

100,000

 

100,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

15 Jan 16

 

A$0.65

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

03 Jun 2011

 

28 Jan 16

 

A$0.50

 

250,000

 

750,000

 

06 Jun 2011

 

01 Sep 15

 

A$0.95

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

06 Sep 2011

 

31 Dec 18

 

A$0.95

 

1,200,000

 

1,200,000

 

05 Dec 2011

 

05 Mar 19

 

A$0.95

 

1,000,000

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,776,666

 

7,443,333

 

 

d)                                      Restricted Share Units (RSUs) on Issue

 

Details of the restricted share units outstanding as at the end of the period:

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

Grant Date

 

31 December 2012

 

30 June 2012

 

05 Dec 2011

 

608,750

 

 

15 Oct 2012

 

1,482,143

 

 

 

 

2,090,893

 

 

 

e)                                       Capital Management

 

Management controls the capital of the Group in order to maintain a good debt equity ratio, provide the shareholders with adequate returns and ensure that the Group can fund its operations and continue as a going concern.

 

The Group’s debt and capital includes ordinary share capital and financial liabilities, supported by financial assets. Other than the covenants described in Note 18, the Group has no externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Management effectively manages the Group’s capital by assessing the Group’s financial risks and adjusting its capital structure in response to changes in these risks and in the market. These responses include the management of debt levels, distributions to shareholders and shareholder issues.

 

There have been no changes in the strategy adopted by management to control the capital of the Group since the prior year. The strategy is to ensure that the Group’s gearing ratio remains minimal. At 31 December and 30 June 2012, the Company had $30 million and $15 million of outstanding debt, respectively.

 

NOTE 22—RESERVES

 

a)                                      Share Option Reserve

 

The share option reserve records items recognised as expenses on valuation of employee and supplier share options and restricted share units.

 

b)                                      Foreign Currency Translation Reserve

 

The foreign currency translation reserve records exchange differences arising on translation of the Parent Company.

 

F-123



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 23—CAPITAL AND OTHER EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

 

Capital commitments relating to joint ventures and tenements

 

As at 31 December 2012, all of the Company’s exploration and evaluation and development and production assets are located in the United States of America.

 

The mineral leases in the exploration prospects in the USA have primary terms ranging from 3 years to 5 years and generally have no specific capital expenditure requirements. However, mineral leases that are not successfully drilled and included within a spacing unit for a producing well within the primary term will expire at the end of the primary term unless re-leased.

 

On 31 December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain oil and gas properties located in the Wattenberg Field and to drill 45 net wells by 31 December 2015 on the acquired properties (the “Drilling Commitment”). As each qualifying well is drilled, approximately $67 thousand is paid from the escrow account to the Company. However, for each required net commitment well not completed by the Company during that prorated commitment year, the Company is to pay the seller of the properties approximately $67 thousand from the escrow account. Certain clawback provisions allow the Company to recoup amounts paid to the sellers if the total 45 wells are drilled by 31 December 2015.

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Operating lease commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases not provided for in the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

Lease expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

—due within one year

 

$

162

 

$

202

 

—due within 1 - 5 years

 

81

 

162

 

 

 

$

243

 

$

364

 

Drilling commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments for the payment related to drilling not provided for in the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

due within one year

 

$

1,000

 

$

 

due within 1 - 5 years

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

$

3,000

 

$

 

Employment and consultant commitments

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term employment and consultant contracts not provided for in the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure commitments

 

 

 

 

 

—due within one year

 

$

275

 

$

180

 

—due within 1 - 5 years

 

104

 

270

 

 

 

$

379

 

$

450

 

 

Details relating to the employment contracts are set out in the remuneration report.

 

NOTE 24—CONTINGENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

At the date of signing this report, the Group is not aware of any contingent assets or liabilities that should be disclosed in accordance with IAS 37.

 

NOTE 25—OPERATING SEGMENTS

 

Management has determined, based upon the reports reviewed by the CEO and used to make strategic decisions, that the Group has one reportable segment being oil and gas exploration and production in the United States of America.

 

F-124



Table of Contents

 

The CEO reviews internal management reports on a monthly basis that are consistent with the information provided in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows. As a result no reconciliation is required, because the information as presented is used by the CEO to make strategic decisions.

 

NOTE 26—CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

a)

Reconciliation of cash flows from operations with income from ordinary activities after income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit from ordinary activities after income tax

 

$

76,210

 

$

6,012

 

 

Non cash flow in operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and exploration expenditure written off

 

6,116

 

11,468

 

 

Share options expensed

 

733

 

930

 

 

Unrealised losses (gains) on derivatives

 

1,190

 

(2,242

)

 

Net gain on sale of properties

 

(122,327

)

(3,004

)

 

Write-off of Bank of Oklahoma deferred financing fees

 

349

 

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

—Increase in current and deferred tax

 

46,616

 

3,732

 

 

—(Increase) / decrease in other assets, excluding investing

 

(381

)

1,517

 

 

—Increase in trade and other receivables

 

(3,320

)

(8,814

)

 

—Increase in trade and other payables

 

4,200

 

2,233

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

9,386

 

$

11,832

 

 

b)                                      Non Cash Financing and Investing Activities

 

During the six month period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012, 1,666,667 and 388,889 shares were issued at A$0.41 and A$0.37 per weighted average share, respectively.

 

c)                                       Business Combinations

 

There were no non-cash business combinations in the six month period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012.

 

NOTE 27—SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

 

During the six month period ended 31 December 2012, a total of nil (year ended 30 June 2012: 2,260,000) options were granted to employees pursuant to employment agreements and a total of 1,666,667 (year ended 30 June 2012: 388,889) previously issued options were exercised. There were 700,000 awarded options that the Company expected to issue in early 2013 for which Company employees rendered services during the six month period ended 31 December 2012. Using the best estimate of fair value on the employees’ hire date, the Company began expensing these awards during the six month period ended 31 December 2012. The 700,000 options expected to be issued in early 2013 are excluded from the outstanding options summary below:

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012

 

30 June 2012

 

 

 

Number
of Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price A$

 

Number
of Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price A$

 

Outstanding at start of year

 

7,443,333

 

0.55

 

5,632,222

 

0.38

 

Formally issued

 

 

 

2,260,000

 

0.95

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

(60,000

)

0.50 - 0.70

 

Exercised

 

(1,666,667

)

0.41

 

(388,889

)

0.37

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

5,776,666

 

0.59

 

7,443,333

 

0.55

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

3,729,999

 

0.44

 

3,551,889

 

0.45

 

 

F-125



Table of Contents

 

The following tables summarise the options issued and awarded and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions for the six month period ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 30 June 2012:

 

Options awarded, but not yet issued during the six month period ended 31 December 2012:

 

Award Date (not issued)

 

Number
of Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Vesting Conditions

 

1 November 2012

 

350,000

 

$

145

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

3 December 2012

 

350,000

 

157

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

 

 

700,000

 

$

302

 

 

 

 

Options issued during the year ended 30 June 2012:

 

Grant Date

 

Number
of Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

1 July 2011

 

30,000

 

$

14

 

33% issuance date, 33% first two anniversaries

 

1 September 2011

 

30,000

 

12

 

33% issuance date, 33% first two anniversaries

 

7 October 2011

 

1,200,000

 

408

 

17% issuance date, 17% first five anniversaries

 

5 March 2012

 

1,000,000

 

212

 

20% issuance date, 20% first four anniversaries

 

 

 

2,260,000

 

$

646

 

 

 

 

Share based payments expense related to options is determined pursuant to IFRS 2: Share Based Payments, and is recognised pursuant to the attached vesting conditions. The fair value of the options awarded ranged from A$0.42 to A$0.45 for the period ended 31 December 2012 and A$0.21 to A$0.46 for the year ended 30 June 2012, which was calculated using a Black-Sholes options pricing model. Expected volatilities are based upon the historical volatility of the ordinary shares. Historical data is also used to estimate the probability of option exercise and potential forfeitures. No options were issued in the six month period ended 31 December 2012; however, 700,000 awarded options were expected to be issued in early 2013 and were expensed during the period according to the relevant service period.

 

The following table summarises the key assumptions used to calculate the estimated fair value awarded or granted during the periods:

 

 

 

Expected to be
issued in
early 2013(1)

 

Issued during
year ended
30 June 2012

 

Share price:

 

A$0.78 - A$0.82

 

A$0.38 - 0.96

 

Exercise price:

 

A$1.15

 

A$0.95

 

Expected volatility:

 

65%

 

75%

 

Option term:

 

5.75 years

 

3.3 to 7.3 years

 

Risk free interest rate:

 

2.75%

 

5.5% to 6.25%

 

 


(1)                                  Options subject to formal issuance, but were awarded and expensed beginning on the employees’ hire date during the six month period ended 31 December 2012.

 

Restricted Share Units

 

During the six month period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012, the Board of Directors awarded 1,482,143 and 910,000 restricted share units (RSUs) to certain employees. These awards were made in accordance with the long term equity component of the Company’s incentive compensation plan, the details of which are described in more detail in the remuneration section of the Directors’ Report. Share based payment expense for RSUs awarded was calculated pursuant to IFRS 2: Share Based Payments. The fair values of RSUs were estimated at the date they were approved by the Board of Directors, 15 October 2012 and 5 December 2011 (the measurement dates). As at 30 June 2012, the 5 December 2011 awards had been approved but not yet issued. All unforfeited awards were issued to employees upon finalisation of the plan documents, which occurred in December 2012. The value of the vested portion of these awards has been recognised within the financial statements. This information is summarised for the Consolidated Group for the six month period ended 31 December 2012 below:

 

F-126



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Number
of RSUs

 

Weighted
Average
Fair Value at
Measurement
Date A$

 

Awarded, but not yet issued (beginning of period)*

 

910,000

 

0.38

 

Forfeited prior to finalisation of plan*

 

(301,250

)

0.38

 

Formally issued (in addition to unissued units at beginning of period)

 

1,482,143

 

0.68

 

Forfeited subsequent to finalisation of plan

 

 

 

Converted to ordinary shares

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of period

 

2,090,893

 

0.59

 

Vested at end of period

 

765,286

 

0.48

 

 


*                                          RSUs awarded, but not yet issued at beginning of period were issued upon finalisation of the plan during the period ended 31 December 2012 and are included in the total outstanding at end of period (net of forfeited units).

 

The following tables summarise the RSUs issued and their related grant date, fair value and vesting conditions for the six month period ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 30 June 2012:

 

RSUs issued during the six month period ended 31 December 2012:

 

Award Date (not issued)

 

Number of
Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

15 October 2012

 

1,080,358

 

$

809

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

29 November 2012

 

401,785

 

340

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

1,482,143

 

$

1,149

 

 

 

 

RSUs awarded during the year ended 30 June 2012:

 

Award Date (not issued)

 

Number of
Options

 

Estimated
Fair Value
(US$’000)

 

Vesting Conditions

 

5 December 2011

 

375,000

 

$

146

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

29 November 2012

 

535,000

 

212

 

25% issuance date, 25% first three anniversaries

 

 

 

910,000

 

$

358

 

 

 

 

Upon vesting, and after a certain administrative period, the RSUs are converted to common shares of the Company’s stock. Once converted to common shares, the RSUs are no longer restricted. As the daily closing price of the Company stock approximates its estimated fair value at that time, the Company used the grant date closing price to estimate the fair value of the RSUs.

 

NOTE 28—JOINT VENTURE INTERESTS

 

The Group had interests in joint venture operations of 23.34% in oil and gas exploration in the PEL 100 blocks in South Australia. In December 2011, the joint venture interests were sold for $0.5 million. The net book value was nil, as the joint venture interests were impaired in previous years.

 

NOTE 29—EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

 

On 8 March 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Texon Petroleum Ltd (“Texon”, whose name was changed to Armadillo Petroleum Ltd), an Australian corporation with oil and gas assets in the Eagle Ford formation in the United States. The Company acquired Texon to gain access to its existing production and drilling inventory in the Eagle Ford formation. As consideration, the Company issued 122.7 million ordinary shares (approximately 30.6% of the total outstanding shares immediately subsequent to the acquisition), which had a fair value of $132.1 million on the acquisition date and net cash consideration of $26.3 million for a total purchase price of $158.4 million. The net cash consideration includes a

 

F-127



Table of Contents

 

$141.0 million pre-merger purchase by the Company of certain Texon oil and gas properties, offset by $114.7 million of cash acquired at the time of the merger. The current income tax liability, included in accrued expenses, and deferred tax liability of $30.3 million and $15.1 million, respectively, are comprised of tax liabilities assumed as at the acquisition date and an increase in the tax liability related to the incremental acquisition date fair value of the acquired development and production and exploration and evaluation assets as compared to Texon’s historical basis.

 

The Company paid $158.4 million for substantially all of the net assets of Armadillo Petroleum Ltd. Due to the complexity and timing of the merger, the fair values are provisional. The following table reflects the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their estimated fair value (in thousands). The Company will continue to review the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for twelve months from the date of the merger.

 

Estimated fair value of assets acquired:

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

$

5,284

 

Other current assets

 

456

 

Development and production assets

 

53,937

 

Exploration and evaluation assets

 

145,881

 

Prepaid drilling and completion costs

 

3,027

 

Amount attributable to assets acquired

 

208,585

 

Estimated fair value of liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

119

 

Accrued expenses

 

34,693

 

Restoration provision

 

277

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

15,094

 

Amount attributable to liabilities assumed

 

50,183

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

158,402

 

Purchase price:

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

26,310

 

Issued capital

 

132,092

 

Total consideration paid

 

$

158,402

 

 

Since the acquisition date of March 8, 2013, the Company has earned revenue of $11.3 million and generated income of $5.8 million. The following reflects select pro forma information as if the merger had occurred on July 1, 2012 instead of the closing date of March 8, 2013, and excludes the results of operations for and the disposition of the South Antelope property:

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012

 

Oil and gas revenue

 

$

913

 

Lease operating and production expenses

 

(1,689

)

Depreciation and amortisation expense

 

(3,471

)

Employee benefits expense

 

(1,085

)

Administrative expense

 

(2,098

)

Finance income

 

201

 

Exploration and evaluation expenditures

 

(359

)

Impairment of non-current assets

 

(576

)

Net gain/loss on sale of non-current assets

 

(122,327

)

Realised currency loss

 

(108

)

Profit (loss) before income tax

 

(130,599

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

49,585

 

 

 

(81,014

)

Profit attributable to owners of the Company for the period

 

76,210

 

Adjusted profit (loss) attributable to the owners of the Company for the period

 

$

(4,804

)

Adjusted basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(0.01

)

 

F-128



Table of Contents

 

In the six month period ended 31 December 2012, the Company incurred approximately $0.7 million of transaction costs related to the acquisition of Texon. These transaction costs are included in the administrative expenses in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and are not deductible for US tax purposes. These transaction costs continued through the effective date of the acquisition and were expensed as incurred.

 

In connection with the sale of its South Antelope assets in September 2012, the Company elected Section 1031 “like-kind exchange” treatment which, under the US tax rules, provides for deferral of the gain if the proceeds are used to acquire “like-kind property” within six months of the closing of the transaction. In March 2013, the Company completed a transaction in which the majority of the funds remaining in its Section 1031 escrow account were used to acquire oil and gas properties in connection with the Texon Scheme of Arrangement transaction discussed above. Management believes the properties acquired qualify as “like-kind property” under Section 1031 which will result in deferral of the majority of the gain associated with the South Antelope sale.

 

On 6 June 2013, SEAL completed an A$48.1 million placement of 55,984,884 shares priced at A$0.86 per share. Proceeds from the placement will be used primarily to accelerate development of the Company’s Eagle Ford and Mississippian/Woodford acreage and for general corporate purposes.

 

After settlement of the placement, SEAL offered its shareholders with registered addresses in Australia and New Zealand the opportunity to participate in a capital raise pursuant to a Share Purchase Plan at the placement price of A$0.86 per share for up to A$15,000 per shareholder of record as at 30 May 2013 and up to a maximum capital raise of A$15.0 million. The Share Purchase Plan was open for a period from 10 June 2013 through 28 June 2013 and raised A$1.3 million from the sale of 1,517,454 shares.

 

On 30 August 2013, the Company entered into a second lien five-year term loan with Wells Fargo Energy Capital for $15 million and used the proceeds to pay down the balance of the first lien revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank on 3 September 2013. Substantially all of the Company’s assets are collateralized by both the first lien revolving line of credit and the second lien term loan. The Company’s total outstanding debt remained at $30 million as at 18 October 2013.

 

The following table provides a summary of derivative contracts entered into during 2013:

 

Contract Type

 

Basis

 

Quantity/Month

 

Floor Price

 

Ceiling Price

 

Term

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

$

101.75

 

$

101.75

 

Jul 13 - Dec 13

 

Collar

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

95.00

 

104.90

 

Jul 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

1,000

 

106.55

 

106.55

 

Oct 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

10,000

 

110.85

 

110.85

 

Oct 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

5,000

 

103.75

 

103.75

 

Jul 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

101.75

 

101.75

 

Jul 13 - Jun 14

 

Collar

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

3,000

 

90.00

 

99.75

 

Jul 13 - Jun 14

 

Collar

 

LLS

 

2,000

 

90.00

 

102.00

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

90.00

 

101.30

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Swap

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,000

 

97.40

 

97.40

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

102.30

 

102.30

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

3,000

 

85.00

 

94.75

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Swap

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

100.15

 

100.15

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

LLS

 

2,000

 

85.00

 

102.00

 

Jul 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,500

 

80.00

 

98.25

 

Jul 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

NYMEX-WTI

 

2,000

 

75.00

 

98.65

 

Jan 15 - Dec 15

 

Collar

 

LLS

 

3,000

 

85.00

 

101.05

 

Jan 15 - Dec 15

 

 

Contract Type

 

Basis

 

Quantity/Month

 

Floor Price

 

Ceiling Price

 

Term

 

Swap

 

NYMEX-HH

 

10,000

 

$

4.15

 

$

4.15

 

May 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

HSC

 

10,000

 

4.01

 

4.01

 

Jun 13 - Dec 13

 

Swap

 

NYMEX-HH

 

20,000

 

4.23

 

4.23

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

Collar

 

HSC

 

10,000

 

3.75

 

4.60

 

Jan 14 - Dec 14

 

 

Other than as detailed above, no matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the financial year which significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.

 

F-129



Table of Contents

 

NOTE 30—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Transactions with related parties: N Martin was a partner and is now a consultant of Minter Ellison Lawyers and has been a Director since 1 March 2012. Minter Ellison Lawyers were paid a total of $148,073 and $124,007 for legal services for the period and year ended 31 December and 30 June 2012, respectively.

 

NOTE 31—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

a)                                      Financial Risk Management Policies

 

The Group is exposed to a variety of financial market risks including interest rate, commodity prices, foreign exchange and liquidity risk. The Group’s risk management focuses on the volatility of commodity markets and protecting cash flow in the event of declines in commodity pricing. The Group utilise derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures. The Group’s financial instruments consist mainly of deposits with banks, short term investments, accounts receivable, derivative financial instruments, finance facility, and payables. The main purpose of non-derivative financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group operations.

 

i)                                         Treasury Risk Management

 

Financial risk management is carried out by Management. The Board sets financial risk management policies and procedures by which Management are to adhere. Management identifies and evaluates all financial risks and enters into financial risk instruments to mitigate these risk exposures in accordance with the policies and procedures outlined by the Board.

 

ii)                                     Financial Risk Exposure and Management

 

The main risk the Group is exposed to through its financial instruments is interest rate risk. The interest rate risk is managed with a mixture of fixed and floating rate cash deposits. At 31 December and 30 June 2012 approximately nil and 6% of Group deposits are fixed, respectively. It is the policy of the Group to keep surplus cash in interest yielding deposits.

 

iii)                                 Commodity Price Risk Exposure and Management

 

The Board actively reviews oil hedging on a monthly basis. Reports providing detailed analysis of the Group’s hedging activity are continually monitored against Group policy. The Group sells its oil on market using Nymex market spot rates reduced for basis differentials in the basins from which the Company produces. Nymex is a light, sweet crude oil delivered to Cushing, Oklahoma, which is used as the benchmark for onshore United States petroleum prices. Forward contracts are used by the Group to manage its forward commodity price risk exposure. The Group’s policy is to hedge less than 50% of anticipated future oil production for up to 24 months. The Group may hedge over 50% or beyond 24 months with approval of the Board. The Group has not elected to utilise hedge accounting treatment and changes in fair value are recognised in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

 

Commodity Hedge Contracts outstanding at 31 December 2012

 

Contract Type

 

Counterparty

 

Basis

 

Quantity/mo

 

Strike Price

 

Term

 

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

2,000 BBL

 

$99.00

 

1-Mar-12 - 31-Dec-13

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

1,000 BBL

 

$90.00/$117.50

 

1-Jan-13 - 31-Dec-13

 

Collar

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

1,000 BBL

 

$95.00/$112.75

 

1-Jan-13 - 31-Dec-13

 

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

3,000 BBL

 

$102.95

 

1-Jan-13 - 31-Dec-13

 

Swap

 

Shell Trading US

 

NYMEX

 

10,000 MMBTU

 

$3.58

 

1-Jan-13 - 31-Dec-13

 

 

F-130



Table of Contents

 

a)                                      Sensitivity Analysis

 

Interest Rate and Price Risk

 

The Group has performed a sensitivity analysis relating to its exposure to interest rate risk at balance date. This sensitivity analysis demonstrates the effect on the current period results and equity which could result from a change in these risks. The balance of debt as at 31 December and 30 June 2012 was $30 million and $15 million and is included in the Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis below.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

The effect on income and equity as a result of changes in the interest rate, with all other variables remaining constant would be as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Change in profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

—increase in interest rates + 2%

 

$

(157

)

$

310

 

—decrease in interest rates - 2%

 

157

 

(234

)

Change in equity

 

 

 

 

 

—increase in interest rates + 2%

 

$

(157

)

$

310

 

—decrease in interest rates - 2%

 

157

 

(234

)

 

Foreign Currency Risk Sensitivity Analysis

 

Effective 1 July 2011, the functional currency was changed from Australian dollars to US dollars. All of the Company’s operations are conducted in the US in transactions denominated in US dollars. Only a relatively immaterial amount of administrative expense is incurred in Australia and paid in Australian dollars and cash balances maintained in Australian banks are also relatively immaterial. Therefore, the impact resulting from changes in the value of the US dollar to the Australian dollar would not have a material effect on income and equity.

 

Oil Prices Risk Sensitivity Analysis

 

The effect on profit and equity as a result of changes in oil prices with all variables remaining constant would be as follows:

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

6 months to
31 December 2012
US$’000

 

12 months to
30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Change in profit/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

—improvement in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

$

1,476

 

$

3,648

 

—decline in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

(1,424

)

(3,637

)

Change in equity

 

 

 

 

 

—improvement in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

$

1,476

 

$

3,648

 

—decline in US$ oil price of $10 per barrel

 

(1,424

)

(3,637

)

 

b)                                     Net Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

 

The net fair value of cash and cash equivalent and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and financial liabilities of the consolidated entity approximate their carrying value.

 

The net fair value of other monetary financial assets and financial liabilities is based on discounting future cash flows by the current interest rates for assets and liabilities with similar risk profiles. The balances are not materially different from those disclosed in the statement of financial position of the Group.

 

F-131



Table of Contents

 

c)                                       Credit Risk

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk, excluding the value of any collateral or other security, at balance date to recognise the financial assets, is the carrying amount, net of any impairment of those assets, as disclosed in the balance sheet and notes to the financial statements.

 

The Group does not have any material credit risk exposure to any single debtor or group of debtors under financial instruments entered into by the consolidated entity.

 

d)                                      Major Customers

 

For the six-month period ended 31 December 2012, our major customers were Helis Oil & Gas Company LLC (“Helis”), EOG Resources Inc. (“EOG”), Hess Corporation (“Hess”) and Suncor Energy Marketing Inc. (“Suncor”) and accounted for 29%, 22%, 21% and 10%, respectively, of our consolidated oil and gas sales revenue. For the year period ended 30 June 2012, our major customers were Helis, Hess, and EOG, and accounted for 47%, 20% and 14%, respectively, of our consolidated oil and gas sales revenue.

 

Helis, Hess and EOG are operators of our properties in the Bakken; they sell crude oil and natural gas to various purchasers in the region and remit our share of the revenue to us. If any of the companies who purchase the crude oil and natural gas from the operators were to discontinue purchasing production from this area, there are a number of other purchasers to whom we could sell our production with little or no delay. If those parties were to discontinue purchasing our product, there would be challenges initially, but ample markets to handle the disruption.

 

e)                                       Liquidity Risk

 

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an adequate committed credit facility. The Company aims to maintain flexibility in funding to meet ongoing operational requirements and exploration and development expenditures by keeping a committed credit facility available. The Company has the following commitments related to its non-derivative financial liabilities:

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

 

 

 

—due within one year

 

$

38,770

 

$

22,056

 

—due within 1 - 5 years

 

 

 

—due later than 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

$

38,770

 

$

22,056

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

—due within one year

 

$

13,072

 

$

8,337

 

—due within 1 - 5 years

 

 

 

—due later than 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

$

13,072

 

$

8,337

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Credit facility principal payments

 

 

 

 

 

—due within one year

 

$

 

$

 

—due within 1 - 5 years

 

30,000

 

15,000

 

—due later than 5 years

 

 

 

 

 

$

30,000

 

$

15,000

 

 

F-132



Table of Contents

 

f)                                        Foreign Currency Risk

 

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency arising from transactions in currencies other than the Group’s functional currency (US$).

 

g)                                      Market Risk

 

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in its share price arising from the Texon Acquisition Scheme, in which subsequent to 31 December 2012, the Company used approximately 122.7 million newly issued Sundance shares to acquire Texon (“Acquisition Scheme Consideration”). Immediately preceding the announcement of the Acquisition Scheme, Sundance shares were valued at A$0.82 per share, which would have represented equity consideration of A$100.6 million. As at the Acquisition Date, Sundance shares were valued at A$1.05 per share, which resulted in equity consideration fair value of A$128.8 million. Following the completion of the Acquisition Scheme, the Company will undertake a comprehensive assessment of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as at the acquisition date and record the asset and liability fair values accordingly. Any difference between the fair value of the Acquisition Scheme Consideration and the fair value of the net assets acquired will be accounted for as goodwill or a bargain purchase as appropriate.

 

NOTE 32—PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION

 

a)                                      Cost Basis

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

1,490

 

$

986

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

134,094

 

57,643

 

Total assets

 

$

135,584

 

$

58,629

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

127

 

$

109

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

127

 

109

 

Total net assets

 

$

135,457

 

$

58,520

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

58,694

 

57,978

 

Share options reserve

 

386

 

386

 

Retained earnings (loss)

 

76,377

 

156

 

Total equity

 

$

135,457

 

$

58,520

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

$

(241

)

$

464

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

$

(241

)

$

464

 

 

b)                                      Equity Basis

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Parent Entity

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

1,490

 

$

986

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

150,453

 

73,327

 

Total assets

 

$

151,943

 

$

74,313

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

127

 

$

109

 

 

F-133



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

127

 

109

 

Total net assets

 

$

151,816

 

$

74,204

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Issued capital

 

$

58,694

 

$

57,978

 

Share options reserve

 

4,045

 

3,205

 

Foreign currency translation

 

(1,095

)

(941

)

Retained earnings (loss)

 

90,172

 

13,962

 

Total equity

 

$

151,816

 

$

74,204

 

Financial Performance

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period before equity in income of subsidiaries

 

$

(241

)

$

464

 

Equity in income of subsidiaries

 

76,451

 

5,548

 

Other comprehensive income

 

(154

)

(247

)

Total profit or loss and other comprehensive income

 

$

76,056

 

$

5,765

 

 

c)                                       Cash Flow

 

 

 

Consolidated Group

 

 

 

31 December 2012
US$’000

 

30 June 2012
US$’000

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

$

(1,655

)

$

396

 

Cash flow from investing activities

 

11

 

(7,629

)

Cash flow from financing activities

 

716

 

147

 

 

Guarantees in relation to relation to the debts of subsidiaries

 

Sundance Energy Australia Limited has not entered into a deed of cross guarantee with its’ wholly-owned subsidiary, Sundance Energy, Inc. related to the credit facility with Wells Fargo.

 

NOTE 33. UNAUDITED SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS DISCLOSURES

 

Costs Incurred —The following table sets forth the capitalized costs incurred in our oil and gas production, exploration, and development activities:

 

(in thousands)

 

Six months ended
December 31, 2012

 

Year ended
June 30, 2012

 

Property Acquisition Costs

 

 

 

 

 

Proved

 

$

986

 

$

 

Unproved

 

23,330

 

8,670

 

Exploration costs

 

 

 

Development costs

 

46,981

 

50,520

 

 

 

$

71,297

 

$

59,190

 

 

Oil and Gas Reserve Information —Proved reserve quantities are based on estimates prepared by the Company in accordance with guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reserve definitions comply with definitions of Rules 4-10(a) (1)-(32) of Regulation S-X of the SEC.

 

Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (“NSAI”), an independent petroleum engineering consulting firm, prepared all of the total future net revenue discounted at 10% attributable to the total interests owned by the Company as at December 31, 2012, and June 30, 2012 and 2011. The individual primarily responsible for overseeing the review is a Senior Vice President with NSAI and a Registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas with over 30 years of experience in oil and gas reservoir studies and evaluations.

 

F-134



Table of Contents

 

Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geosciences and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.

 

There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and projecting future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures. The estimation of our proved reserves employs one or more of the following: production trend extrapolation, analogy, volumetric assessment and material balance analysis. Techniques including review of production and pressure histories, analysis of electric logs and fluid tests, and interpretations of geologic and geophysical data are also involved in this estimation process.

 

The following reserve data represents estimates only and should not be construed as being exact.

 

 

 

Oil
(MBbl)

 

Gas
(MMcf)

 

Total Oil
Equivalents
(MBbl)

 

Total proved reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

4,788

 

7,692

 

6,070

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

220

 

170

 

248

 

Extensions and discoveries

 

3,309

 

5,560

 

4,236

 

Production

 

(338

)

(370

)

(399

)

June 30, 2012

 

7,979

 

13,052

 

10,155

 

Revisions of previous estimates

 

(556

)

(1,205

)

(757

)

Extensions and discoveries

 

1,597

 

4,322

 

2,317

 

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

827

 

5,797

 

1,793

 

Production

 

(195

)

(233

)

(234

)

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(3,894

)

(4,845

)

(4,702

)

December 31, 2012

 

5,758

 

16,888

 

8,572

 

Proved developed reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

1,497

 

2,637

 

1,936

 

June 30, 2012

 

2,564

 

4,905

 

3,382

 

December 31, 2012

 

1,932

 

5,242

 

2,805

 

Proved undeveloped reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

 

3,291

 

5,055

 

4,134

 

June 30, 2012

 

5,415

 

8,147

 

6,773

 

December 31, 2012

 

3,826

 

11,646

 

5,767

 

 

During the year ended June 30, 2012, we added 4,236 MBoe through extensions and discoveries. Of these additions, approximately 1,486 and 2,750 MBoe were attributable to our Wattenberg and Bakken assets, respectively.

 

During the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, we added 2,317 MBoe through extensions and discoveries. Of these additions, approximately 1,522, 306 and 489 MBoe were attributable to our Wattenberg, Bakken and Mississippian/Woodford assets, respectively. Our purchase of reserves were located in the Machii Ross project of the Wattenberg, and sales of reserves were located in the South Antelope prospect of the Bakken.

 

Standardized Measure of Future Net Cash Flows —The “Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Oil and Gas Reserves” (Standardized Measure) is calculated in accordance with guidance provided by the FASB. The Standardized Measure does not purport, nor should it be interpreted, to present the fair value of a company’s proved oil and gas reserves. Fair value would require, among other things, consideration of expected future economic and operating conditions, a discount factor more representative of the time value of money, and risks inherent in reserve estimates.

 

F-135



Table of Contents

 

Under the Standardized Measure, future cash inflows are based upon the forecasted future production of year-end proved reserves. Future cash inflows are then reduced by estimated future production and development costs to determine net pre-tax cash flow. Future income taxes are computed by applying the statutory tax rate to the excess of pre-tax cash flow over our tax basis in the associated oil and gas properties. Tax credits and permanent differences are also considered in the future income tax calculation. Future net cash flow after income taxes is discounted using a 10% annual discount rate to arrive at the Standardized Measure.

 

The following summary sets forth our Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Six months ended
December 31, 2012

 

Year ended
June 30, 2012

 

Cash inflows

 

$

594,549

 

$

773,203

 

Production costs

 

(198,304

)

(215,252

)

Development costs

 

(113,531

)

(137,121

)

Income tax expense

 

(51,408

)

(101,481

)

Net cash flow

 

231,306

 

319,349

 

10% annual discount rate

 

(115,759

)

(182,064

)

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flow

 

$

115,547

 

$

137,285

 

 

The following are the principal sources of change in the Standardized Measure:

 

(in thousands)

 

Six months ended
December 31, 2012

 

Year ended
June 30, 2012

 

Standardized Measure, beginning of period

 

$

137,285

 

$

59,444

 

Sales, net of production costs

 

(13,642

)

(23,432

)

Net change in sales prices, net of production costs

 

(4,997

)

23,379

 

Extensions and discoveries, net of future production and development costs

 

41,481

 

63,264

 

Changes in future development costs

 

(3,565

)

(13,921

)

Previously estimated development costs incurred during the period

 

33,714

 

39,268

 

Revision of quantity estimates

 

(15,138

)

5,645

 

Accretion of discount

 

17,442

 

7,750

 

Change in income taxes

 

17,098

 

(19,081

)

Purchases of reserves in-place

 

7,626

 

 

Sales of reserves in-place

 

(87,374

)

 

Change in production rates and other

 

(14,383

)

(5,031

)

Standardized Measure, end of period

 

$

115,547

 

$

137,285

 

 

Impact of Pricing —The estimates of cash flows and reserve quantities shown above are based upon the unweighted average first-day-of-the-month prices. If future gas sales are covered by contracts at specified prices, the contract prices would be used. Fluctuations in prices are due to supply and demand and are beyond our control.

 

The following average prices were used in determining the Standardized Measure as at:

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

June 30, 2012

 

Oil price per Bbl

 

$

94.71

 

$

95.67

 

Gas price per Mcf

 

$

2.75

 

$

3.15

 

 

We calculate the projected income tax effect using the “year-by-year” method for purposes of the supplemental oil and gas disclosures.

 

F-136


 


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ ERIC P. MCCRADY

 

 

Name:

Eric P. McCrady

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: May 15, 2015

 



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

1.1

 

Constitution of Sundance Energy Australia Limited*

 

 

 

4.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2015, among Sundance Energy Australia Limited, Sundance Energy, Inc., as borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto**

 

 

 

4.2

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2015, by Sundance Energy Australia Limited, Sundance Energy Inc. and other guarantor party thereto, in favor of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as administrative agent**

 

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Deed of Access, Insurance and Indemnity for Directors and Officers*

 

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Employment Agreement, by and between Sundance Energy Inc. and Eric P. McCrady*

 

 

 

8.1

 

List of significant subsidiaries of Sundance Energy Australia Limited*

 

 

 

12.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

 

 

 

12.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

 

 

 

13.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

 

 

 

13.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

 

 

 

15.1

 

Report of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. regarding the Company’s estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2013 dated July 3, 2014*

15.2

 

Report of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. regarding the Company’s estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2014 dated April 27, 2015 **

 


*                                          Filed as an Exhibit to our Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 11, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

**                                  Filed herewith.

 


 

Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

May 14, 2015

 

among

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED ,

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC. ,

as Borrower,

 

MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC. ,

as Administrative Agent,

 

and

 

the Lenders party hereto

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC.

 

Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

Article I Definitions and Accounting Matters

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Terms Defined Above

1

Section 1.02

Certain Defined Terms

1

Section 1.03

[Reserved]

25

Section 1.04

Terms Generally; Rules of Construction

25

Section 1.05

Accounting Terms and Determinations; IFRS

26

Section 1.06

Timing of Payment or Performance

26

 

 

 

Article II The Credits

26

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Commitments

26

Section 2.02

Loans and Borrowings

27

Section 2.03

Requests for Borrowings

28

Section 2.04

[Reserved]

28

Section 2.05

Funding of Borrowings

28

Section 2.06

Termination and Reduction of Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts

29

Section 2.07

Borrowing Base

29

Section 2.08

Letters of Credit

32

Section 2.09

Incremental Facilities

37

 

 

 

Article III Payments of Principal and Interest; Prepayments; Fees

38

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Repayment of Loans

38

Section 3.02

Interest

38

Section 3.03

Alternate Rate of Interest

39

Section 3.04

Prepayments

39

Section 3.05

Fees

42

Section 3.06

Payments to MSECI; Fundings made by MSECI

43

 

 

 

Article IV Payments; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

43

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

43

Section 4.02

Presumption of Payment by the Borrower

44

Section 4.03

Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent

45

Section 4.04

Disposition of Proceeds

45

Section 4.05

Defaulting Lenders

45

 

 

 

Article V Increased Costs; Break Funding Payments; Taxes

47

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Increased Costs

47

Section 5.02

Break Funding Payments

49

Section 5.03

Taxes

49

Section 5.04

Designation of Different Lending Office

53

Section 5.05

Replacement of Lenders

53

 

 

 

Article VI Conditions Precedent

54

 

i



 

Section 6.01

Effective Date

54

Section 6.02

Each Credit Event

56

 

 

 

Article VII Representations and Warranties

57

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Organization; Powers

57

Section 7.02

Authority; Enforceability

57

Section 7.03

Approvals; No Conflicts

57

Section 7.04

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

57

Section 7.05

Litigation

58

Section 7.06

Environmental Matters

58

Section 7.07

Compliance with the Laws and Agreements; No Defaults

59

Section 7.08

Investment Company Act

59

Section 7.09

Taxes

59

Section 7.10

ERISA

60

Section 7.11

Disclosure; No Material Misstatements

60

Section 7.12

Insurance

61

Section 7.13

Restriction on Liens

61

Section 7.14

Group Members

61

Section 7.15

Foreign Operations

61

Section 7.16

Location of Business and Offices

61

Section 7.17

Properties; Titles, Etc.

61

Section 7.18

Maintenance of Properties

62

Section 7.19

Gas Imbalances

63

Section 7.20

Marketing of Production

63

Section 7.21

Security Documents

63

Section 7.22

Swap Agreements and Eligible Contract Participant

63

Section 7.23

Use of Loans and Letters of Credit

63

Section 7.24

Solvency

64

Section 7.25

OFAC

64

Section 7.26

Anti-Terrorism Laws

64

Section 7.27

Money Laundering

65

Section 7.28

Foreign Corrupt Practices

65

 

 

 

Article VIII Affirmative Covenants

65

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Financial Statements; Other Information

65

Section 8.02

Notices of Material Events

68

Section 8.03

Existence; Conduct of Business

68

Section 8.04

Payment of Obligations

68

Section 8.05

Performance of Obligations under Loan Documents

69

Section 8.06

Operation and Maintenance of Properties

69

Section 8.07

Insurance

69

Section 8.08

Books and Records; Inspection Rights

70

Section 8.09

Compliance with Laws

70

Section 8.10

Environmental Matters

70

Section 8.11

Further Assurances

71

Section 8.12

Reserve Reports

71

Section 8.13

Title Information

72

Section 8.14

Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors

73

Section 8.15

ERISA Compliance

75

 

ii



 

Section 8.16

Marketing Activities

75

Section 8.17

Swap Agreements

75

Section 8.18

Patriot Act, OFAC, FCPA

75

 

 

 

Article IX Negative Covenants

76

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Financial Covenants

76

Section 9.02

Debt

76

Section 9.03

Liens

77

Section 9.04

Restricted Payments

77

Section 9.05

Investments, Loans and Advances

78

Section 9.06

Nature of Business; No International Operations

79

Section 9.07

Proceeds of Loans

79

Section 9.08

ERISA Compliance

79

Section 9.09

Sale or Discount of Receivables

79

Section 9.10

Mergers, Etc.

80

Section 9.11

Sale of Properties and Termination of Hedging Transactions

80

Section 9.12

Sales and Leasebacks

81

Section 9.13

Environmental Matters

81

Section 9.14

Transactions with Affiliates

81

Section 9.15

Negative Pledge Agreements; Dividend Restrictions

81

Section 9.16

Take-or-Pay or other Prepayments

82

Section 9.17

Swap Agreements

82

Section 9.18

Amendments to Organizational Documents and Material Contracts

83

Section 9.19

Changes in Fiscal Periods

83

Section 9.20

Anti-Terrorism Laws

83

Section 9.21

[Reserved]

83

Section 9.22

Gas Imbalances

83

 

 

 

Article X Events of Default; Remedies

83

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Events of Default

83

Section 10.02

Remedies

85

 

 

 

Article XI The Administrative Agent

87

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Appointment; Powers

87

Section 11.02

Duties and Obligations of Administrative Agent

87

Section 11.03

Action by Administrative Agent

87

Section 11.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent

88

Section 11.05

Subagents

88

Section 11.06

Resignation of Administrative Agent

88

Section 11.07

Administrative Agent as Lender

89

Section 11.08

No Reliance

89

Section 11.09

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

89

Section 11.10

Authority of Administrative Agent to Release Collateral and Liens

90

Section 11.11

Duties of the Arranger

90

 

 

 

Article XII Miscellaneous

90

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Notices

90

 

iii



 

Section 12.02

Waivers; Amendments

91

Section 12.03

Expenses, Indemnity; Damage Waiver

93

Section 12.04

Successors and Assigns

96

Section 12.05

Survival; Revival; Reinstatement

100

Section 12.06

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

101

Section 12.07

Severability

101

Section 12.08

Right of Setoff

101

Section 12.09

GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

101

Section 12.10

Headings

103

Section 12.11

Confidentiality

103

Section 12.12

Interest Rate Limitation

103

Section 12.13

Collateral Matters; Swap Agreements

104

Section 12.14

No Third Party Beneficiaries

104

Section 12.15

EXCULPATION PROVISIONS

104

Section 12.16

USA Patriot Act Notice

105

Section 12.17

Flood Insurance Provisions

105

Section 12.18

Releases

105

 

iv



 

ANNEXES, EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Annex I

 

List of Maximum Credit Amounts

Annex II

 

List of Term Commitments

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit A-2

 

Form of Term Note

Exhibit B

 

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit C

 

[Reserved]

Exhibit D

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit E

 

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit F-1

 

Security Instruments

Exhibit F-2

 

Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

Exhibit G

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit H-1

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

 

(Non-U.S. Lenders; non-partnerships)

Exhibit H-2

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

 

(Foreign Participants; non-partnerships)

Exhibit H-3

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

 

(Foreign Participants; partnerships)

Exhibit H-4

 

Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate

 

 

(Non-U.S. Lenders; partnerships)

Exhibit I

 

Form of Increased Facility Activation Notice

 

 

 

Schedule 7.05

 

Litigation

Schedule 7.06

 

Environmental Matters

Schedule 7.12

 

Insurance

Schedule 7.14

 

Group Members

Schedule 7.19

 

Gas Imbalances

Schedule 7.20

 

Marketing of Production

Schedule 7.22

 

Swap Agreements

Schedule 9.05

 

Investments

Schedule 9.14

 

Transactions with Affiliates

 

v



 

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 14 2015, is among SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED, a limited company organized and existing under the laws of South Australia (“ Parent ”), SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC. , a Colorado corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each of the Lenders from time to time party hereto and Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc. (in its individual capacity, “ MSECI ”), as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                     The Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide certain loans to and extensions of credit on behalf and each Issuing Bank provide Letters of Credit, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and each Issuing Bank has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

B.                                     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and of the loans, extensions of credit and commitments hereinafter referred to, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

 

Section 1.01                              Terms Defined Above .  As used in this Agreement, each term defined above has the meaning indicated above.

 

Section 1.02                              Certain Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agent ” means each of the Administrative Agent and any other agent or sub-agent pursuant to Section 11.05 appointed by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters related to the Loan Documents.

 

Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of the Maximum Credit Amounts, as the same may be reduced or terminated pursuant to Section 2.06 .

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.26 .

 

1



 

Applicable Margin ” means, for any date, the applicable rate per annum set forth below as determined based upon the Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage then in effect:

 

Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage

 

< 25%

 

> 25% and < 50%

 

> 50% and < 75%

 

> 75% and < 90%

 

> 90%

Eurodollar Loans

 

2.00%

 

2.25%

 

2.50%

 

2.75%

 

3.00%

 

Each change in the Applicable Margin shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change in the Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change, provided , that if at any time the Borrower fails to deliver a Reserve Report pursuant to Section 8.12(a) , then until delivery of such Reserve Report, the “ Applicable Margin ” shall mean the rate per annum set forth on the grid when the Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage is at its highest level.

 

Applicable Premium ” means the applicable percentage set forth below as determined based upon when the applicable prepayment of Term Loans is made:

 

If prepaid prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date

 

3.0%

If prepaid on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date

 

1.0%

If prepaid on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date

 

0.0%

 

Approved Counterparty ” means a counterparty to a Swap Agreement that at the time of entering into such Swap Agreement either (a) is a Secured Swap Provider, (b) is a Person whose senior unsecured long-term debt obligations are rated A or higher by S&P and A3 or higher by Moody’s, (c) Shell Oil Trading (US) Company, Shell Trading Risk Management LLC and their Affiliates, or (d) any other counterparty reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Approved Petroleum Engineers ” means (a) DeGolyer and MacNaughton, (b) Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., (c) Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., (d) Ryder Scott Company Petroleum Consultants, L.P., and (e) any other independent petroleum engineers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Arranger ” means Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., in its capacity as the sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner hereunder.

 

ASC ” means the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification, as in effect.

 

Assignee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.04(b) .

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.04(b) ), and

 

2



 

accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit G or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(c) .

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Revolving Termination Date.

 

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America or any successor Governmental Authority.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing ” means Loans made or continued on the same date, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Borrowing Base ” means at any time an amount determined in accordance with Section 2.07 , as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the Borrowing Base Adjustment Provisions.

 

Borrowing Base Adjustment Provisions ” means Section 8.13(c)  and Section 9.11(e)  and any other provisions hereunder which adjust the amount of the Borrowing Base (but for purposes of clarity not including any redeterminations pursuant to Section 2.07 ).

 

Borrowing Base Deficiency ” occurs if, at any time, the total Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.  The amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency at such time is the amount by which the total Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders at such time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitments in effect at such time.

 

Borrowing Base Properties ” means the Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties included in the Initial Reserve Report and thereafter in the most recently delivered Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 8.12 .

 

Borrowing Base Utilization Percentage ” means, as of any day, the fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures of the Lenders on such day, and the denominator of which is the Borrowing Base in effect on such day.

 

Borrowing Base Value ” means, at any time with respect to any Swap Agreement considered in determining the then effective Borrowing Base or any Property to which Proved Reserves were attributed in the Reserve Report then most recently delivered, the value attributed thereto by the Administrative Agent in determining the then current Borrowing Base.  The Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of the value attributed to any such Swap Agreement or Property specified by the Borrower upon request.

 

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 .

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; and if such day relates to a Borrowing or continuation of, a payment or prepayment of principal of or interest on, or the Interest Period for, a Eurodollar Loan or a notice by the Borrower with respect to any such Borrowing or

 

3



 

continuation, payment, prepayment or Interest Period, any day which is also a day on which banks are open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Leases ” means, in respect of any Person, all leases that are or should be, in accordance with IFRS, recorded as capital leases on the balance sheet of the Person liable (whether contingent or otherwise) for the payment of rent thereunder.  Any lease that was treated as an operating lease under IFRS at the time it was entered into that later becomes a capital lease as a result of a change in IFRS during the life of such lease, including any renewals, shall be treated as an operating lease for all purposes under this Agreement, and any lease that was treated as a capital lease under IFRS at the time it was entered into that later becomes an operating lease as a result of a change in IFRS during the life of such lease, including any renewals, shall be treated as a capital lease for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Cash Collateralize ” means, to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which may require such deposit to made into a controlled account), for the benefit of any Issuing Bank or the Lenders, as collateral for LC Exposure or obligations of the Lenders to fund participations in respect of LC Exposure, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank shall agree, in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank. “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such Cash Collateral and other credit support.

 

Cash Management Services ” means (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house services, return items, interstate depository network services, electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services and stop payment services), (c) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships and (d) any other cash management services, including for collections and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries.

 

Casualty Event ” means any loss, casualty or other insured damage to, or any nationalization, taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any Borrowing Base Properties having a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000; provided that a Casualty Event as a result of loss, casualty or other insured damage shall not be deemed to have occurred (other than for purposes of Section 8.01(l) ) if the applicable Loan Party has restored, repaired or replaced the affected Borrowing Base Property in the ordinary course of business within ninety (90) days of such loss, casualty or other insured damage.

 

CERCLA ” has the meaning assigned to such term within the definition of “Environmental Laws.”

 

Change in Control ” means (a) Parent shall at any time after the Effective Date fail to own, in the aggregate, 100% of the then issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Borrower or, except as permitted by Section 9.10 , any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent that is a Guarantor, (b) Eric McCrady shall for any reason cease to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of Borrower and is not replaced within 180 days thereafter by a new Chief Executive Officer acceptable to Majority Lenders, or (c) Borrower shall cease to own and control 100% of the voting and economic interest in the Equity Interests in each Subsidiary of Borrower which owns Borrowing Base Properties.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation

 

4



 

or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States of America or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Collateral ” means all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Instrument.

 

Commitment ” means as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Commitment and the Revolving Commitment of such Lender.

 

Commitment Fee Rate ” means, for any date, a rate per annum equal to 0.50%.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means for any period, total cash interest expense (including that attributable to obligations under Capital Leases) of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries for such period with respect to all outstanding Debt (other than any intercompany indebtedness) of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with IFRS).

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means with respect to Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries, for any period, the aggregate of the net income (or loss) of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries after allowances for taxes for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS; provided that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein) the following: (a) the net income of any Person in which Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary has an interest (which interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be consolidated with the net income of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS), except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid in cash during such period by such other Person to Parent, the Borrower or to a Subsidiary, as the case may be; (b) the net income (but not loss) during such period of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions or transfers or loans by that Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument or Governmental Requirement applicable to such Subsidiary or is otherwise restricted or prohibited, in each case determined in accordance with IFRS; (c) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such transaction; (d) any extraordinary non-cash gains or losses during such period; (e) non-cash gains or losses under IFRS 9 resulting from the net change in mark to market portfolio of commodity price risk management activities during that period; (f) the net income attributable to interest in respect of

 

5



 

intercompany indebtedness and (g) any gains or losses attributable to writeups or writedowns of assets; and provided further that if Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall acquire or dispose of any Property during such period with fair market value or consideration in excess of five percent (5%) of the then effective Borrowing Base, then Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or disposition, as if such acquisition or disposition had occurred on the first day of such period; provided that at the Borrower’s sole discretion, such acquisition or dispositions with aggregate fair market value or consideration, as applicable, of less than five percent (5%) of the then effective Borrowing Base may be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or disposition, as if such acquisition or disposition had occurred on the first day of such period.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with IFRS, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated statement of financial position of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Party ” means the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender.

 

Debt ” means, for any Person, the sum of the following (without duplication): (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, bankers’ acceptances, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (b) all obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, surety or other bonds and similar instruments; (c) all accounts payable and all accrued expenses, liabilities or other obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property or services that are more than one hundred-twenty (120) days past the date of invoice other than those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with IFRS; (d) all obligations under Capital Leases; (e) all obligations under Synthetic Leases; (f) all Debt (as defined in the other clauses of this definition) of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any Property of such Person, whether or not such Debt is assumed by such Person; (g) all Debt (as defined in the other clauses of this definition) of others guaranteed by such Person or in which such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss of the Debt (howsoever such assurance shall be made) to the extent of the lesser of the amount of such Debt and the maximum stated amount of such guarantee or assurance against loss; (h) all obligations or undertakings of such Person to maintain or cause to be maintained the financial position or covenants of others or to purchase the Debt or Property of others for the purpose of maintaining the financial position or covenants of others; (i) obligations to deliver commodities, goods or services, including Hydrocarbons, in consideration of one or more advance payments, made more than one month in advance of the month in which the commodities, goods or services are to be delivered other than gas balancing arrangements and/or prepaid drilling obligations in the ordinary course of business; (j) take-or-pay or similar obligations that require such Person to pay for goods or services whether or not such goods or services are not actually received or utilized by such Person; (k) any Debt of a partnership for which such Person is liable either by agreement, by operation of law or by a Governmental Requirement but only to the extent of such liability; (l) Disqualified Capital Stock; and (m) the undischarged balance of any production payment created by such Person or for the creation of which such Person directly or indirectly received payment.  The Debt of any Person shall include all obligations of such Person of the character described above to the extent such Person remains legally liable in respect thereof notwithstanding that any such obligation is not included as a liability of such Person under IFRS.  Debt shall not include liabilities resulting from endorsements of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

6



 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 4.05(b) , any Revolving Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Revolving Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Revolving Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, or any other Revolving Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Revolving Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Revolving Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Revolving Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Revolving Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Revolving Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Revolving Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Revolving Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Revolving Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a)  through (d)  above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 4.05(b) ) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, and each Lender.

 

Disqualified Capital Stock ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable for any consideration other than other Equity Interests (which would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt or redeemable for any consideration other than other Equity Interests (which would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is one year after the earlier of (a) the later of (i) the Revolving

 

7



 

Maturity Date and (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date and (b) the date on which there are no Loans, LC Exposure or other obligations hereunder outstanding and all of the Commitments are terminated.

 

dollars ” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

EBITDAX ” means, for any period, the sum of Consolidated Net Income for such period plus the following expenses or charges to the extent deducted from Consolidated Net Income in such period: interest, income and franchise taxes (including gross receipts taxes), depreciation, depletion, amortization, exploration expenses and other noncash charges (including expenses relating to stock based compensation, hedging, etc.) minus all noncash income added to Consolidated Net Income.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 6.01 and Section 6.02 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.02 ).

 

Engineering Reports ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c)(i) .

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Governmental Requirements pertaining in any way to health and safety (insofar as either may be affected by a Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials) the environment, the preservation or reclamation of natural resources, or the management, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials, in effect in any and all jurisdictions in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is conducting, or at any time has conducted, business, or where any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is located, including, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“ CERCLA ”), as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“ RCRA ”), as amended, the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, as amended, the Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979, as amended, and other environmental conservation or protection Governmental Requirements.

 

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, registration, license, notice, approval, consent, exemption, variance, or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to applicable Environmental Laws.

 

Equity Interests ” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such Equity Interest.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which together with any Group Member would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates from a Plan

 

8



 

subject to Title IV of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA), (c) the providing of notice of intent to terminate a Plan in a distress termination (as described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA), (d) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan or, (e) any event or condition (i) that provides a basis under Section 4042(a)(1), (2), or (3) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, or (ii) that may result in termination of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4041A of ERISA, or (f) the partial or complete withdrawal within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan.

 

Eurodollar ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01 .

 

Excepted Liens ” means:  (a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with IFRS; (b) Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security, old age pension or public liability obligations which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with IFRS; (c) landlord’s liens, operators’, vendors’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, workers’, materialmen’s, construction or other like Liens arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of business or incident to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties each of which is in respect of obligations that are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with IFRS; (d) contractual Liens which arise in the ordinary course of business under real property leases, operating agreements, joint venture agreements, oil and gas partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, farm-out agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, overriding royalty agreements, marketing agreements, processing agreements, net profits agreements, development agreements, service agreements, supply agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or other geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are usual and customary in the oil and gas business and are for claims which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate action and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with IFRS, provided that any such Lien referred to in this clause does not materially impair the use of the Property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such Property is held by any Group Member or materially impair the value of such Property subject thereto; (e) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision or customary deposit account terms relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution, provided that no such deposit account is a dedicated cash collateral account or is subject to restrictions against access by the depositor in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Board and no such deposit account is intended by any Group Member to provide collateral to the depository institution to secure any Debt (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents); (f) zoning and land use requirements, easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, rights-of-way, building codes, exceptions or reservations in any Property of any Group Member for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil, coal or other minerals or timber, and other like purposes, or for the joint or common use of real estate, rights of way, facilities and equipment, that do not secure any monetary obligations and which in the aggregate do not materially impair the use of such Property for the purposes

 

9



 

of which such Property is held by any Group Member or materially impair the value of such Property subject thereto; (g) Liens on cash or securities pledged to secure performance of tenders, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds, bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, regulatory obligations and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money; (h) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, provided that any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired and no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced; (i) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted hereunder to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell or otherwise dispose of any Property permitted hereunder, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; and (j) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; provided , that Liens described in clauses (a)  through (e)  above shall remain “Excepted Liens” only for so long as no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, and no intention to subordinate the first priority Lien otherwise granted in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders is to be hereby implied or expressed by the permitted existence of such Excepted Liens.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee by such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Agreement (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation, or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason not to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a Master Agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to the swap for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), state franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) by the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) or such other jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 5.04(b) ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.03 , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to any such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.03(e) , and (d) any United States federal withholding Tax that is imposed under FATCA.

 

Executive Order ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.26 .

 

10



 

Existing Credit Facilities ” means the credit facilities of the Borrower and the Loan Parties pursuant to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2012, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the lenders party thereto and the Borrower and (b) that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Energy Capital, Inc., the lenders party thereto and the Borrower.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the Effective Date (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

 

Facility ” means each of (a) the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder (the “ Term Facility ”), (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “ Revolving Facility ”) and (c) the Incremental Term Loans (the “ Incremental Term Facility ”).

 

FCPA ” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Financial Officer ” means, for any Person, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a Financial Officer means a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

 

fiscal quarter ” means each fiscal quarter ending on the last day of each March, June, September and December.

 

fiscal year ” means each fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, ending on December 31 of each year.

 

Flood Insurance Regulations ” means (a) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (b) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (c) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC § 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, and (e) the Biggert-Waters Flood Reform Act of 2012, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage of the outstanding LC Exposures other than LC Exposures as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

11



 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Governmental Requirement ” means any law, statute, code, ordinance, order, determination, rule, regulation, judgment, decree, injunction, franchise, permit, certificate, license, rules of common law, authorization or other directive or requirement, whether now or hereinafter in effect, of any Governmental Authority.

 

Group Members ” means the collective reference to Parent, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ” means an agreement executed by the Guarantors in substantially the form of Exhibit F-2, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Guarantors ” means Parent and each other Group Member that guarantees the Secured Obligations pursuant to Section 8.14(b) .

 

Hazardous Material ” means any substance regulated or as to which liability might arise under any applicable Environmental Law including:  (a) any chemical, compound, material, product, byproduct, substance or waste defined as or included in the definition or meaning of “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “solid waste,” “toxic waste,” “extremely hazardous substance,” “toxic substance,” “contaminant,” “pollutant,” or words of similar meaning or import found in any applicable Environmental Law; (b) Hydrocarbons, petroleum products, petroleum substances, natural gas, oil, oil and gas waste (including drilling fluids and any produced water), crude oil, and any components, fractions, or derivatives thereof; and (c) radioactive materials, explosives, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, infectious materials or medical wastes.

 

Highest Lawful Rate ” means, with respect to each Lender, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the Notes or on other Secured Obligations under laws applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws allow as of the date hereof.

 

Hydrocarbon Interests ” means all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual interests of whatever nature.

 

Hydrocarbons ” means oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and all products refined or separated therefrom.

 

12



 

IFRS ” means International Financial Reporting Standards (or Australian Accounting Standards, which are substantially the same as International Financial Reporting Standards), including International Accounting Standards and Interpretations together with their accompanying documents, which are set by the International Accounting Standards Board, the independent standard-setting body of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation (the “ IASC Foundation ”), and the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, the interpretative body of the IASC Foundation, as in effect from time to time subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.05 .

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.

 

Increased Facility Activation Date ” means any Business Day on which any Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Increased Facility Activation Notice pursuant to Section 2.09(a) .

 

Increased Facility Activation Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

 

Increased Facility Closing Date ” means any Business Day designated as such in an Increased Facility Activation Notice.

 

Incremental Term Facility ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Facility”.

 

Incremental Term Lenders ” means (a) on any Increased Facility Activation Date relating to Incremental Term Loans, the Lenders signatory to the relevant Increased Facility Activation Notice and (b) thereafter, each Lender that is a holder of an Incremental Term Loan.

 

Incremental Term Loans ” means any term loans made pursuant to Section 2.09(a) .

 

Incremental Term Maturity Date ” means the Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) above, Other Taxes.

 

Initial Reserve Report ” means the report of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties dated as of December 31, 2014.

 

Intercompany Debt ” means Debt among Loan Parties which is unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of all of the Secured Obligations in a manner and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and is not held, assigned, transferred, negotiated or pledged to any Person other than a Loan Party.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last Business Day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part.

 

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is three months thereafter; provided , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically

 

13



 

corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period may have a term which would extend beyond the Revolving Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Interim Redetermination ” has the meaning assigned such term in Section 2.07(b) .

 

Investment ” means, for any Person: (a) the acquisition (whether for cash, Property, services or securities or otherwise) of Equity Interests of any other Person (including any “short sale” or any sale of any securities at a time when such securities are not owned by the Person entering into such short sale); (b) the making of any deposit with, or advance, loan or capital contribution to, assumption of Debt of, purchase or other acquisition of any other Debt of or equity participation or interest in, or other extension of credit to, any other Person (including the purchase of Property from another Person subject to an understanding or agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such Property to such Person, but excluding any such advance, loan or extension of credit having a term not exceeding ninety (90) days representing the purchase price of goods or services sold by such Person in the ordinary course of business); (c) the purchase or acquisition (in one or a series of transactions) of Property of another Person that constitutes a business unit; or (d) the entering into of any guarantee of, or other contingent obligation (including the deposit of any Equity Interests to be sold) with respect to, Debt or other liability of any other Person and (without duplication) any amount committed to be advanced, lent or extended to such Person.

 

Issuing Bank ” means (a) Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and (b) and each Lender approved by the Administrative Agent and reasonably satisfactory to, or requested by, the Borrower that agrees to act as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, in each case, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.08(i) .  Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by its Affiliates, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

 

January 1 Reserve Report ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.12(a) .

 

LC Commitment ” at any time means ten million dollars ($10,000,000.00).

 

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Exposure ” means, at any time of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount available to be drawn of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Revolving Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

 

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Annex I and Annex II, any Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and any Incremental Term Lender.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

14



 

Letter of Credit Agreements ” means all letter of credit applications and other agreements (including any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto) submitted by the Borrower, or entered into by the Borrower, with an Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit.

 

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, the greater of (a) (i) for purposes of any Revolving Loan, 0.00% and (ii) for purposes of any Term Loan, 1.00% and (b) the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) appearing on the applicable Reuters screen (or on any successor or substitute screen of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such screen of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Loan for such Interest Period shall be the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) at which dollar deposits of an amount comparable to such Eurodollar Loan and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent (or such other commercial bank reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent) in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and whether such obligation or claim is fixed or contingent, and including but not limited to (a) the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes or (b) production payments and the like payable out of Oil and Gas Properties.  The term “Lien” shall include easements, restrictions, servitudes, permits, conditions, covenants, exceptions or reservations that burden Property to the extent they secure an obligation owed to a Person other than the owner of the Property. For the purposes of this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which they have acquired or hold subject to a conditional sale agreement, or leases under a financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person in a transaction intended to create a financing.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Security Instruments and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, in connection with this Agreement, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Swap Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreement.

 

Loan Party ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Majority Lenders ” means, Lenders having greater than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (a) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (b) the aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures then outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments and aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of the Defaulting Lenders (if any) shall be excluded from the determination of Majority Lenders.

 

15



 

Make Whole Amount ” means the sum of the interest payments (without discount) that would have accrued and been paid in accordance with Section 3.02 on the principal amount of (a) all Term Loans optionally prepaid under Section 3.04 and (b) all Terms Loans mandatorily prepaid under Section 3.04 in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate, in each case if such principal amount of Term Loans had been outstanding from the date of prepayment to the second anniversary of Effective Date, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, Property, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform the obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents against the Loan Parties, or (d) the rights and remedies of or benefits available to the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender under any Loan Document.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Debt (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $2,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any Loan Party in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the Swap Termination Value.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, each Subsidiary of Parent or the Borrower whose Total Assets at the last day of the period for which financial statements have been delivered under Section 8.01(a)  or (b)  were equal to or greater than 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such date; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Effective Date, Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate Total Assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such date determined in accordance with IFRS, then the Borrower shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries” such that, after giving effect to such designation, the aggregate Total Assets of the Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries do not exceed 10% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Parent and the Borrower and their Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Maximum Credit Amount ” means, as to each Revolving Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Revolving Lender’s name on Annex I under the caption “Maximum Credit Amounts”, as the same may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time in connection with a reduction or termination of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts pursuant to Section 2.06 or (b) modified from time to time pursuant to any assignment permitted by Section 12.04(b) . As of the Effective Date, the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts of the Revolving Lenders are $300,000,000.

 

Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 105% of the Fronting Exposure of all Issuing Banks with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) if the Borrower agrees to deliver Cash Collateral consisting of Property other than cash or deposit account balances, an amount determined by the relevant Issuing Bank in its sole discretion.

 

Money Laundering Law ” means any law governing conduct or acts designed in whole or in part to conceal or disguise the nature, location, source, ownership or control of money (including currency or equivalents, e.g., checks, electronic transfers, etc.) to avoid a transaction reporting requirement under state or federal law or to disguise the fact that the money was acquired by illegal means.

 

16



 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

 

Mortgage ” means each of the mortgages or deeds of trust executed by any one or more Loan Parties for the benefit of the Secured Parties as security for the Secured Obligations, together with any assumptions or assignments of the obligations thereunder by any Loan Party, and “Mortgages” shall mean all of such Mortgages collectively.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means any Property owned by any Loan Party which is subject to the Liens existing and to exist under the terms of the Security Instruments.

 

MSECI ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and to which the Borrower, a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or was obligated to make contributions within the last six (6) years.

 

New Borrowing Base Notice ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(d) .

 

New Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Permitted Refinancing Debt.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.02 and (ii) has been approved by the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” means a Lender, with respect to the Borrower, that is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” means the promissory notes, if any, of the Borrower described in Section 2.02(d)  and being substantially in the form of Exhibit A, together with all amendments, modifications, replacements, extensions and rearrangements thereof.

 

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Oil and Gas Properties ” means (a) Hydrocarbon Interests; (b) the Properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests; (c) all presently existing or future unitization agreements, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled units and the units created thereby (including all units created under orders, regulations and rules of any Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of the Hydrocarbon Interests; (d) all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and agreements, which relate to any of the Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, transportation, purchase, exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests; (e) all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests, including all oil in tanks, and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests; (f) all tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and Properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to the Hydrocarbon Interests and (g) all Properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to above, including any and all Property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any of such Hydrocarbon Interests or Property (excluding drilling rigs, automotive

 

17



 

equipment, rental equipment or other personal Property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells, buildings, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, apparatus, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.

 

OPA ” has the meaning assigned to such term within the definition of “Environmental Laws.”

 

Organizational Documents ” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to such corporation’s jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means with respect to any Credit Party, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Credit Party and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Credit Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.05 ).

 

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.04(c) .

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.04(c) .

 

Patriot Act ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.16 .

 

Payment in Full ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.18(a) .

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation as defined in Title IV of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt ” means Debt (for purposes of this definition, “ New Debt ”) incurred in exchange for, or proceeds of which are used to refinance, all of any other Debt (the “ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (a) such New Debt is in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Refinanced Debt (or, if the Refinanced Debt is

 

18



 

exchanged or acquired for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration thereof, such lesser amount) and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such exchange or refinancing; (b) such New Debt has a stated maturity no earlier than the stated maturity of the Refinanced Debt and a weighted average life no shorter than the weighted average life of the Refinanced Debt; (c) such New Debt does not have a stated interest rate in excess of the stated interest rate of the Refinanced Debt; (d) such New Debt does not contain any covenants which, taken as a whole, are more onerous to Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries than those imposed by the Refinanced Debt and (e) if such Refinanced Debt was subordinated, such New Debt (and any guarantees thereof) is subordinated in right of payment to the Secured Obligations to at least the same extent as the Refinanced Debt and is otherwise subordinated on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Petroleum Industry Standards ” means the Definitions for Oil and Gas Reserves promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (or any generally recognized successor) as in effect at the time in question.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan, as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA but excluding any Multiemployer Plan, which (a) is currently or hereafter sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate or (b) was at any time during the six calendar years preceding the date hereof, sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

Prohibited Transaction ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(c) of the Code.

 

Projections ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.11 .

 

Property ” means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Proposed Borrowing Base ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c)(i) .

 

Proposed Borrowing Base Notice ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c)(ii) .

 

Proved Reserves ” means oil and gas reserves that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) “Developed Producing Reserves”, (b) “Developed Non-Producing Reserves” or (c) “Undeveloped Reserves”.

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 at the time the relevant guaranty agreement or the grant of the relevant Lien becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1(a)(18)(A)(v)(ii) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

RCRA ” has the meaning assigned to such term within the definition of “Environmental Laws.”

 

19



 

Redemption ” means with respect to any Debt, the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, repayment, defeasance or any other acquisition or retirement for value (or the segregation of funds with respect to any of the foregoing) of such Debt.  “Redeem” has the correlative meaning thereto.

 

Redetermination Date ” means, with respect to any Scheduled Redetermination or any Interim Redetermination, the date that the redetermined Borrowing Base related thereto becomes effective pursuant to Section 2.07(d) .

 

Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Debt”.

 

Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 12.04(b)(v) .

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board, as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors (including attorneys, accountants and experts) of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release ” means any depositing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, placing, emitting, discarding, abandoning, emptying, discharging, migrating, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing.

 

Remedial Work ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.10(a) .

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder other than a Reportable Event as to which the provision of 30 days’ notice to the PBGC is waived under applicable regulations.

 

Required Hedges ” means Swap Agreements entered into by the Borrower at prices acceptable to the Administrative Agent (and in any event, in the case of (x) crude oil, at least equal to (i) $50.00/bbl for the calendar years 2015-2017 and (ii) $55.00/bbl for the calendar years 2018-2019 and (y) floors with respect to natural gas, at a price no more than 10% below spot market prices at the time such Swap Agreements are entered into) on not less than (a) 50% of the production from the Proved Reserves classified as “Developed Producing Reserves” attributable to any Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties for each of crude oil and natural gas, calculated separately, through the end of calendar year 2019 as reflected in the Initial Reserve Report and (b) 50% of the production from the Proved Reserves classified as “Developed Producing Reserves” attributable to any Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties for each of crude oil and natural gas, calculated separately, for a rolling 36 months period thereafter as reflected in the most recently delivered Reserve Report.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time while no Revolving Loans or LC Exposure is outstanding, Revolving Lenders having at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts; and at any time while any Revolving Loans or LC Exposure is outstanding, Revolving Lenders holding at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans or participation interests in Letters of Credit (without regard to any sale by a Revolving Lender of a participation in any Revolving Loan under Section 12.04(c) ); provided that the Maximum Credit Amounts of the Revolving Loans and participation interests in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting Lenders (if any) shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders.

 

20



 

Reserve Report ” means a report, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth, as of the dates set forth in Section 8.12(a)  (or such other date in the event of an Interim Redetermination), the Proved Reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties located in the United States of America (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be net of any third party interest in such Oil and Gas Properties pursuant to any agreement described in clause (d) of the definition of “Excepted Liens”), together with a projection of the rate of production and future net income, taxes, operating expenses and capital expenditures with respect thereto as of such date, based upon economic assumptions consistent with the Administrative Agent’s lending requirements at the time.

 

Reserve Report Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.12(c) .

 

Responsible Officer ” means, as to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Financial Officer or any Vice President of such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references to a Responsible Officer herein shall mean a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other Property) with respect to any Equity Interests in any Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other Property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, conversion, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests.

 

Revolving Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts represented by such Revolving Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount.  The initial Revolving Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Lender is set forth on Annex I.  If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Revolving Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make or continue Revolving Loans and to incur or acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, as such obligation may be (a) modified from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 , (b) modified from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 12.04(b)  or (c) otherwise modified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The amount representing each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall at any time be the lesser of (x) such Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount and (y) such Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage of the then effective Borrowing Base.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure (excluding all LC Exposure that has been Cash Collateralized) at such time.

 

Revolving Facility ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Facility”.

 

Revolving Lender ” means each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a) .

 

Revolving Maturity Date ” means May 14, 2020.

 

Revolving Termination Date ” means the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

 

21



 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized rating agency.

 

Scheduled Redetermination ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b) .

 

Scheduled Redetermination Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing Base that has been redetermined pursuant to a Scheduled Redetermination becomes effective as provided in Section 2.07(d) .

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor Governmental Authority.

 

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” means an agreement related to Cash Management Services between (x) any Loan Party and (y) a Secured Cash Management Provider.

 

Secured Cash Management Provider ” means, with respect to any agreement related to Cash Management Services, (a) a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender, (b) the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or (c) any other counterparty reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent who is the counterparty to any such Cash Management Agreement.

 

Secured Obligations ” means any and all amounts owing or to be owing by any Loan Party (x) to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender under any Loan Document, (y) to any Secured Swap Provider or Secured Cash Management Provider and (z) all renewals, extensions and/or rearrangements of any of the foregoing, in each case, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and LC Disbursements and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding); provided that the definition of “Secured Obligations” shall not create or include any guarantee by any Loan Party of (or grant of a security interest by any Loan Party to support, as applicable) any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party for purposes of determining any obligations of any Loan Party.

 

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank, each Secured Cash Management Provider, each Secured Swap Provider, each Indemnitee, each other Agent, and any other Person owed Secured Obligations and “Secured Party” means any of them individually.

 

Secured Swap Agreement ” means a Swap Agreement between (x) any Loan Party and (y) a Secured Swap Provider.

 

Secured Swap Provider ” means, with respect to any Swap Agreement, (a) a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender who is the counterparty to any such Swap Agreement with a Loan Party, (b) any Person who was a Revolving Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Lender at time when such Person entered into any such Swap Agreement who is a counterparty to any such Swap Agreement with a Loan Party and (c) any other counterparty reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Security Instruments ” means the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, mortgages, deeds of trust and other agreements, instruments or certificates described or referred to in Exhibit F-1, and any and all

 

22



 

other agreements, instruments, consents or certificates now or hereafter executed and delivered by the Borrower, the other Loan Parties or any other Person (other than Swap Agreements with Secured Swap Providers or participation or similar agreements between any Lender and any other lender or creditor with respect to any Secured Obligations pursuant to this Agreement) in connection with, or as security for the payment or performance of the Secured Obligations, the Notes, this Agreement, or reimbursement obligations under the Letters of Credit, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject, with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Subsidiary ” means as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which more than 50% of whose shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time owned, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a direct or indirect Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Parent.

 

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, forward, floor, future or derivative transaction or option (including any put or similar contract) or similar agreement, whether exchange traded, “over-the-counter” or otherwise, involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions (including any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act); provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Loan Party shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s) and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Agreements, as determined by the counterparties to such Swap Agreements.

 

Synthetic Leases ” means, in respect of any Person, all leases which shall have been, or should have been, in accordance with IFRS, treated as operating leases on the financial statements of the Person

 

23



 

liable (whether contingently or otherwise) for the payment of rent thereunder and which were properly treated as indebtedness for borrowed money for purposes of U.S. federal income taxes, if the lessee in respect thereof is obligated to either purchase for an amount in excess of, or pay upon early termination an amount in excess of, 80% of the residual value of the Property subject to such operating lease upon expiration or early termination of such lease.

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

Term Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Effective Date in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex II under the caption “Term Commitment”.  The aggregate Term Commitments of the Lenders are $125,000,000.

 

Term Facility ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Facility”.

 

Term Lender ” means each Lender that holds a Term Loan or an Incremental Term Loan.

 

Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b)  and, in event of an Incremental Term Facility is entered into in accordance with the terms of Section 2.09 , the term “Term Loans” shall also collectively include any Incremental Term Loans.

 

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means November 14, 2020.

 

Term Percentage ” means, with respect to any Term Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Term Commitments represented by such Term Lender’s Term Commitment (or, at any time after the Effective Date, the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans then outstanding represented by such Term Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding).  The initial Term Percentage of each Term Lender is set forth on Annex II.

 

Total Debt ” means, at any date, all Debt of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, other than intercompany Debt.

 

Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Person, the amount that would, in conformity with IFRS, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on a balance sheet of such Person at such date.

 

Total PDP PV-9 ” means, as of any date of determination thereof with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties described in the then most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Total Proved PV-9 attributable to Oil and Gas Properties described in the Reserve Report that constitute proved “Developed Producing Reserves”.

 

Total Proved PV-9 ” means, as of any date of determination thereof with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties described in the then most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent, the net present value, discounted at nine percent (9%) per annum, of the future net revenues expected to accrue to the Loan Parties’ collective interest in such Oil and Gas Properties from the date of such determination during the remaining expected economic lives of such Oil and Gas Properties.  Each calculation of such expected future net revenues shall be made in accordance with SEC guidelines for reporting proved oil and gas reserves, provided that in any event (a) appropriate deductions shall be made for severance and ad valorem taxes, and for operating, gathering, transportation and marketing costs required for the production and sale of such Oil and Gas Properties, (b) the pricing assumptions used in

 

24



 

determining Total Proved PV-9 for any Oil and Gas Properties shall be based upon the Strip Price, adjusted for local basis differentials or premiums and transportation costs and to reflect the Loan Parties’ Swap Agreements then in effect, in each case as determined in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion and (c) the cash-flows derived from the pricing assumptions set forth in clause (b) above shall be further adjusted to account for the historical basis differential in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided however , that for purposes of this calculation, no more than 40% of the Total Proved PV-9 shall be attributable to Oil and Gas Properties described in the Reserve Report that constitute proved “Developed Non-Producing Reserves” and proved “Undeveloped Reserves”.  The amount of Total Proved PV-9 at any time shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as of the date of any calculation thereof for dispositions and acquisitions of Oil and Gas Properties with fair market value or consideration in excess of five percent (5%) of the then effective Borrowing Base consummated by the Loan Parties since the date of the Reserve Report most recently delivered hereto ( provided that, in the case of any such acquisition, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Reserve Report evaluating the proved reserves attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties subject thereto); provided that at the Borrower’s sole discretion,  the amount of Total Proved PV-9 at any time may be calculated on a pro form basis as of the date of any calculation thereof for acquisition or dispositions with aggregate fair market value or consideration, as applicable, of less than five percent (5%) of the then effective Borrowing Base.  As used herein, “Strip Price” shall mean the equivalent futures price as quoted by the NYMEX for four years and held constant thereafter.

 

Transactions ” means, with respect to (a) the Borrower, the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, each other Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder, the Borrower’s grant of the security interests and provision of collateral under the Security Instruments and Borrower’s grant of Liens on Mortgaged Properties (if applicable) and other Properties pursuant to the Security Instruments and (b) each other Loan Party, the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the guaranteeing of the Secured Obligations and the other obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by such Loan Party and such Loan Party’s grant of the security interests and provision of collateral under the Security Instruments, and the grant of Liens by such Guarantor on Mortgaged Properties (if applicable) and other Properties pursuant to the Security Instruments.

 

Transferee ” means any Assignee or Participant.

 

U.S. Person ” means a Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.03(g)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding Equity Interests (other than any directors’ qualifying shares mandated by applicable law), on a fully-diluted basis, are owned by the Borrower, the Guarantors and/or one or more of the Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 1.03                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 1.04                              Terms Generally; Rules of Construction .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”,

 

25



 

“includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, and the word “or” is not exclusive.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, certificate, organizational document or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (b) any reference herein to any law shall be construed as referring to such law as amended, modified, codified or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to the restrictions contained in the Loan Documents), (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) with respect to the determination of any time period, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” and “until” means “to but excluding” and the word “through” means “to and including” and (f) any reference herein to Articles, Sections, Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be interpreted or construed against any Person solely because such Person or its legal representative drafted such provision.

 

Section 1.05                              Accounting Terms and Determinations; IFRS .  Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all determinations with respect to accounting matters hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements and certificates and reports as to financial matters required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with IFRS, applied on a basis consistent with the initial financial statements delivered under Section 8.01 , except for changes in which Parent’s independent certified public accountants concur and which are disclosed to the Administrative Agent on the next date on which financial statements are required to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.01(a) ; provided that, unless the Borrower and the Majority Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing, no such change shall modify or affect the manner in which compliance with the covenants contained herein is computed such that all such computations shall be conducted utilizing financial information presented consistently with prior periods.

 

Section 1.06                              Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS

 

Section 2.01                              Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Revolving Loans .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Lender agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment or (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including, without limitation, Section 3.04 , the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow the Revolving Loans.

 

26



 

(b)                                  Term Loans .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender agrees to make term loans (“ Term Loans ”) to the Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of the Term Commitment of such Term Lender.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including, without limitation, Section 3.04 , the Borrower may prepay the Term Loans; provided , however amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

Section 2.02                              Loans and Borrowings .

 

(a)                                  Borrowings; Several Obligations .  Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

(b)                                  Eurodollar Loans .  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Minimum Amounts; Limitation on Number of Borrowings .  At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $500,000.  There shall not at any time be more than a total of seven (7) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date.

 

(d)                                  Notes .  If requested by a Lender, the Revolving Loans and the each Term Loan, as applicable, made by such Lender shall each be evidenced by a single Note of the Borrower, dated, in the case of (i) any Lender party hereto as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of this Agreement or (ii) any Lender that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, as of the effective date of the Assignment and Assumption, payable to such Lender in a principal amount equal to its Maximum Credit Amount and/or its Term Loans outstanding, as applicable, as in effect on such date, and otherwise duly completed.  Upon request from a Lender and upon the return of the Note issued to it, or in the case of any loss, theft or destruction of any such Note, a lost note affidavit in customary form, in the event that any such Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount increases or decreases for any reason (whether pursuant to Section 2.06 , Section 12.04(b)  or otherwise), the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered on the effective date of such increase or decrease, a new Note payable to such Lender in a principal amount equal to its Maximum Credit Amount after giving effect to such increase or decrease, and otherwise duly completed.  The date, amount, interest rate and, if applicable, Interest Period of each Loan made by such Lender, and all payments made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by such Lender on its books for its Note, and, prior to any transfer, may be recorded by such Lender on a schedule attached to such Note or any continuation thereof or on any separate record maintained by such Lender.  Failure to make any such notation or to attach a schedule shall not affect any Lender’s or the Borrower’s rights or obligations in respect of such Loans or affect the validity of such transfer by any Lender of its Note.  Upon request of the Borrower, promptly following Payment in Full, each Lender shall return to the Borrower any Note issued to it, or in the case of any loss, theft or destruction of any such Note, a lost note affidavit in customary form.

 

27



 

Section 2.03                              Requests for Borrowings .  To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or other electronic communication acceptable to the Administrative Agent, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, the Business Day immediately prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that no such notice shall be required for any deemed request of a Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.08(e) .  Each such telephonic or other electronic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, telecopy or other electronic communication to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B and signed by the Borrower.  Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

 

(i)                                      the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

 

(ii)                                   the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)                                in the case of a Borrowing under the Revolving Commitments, the amount of the then effective Borrowing Base, the current total Revolving Credit Exposures (without regard to the requested Borrowing) and the pro forma total Revolving Credit Exposures (giving effect to the requested Borrowing); and

 

(iv)                               the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.05 .

 

Each Borrowing Request shall constitute a representation that the amount of the requested Borrowing shall not cause the total Revolving Credit Exposures to exceed the total Revolving Commitments (i.e., the lesser of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts and the then effective Borrowing Base).

 

Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03 , the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 2.05                              Funding of Borrowings .

 

(a)                                  Funding by the Lenders .  Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 2:00 P.M., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.08(e)  shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for its Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for its Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

(b)                                  Presumption of Funding by the Lenders .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the

 

28



 

Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.05(a)  and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Revolving Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

Section 2.06                              Termination and Reduction of Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Termination of Revolving Commitments .  Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date.  If at any time the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts are terminated by the Borrower, then the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the effective date of such termination or reduction.

 

(b)                                  Optional Termination and Reduction of Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts .

 

(i)                                      The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts; provided that (A) each reduction of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (B) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 3.04(b) , the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Revolving Commitments.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts under Section 2.06(b)(i)  at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Any election by the Borrower to terminate or reduce the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts pursuant to a notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(ii)  may be made to be contingent upon the consummation of a refinancing, effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction and such notice may otherwise be extended or revoked, in each case, with the requirements of Section 5.02 to apply to any failure of the contingency to occur and any such extension or revocation.  Any termination or reduction of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts shall be permanent and may not be reinstated.  Each reduction of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts shall be made ratably among the Revolving Lenders in accordance with each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage.

 

Section 2.07                              Borrowing Base .

 

(a)                                  Initial Borrowing Base .  For the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the next Redetermination Date, the amount of the Borrowing Base shall be

 

29



 

$75,000,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowing Base may be subject to further adjustments from time to time pursuant to the Borrowing Base Adjustment Provisions.

 

(b)                                  Scheduled and Interim Redeterminations .  The Borrowing Base shall be redetermined on a semi-annual basis, in each case in accordance with this Section 2.07 (a “ Scheduled Redetermination ”).  Subject to Section 2.07(d) , such redetermined Borrowing Base shall become effective and applicable to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders on May 1 st  and November 1 st  of each year (commencing with the first Scheduled Redetermination anticipated to occur on or about November 1, 2015), as applicable. In addition, the Borrower may, by notifying the Administrative Agent thereof, and the Administrative Agent may, at the direction of the Required Lenders, by notifying the Borrower thereof, one time each calendar year, each elect to cause the Borrowing Base to be redetermined between Scheduled Redeterminations (an “ Interim Redetermination ”) in accordance with this Section 2.07 .

 

(c)                                   Each Scheduled Redetermination and each Interim Redetermination shall be effectuated as follows:

 

(i)                                      Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of (A) the Reserve Report and the Reserve Report Certificate and (B) such other reports, data and supplemental information, including, without limitation, the information provided pursuant to Section 8.01 (as applicable) and Section 8.12 , as may, from time to time, be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (the Reserve Report, such certificate and such other reports, data and supplemental information being the “ Engineering Reports ”), the Administrative Agent shall evaluate the information contained in the Engineering Reports and shall, in its sole discretion, propose a new Borrowing Base (the “ Proposed Borrowing Base ”) based upon any information and such other information (including, without limitation, the status of title information with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties as described in the Engineering Reports and the existence of any other Debt including the aggregate principal amount of any Term Loans outstanding) as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate in its sole discretion and consistent with its normal and customary oil and gas lending criteria as it exists at the particular time.  In no event shall the Proposed Borrowing Base exceed the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts.

 

(ii)                                   The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Revolving Lenders of the Proposed Borrowing Base (the “ Proposed Borrowing Base Notice ”):

 

(A)                                in the case of a Scheduled Redetermination (1) if the Administrative Agent shall have received the Engineering Reports required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.12(a)  in a timely and complete manner, then on or before the 15 th  day following the date of delivery (or such later date, within 30 days thereof, to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree) or (2) if the Administrative Agent shall not have received the Engineering Reports required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.12(a)  in a timely and complete manner, then promptly after the Administrative Agent has received complete Engineering Reports from the Borrower and has had a reasonable opportunity to determine the Proposed Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 2.07(c)(i) ; and

 

30



 

(B)                                in the case of an Interim Redetermination, promptly, and in any event, within fifteen (15) days after the Administrative Agent has received the required Engineering Reports (unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower).

 

(iii)                                Decisions regarding the amount of the Borrowing Base will be made at the sole credit discretion of the Revolving Lenders in accordance with such Revolving Lenders’ normal and customary standards and practices for determining the value of Oil and Gas Properties in connection with reserve based oil and gas transactions consistently applied based upon its usual and customary criteria for reserve based lending as they exist from time to time (including the assets, liabilities, cash flow, business, properties, prospects, management and ownership of the Borrower and the effect of hedging arrangements). Any Proposed Borrowing Base that would (A) increase the Borrowing Base then in effect must be approved by all Revolving Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the Borrower and (B) decrease or maintain the Borrowing Base then in effect must be approved or be deemed to have been approved by the Required Lenders and the Borrower, in each case, as provided in this Section 2.07(c)(iii) .  Upon receipt of the Proposed Borrowing Base Notice, each Revolving Lender shall have fifteen (15) days to agree with the Proposed Borrowing Base or disagree with the Proposed Borrowing Base by proposing an alternate Borrowing Base.  If, at the end of such fifteen (15) day period, in the case of a Proposed Borrowing Base that would decrease or maintain the Borrowing Base then in effect, a Revolving Lender has not communicated its approval or disapproval in writing to the Administrative Agent, such silence shall be deemed to be an approval of such Proposed Borrowing Base.  If, at the end of such fifteen (15) day period, all of the Revolving Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders), in the case of a Proposed Borrowing Base that would increase the Borrowing Base then in effect, or the Required Lenders, in the case of a Proposed Borrowing Base that would decrease or maintain the Borrowing Base then in effect, have approved or deemed to have approved, as aforesaid, then the Proposed Borrowing Base shall become the Borrowing Base, effective on the date specified in Section 2.07(d) .  If, however, at the end of such fifteen (15) day period, all of the Revolving Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) or the Required Lenders, as applicable, have not approved or deemed to have approved the Proposed Borrowing Base as indicated above, then the Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter poll the Revolving Lenders to ascertain the highest Borrowing Base then acceptable to all of the Revolving Lenders (in the case of any increase to the Borrowing Base) or a number of Revolving Lenders sufficient to constitute the Required Lenders (in any other case) and such amount shall become the new Borrowing Base, effective on the date specified in Section 2.07(d) .

 

(d)                                  Effectiveness of a Redetermined Borrowing Base .  After a redetermined Borrowing Base is approved or is deemed to have been approved by all of the Revolving Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the Borrower or the Required Lenders, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.07(c)(iii) , the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Revolving Lenders of the amount of the redetermined Borrowing Base (the “ New Borrowing Base Notice ”), and such amount shall become the new Borrowing Base, effective and applicable to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders:

 

(i)                                      in the case of a Scheduled Redetermination, (A) if the Administrative Agent shall have received the Engineering Reports required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.12(a)  and (c)  in a timely and complete manner, then on May 1 st  and November 1 st  of each year, as applicable (or such later time as (x) the Borrower may agree upon request of the Administrative Agent or (y) the Required

 

31



 

Lenders may agree upon the request of the Borrower), as applicable, following such notice, or (B) if the Administrative Agent shall not have received the Engineering Reports required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.12(a)  and (c)  in a timely and complete manner, then on the Business Day next succeeding delivery of such New Borrowing Base Notice; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of an Interim Redetermination, on the Business Day next succeeding delivery of such New Borrowing Base Notice.

 

Such amount shall then become the Borrowing Base until the next Scheduled Redetermination Date, the next Interim Redetermination Date or the next adjustment to the Borrowing Base under the Borrowing Base Adjustment Provisions, whichever occurs first.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Scheduled Redetermination or Interim Redetermination shall become effective until the New Borrowing Base Notice related thereto is received by the Borrower.

 

Section 2.08                              Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                  General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of dollar denominated Letters of Credit for its own account or for the account of any other Loan Party, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the period from the Effective Date until the day which is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that the Borrower may not request the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit hereunder if a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists at such time or would exist as a result thereof.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions .  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (not less than three (3) Business Days in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension or such shorter period as the Issuing Bank may agree) a notice:

 

(i)                                      requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended;

 

(ii)                                   specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day);

 

(iii)                                specifying the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with Section 2.08(c) );

 

(iv)                               specifying the amount of such Letter of Credit;

 

(v)                                  specifying the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit; and

 

32



 

(vi)                               specifying the amount of the then effective Borrowing Base and whether a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists at such time, the current total Revolving Credit Exposures (without regard to the requested Letter of Credit or the requested amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit) and the pro forma total Revolving Credit Exposures (giving effect to the requested Letter of Credit or the requested amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit).

 

Each notice shall constitute a representation that after giving effect to the requested issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, as applicable, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Commitment and (ii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments (i.e. the lesser of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts and the then effective Borrowing Base).

 

If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit and shall guarantee the reimbursement of any Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Expiration Date .  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit, one year after such renewal or extension), in each case unless consented to by the relevant Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.  If the Borrower so requests, the Issuing Bank shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the relevant Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each 12-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and in no event extending beyond the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date unless Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-extension Notice Date ”) in each such 12-month period to be mutually agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the relevant Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant Issuing Bank for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that the relevant Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) the relevant Issuing Bank has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its extended form under the terms hereof, or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent any Revolving Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 6.02 is not then satisfied or waived.

 

(d)                                  Participations .  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and

 

33



 

unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.08(e) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this Section 2.08(d)  in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default, the existence of a Borrowing Base Deficiency or reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement .  If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the later of the Business Day on which such LC Disbursement is made and the Business Day the Borrower receives notice thereof; provided that, unless the Borrower has notified the relevant Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent that it will, and does, reimburse such LC Disbursement by the required date and time, the Borrower shall, subject to the conditions to Borrowing set forth herein, be deemed to have requested, and the Borrower does hereby request under such circumstances, that such payment be financed with a Revolving Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Revolving Loan.  If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Revolving Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.05 with respect to Loans made by such Revolving Lender (and Section 2.05 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.08(e) , the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this Section 2.08(e)  to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

 

(f)                                    Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in Section 2.08(e)  shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, any Letter of Credit Agreement or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or any Letter of Credit Agreement, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.08(f) , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.  Neither the Administrative Agent, the Revolving Lenders nor any Issuing

 

34



 

Bank, nor any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised all requisite care in each such determination.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

(g)                                   Disbursement Procedures.   The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or other electronic transmission) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

(h)                                  Interim Interest .  If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, until the Borrower shall have reimbursed such Issuing Bank for such LC Disbursement (either with its own funds or a Borrowing under Section 2.08(e) ), the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to Revolving Loans.  Interest accrued pursuant to this Section 2.08(h)  shall be for the account of such Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.08(e)  to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

(i)                                      Replacement of an Issuing Bank .  An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.05(b) .  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall also be deemed to refer to such successor.  After the

 

35



 

replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(j)                                     Cash Collateralization .

 

(i)                                      If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders under the Revolving Facility demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.08(j) , then the Borrower shall deposit, in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure.  If the Borrower is required to pay to the Administrative Agent the excess attributable to an LC Exposure in connection with any prepayment pursuant to Section 3.04(c) , the Borrower shall deposit in such an account an amount equal to the amount of such excess as provided in Section 3.04(c) , as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The obligation to deposit such cash collateral pursuant to the two preceding sentences shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary described in Section 10.01(h)  or Section 10.01(i) .

 

(ii)                                   At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 4.05(a)(iv)  and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

 

(A)                                Grant of Security Interest .  The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ LC Exposure, to be applied pursuant to clause (b) below.  If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

(B)                                Application .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.08(j)  or Section 4.05 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

36



 

(C)                                Termination of Requirement .  Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.08(j)  following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 4.05 the Person providing Cash Collateral and each Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and provided further that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

Section 2.09                              Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower and any one or more Lenders (including New Lenders) may from time to time agree that such Lenders shall make, obtain or increase the amount of their Incremental Term Loans by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent an Increased Facility Activation Notice specifying (i) the amount of such increase, (ii) the applicable Increased Facility Closing Date, and (iii) the interest rate for such Incremental Term Loans.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(i)                                      (x) without the consent of the Administrative Agent each increase effected pursuant to this paragraph shall be in a minimum amount of at least $10,000,000 and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans shall not exceed $50,000,000;

 

(ii)                                   no more than three (3) Increased Facility Closing Dates may be selected by the Borrower after the Effective Date;

 

(iii)                                such Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as those provided under the Security Instruments, and be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens on the Collateral;

 

(iv)                               no Default or Event of Default (including, without limitation, compliance with all financial covenants contained in Section 9.01 ) exists at the time of or would result from the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans after giving pro forma effect thereto;

 

(v)                                  the ratio of Total PDP PV-9 to Total Debt, as of any Increased Facility Closing Date, shall not be less than 1.00 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans;

 

(vi)                               no Increased Facility Closing Date shall occur after the date that is 18 months after the Effective Date;

 

(vii)                            the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, including any New Lender, shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Increased Facility Closing Date of such Incremental Term Loans and reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower; and

 

37



 

(viii)                         no Lender shall have any obligation to participate in any Incremental Term Loans described in this Section 2.09 unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion; provided , however , MSECI agrees that it or a designated Affiliate thereof will participate in the Incremental Term Loans (on a pro rata basis in accordance with its Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans) so long as the Incremental Term Loans the subject of any such Increased Facility Activation Notice are on the same terms, conditions and economics as the Term Loans made by the Lenders on the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Any additional bank, financial institution or other institutional lender which, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), elects to become a “Lender” under this Agreement in connection with any transaction described in Section 2.09(a) , such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender (a “ New Lender ”) shall become a Lender for all purposes and to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, on each Increased Facility Activation Date, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loans evidenced thereby.  Any such deemed amendment may be effected in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE III
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST; PREPAYMENTS; FEES

 

Section 3.01                              Repayment of Loans .  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of (a) each Revolving Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Revolving Termination Date and (b) each Term Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan on the Term Loan Maturity Date.  The Incremental Term Loans of each Incremental Term Lender shall mature on the Incremental Maturity Date.

 

Section 3.02                              Interest .

 

(a)                                  Revolving Loans .  The Revolving Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Margin, but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.

 

(b)                                  Term Loans .  The Term Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus 7.00%, but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.

 

(c)                                   Incremental Term Loans .  The Incremental Term Loans shall bear interest at a rate per annum as shall be agreed to by the Borrower and the applicable Incremental Term Lenders as shown in the applicable Increased Facility Activation Notice.

 

(d)                                  Post-Default and Borrowing Base Deficiency Rate .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of, or interest on, any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower or any Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, at the election of the Majority Lenders

 

38



 

all outstanding amounts hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at the rate then applicable to such amount payable (including the Applicable Margin, as applicable) plus an additional two percent (2.0%), but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.

 

(e)                                   Interest Payment Dates .  Accrued interest on (1) each Term Loans shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Term Loan and on the Term Loan Maturity Date and (2) each Revolving Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan and on the Revolving Termination Date; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 3.02(d)  shall be payable on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

 

(f)                                    Interest Rate Computations .  All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days unless such computation would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

Section 3.03                              Alternate Rate of Interest .  If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period;

 

(b)                                  the Administrative Agent is advised by the Majority Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; or

 

(c)                                   the Administrative Agent is advised by a Lender that it has become unlawful for such Lender or its applicable lending office to honor its obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans;

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, such Borrowing shall be made at an alternate rate of interest reasonably determined by the Majority Lenders or the applicable Lender(s) (in the case of clause (c)), in consultation with the Borrower, as their cost of funds.

 

Section 3.04                              Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  Optional Prepayments .  The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with Section 3.04(b)  and the payment of any premium or penalty in accordance with Section 3.04(d) .  Amounts prepaid on the account of the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

 

39



 

(b)                                  Notice and Terms of Optional Prepayment .  The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or other electronic transmission) of any prepayment hereunder, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree).  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided any notice of prepayment pursuant to a notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.04(b)  may be made to be contingent upon the consummation of a refinancing, effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction and such notice may otherwise be extended or revoked, in each case, with the requirements of Section 5.02 to apply to any failure of the contingency to occur and any such extension or revocation.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing as provided in Section 2.02 .  Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 3.02 and any amounts due under Section 5.02 .

 

(c)                                   Mandatory Prepayments of Revolving Loans .

 

(i)                                      Upon Optional Terminations and Reductions .  If, after giving effect to any termination or reduction of the Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts pursuant to Section 2.06(b) , there is a Borrowing Base Deficiency, then the Borrower shall (A) prepay the Revolving Loans on the date of such termination or reduction in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, and (B) if any Borrowing Base Deficiency remains after prepaying all of the Revolving Loans as a result of LC Exposure, Cash Collateralize such remaining deficiency as provided in Section 2.08(j) .  The Borrower shall be obligated to make such prepayment and/or deposit of Cash Collateral substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of such termination or reduction.

 

(ii)                                   Upon Redeterminations .  Upon any redetermination of the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 2.07(b) , if there is a Borrowing Base Deficiency, then the Borrower shall, within 10 Business Days after its receipt of a New Borrowing Base Notice or effectiveness of the new Borrowing Base which results in such Borrowing Base Deficiency, as the case may be, inform the Administrative Agent of the Borrower’s election to:

 

(A)                                within 30 days following its receipt of such New Borrowing Base Notice or effectiveness of the new Borrowing Base (1) prepay the Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency and (2) if any Borrowing Base Deficiency remains after prepaying all of the Revolving Loans as a result of any LC Exposure, Cash Collateralize such excess as provided in Section 2.08(j) ,

 

(B)                                prepay the Revolving Loans in five equal monthly installments, commencing on the 30th day following its receipt of such New Borrowing Base Notice or effectiveness of the new Borrowing Base with each payment being equal to 1/5 th  of the aggregate principal amount of the Borrowing Base Deficiency,

 

40



 

(C)                                within 30 days following its receipt of such New Borrowing Base Notice or effectiveness of the new Borrowing Base, provide additional collateral in the form of additional Oil and Gas Properties not evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report or other collateral reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent having a Borrowing Base value (as proposed by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Required Lenders) sufficient, after giving effect to any other actions taken pursuant to this Section 3.04(c)  to eliminate any such excess, or

 

(D)                                undertake a combination of clauses (A), (B) and (C).

 

provided that, notwithstanding the options set forth above, in all cases, the Borrowing Base Deficiency must be eliminated on or prior to the Revolving Termination Date.  If, because of LC Exposure, a Borrowing Base Deficiency remains after prepaying all of the Revolving Loans, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize such remaining Borrowing Base Deficiency as provided in Section 2.08(j) .

 

(iii)                                Upon Borrowing Base Adjustments .  Upon any adjustment to the amount of the Borrowing Base pursuant to the Borrowing Base Adjustment Provisions, if there is a Borrowing Base Deficiency, then the Borrower shall (A) prepay the Revolving Loans on the date of such Borrowing Base adjustment in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Borrowing Base Deficiency, and (B) if any Borrowing Base Deficiency remains after prepaying all of the Revolving Loans as a result of LC Exposure, Cash Collateralize such remaining deficiency as provided in Section 2.08(j) .  The Borrower shall be obligated to make such prepayment and/or deposit of Cash Collateral substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of such Borrowing Base adjustment.

 

(d)                                  Premium or Penalty .

 

(i)                                      Revolving Loans .  Prepayments of Revolving Loans permitted or required under this Section 3.04 shall be without premium or penalty, except as required under Section 5.02 .

 

(ii)                                   Term Loans .

 

(A)                                All (I) optional prepayments of Term Loans permitted under this Section 3.04 made prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date and (II) mandatory prepayments of Term Loans required under this Section 3.04 (1) made prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date and in an aggregate principal amount greater than $25,000,000 or (2) made on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date but prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, in each case shall be accompanied by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans being prepaid multiplied by the Applicable Premium then in effect.

 

(B)                                In addition to such Applicable Premium, all (I) optional prepayments of Term Loans permitted under this Section 3.04 or (II) mandatory prepayments of Term Loans required under this Section 3.04 in an aggregate principal amount greater than $25,000,000, in each case made prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date shall also be accompanied by an amount equal to the Make Whole Amount.

 

41



 

(e)                                   Application of Prepayments .  Each prepayment of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.04 shall be applied, ratably to any Eurodollar Borrowings then outstanding, and if more than one Eurodollar Borrowing is then outstanding, to each such Eurodollar Borrowing in order of priority beginning with the Eurodollar Borrowing with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto and ending with the Eurodollar Borrowing with the most number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

(f)                                    Interest to be Paid with Prepayments .  Prepayments pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 3.02 .

 

Section 3.05                              Fees .

 

(a)                                  Commitment Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender to the extent set forth in Section 4.05 ) a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the applicable Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender (determined taking into account both Revolving Loans and LC Exposure) during the period from and including the date of this Agreement to but excluding the Revolving Termination Date.  Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.  All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, unless such computation would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(b)                                  Letter of Credit Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender to the extent set forth in Section 4.05 ) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Margin used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Loans (as such rate may be increased pursuant to Section 3.02(d) ) on the average daily amount of such Revolving Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements that has been funded by such Revolving Lender) during the period from and including the date of this Agreement to but excluding the later of the date on which such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Revolving Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, (ii) to each applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee in an amount equal to 0.125% multiplied by the face amount of such Letter of Credit on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure attributable to such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the date of this Agreement to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure and (iii) to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, its standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on such last Business Day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date of this Agreement; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the Revolving Termination Date and any such fees accruing after the Revolving Termination Date shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to any Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 3.05(b)  shall be payable within 10 days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, unless such computation would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, in which case interest shall be computed on

 

42



 

the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(c)                                   Upfront Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to (i) each Revolving Lender (including Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.), a fee equal to 50 basis points on an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s allocated share of the Borrowing Base in effect on the Effective Date and (ii) each Term Lender (including Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.), a fee equal to 150 basis points on an amount equal to such Term Lender’s allocated share of the Term Loans advanced on the Effective Date.  Each such fee shall be due and payable on the Effective Date.

 

(d)                                  Incremental Term Loan Upfront Fees .  The Borrower agrees to pay to each Lender of Incremental Term Loans (including, if applicable, Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.) a fee equal to 150 basis points on an amount equal to such Lender’s allocated share of the Incremental Term Loans advanced on any Increased Facility Activation Date, which fee shall be earned and payable on the applicable Increased Facility Activation Date.

 

(e)                                   Administrative Agent Fees .  At any time there is more than one Lender (other than Lenders that are Affiliates of the Administrative Agent), the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, an annual administration fee equal to $50,000, which fee will be payable annually, in advance, commencing on the date the condition in the first clause of this sentence is effective and thereafter on each anniversary thereof.

 

Section 3.06                              Payments to MSECI; Fundings made by MSECI .

 

(a)                                  MSECI, in its capacity as Administrative Agent and/or Arranger, in its sole discretion, may provide written notice to the Loan Parties to pay any fees or any other amounts due to MSECI under the Loan Documents to Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., in its capacity as a Lender, for the account of MSECI, and the relevant Loan Party shall comply with any such written direction.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 2.05 , MSECI or any of its Affiliates, each in its capacity as Administrative Agent, and any Lender and the Borrower may agree that such Lender shall make a Loan to be made by it hereunder directly to the Borrower and such Lender shall make such Loan on the proposed borrowing date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

 

ARTICLE IV
PAYMENTS; PRO RATA TREATMENT; SHARING OF SET-OFFS

 

Section 4.01                              Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .

 

(a)                                  Payments by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 , Section 5.03 or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without defense, deduction, recoupment, set-off or counterclaim.  Fees, once paid, shall be fully earned and shall not be refundable under any circumstances.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices

 

43



 

specified in Section 12.01 or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to the applicable Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 , Section 5.03 and Section 12.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

 

(b)                                  Application of Insufficient Payments .  If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

(c)                                   Sharing of Payments by Lenders .  If, other than as provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 4.01(c)  shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 4.01(c)  shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 4.02                              Presumption of Payment by the Borrower .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders and/or any applicable Issuing Bank that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders and/or any applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders and/or any applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and

 

44



 

including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

Section 4.03                              Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent .  If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(a) , Section 2.08(d) , Section 2.08(e)  or Section 4.02 then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.  If at any time prior to the acceleration or maturity of the Loans, the Administrative Agent shall receive any payment in respect of principal of a Loan or a reimbursement of an LC Disbursement while one or more Defaulting Lenders shall be party to this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall apply such payment first to the Borrowing(s) for which such Defaulting Lender(s) shall have failed to fund its pro rata share until such time as such Borrowing(s) are paid in full or each Lender (including each Defaulting Lender) is owed its Revolving Applicable Percentage or Term Percentage, as applicable, of all Loans then outstanding.  After acceleration or maturity of the Loans, all principal will be paid ratably as provided in Section 10.02(c) .

 

Section 4.04                              Disposition of Proceeds .  The Security Instruments contain an assignment by the Borrower and/or the Guarantors unto and in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties of all of the Borrower’s or each Guarantor’s interest in and to production and all proceeds attributable thereto which may be produced from or allocated to the Mortgaged Property.  The Security Instruments further provide in general for the application of such proceeds to the satisfaction of the Secured Obligations and other obligations described therein and secured thereby.  Notwithstanding the assignment contained in such Security Instruments, until the occurrence of an Event of Default, (a) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that they will neither notify the purchaser or purchasers of such production nor take any other action to cause such proceeds to be remitted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, but the Lenders will instead permit such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower or another Loan Party and (b) the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to take such actions as may be necessary to cause such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and/or such Loan Party.

 

Section 4.05                              Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Defaulting Lender Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Revolving Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(i)                                      Waivers and Amendments .  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Majority Lenders or Required Lenders, as applicable.

 

(ii)                                   Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article X or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 12.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Bank hereunder; third , to Cash

 

45



 

Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.08(j) ; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Revolving Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.08(j) ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or the Issuing Banks against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Revolving Loans or LC Disbursements in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Revolving Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 6.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Revolving Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Revolving Loans of, or LC Disbursements owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Revolving Loans and LC Exposure is held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 4.05(a)(iv) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 4.05(a)(ii)  shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(iii)                                Certain Fees .

 

(A)                                No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 3.05(a)  for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

 

(B)                                Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive letter of credit fees pursuant to Section 3.05(b)  for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its LC Exposure for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.08(j) .

 

(C)                                With respect to any fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure that has been reallocated to such non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv)

 

46



 

below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iv)                               Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure .  All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth in Section 6.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment.  No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

(v)                                  Cash Collateral .  If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Banks’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.08(j) .

 

(b)                                  Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Revolving Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Revolving Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Loans of the other Revolving Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held pro rata by the Revolving Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under the Revolving Facility (without giving effect to Section 4.05(iv) , whereupon such Revolving Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Revolving Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Revolving Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Revolving Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

(c)                                   New Letters of Credit .  So long as any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

 

47



 

ARTICLE V
INCREASED COSTS; BREAK FUNDING PAYMENTS; TAXES

 

Section 5.01                              Increased Costs .

 

(a)                                  Increased Costs Generally .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)                                      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank;

 

(ii)                                   subject any Credit Party to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii)                                impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Credit Party of making, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Bank or other Credit Party of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such other Credit Party (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then, upon request of such Lender, Issuing Bank or other Credit Party, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such other Credit Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such other Credit Party for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)                                  Capital and Liquidity Requirements .  If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Issuing Bank or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)                                   Certificates for Reimbursement .  A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 5.01(a)  or (b)  shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

48



 

(d)                                  Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 5.01 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 5.01 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

Section 5.02                              Break Funding Payments .  In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the failure to borrow, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto, or (c) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.04 then, in any such event and upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower shall compensate such Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.  In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market.

 

A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 5.02 and demonstrating, in reasonable detail, the computation of such amount or amounts shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

Section 5.03                              Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Section 5.03 , Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 , the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

(b)                                  Payments Free of Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that, after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.03 ), the applicable Credit Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

49



 

(c)                                   Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties .  The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification by the Loan Parties .  The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Credit Party, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.03 ) payable or paid by such Credit Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Credit Party and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.04(c)  relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

 

(f)                                    Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5.03 , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)                                   Status of Lenders .  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.03(g)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B)  and ( ii)(D)  below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject

 

50



 

such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Person,

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)                                any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-BEN-E, as applicable (or any successor form) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2)                                  executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form);

 

(3)                                  in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form); or

 

(4)                                  to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY(or any successor form), accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form), IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 or Exhibit H-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as

 

51



 

applicable; provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(C)                                any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(D)                                if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(h)                                  Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.03 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5.03 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable

 

52



 

net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i)                                      Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.03 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Documents.

 

Section 5.04                              Designation of Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01 , or required the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 , then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

Section 5.05                              Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.01 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.03 , and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.04 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.04(b) ), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 ) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to a replacement bank, financial institution or other institutional lender that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.04 , (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 5.02 ), from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.01 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.03 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law; and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

53



 

ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 6.01                              Effective Date .  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 12.02 ):

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party hereto counterparts (in such number as may be requested by the Administrative Agent) of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party thereto duly executed counterparts (in such number as may be requested by the Administrative Agent) of the Security Instruments, including the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, and except in cases where no signature is required, the other Security Instruments described on Exhibit F-1.  In connection with the execution and delivery of the Security Instruments, the Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the Security Instruments create first priority Liens that may be perfected upon recordation of properly completed financing statements and the Security Instruments in the appropriate filing offices therefor (except that Excepted Liens identified in clauses (a) to (d) and (f) of the definition thereof, but subject to the provisos at the end of such definition may exist) on at least 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party setting forth (i) resolutions of its board of directors or other appropriate governing body with respect to the authorization of such Loan Party to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to enter into the transactions contemplated in those documents, (ii) the officers of such Loan Party (y) who are authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and (z) who will, until replaced by another officer or officers duly authorized for that purpose, act as its representative for the purposes of signing documents and giving notices and other communications in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) specimen signatures of such authorized officers, and (iv) the articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other applicable Organizational Documents of such Loan Party, certified as being true and complete.  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may conclusively rely on such certificate until the Administrative Agent receives notice in writing from such Loan to the contrary.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of the appropriate state agencies, as requested by the Administrative Agent, with respect to the existence, qualification and good standing of each Loan Party in each jurisdiction where any such Loan Party is organized or owns Borrowing Base Properties.

 

(e)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent certifying that (i) all government and third party approvals necessary in connection with the continued operations of the Loan Parties and the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority that would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the financing contemplated hereby on satisfactory terms and (ii) no action or proceeding is pending or threatened in any court or before any Governmental Authority seeking to enjoin or prevent the consummation of the Transactions contemplated hereby.

 

54



 

(f)                                    The Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of insurance coverage of the Loan Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing that the Loan Parties are carrying insurance in accordance with Section 7.12 .

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Parent and the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit E certifying that, after giving effect to the Borrowings under this Agreement and the other Transactions contemplated hereunder, Parent, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are solvent.

 

(h)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent certifying that the Borrower and the other Loan Parties will have outstanding no material Debt for borrowed money (other than Intercompany Debt or Disqualified Capital Stock other than the Secured Obligations under this Agreement or other Debt permitted by Section 9.02 .

 

(i)                                      The Administrative Agent shall have received the Initial Reserve Report accompanied by a certificate covering the matters described in Section 8.12(c)(i)-(iii) .

 

(j)                                     The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five (5) days prior to the Effective Date, all documentation and other information previously requested and required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

 

(k)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of (i) Hogan Lovells US, LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, (ii) Baker & McKenzie, counsel for Parent and (iii) local counsel in any jurisdictions where Borrowing Base Properties are located, in form and of substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

(l)                                      The Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date and, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

 

(m)                              The Administrative Agent shall have received appropriate UCC search certificates reflecting no prior Liens encumbering the Properties of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties other than those being released on or prior to the Effective Date or Liens permitted by Section 9.03 .

 

(n)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received title information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require satisfactory to the Administrative Agent setting forth the status of title to at least 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties.

 

(o)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that on or before, or substantially simultaneous with, the Effective Date the Existing Credit Facilities have been repaid in full (or otherwise satisfied and discharged), all commitments thereunder terminated and all Liens created thereunder are being released, in each case on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(p)                                  The Borrower shall have unrestricted cash and unused availability under the Borrowing Base in an aggregate amount of not less than $25,000,000 on the Effective Date (after

 

55



 

giving effect to the Borrowings and any application of the proceeds of the Loans incurred on the Effective Date).

 

(q)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received such other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 12.02 ) at or prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on May 14, 2015 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

 

Section 6.02                              Each Credit Event .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (including the initial funding and the funding of any Incremental Term Loan), and of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  At the time of and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default or Event of Default (including, without limitation, compliance with all financial covenants contained in Section 9.01 ) shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality in which case such applicable representation and warranty shall be true and correct) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except to the extent any such representations and warranties are expressly limited to an earlier date, in which case, on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, such representations and warranties shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality in which case such applicable representation and warranty shall be true and correct) as of such specified earlier date.

 

(c)                                   At the time and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, there is exists no event or circumstance that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  The receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 or a request for a Letter of Credit (or an amendment, extension or renewal of a Letter of Credit) in accordance with Section 2.08(b) , as applicable.

 

Each request for a Borrowing and each request for the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower and the other Loan Parties on the date thereof as to the matters specified in Section 6.02(a)  through (d) .

 

56



 

ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of Parent and the Borrower, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

Section 7.01                              Organization; Powers .  Each Loan Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority, and has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals necessary, to own its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, and is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where failure to have such licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and foreign qualifications could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.02                              Authority; Enforceability .  The Transactions are within each Loan Party’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action.  Each Loan Document to which a Loan Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 7.03                              Approvals; No Conflicts .  The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other third Person, nor is any such consent, approval, registration, filing or other action necessary for the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect other than (i) the recording and filing of financing statements and the Security Instruments as required by this Agreement and (ii) those third party approvals or consents which, if not made or obtained, would not cause a Default hereunder, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or do not have an adverse effect on the enforceability of the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate (i) in any material respect, any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority or (ii) the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any material indenture, note, credit agreement or other similar instrument binding upon any Loan Party or its Properties, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Loan Party and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any Property of any Loan Party (other than the Liens created by the Loan Documents).

 

Section 7.04                              Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .

 

(a)                                  Since December 31, 2014 and after giving effect to the Transactions (i) there has been no event, development or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) the business of the Borrower and the Loan Parties has been conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past business practices (it being understood that changes in business practices that do not change the nature of the business as an exploration and production company, such as changes to respond to current market conditions, are consistent with past business practices).

 

(b)                                  Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party has on the date of this Agreement, after giving effect to the Transactions, any material Debt (including Disqualified Capital Stock) other than the Secured Obligations, Intercompany Debt or any contingent

 

57



 

liabilities, off-balance sheet liabilities or partnerships, liabilities for taxes, or unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments.

 

Section 7.05                              Litigation .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 7.05 , there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party that (i) are not fully covered by insurance (except for normal deductibles) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) involve any Loan Document or the Transactions.

 

(b)                                  Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the matters disclosed in Schedule 7.05 that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.06                              Environmental Matters .  Except for such matters as set forth on Schedule 7.06 or that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  the Group Members and each of their respective Properties and operations thereon are, and within all applicable statute of limitation periods have been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;

 

(b)                                  the Group Members have obtained all Environmental Permits required for their respective operations and each of their Properties, with all such Environmental Permits being currently in full force and effect, and no Group Member has received any written notice or otherwise has knowledge that any such existing Environmental Permit will be revoked or that any application for any new Environmental Permit or renewal of any existing Environmental Permit will be denied;

 

(c)                                   there are no claims, demands, suits, orders, inquiries, or proceedings concerning any violation of, or any liability (including as a potentially responsible party) under, any applicable Environmental Laws that is pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any Group Member or any of their respective Properties or as a result of any operations at the Properties;

 

(d)                                  none of the Properties of the Group Members contain or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, have contained any:  (i) underground storage tanks; (ii) asbestos-containing materials; (iii) landfills or dumps; (iv) hazardous waste management units as defined pursuant to RCRA or any comparable state law; or (v) sites on or nominated for the National Priority List promulgated pursuant to CERCLA or any state remedial priority list promulgated or published pursuant to any comparable state law;

 

(e)                                   except as permitted under applicable laws, there has been no Release or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened Release, of Hazardous Materials attributable to the operations of any Group Member at, on, under or from any Group Member’s Properties and there are no investigations, remediations, abatements, removals of Hazardous Materials required under applicable Environmental Laws relating to such Releases or threatened Releases or at such Properties and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, none of such Properties are adversely affected

 

58



 

by any Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Material originating or emanating from any other real property;

 

(f)                                    no Group Member has received any written notice asserting an alleged liability or obligation under any Environmental Laws with respect to the investigation, remediation, abatement, removal, or monitoring of any Hazardous Materials, including at, under, or Released or threatened to be Released from any real properties offsite the Group Member’s Properties and there are no conditions or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in the receipt of such written notice;

 

(g)                                   there has been no exposure of any Person or Property to any Hazardous Materials as a result of or in connection with the operations and businesses of any Group Member or relating to any of their Properties that would reasonably be expected to form the basis for a claim against any Group Member for damages or compensation and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, there are no conditions or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in the receipt of notice regarding such exposure; and

 

(h)                                  the Group Members have provided to the Lenders complete and correct copies of all environmental site assessment reports, investigations, studies, analyses, and correspondence on environmental matters (including matters relating to any alleged non-compliance with or liability under Environmental Laws) that are in any Group Member’s possession or control and relating to their respective Properties or operations thereon.

 

Section 7.07                              Compliance with the Laws and Agreements; No Defaults .

 

(a)                                  Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Governmental Requirements applicable to it or its Property and all agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its Property, and possesses all licenses, permits, franchises, exemptions, approvals and other governmental authorizations necessary for the ownership of its Property and the conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Loan Party is in default nor has any event or circumstance occurred which, but for the expiration of any applicable grace period or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default or would require such Loan Party to Redeem or make any offer to Redeem all or any portion of any Debt outstanding under any material indenture, note, credit agreement or other similar instrument pursuant to which any Material Indebtedness is outstanding.

 

(c)                                   No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 7.08                              Investment Company Act .  No Loan Party is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Section 7.09                              Taxes .  Each Loan Party has timely filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the applicable Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with IFRS or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of Borrower, no material proposed tax assessment is being asserted with respect to any Loan Party.

 

59



 

Section 7.10                              ERISA .

 

(a)                                  Each Plan is, and has been, operated, administered and maintained in substantial compliance with, and the Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have complied in all material respects with, ERISA, the terms of the applicable Plan and, where applicable, the Code.

 

(b)                                  No act, omission or transaction has occurred which would result in imposition on any the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate (whether directly or indirectly) of (i) either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to subsections (c), (i) or (l) of section 502 of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to Chapter 43 of Subtitle D of the Code or (ii) breach of fiduciary duty liability damages under section 409 of ERISA.

 

(c)                                   No liability to the PBGC (other than for the payment of current premiums which are not past due) by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has been or is reasonably expected by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Plan.  No ERISA Event with respect to any Plan has occurred.

 

(d)                                  The actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities under each Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA does not, as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, exceed the current value of the assets (computed on a plan termination basis in accordance with Title IV of ERISA) of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The term “actuarial present value of the benefit liabilities” shall have the meaning specified in section 4041 of ERISA.

 

(e)                                   Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or has at any time in the six-year period preceding the date hereof sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or had any actual or contingent liability to any Multiemployer Plan.

 

Section 7.11                              Disclosure; No Material Misstatements .  The Borrower has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any Loan Party is subject, and all other existing facts and circumstances applicable to the Loan Parties known to the Borrower, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contain any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial or other information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.  There is no fact peculiar to the Borrower or any other Loan Party which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or in the future is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect and which has not been set forth in this Agreement or the Loan Documents or the other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party prior to, or on, the date hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.  There are no statements or conclusions in any Reserve Report which are based upon or include misleading information or fail to take into account material information regarding the matters reported therein, it being understood that projections concerning volumes attributable to the Oil and Gas Properties and production and cost estimates contained in each Reserve Report are necessarily based upon professional opinions, estimates and projections and the Loan Parties do not warrant that such opinions, estimates and projections will ultimately prove to have been accurate.

 

60



 

Section 7.12                              Insurance .  For the benefit of each Loan Party, Parent or the Borrower has (a) all insurance policies sufficient for the compliance by the Loan Parties with all material Governmental Requirements and all material agreements and (b) insurance coverage, or self-insurance, in at least such amounts and against such risk (including public liability) that are usually insured against by companies similarly situated and engaged in the same or a similar business for the assets and operations of the Loan Parties.  Schedule 7.12 , as of the date hereof, sets forth a list of all insurance maintained by Parent or the Borrower.  The Administrative Agent, as agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has been named as additional insureds in respect of such liability insurance policies and the Administrative Agent, as agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has been named as loss payee with respect to Property loss insurance.

 

Section 7.13                              Restriction on Liens .  Neither the Borrower nor any Loan Party is a party to any material agreement or arrangement (other than as permitted by Section 9.15 ), or subject to any order, judgment, writ or decree, which either restricts or purports to restrict its ability to grant Liens to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on or in respect of their Properties to secure the Secured Obligations and the Loan Documents.

 

Section 7.14                              Group Members .  Except as set forth on Schedule 7.14 or as disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly furnish a copy to the Lenders), which shall be a supplement to Schedule 7.14 , there are no other Group Members.  Each Guarantor and Material Subsidiary has been so designated on Schedule 7.14 .

 

Section 7.15                              Foreign Operations .  The Borrower and the other Loan Parties do not own any Oil and Gas Properties not located within the geographical boundaries of the United States or Australia.

 

Section 7.16                              Location of Business and Offices .  The Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization is Colorado; the name of the Borrower as listed in the public records of its jurisdiction of organization is Sundance Energy, Inc. and the organizational identification number of the Borrower in its jurisdiction of organization is 20031394742 (or, in each case, as set forth in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.01(l)  in accordance with Section 12.01 ).  The Borrower’s principal place of business and chief executive offices are located at the address specified in Section 12.01 (or as set forth in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(l)  and Section 12.01(c) ).  Each Group Member’s jurisdiction of organization, name as listed in the public records of its jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number in its jurisdiction of organization, and the location of its principal place of business and chief executive office is stated on Schedule 7.14 (or as set forth in a notice delivered pursuant to Section 8.01(l) ).

 

Section 7.17                              Properties; Titles, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Each Loan Party has good and defensible title to the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report and good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, licenses of, or rights of use, all other Collateral owned or leased by such Loan Party and all of its other material personal Properties necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business other than Properties sold in compliance with Section 9.11 from time to time, in each case, free and clear of all Liens except Liens permitted by Section 9.03 .  After giving full effect to the Excepted Liens, the Loan Party specified as the owner owns the net interests in production attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests as reflected in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, and except as otherwise provided by statute, regulation or the standard and customary provisions of any applicable joint operating agreement, the ownership of such Properties shall not in any material respect obligate the Loan Party to bear the costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such Property in an amount in excess of the

 

61



 

working interest of each Property set forth in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate increase in the Loan Party’s net revenue interest in such Property.

 

(b)                                  All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, and there exists no default or event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would give rise to a default under any such lease or leases, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the rights and Properties presently owned, leased or licensed by the Loan Parties including all easements and rights of way, include all rights and Properties necessary to permit the Loan Parties to conduct their business in the same manner as its business is conducted on the date hereof.

 

(d)                                  Except for Properties being repaired, all of the Properties of the Loan Parties which are reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses are in good working condition in all material respects and are maintained in accordance with prudent business standards.

 

(e)                                   Each Loan Party owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the business, and the use thereof by the Loan Party does not, to its knowledge, infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Loan Parties either own or have valid licenses or other rights to use all databases, geological data, geophysical data, engineering data, seismic data, maps, interpretations and other technical information used in their businesses as presently conducted, subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing the use of the same, which limitations are customary for companies engaged in the business of the exploration and production of Hydrocarbons, with such exceptions as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.18                              Maintenance of Properties .  Except for such acts or failures to act as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Oil and Gas Properties (and Properties unitized therewith) of the Loan Parties have been maintained, operated and developed in a good and workmanlike manner and in conformity with all Governmental Requirements and in conformity with the provisions of all leases, subleases or other contracts comprising a part of the Hydrocarbon Interests and other contracts and agreements forming a part of the Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties.  Specifically in connection with the foregoing, except for those as could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no Oil and Gas Property of the Loan Parties is subject to having allowable production reduced below the full and regular allowable (including the maximum permissible tolerance) because of any overproduction (whether or not the same was permissible at the time) and (ii) none of the wells comprising a part of the Oil and Gas Properties (or Properties unitized therewith) of the Loan Parties is deviated from the vertical more than the maximum permitted by Governmental Requirements, and such wells are bottomed under and are producing from, and the well bores are wholly within, the Oil and Gas Properties (or in the case of wells located on Properties unitized therewith, such unitized Properties) of the Loan Parties.  All pipelines, wells, gas processing plants, platforms and other material improvements, fixtures and equipment owned in whole or in part by the Loan Parties that are necessary to conduct normal operations are being maintained in a state adequate to conduct normal operations, and with respect to such of the foregoing which are operated by the Loan Parties, in a manner

 

62



 

consistent with the Loan Parties’ past practices (other than those the failure of which to maintain in accordance with this Section 7.18 could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

Section 7.19                              Gas Imbalances; Prepayments .  Except as set forth on Schedule 7.19 or on the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to Section 8.12(c) , on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take-or-pay or other prepayments which would require any Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons produced from their Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor exceeding two percent (2.0%) of the aggregate volumes of Hydrocarbons (on an Mcf equivalent basis) listed in the most recent Reserve Report.

 

Section 7.20                              Marketing of Production .  Except for contracts listed and in effect on the date hereof on Schedule 7.20 , and thereafter either disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent or included in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, (a) the Loan Parties are receiving a price for all production sold thereunder which is computed substantially in accordance with the terms of the relevant contract and are not having deliveries curtailed substantially below the subject Property’s delivery capacity and (b) no material agreements exist which are not cancelable on 90 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment for the sale of production from the Loan Parties’ Hydrocarbons (including calls on or other rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that (i) pertain to the sale of production at a fixed price and (ii) have a maturity or expiry date of longer than six (6) months from the date hereof.

 

Section 7.21                              Security Documents .  The Security Instruments are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Mortgaged Property and Collateral and proceeds thereof.  To the extent required herein and in the other Loan Documents, the Secured Obligations are and shall be at all times secured by a legal, valid and enforceable perfected first priority Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, covering and encumbering the Mortgaged Properties and other Collateral, to the extent perfection has occurred or will occur, by the recording of a mortgage, the filing of a UCC financing statement or, with respect to Equity Interests represented by certificates, by possession (in each case, to the extent available in the applicable jurisdiction); provided that, except in the case of pledged Equity Interests or as otherwise provided herein, Liens permitted by Section 9.03 may exist.

 

Section 7.22                              Swap Agreements and Eligible Contract Participant Schedule 7.22 , as of the date hereof, and after the date hereof, each report required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.01(e) , sets forth, a true and complete list of all Swap Agreements of the Loan Parties, the material terms thereof (including the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the estimated net mark to market value thereof, all credit support agreements relating thereto (including any margin required or supplied, but excluding the Security Instruments) and the counterparty to each such agreement.  The Borrower is a Qualified ECP Guarantor.

 

Section 7.23                              Use of Loans and Letters of Credit .  The proceeds of the Loans and the Letters of Credit shall be used (a) to refinance the Existing Credit Facilities and (b) for the working capital needs and general corporate purposes of the Loan Parties.  No Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its or their important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X of the Board).  No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly to purchase or carry any margin stock, to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, to reduce or retire any indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any purpose which violates the provisions of Regulations T, U or X of the Board.

 

63



 

Section 7.24                              Solvency .  After giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (a) the aggregate assets (after giving effect to amounts that could reasonably be received by reason of indemnity, offset, insurance or any similar arrangement), at a fair valuation, of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, will exceed the aggregate Debt of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, as the Debt becomes absolute and matures, (b) each Loan Party will not have incurred or intended to incur, and will not believe that it will incur, Debt beyond its ability to pay such Debt (after taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of its liabilities, and giving effect to amounts that could reasonably be received by reason of indemnity, offset, insurance or any similar arrangement) as such Debt becomes absolute and matures in the ordinary course of business and (c) each Loan Party will not have (and will have no reason to believe that it will have thereafter) unreasonably small capital for the conduct of its business.

 

Section 7.25                              OFAC .  Neither the Loan Parties, nor, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Loan Parties is currently subject to any material U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC, and the Borrower will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds from the Borrowings or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Loan Party, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

Section 7.26                              Anti-Terrorism Laws .  (a)  None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any of their Affiliates is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”), and the Patriot Act.

 

(b)                                  None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any of their Affiliates or their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:

 

(i)                                      a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(ii)                                   a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(iii)                                a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv)                               a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

 

(v)                                  a Person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication or such list.

 

(c)                                   None of the Loan Parties, nor, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any of its brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Person described in clause (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii)

 

64



 

engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Section 7.27                              Money Laundering .  The operations of the Loan Parties are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws, and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any Loan Party with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing.

 

Section 7.28                              Foreign Corrupt Practices .  No Loan Party, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower after reasonable inquiry, any director, officer, agent, or employee of any Loan Party, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a material violation by such Persons of the FCPA, including without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and, the Loan Parties have conducted their business in material compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

ARTICLE VIII
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until Payment in Full, each of Parent and the Borrower, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 8.01                              Financial Statements; Other Information .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)                                  Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but in any event in accordance with then applicable law and not later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, (i) the audited consolidated statement of financial position for Parent and its Subsidiaries and related statements of profit or loss or other comprehensive income, changes in equity, as applicable, and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, and (ii) internally prepared unaudited consolidating statement of financial position and statement of profit or loss or other comprehensive income of Parent which agree in total to the corresponding audited consolidated statements of Parent for the fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

(b)                                  Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Parent, (i)

 

65



 

the unaudited consolidated statement of financial position for Parent and its Subsidiaries and related statements of profit or loss or other comprehensive income, changes in equity, as applicable, and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the statement of financial position, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year and (ii) internally prepared unaudited consolidating statement of financial position and statement profit or loss or other comprehensive income of Parent which agree in total to the corresponding unaudited consolidated statements of Parent for such fiscal quarter, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with IFRS consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

(c)                                   Certificate of Financial Officer — Compliance .  Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(a)  or Section 8.01(b) , a certificate of a Financial Officer of Parent in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 9.01 and (iii) stating whether any change in IFRS or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the most recently delivered financial statements referred to in Section 8.01(a)  and (b)  and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate.

 

(d)                                  [Reserved] .

 

(e)                                   Certificate of Financial Officer — Swap Agreements .  Concurrently with the delivery of each Reserve Report hereunder, a certificate of a Financial Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth as of the last Business Day of the period covered by such Reserve Report, a true and complete list of all Swap Agreements of each Loan Party, the material terms thereof (including the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark-to-market value therefor, any new credit support agreements relating thereto (other than Security Instruments) not listed on Schedule 7.22 , any margin required or supplied under any credit support document, and the counterparty to each such agreement.

 

(f)                                    Certificate of Insurer — Insurance Coverage .  Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 8.01(a) , and within ten (10) Business Days following each change in the insurance maintained in accordance with Section 8.07 , certificates of insurance coverage with respect to the insurance required by Section 8.07 , in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, all copies of the applicable policies.

 

(g)                                   Other Accounting Reports .  Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of each other report or letter submitted to any Loan Party by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of any such Person, and a copy of any response by such Person, or the board of directors or other appropriate governing body of such Person, to such letter or report.

 

(h)                                  SEC and Other Filings; Reports to Shareholders .  Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by any Loan Party with the SEC, the Australian Securities Exchange or with any

 

66



 

other national securities exchange (other than relating to beneficial ownership of the Equity Interests of the Parent); provided, however, that the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have furnished the information required by this Section 8.01(h)  if it shall have timely made the same available publicly on its website, “EDGAR”, asx.com.au or an equivalent website.

 

(i)                                      Notices Under Material Instruments .  Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any financial statement, report or notice furnished to or by any Person pursuant to the terms of any preferred stock designation, indenture, loan or credit or other similar agreement, other than this Agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other provision of this Section 8.01 .

 

(j)                                     Lists of Purchasers .  Concurrently with the delivery of any Reserve Report to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.12 , a list of all Persons purchasing Hydrocarbons from any Loan Party (or, with respect to Oil and Gas Properties that are not operated by a Loan Party, a list of the operators of such properties).

 

(k)                                  Notice of Sales of Oil and Gas Properties and Unwinds of Swap Agreements .  In the event the Borrower or any other Loan Party intends to (i) sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any Oil and Gas Properties (or any Equity Interests of any Loan Party that owns Oil and Gas Properties) or (ii) terminate, unwind, cancel or otherwise dispose of Swap Agreements which could result in an anticipated decline in the mark-to-market value thereof or net cash proceeds therefrom in excess of $2,000,000 (in a single transaction or in multiple transactions over any one-month period), in each case, in accordance with Section 9.11 , prior written notice of the foregoing (of at least 5 Business Days or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent may agree), the price thereof, in the case of Oil and Gas Properties (or any Equity Interests of any Loan Party that owns Oil and Gas Properties), and the anticipated decline in the mark-to-market value thereof or net cash proceeds therefrom, in the case of Swap Agreements, and the anticipated date of closing and any other details thereof reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

(l)                                      Notice of Casualty Events .  Prompt written notice, and in any event within three Business Days, of the occurrence of any Casualty Event or the commencement of any action or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to result in a Casualty Event.

 

(m)                              Information Regarding Borrower and Guarantors .  Prompt written notice of (and in any event within ten (10) days prior thereto or such other time as the Administrative Agent may agree) any change (i) in a Loan Party’s corporate name or in any trade name used to identify such Person in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its Properties, (ii) in the location of the Loan Party’s chief executive office or principal place of business, (iii) in the Loan Party’s identity or corporate structure or in the jurisdiction in which such Person is incorporated or formed, (iv) in the Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or such Person’s organizational identification number in such jurisdiction of organization, and (v) in the Loan Party’s federal taxpayer identification number.

 

(n)                                  Production Report and Lease Operating Statements .  Concurrently with any delivery of financials statements under Section 8.01(a)  or Section 8.01(b) , a report setting forth, for each calendar month during the then current fiscal year to date, the volume of production and sales attributable to production (and the prices at which such sales were made and the revenues derived from such sales) for each such calendar month from the Oil and Gas Properties, and setting forth the related ad valorem, severance and production taxes and lease operating expenses attributable thereto and incurred for each such calendar month.

 

67



 

(o)                                  Patriot Act .  Promptly upon request, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

 

(p)                                  Cash Flow and Capital Expenditure Forecast .  Not later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth an operating budget (including a cash flow and capital expenditure forecast) for the immediately succeeding twelve months in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(q)                                  Other Requested Information .  Promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary (including any Plan or Multiemployer Plan and any reports or other information required to be filed under ERISA), or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

 

Section 8.02                              Notices of Material Events .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of the following after any Responsible Officer of any Loan Party has knowledge thereof:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)                                  the filing or commencement of, or the threat in writing of, any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Group Members thereof not previously disclosed in writing to the Lenders or any material adverse development in any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or arbitration (whether or not previously disclosed to the Lenders) that, in either case, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000; and

 

(d)                                  the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 8.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 8.03                              Existence; Conduct of Business .  Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business and maintain, if necessary, its qualification to do business in each other jurisdiction in which its Oil and Gas Properties is located or the ownership of its Properties requires such qualification, except where failure to have such rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises and foreign qualifications could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.10 .

 

Section 8.04                              Payment of Obligations .  Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, pay its obligations, including tax liabilities of the Borrower and all of the other Loan

 

68



 

Parties before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such other Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with IFRS and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 8.05                              Performance of Obligations under Loan Documents .  The Borrower will pay the Loans in accordance with the terms hereof, and cause each other Loan Party to, do and perform every act and discharge all of the obligations to be performed and discharged by them under the Loan Documents, including this Agreement, at the time or times and in the manner specified.

 

Section 8.06                              Operation and Maintenance of Properties .  Parent and the Borrower, each at its own expense, will, and will cause each other Loan Party to:

 

(a)                                  operate its Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties or cause such Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties to be operated in a careful and efficient manner in accordance with the practices of the industry and in compliance with all applicable contracts and agreements and in compliance with all applicable Governmental Requirements, including applicable pro ration requirements and Environmental Laws, and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of every other Governmental Authority from time to time constituted to regulate the development and operation of its Oil and Gas Properties and the production and sale of Hydrocarbons and other minerals therefrom, except, in each case, where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  maintain and keep in good repair, working order and efficiency (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material Oil and Gas Properties and other Properties material to the conduct of its business, including all equipment, machinery and facilities.

 

(c)                                   promptly pay and discharge, or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be paid and discharged, all material delay rentals, royalties, expenses and indebtedness accruing under the leases or other agreements affecting or pertaining to its Oil and Gas Properties and will do all other things necessary, in accordance with industry standards, to keep unimpaired their rights with respect thereto and prevent any forfeiture thereof or default thereunder.

 

(d)                                  promptly perform or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be performed, in accordance with industry standards, the obligations required by each and all of the assignments, deeds, leases, sub-leases, contracts and agreements affecting its interests in its Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties.

 

(e)                                   operate its Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Oil and Gas Properties and other material Properties to be operated in accordance with the practices of the industry and in material compliance with all applicable contracts and agreements and in compliance in all material respects with all Governmental Requirements.

 

Section 8.07                              Insurance .  Parent or the Borrower will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance covering all Loan Parties, in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.  The loss payable clauses or provisions in the applicable insurance policy or policies insuring any of the collateral for the Loans shall be endorsed in favor of and made payable to the Administrative Agent as a “loss payee” or other formulation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative

 

69



 

Agent and such liability policies shall name the Administrative Agent, as agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties,  as “additional insured”.  Such policies will also provide that the insurer will endeavor to give at least 30 days prior notice of any cancellation to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 8.08                              Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, keep proper books of record and account in accordance with IFRS.  Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its Properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as reasonably requested.

 

Section 8.09                              Compliance with Laws .  Parent and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its Property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 8.10                              Environmental Matters .

 

(a)                                  Parent and the Borrower shall: (i) comply, and shall cause its Properties and operations and each other Group Member and each other Group Member’s Properties and operations to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent any breach thereof could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) not dispose of or otherwise Release, and shall cause each other Group Member not to dispose of or otherwise Release, any Hazardous Material, or solid waste on, under, about or from any of the Borrower’s or the other Group Members’ Properties or any other Property to the extent caused by the Borrower’s or any of the other Group Members’ operations except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, the disposal or Release of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) timely obtain or file, and shall cause each other Group Member to timely obtain or file, all notices, and Environmental Permits, if any, required under applicable Environmental Laws to be obtained or filed in connection with the operation or use of the Borrower’s or the other Group Members’ Properties, which failure to obtain or file could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion, and shall cause each of other Group Member to promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion, any assessment, evaluation, investigation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, removal, repair, restoration, remediation or other remedial obligations (collectively, the “ Remedial Work ”) in the event any Remedial Work is required or reasonably necessary under applicable Environmental Laws because of or in connection with the actual or suspected past, present or future disposal or other Release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, about or from any of the Borrower’s or the other Group Members’ Properties, which failure to commence and diligently prosecute to completion could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (v) use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct, and cause each other Group Member to conduct, their respective operations and businesses in a manner that will not expose any Property or Person to Hazardous Materials that could reasonably be expected to form the basis for a claim for damages or compensation; and (vi) establish and implement, and shall cause each other Group Member to establish and implement, such procedures as may be necessary to continuously determine and assure that the Borrower’s and the other Group Members’ obligations under this Section 8.10(a)  are timely and fully satisfied, which failure to establish and implement could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

70



 

(b)                                  Parent and the Borrower will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days of Parent or the Borrower becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing of any threatened action, investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority or any demand or lawsuit by any landowner or other third party threatened in writing against Parent or the Borrower or the other Group Members or their Properties of which Parent and or Borrower has knowledge in connection with any Environmental Laws (excluding routine testing and corrective action) if Parent or the Borrower reasonably anticipates that such action will result in liability (whether individually or in the aggregate) in excess of $2,000,000, not fully covered by insurance, subject to normal deductibles.

 

(c)                                   If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), at the expense of the Borrower and to the extent that the Borrower or any other Loan Party has the right to do so, conduct such Remedial Work as it deems appropriate to determine the nature and extent of any noncompliance with applicable Environmental Laws, the nature and extent of the presence of any Hazardous Material and the nature and extent of any other environmental conditions that may exist at or affect any of the Mortgaged Properties, and the Group Members shall cooperate with the Administrative Agent in conducting such Remedial Work.  Such Remedial Work may include a detailed visual inspection of the Mortgaged Properties, including all storage areas, storage tanks, drains and dry wells and other structures and locations, as well as the taking of soil samples, surface water samples, and ground water samples and such other investigations or analyses as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate.  The Administrative Agent and its officers, employees, agents and contractors shall have and are hereby granted the right to enter upon the Mortgaged Properties for the foregoing purposes.

 

Section 8.11                              Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Parent and the Borrower, each at its sole expense will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, promptly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such other documents, agreements and instruments reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to comply with, cure any defects or accomplish the conditions precedent, covenants and agreements of any Loan Party, as the case may be, in the Loan Documents or to further evidence and more fully describe the collateral intended as security for the Secured Obligations, or to correct any omissions in this Agreement or the Security Instruments, or to state more fully the obligations secured therein, or to perfect, protect or preserve any Liens created pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Security Instruments or the priority thereof, or to make any recordings, file any notices or obtain any consents, all as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, in connection therewith.

 

(b)                                  Parent and the Borrower hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relative to all or any part of the Mortgaged Property without the signature of the Borrower or any other Loan Party where permitted by law.  A carbon, photographic or other reproduction of the Security Instruments or any financing statement covering the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

Section 8.12                              Reserve Reports .

 

(a)                                  On or before March 31 st  and September 30 th  of each year, as applicable, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a Reserve Report evaluating the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties in the United States as of

 

71



 

the immediately preceding January 1 st  or July 1 st , as applicable.  The Reserve Report as of January 1 st  and delivered on or before March 31 th  of each year (the “ January 1 Reserve Report ”) shall be prepared by one or more Approved Petroleum Engineers, and each other Reserve Report of each year may be prepared in form reasonably acceptable by one or more Approved Petroleum Engineers or internally under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower who shall certify such Reserve Report to be true and accurate in all material respects and, except as otherwise specified therein, to have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding January 1 Reserve Report.

 

(b)                                  In the event of an Interim Redetermination, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a Reserve Report prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower who shall certify such Reserve Report to be true and accurate in all material respects and, except as otherwise specified therein, to have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding January 1 Reserve Report.  For any Interim Redetermination requested by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.07(b) , the Borrower shall provide such Reserve Report with an “as of” date as required by the Administrative Agent as soon as possible, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of such request.

 

(c)                                   With the delivery of each Reserve Report, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a certificate (a “ Reserve Report Certificate ”) from a Responsible Officer certifying that in all material respects: (i) the information contained in the Reserve Report and any other information delivered in connection therewith is true and correct, (ii) the Borrower or the other Loan Parties own good and defensible title to the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report and such Properties are free of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 9.03 , (iii) except as set forth on an exhibit to the certificate, on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments in excess of the volume specified in Section 7.19 with respect to its Oil and Gas Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report which would require the Borrower or any other Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from such Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor, (iv) none of their proved Oil and Gas Properties have been sold since the date of the last Borrowing Base determination except as set forth on an exhibit to the certificate, which exhibit shall list all of its Oil and Gas Properties sold and in such detail as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, (v) attached to the certificate is a list of all marketing agreements entered into by a Loan Party subsequent to the later of the date hereof or the most recently delivered Reserve Report which the Borrower could reasonably be expected to have been obligated to list on Schedule 7.20 had such agreement been in effect on the date hereof and (vi) attached thereto is a schedule of the Oil and Gas Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that are Mortgaged Properties and demonstrating the percentage of the total value of the proved Oil and Gas Properties that the value of such Mortgaged Properties represent and that such percentage is in compliance with Section 8.14(a) .

 

Section 8.13                              Title Information .

 

(a)                                  On or before the delivery to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of each Reserve Report required by Section 8.12(a) , the Borrower will make available to the Administrative Agent title information in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent covering enough of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that were not included in the immediately preceding Reserve Report, so that the Administrative Agent shall have had the opportunity to review (including title information previously made available to the Administrative Agent), satisfactory title information on

 

72



 

Hydrocarbon Interests constituting at least 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report.

 

(b)                                  If the Borrower has provided title information for additional Properties under Section 8.13(a) , the Borrower shall, within 60 days of notice from the Administrative Agent that title defects or exceptions exist with respect to such additional Properties, either (i) cure any such title defects or exceptions (including defects or exceptions as to priority) which are not permitted by Section 9.03 raised by such information, (ii) substitute acceptable Mortgaged Properties with no title defects or exceptions except for Excepted Liens (other than Excepted Liens described in clauses (e), (g) and (h) of such definition) having an equivalent value or (iii) deliver title information in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent so that the Administrative Agent shall have received, together with title information previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, satisfactory title information on Hydrocarbon Interests constituting at least 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report.

 

(c)                                   If the Borrower is unable to cure any title defect requested by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to be cured within the 60-day period or the Borrower does not comply with the requirements to provide acceptable title information covering 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated in the most recent Reserve Report, such default shall not be a Default, but instead the Administrative Agent and/or the Majority Lenders shall have the right to exercise the following remedy in their sole discretion from time to time, and any failure to so exercise this remedy at any time shall not be a waiver as to future exercise of the remedy by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.  To the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders are not satisfied with title to any Mortgaged Property after the 60-day period has elapsed, such unacceptable Mortgaged Property shall not count towards the 80% requirement, and the Administrative Agent may send a notice to the Borrower and the Lenders that the then outstanding Borrowing Base shall be reduced by an amount as determined by the Required Lenders to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the requirement to provide acceptable title information on Hydrocarbon Interests constituting 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report.  This new Borrowing Base shall become effective immediately after receipt of such notice.

 

Section 8.14                              Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors .

 

(a)                                  In connection with each redetermination of the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall review the Reserve Report and the list of current Mortgaged Properties (as described in Section 8.12(c)(vi) ) to ascertain whether the Mortgaged Properties represent at least 80% of the Total Proved PV-9 of the Borrowing Base Properties evaluated in the most recently completed Reserve Report after giving effect to exploration and production activities, acquisitions, dispositions and production.  In the event that the Mortgaged Properties do not represent at least 80% of such Total Proved PV-9, then Parent and the Borrower shall, and shall cause the other Loan Parties to, grant, within thirty (30) days of delivery of the certificate required under Section 8.12(c)  (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), to the Administrative Agent as security for the Secured Obligations a first-priority Lien interest ( provided that Excepted Liens of the type described in clauses (a) to (d) and (f) of the definition thereof may exist, but subject to the provisos at the end of such definition) on additional Oil and Gas Properties not already subject to a Lien of the Security Instruments such that after giving effect thereto, the Mortgaged Properties will represent at least 80% of such Total Proved PV-9.  All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of deeds of trust, security agreements and financing statements or other Security Instruments, all in form and substance reasonably

 

73



 

satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in sufficient executed (and acknowledged where necessary or appropriate) counterparts for recording purposes.  In order to comply with the foregoing, if any Subsidiary grants a Lien on its Oil and Gas Properties pursuant to Section 8.14(a)  and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with Section 8.14(b) .

 

(b)                                  Parent and the Borrower shall promptly cause each newly created or acquired Subsidiary that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to guarantee the Secured Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, including pursuant to a supplement or joinder thereto.  In connection with any such guaranty, Parent and the Borrower shall, or shall cause (i) such Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) to execute and deliver the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (or a supplement thereto, as applicable) and (ii) the owners (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary to pledge all of the Equity Interests of such new Subsidiary (including delivery of original stock certificates evidencing the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, together with an appropriate undated stock powers for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof) and to execute and deliver such other additional closing documents and certificates as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)                                   In the event that any Loan Party becomes the direct owner of a Domestic Subsidiary, then the Loan Party shall promptly (i) pledge 100% of all the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary, in each case, that are owned by such Loan Party and to the extent such pledge does not occur automatically under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (including, in each case, delivery of original stock certificates, if any, evidencing such Equity Interests, together with appropriate stock powers for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof) and (ii) (along with such Domestic Subsidiary) execute and deliver such other additional closing documents and certificates as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)                                  In the event that any Loan Party becomes the direct owner of a Foreign Subsidiary, then the Loan Party shall promptly (i) pledge 66-2/3% of all the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary, in each case, that are owned by such Loan Party and to the extent such pledge does not occur automatically under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement (including, in each case, delivery of original stock certificates, if any, evidencing such Equity Interests, together with appropriate stock powers for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof) and (ii) (along with such Foreign Subsidiary) execute and deliver such other additional closing documents and certificates as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower hereby guarantees the payment of all Secured Obligations of each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) and absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time to each Loan Party (other than the Borrower) in order for such Loan Party to honor its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and other Security Instruments including obligations with respect to Swap Agreements ( provided , however , that the Borrower shall only be liable under this Section 8.14(e)  for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 8.14(e) , or otherwise under this Agreement or any Loan Document, as it relates to such other Loan Parties, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 8.14(e)  shall remain in full force and effect until Payment in Full.  The Borrower intends that this Section 8.14(e)  constitute, and this Section 8.14(e)  shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each Loan Party

 

74



 

(other than the Borrower) for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Section 8.15                              ERISA Compliance .  Parent and the Borrower will promptly furnish and will cause each other Group Member and any ERISA Affiliate to promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent (i)  upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any ERISA Event or of any Prohibited Transaction, which could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Parent, the Borrower or such other Group Member in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000, in connection with any Plan or any trust created thereunder, a written notice of Parent, the Borrower or Subsidiary of the Borrower, as the case may be, specifying the nature thereof, what action such Person is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto, and, when known, any action taken or proposed by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto, and (ii) upon receipt thereof, copies of any notice of the PBGC’s intention to terminate or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan.  Promptly following receipt thereof, Parent and the Borrower will furnish and will cause each Subsidiary to promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that any Group Member may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan for which the Borrower, any Group Member or any of their ERISA Affiliates may be subject to any current or future liability; provided , that if the Group Members have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Group Members shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Borrower shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

 

Section 8.16                              Marketing Activities .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the other Loan Parties to, engage in marketing activities for any Hydrocarbons or enter into any contracts related thereto other than (i) contracts for the sale of Hydrocarbons scheduled or reasonably estimated to be produced from their proved Oil and Gas Properties during the period of such contract, (ii) contracts for the sale of Hydrocarbons scheduled or reasonably estimated to be produced from proved Oil and Gas Properties of third parties during the period of such contract associated with the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties that the Borrower or one of the other Loan Parties has the right to market pursuant to joint operating agreements, unitization agreements or other similar contracts that are usual and customary in the oil and gas business and (iii) other contracts for the purchase and/or sale of Hydrocarbons of third parties (A) which have generally offsetting provisions (i.e. corresponding pricing mechanics, delivery dates and points and volumes) such that no “position” is taken and (B) for which appropriate credit support has been taken to alleviate the material credit risks of the counterparty thereto.

 

Section 8.17                              Swap Agreements .  Within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), the Borrower shall enter into 100% of the Required Hedges.

 

Section 8.18                              Patriot Act, OFAC, FCPA .  Now and hereafter to the extent applicable to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or the Loan Parties’ execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents, do and will comply, as applicable, in all material respects with the Patriot Act, U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC and FCPA, and with respect to each statute, any successor statute thereto.

 

75



 

ARTICLE IX
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until Payment in Full, each of Parent and the Borrower, jointly and severally, covenant and agree with the Lenders that:

 

Section 9.01                              Financial Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Current Ratio .  Parent and the Borrower will not, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2015, permit the ratio of (i) consolidated current assets of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (including the unfunded and available amount of the Borrowing Base, but excluding non-cash assets under IFRS 9) to (ii) consolidated current liabilities of Parent, the Borrower and their Subsidiaries (excluding (x) non-cash obligations under IFRS 9, reclamation obligations to the extent classified as current liabilities under IFRS, (y) current maturities under this Agreement and (z) the unfunded commitments of MSECI or a designated Affiliate thereof to provide Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(vii) ) to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.

 

(b)                                  Ratio of Revolving Credit Facility Debt to EBITDAX .  Parent and the Borrower will not, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2015, permit the ratio of aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure as of such time to EBITDAX for the four fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of determination for which financial statements are available to be greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

 

(c)                                   Interest Coverage Ratio .  Parent and the Borrower will not, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2015, permit the ratio of EBITDAX to Consolidated Interest Expense for the four fiscal quarters ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of determination for which financial statements are available to be less than 2.0 to 1.0.

 

(d)                                  Ratio of Total Proved PV-9 to Total Debt .  Parent and the Borrower will not, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2015, permit the ratio of Total Proved PV-9 to Total Debt, as of such time, to be less than (i) 1.25 to 1.00 for the 18 month period commencing on the Effective Date and (ii) 1.50 to 1.00 at any time thereafter.

 

Section 9.02                              Debt .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

 

(a)                                  the Loans or other Secured Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Debt of any Loan Party under Capital Leases or incurred in connection with fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by any Loan Party not to exceed $1,000,000.

 

(c)                                   Debt associated with worker’s compensation claims, bonds or surety obligations required by Governmental Requirements or by third parties in the ordinary course of business in connection with the operation of, or provision for the abandonment and remediation of, the Oil and Gas Properties.

 

(d)                                  Intercompany Debt.

 

76



 

(e)                                   endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

(f)                                    Debt representing deferred compensation to employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business not to exceed an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding the greater of (i) $1,250,000 and (ii) one percent (1%) of the then effective Borrowing Base, in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

(g)                                   Debt incurred by the Borrower or any Loan Party in any Investment permitted hereunder, merger or any Disposition permitted hereunder, in each case, constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

(h)                                  Debt consisting of the financing of insurance premiums not to exceed the greater of (i) $1,250,000 and (ii) one percent (1%) of the then effective Borrowing Base, in the aggregate at any one time outstanding..

 

(i)                                      Debt in respect of Cash Management Services and other Debt in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and other cash management and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business.

 

(j)                                     Debt arising under Swap Agreements permitted under Section 9.17 .

 

(k)                                  other Debt not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

(l)                                      any guarantee of any other Debt permitted to be incurred hereunder.

 

Section 9.03                              Liens .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of its Properties (now owned or hereafter acquired), except:

 

(a)                                  Liens securing the payment of any Secured Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Excepted Liens.

 

(c)                                   Liens securing Capital Leases permitted by Section 9.02(b)  but only on the Property that is the subject of any such lease, accessions and improvements thereto, insurance thereon, and the proceeds of the foregoing.

 

(d)                                  Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing Debt provided that any such Permitted Refinancing Debt is not secured by any additional or different Property not securing the Refinanced Debt.

 

(e)                                   Liens with respect to property or assets of the Borrower or any other Loan Party securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

Section 9.04                              Restricted Payments .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted

 

77



 

Payment, except provided that no Default or Event of Default exists at the time such Restricted Payment is made or will occur as a result thereof (a) Restricted Payments payable to any Loan Party other than Parent; and (b) Restricted Payments payable to Parent, to the extent that the aggregate value of all such Restricted Payments made during any fiscal year does not exceed $2,000,000; provided that such Restricted Payments must be used by Parent in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties and must not be distributed to holders of Parent’s Equity Interests or to any other Person.

 

Section 9.05                              Investments, Loans and Advances .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, make or permit to remain outstanding any Investments in or to any Person, except that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

 

(a)                                  Investments which are disclosed to the Lenders in Schedule 9.05 .

 

(b)                                  accounts receivable and notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)                                   direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof.

 

(d)                                  commercial paper maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof rated in one of the two highest grades by S&P or Moody’s.

 

(e)                                   deposits maturing within one year from the date of creation thereof with, including certificates of deposit issued by, any Lender or any office located in the United States of any other bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $500,000,000 (as of the date of such bank or trust company’s most recent financial reports) and has a short term deposit rating of no lower than A2 or P2, as such rating is set forth from time to time, by S&P or Moody’s, respectively.

 

(f)                                    Investments in money market or similar funds with assets of at least $1,000,000,000 and rated Aaa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P.

 

(g)                                   Investments (i) made by the Borrower in or to any Loan Parties or (ii) made by Loan Parties in or to each other or the Borrower.

 

(h)                                  Investments in (i) direct ownership interests in additional Oil and Gas Properties and oil and gas gathering systems related thereto or related to farm-out, farm-in, joint operating, joint venture or area of mutual interest agreements, gathering systems, pipelines or other similar arrangements which are usual and customary in the oil and gas exploration and production business located within the geographic boundaries of the United States of America or Australia and (ii) Persons engaged primarily in the business of acquiring, developing and producing Oil and Gas Properties within the geographic boundaries of the United States of America or Australia; provided that with respect to any Investment described in this clause (ii), immediately after making such Investment, such Person becomes as Loan Party in accordance with Section 8.14 .

 

(i)                                      loans or advances to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties, in each case only as permitted by applicable law, including Section 402 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, but in any event not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

 

78



 

(j)                                     Investments in stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts arising from Investments permitted under this Section 9.05 owing to the Borrower or any other Loan Party as a result of a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding of the obligor in respect of such debts or upon the enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Borrower or any of the other Loan Parties or in connection with the settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers and suppliers; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prompt written notice in the event that the aggregate amount of all Investments held at any one time under this Section 9.05(j)  exceeds $250,000.

 

(k)                                  Investments pursuant to Swap Agreements or hedging agreements otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

 

(l)                                      other Investments not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

 

Section 9.06                              Nature of Business; No International Operations .  Parent and the Borrower will not allow any material change to be made in the character of its business as an independent oil and gas exploration and production company.  The Loan Parties will not acquire or make any other expenditures (whether such expenditure is capital, operating or otherwise) in or related to, any Oil and Gas Properties not located within the geographical boundaries of the United States or Australia.  The Borrower will not acquire or create any Foreign Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary organized in Australia.

 

Section 9.07                              Proceeds of Loans .  Parent and the Borrower will not permit the proceeds of the Loans to be used for any purpose other than those permitted by Section 7.23 .  No Loan Party nor any Person acting on behalf of the Borrower has taken or will take any action which causes any of the Loan Documents to violate Regulations T, U or X or any other regulation of the Board or to violate Section 7 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any rule or regulation thereunder, in each case as now in effect or as the same may hereinafter be in effect.  If requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender FR Form U-1 or such other form referred to in Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board, as the case may be.

 

Section 9.08                              ERISA Compliance .  Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Group Member to, at any time:

 

(a)                                  Allow any ERISA event to occur.

 

(b)                                  contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any Subsidiary to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan.

 

(c)                                   acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become an ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Subsidiary if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, any Multiemployer Plan.

 

Section 9.09                              Sale or Discount of Receivables .  Except for receivables obtained by the Loan Parties out of the ordinary course of business or the settlement of joint interest billing accounts in the ordinary course of business or discounts granted to settle collection of accounts receivable or the sale of defaulted accounts arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the compromise or collection thereof and not in connection with any financing transaction, Parent and the Borrower will not,

 

79



 

and will not permit any other Loan Party to, discount or sell (with or without recourse) any of its notes receivable or accounts receivable.

 

Section 9.10                              Mergers, Etc.   Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party will merge into or with or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its Property to any other Person, (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) (any such transaction, a “consolidation”), or liquidate or dissolve, except that (a) any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged into or consolidated with (i) another Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as a Guarantor is the surviving business entity, or (ii) Borrower, so long as Borrower is the surviving business entity, (b) any Subsidiary of Parent (that is not a Subsidiary of Borrower) may be merged or consolidated with (i) a Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as a Guarantor is the surviving business entity, (ii) Borrower, so long as Borrower is the surviving business entity or (iii) another Subsidiary of Parent (that is not a Subsidiary of Borrower), so long as if either Subsidiary is a Guarantor, a Guarantor is the surviving business entity and (c) in connection with any disposition permitted by Section 9.11 .

 

Section 9.11                              Sale of Properties and Termination of Hedging Transactions .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, sell, assign, farm-out, convey or otherwise transfer any Property (subject to Section 9.10 ) except for:

 

(a)                                  the sale of Hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of business (including oil and gas sold as produced and seismic data);

 

(b)                                  farmouts in the ordinary course of business of undeveloped acreage or undrilled depths and assignments in connection with such farmouts;

 

(c)                                   the sale or transfer of (i) equipment that is no longer necessary for the business of the Borrower or such other Loan Party or are replaced by equipment of at least comparable value and use and (ii) immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any intellectual property to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business) and (iii) termination of leases and licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  the sale or other disposition of any Oil and Gas Property to which no Proved Reserves are attributed and the pooling or unitization of Oil and Gas Properties to which no Proved Reserves are attributed, so long as, after giving effect to the disposition and the concurrent payment of Loans, no Event of Default would exist or result therefrom;

 

(e)                                   the sale or other disposition (including Casualty Events) of any Borrowing Base Property or any interest therein (including any Equity Interest in any Loan Party that owns Borrowing Base Property), or the termination, unwinding, cancellation or other disposition of Swap Agreements; provided that:

 

(i)                                      100% of the consideration received in respect of such sale or other disposition of any such Borrowing Base Property (or such Equity Interest) shall be cash;

 

(ii)                                   (other than in respect of Casualty Events) the consideration received in respect of a sale or other disposition of such Borrowing Base Property or interest therein (or such Equity Interest) shall be equal to or greater than the fair market value of such Borrowing Base Property or interest therein (or such Equity Interest) subject of such sale or other disposition (as reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower

 

80



 

and if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying to the foregoing); and

 

(iii)                                if, during any period between two successive Scheduled Redetermination Dates, the sum of the Borrowing Base Value of (A) all Borrowing Base Properties included in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that are sold or otherwise disposed of during such period (including  any Equity Interests in any Loan Party that owns Borrowing Base Properties) and (B) all Swap Agreements upon which the Lenders relied in determining the Borrowing Base (after giving effect to any replacement Swap Agreements) terminated or off-set (regardless of how evidenced) during such period exceeds five percent (5%) of the then effective Borrowing Base, individually or in the aggregate, the Borrowing Base shall be contemporaneously reduced, as applicable, in an amount equal to such aggregate Borrowing Base Value;

 

(f)                                    transfers of Properties from any Loan Party to another Loan Party;

 

(g)                                   Casualty Events with respect to Properties that are not Oil and Gas Properties;

 

(h)                                  Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(i)                                      sales and other dispositions of Properties (not otherwise regulated by Section 9.11(a) through (h) ) that are not included in the Borrowing Base for fair market value.

 

Section 9.12                              Sales and Leasebacks .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Loan Party of real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Loan Party to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Loan Party.

 

Section 9.13                              Environmental Matters .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Group Member to, (a) cause or knowingly permit any of its Property to be in violation of, or (b) do anything or knowingly permit anything to be done which will subject any such Property to any Remedial Work (other than Remedial Work done in the ordinary course of business) under, any Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; it being understood that clause (b) above will not be deemed as limiting or otherwise restricting any obligation to disclose any relevant facts, conditions and circumstances pertaining to such Property to the appropriate Governmental Authority.

 

Section 9.14                              Transactions with Affiliates .  Except for (x) payment of Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.04 and (y) for transactions set forth on Schedule 9.14 (in each case consistent with past practices), Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any material transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate (other than between Borrower and Loan Parties) unless such transactions are otherwise permitted under this Agreement and are upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to it than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

 

Section 9.15                              Negative Pledge Agreements; Dividend Restrictions .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any contract, agreement or understanding which in any way prohibits or restricts (a) the granting, conveying, creation or imposition of any Lien on any of its Property to secure the Secured Obligations or which requires the

 

81



 

consent of other Persons in connection therewith or (b) the Borrower or any other Loan Party from paying dividends or making distributions to any Loan Party or receiving any money in respect of Debt or other obligations owed to it, or which requires the consent of or notice to other Persons in connection therewith; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions under the Loan Documents, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any asset or another Loan Party pending such sale; provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the asset or other Loan Party that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder and shall not apply to restrictions on cash earnest money deposits in favor of sellers in connection with acquisitions not prohibited hereunder, (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture and its equity and (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Capital Leases or purchase money Debt permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Secured Obligations, (B) customary provisions in leases and licenses restricting the assignment thereof, and (C) limitations and restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable Governmental Requirement.

 

Section 9.16                              Take-or-Pay or other Prepayments .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, allow take-or-pay or other prepayments with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower or any other Loan Party that would require the Borrower or such other Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor.

 

Section 9.17                              Swap Agreements .  Parent and the Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into any Swap Agreements with any Person other than (a) Swap Agreements (i) with a Secured Swap Provider or an Approved Counterparty, (ii) which have a tenor of less than five (5) years and (iii) the notional volumes for which (when aggregated and netted with other commodity Swap Agreements then in effect other than basis differential swaps on volumes already hedged pursuant to other Swap Agreements) do not exceed, as of the date such Swap Agreement is executed and at any time thereafter (such notional volumes to be based upon the projections contained in the then-most recently delivered Reserve Report), (A) 90% of the production from the proved, developed producing Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties for each of crude oil and natural gas, calculated separately, for each month during the period commencing on the month when such Swap Agreement is executed and ending 30 months later; and (B) 80% of the production from the proved, developed producing Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties for each of crude oil and natural gas, calculated separately, for each month during the period commencing on 31st month after when such Swap Agreement is executed and ending on the 60th month after when such Swap Agreement is executed, (b) Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates with a Secured Swap Provider which do not exceed 50% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Borrower’s Debt for borrowed money and do not have a tenor beyond the maturity date of the relevant Debt, and (c) Swap Agreements entered into by a Loan Parties with the purpose and effect of fixing prices on currency expected to be exchanged (x) from Dollars into Australian dollars or (y) from Australian dollars into Dollars, in each case in the ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business and not for speculative purposes, provided that at all times: (i) no such Swap Agreements fixes a price for a period later than 12 months after such contract is entered into, (ii) the Loan Parties must maintain at all times Cash Equivalents at least equal to the aggregate notional amount of all such contracts, (iii) if any monthly notional amount of currency subject to any such Swap Agreements is on deposit in any Section 1031 tax-deferred exchange account (or other similar restricted account), then such amount must be permanently released from such account or restrictions prior to the date on which the Swap Agreements for such month is settled, (iv) each such contract is with an Approved Counterparty and (v) unless such Swap Agreement is being entered into in connection with an issuance of Equity Interests of Parent, the Administrative Agent has consented to the entry into such Swap Agreements; provided that (1) in no

 

82



 

event shall any Swap Agreement contain any requirement, agreement or covenant for any Loan Party to post collateral or margin to secure their obligations under such Swap Agreement or to cover market exposures (other than under the Security Instruments), (2) Swap Agreements shall only be entered into in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes), and (3) no Swap Agreement in respect of commodities shall be terminated, unwound, cancelled or otherwise disposed of except to the extent permitted by Section 9.11 ; provided , further , that nothing in this Section 9.17 shall restrict the ability of the Loan Parties to enter into puts and floor contracts.

 

Section 9.18                              Amendments to Organizational Documents and Material Contracts .  Parent and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Loan Party to, (a) amend, supplement or otherwise modify (or permit to be amended, supplemented or modified) its Organization Documents in any material respect that could reasonably be expected to be adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders without the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), other than amendments that delete or reduce any fees payable by any Loan Party to a Person other than the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (b) (A) amend, supplement or otherwise modify (or permit to be amended, supplemented or modified) any agreement to which it is a party, (B) terminate, replace or assign any of the Loan Party’s interests in any agreement or (C) permit any agreement not to be in full force and effect and binding upon and enforceable against the parties thereto, in each case if such occurrence could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 9.19                              Changes in Fiscal Periods .  Parent and the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Loan Party to have its fiscal year end on a date other than December 31 or change the its method of determining fiscal quarters.

 

Section 9.20                              Anti-Terrorism Laws .  Parent and the Borrower shall not permit, and shall not permit the other Loan Parties to (a) conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Person described in Section 7.26 above, (b) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property of interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order of any other Anti-Terrorism Law or (c) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, (x) any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law or (y) any prohibitions set forth in the rules or regulations issued by OFAC (and, in each case, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the Loan Parties to, promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the Lenders any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, confirming the Loan Parties’ compliance with this Section 9.20 ).

 

Section 9.21                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 9.22                              Gas Imbalances .  Parent and the Borrower shall not and shall not permit any other Loan Party to allow on a net basis gas imbalances with respect to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower or any Loan Party that would require the Borrower or such Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons produced from their Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor exceeding two percent (2.0%) of the aggregate volumes of Hydrocarbons (on an Mcf equivalent basis) listed in the most recent Reserve Report.

 

ARTICLE X
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

Section 10.01                       Events of Default .  One or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

83



 

(a)                                  the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in Section 10.01 (a)) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days.

 

(c)                                   any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification of any Loan Document or waiver under such Loan Document, or in any report, notice, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (or, to the extent that any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality, such representation and warranty (as so qualified) shall prove to have been incorrect in any respect when made or deemed made).

 

(d)                                  the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 8.02 , Section 8.03 , Section 8.14 or in ARTICLE IX .

 

(e)                                   the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in Section 10.01(a) , Section 10.01(b) , Section 10.01(c)  or Section 10.01(d) ) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier to occur of (A) notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender) or (B) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or such other Loan Party otherwise becoming aware of such default.

 

(f)                                    the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable after giving effect to any grace periods applicable thereto.

 

(g)                                   any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the Redemption thereof or any offer to Redeem to be made in respect thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity or require the Borrower or any other Loan Party to make an offer in respect thereof.

 

(h)                                  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Loan Party, or its or their debts, or of a substantial part of its or their assets, under any  Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of its or their assets, and, in any such

 

84



 

case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered.

 

(i)                                      the Borrower or any other Loan Party shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in Section 10.01(h) , (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any other Loan Party or for a substantial part of its or their assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it or them in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or (vii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due.

 

(j)                                     one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $2,000,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage and is not subject to an insolvency proceeding) shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of any Loan Party to enforce any such judgment.

 

(k)                                  any Loan Documents after delivery thereof shall for any reason, except to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, cease to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms against the Borrower or a Loan Party thereto or shall be repudiated by any of them, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, or the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of their Affiliates shall so state in writing.

 

(l)                                      a Change in Control shall occur.

 

Section 10.02                       Remedies .

 

(a)                                  In the case of an Event of Default (other than one described in Section 10.01(h)  or Section 10.01(i) ), at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may with the consent of the Majority Lenders or shall at the request of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) by written notice to the Borrower, declare the Notes and the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Loan Parties accrued hereunder and under the Notes and the other Loan Documents (including the payment of cash collateral to secure the LC Exposure as provided in Section 2.08(j) ), shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand (other than written notice), protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Loan Party; and in case of an Event of Default described in Section 10.01(h)  or Section 10.01(i) , the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Notes and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and the other obligations of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties accrued hereunder and under the Notes

 

85



 

and the other Loan Documents (including the payment of cash collateral to secure the LC Exposure as provided in Section 2.08(j) ), shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Loan Party.

 

(b)                                  In the case of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will have all other rights and remedies available at law and equity.

 

(c)                                   All proceeds realized from the liquidation or other disposition of collateral or otherwise received after maturity of the Loans, whether by acceleration or otherwise, shall be applied:

 

(i)                                      first, to payment or reimbursement of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

(ii)                                   second, pro rata to payment or reimbursement of that portion of the Secured Obligations constituting fees, expenses and indemnities payable to the Lenders;

 

(iii)                                third, pro rata to payment of accrued interest on the Loans;

 

(iv)                               fourth, pro rata to payment of principal outstanding on the Revolving Loans and Secured Obligations referred to in clause (y) of the definition of Secured Obligations in respect of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Swap Agreements;

 

(v)                                  fifth, pro rata to payment of principal outstanding on the Term Loans;

 

(vi)                               sixth, pro rata to any other Secured Obligations;

 

(vii)                            seventh, to serve as cash collateral to be held by the Administrative Agent to secure the LC Exposure; and

 

(viii)                         eighth, any excess, after all of the Secured Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, shall be paid to the Borrower or as otherwise required by any Governmental Requirement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from the Borrower or any Guarantor that is not an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations (it being understood, that in the event that any amount is applied to Secured Obligations other than Excluded Swap Obligations as a result of this this clause, the Administrative Agent shall make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate to distributions pursuant to clause fourth above from amounts received from “eligible contract participants” under the Commodity Exchange Act to ensure, as nearly as possible, that the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to Secured Obligations described in clause fourth above by the holders of any Excluded Swap Obligations are the same as the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to other Secured Obligations pursuant to clause fourth above).

 

86



 

ARTICLE XI
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

Section 11.01                       Appointment; Powers .  Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

Section 11.02                       Duties and Obligations of Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing (the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law; rather, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties), (b) the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except as provided in Section 11.03 , and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any Loan Party that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in ARTICLE VI or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or as to those conditions precedent expressly required to be to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction, (vi) the existence, value, perfection or priority of any collateral security or the financial or other condition of the Borrower and the other Group Members or any other obligor or guarantor, or (vii) any failure by the Borrower or any other Person (other than itself) to perform any of its obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or the performance or observance of any covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein.  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in ARTICLE VI, each Lender and the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender or the Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from such Lender prior to the Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 11.03                       Action by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall have no duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 12.02 ) and in all cases the Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or under any other Loan Documents unless it shall (a) receive written instructions from the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable, (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the

 

87



 

circumstances as provided in Section 12.02 ) specifying the action to be taken and (b) be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expenses which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The instructions as aforesaid and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto by the Administrative Agent shall be binding on all of the Lenders.  If a Default has occurred and is continuing, then the Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default as shall be directed by the requisite Lenders in the written instructions (with indemnities) described in this Section 11.03 , provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.  In no event, however, shall the Administrative Agent be required to take any action which, in its opinion, or the opinion of its counsel, exposes the Administrative Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or applicable law, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any debtor relief law.  If a Default has occurred and is continuing, no Agent shall have any obligation to perform any act in respect thereof.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders or the Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 12.02 ), and otherwise the Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or therein or in connection herewith or therewith INCLUDING ITS OWN ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 11.04                       Reliance by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon and each of the Borrower and the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby waives the right to dispute the Administrative Agent’s record of such statement, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof permitted hereunder shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 11.05                       Subagents .  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this ARTICLE XI shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 11.06                       Resignation of Administrative Agent .  Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this Section 11.06 , the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation,

 

88



 

then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a qualified financial institution as successor Administrative Agent.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this ARTICLE XI and Section 12.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Section 11.07                       Administrative Agent as Lender .  The Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any other Group Member or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

Section 11.08                       No Reliance .  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be required to keep themselves informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower, or any of the other Group Members of this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other document referred to or provided for herein or to inspect the Properties or books of any such Person.  Except for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, no Agent nor any  Arranger shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Borrower or any Group Member (or any of their Affiliates) which may come into the possession of such Agent or any of its Affiliates.  In this regard, each Lender acknowledges that Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP is acting in this transaction as special counsel to the Administrative Agent only, except to the extent otherwise expressly stated in any legal opinion or any Loan Document.  Each other party hereto will consult with its own legal counsel to the extent that it deems necessary in connection with the Loan Documents and the matters contemplated therein.

 

Section 11.09                       Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower or any of the other Group Members, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or LC Disbursement shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)                                  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, LC Disbursements and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to

 

89



 

have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Section 2.08 , Section 3.05 and Section 12.03 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)                                  to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 3.05 and Section 12.03 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

Section 11.10                       Authority of Administrative Agent to Release Collateral and Liens .  The Lenders and the Issuing Bank, and by accepting the benefits of the Collateral, each Secured Swap Provider and each Secured Cash Management Provider:

 

(a)                                  irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to comply with the provisions of Section 12.18 .

 

(b)                                  authorize the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver to the Loan Parties, at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense, any and all releases of Liens, termination statements, assignments or other documents as reasonably requested by such Loan Party in connection with any Disposition of Property to the extent such Disposition is permitted by the terms of Section 9.11 or is otherwise authorized by the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Majority Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.10 or Section 12.18 .

 

Section 11.11                       Duties of the Arranger .  The Arranger shall not have any duties, responsibilities or liabilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                       Notices .

 

(a)                                  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to Section 12.01(b) ), all notices and other communications

 

90



 

provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

(i)                                      if to the Borrower, to it at 633 17 th  Street, Suite 1950, Denver, Colorado 80202, Attention: Eric P. McCrady (Telephone 303-543-5700);

 

(ii)                                   if to the Parent, to it at 633 17 th  Street, Suite 1950, Denver, Colorado 80202, Attention: Eric P. McCrady (Telephone 303-543-5700);

 

(iii)                                if to the Administrative Agent, to it at 2000 Westchester Avenue, 1 st  Floor Purchase New York 10577, Attention: David Lazarus (Telephone 914-225-1474), with a copy, Attention Philip Levy (Telephone 914-225-1403) ;

 

(iv)                               if to Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as the Issuing Bank, to it at 2000 Westchester Avenue, 1 st  Floor Purchase New York 10577, Attention: David Lazarus (Telephone 914-225-1474), with a copy, Attention Philip Levy (Telephone 914-225-1403); and

 

(v)                                  if to any other Lender or Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(b)                                  Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to ARTICLE II, ARTICLE III, ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

(c)                                   Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

Section 12.02                       Waivers; Amendments .

 

(a)                                  No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, the Issuing Bank or Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right, power or privilege, under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, each other Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 12.02(b) , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of

 

91



 

whether the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

(b)                                  Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof nor any Loan Document nor any provision thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and/or the other applicable Loan Parties and the Majority Lenders or by the Borrower and/or the other applicable Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Maximum Credit Amount of any Revolving Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07 , increase the Borrowing Base without the written consent of each non-Defaulting Revolving Lender, or decrease or maintain the Borrowing Base without the consent of the Required Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders); provided that a Scheduled Redetermination may be postponed by the Required Lenders, (iii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, or reduce any other Secured Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) postpone the scheduled date of payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or any other Secured Obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone or extend the Term Loan Maturity Date, the Revolving Maturity Date or the Revolving Termination Date without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (v) change Section 4.01(b)  or Section 4.01(c)  in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) waive or amend Section 3.04(c)-(d) , Section 6.01 , Section 10.02(c)  or Section 12.18 without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (other than any Defaulting Lender), (vii) release any Guarantor (except as set forth in Section 11.10 or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), release all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than as provided in Section 11.10) , or reduce the percentages set forth in Section 8.14(a) , without the written consent of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender), (viii) change any of the provisions of this Section 12.02(b)  or the definitions of “Majority Lenders” or “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or under any other Loan Documents or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder or any other Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (other than any Defaulting Lender); provided , however , that any waiver or amendment that relates to the reduction of voting percentages related to Revolving Lenders, solely as a class, or the Term Lenders, solely as a class, shall require the consent of each such Revolving Lender or Term Lender, as applicable; (ix) change Section 10.02(c)  without the consent of each Person to whom a Secured Obligation is owed; or (x) contractually subordinate the payment of all the Secured Obligations to any other Debt or contractually subordinate the priority of any of the Administrative Agent’s Liens to the Liens securing any other Debt, in each case, without the written consent of each Person to whom a Secured Obligation is owed (other than any Defaulting Lender); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or Issuing Bank, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any supplement to any Schedule shall be effective simply by delivering to the Administrative Agent a supplemental schedule clearly marked as such and, upon receipt, the Administrative Agent will promptly deliver a copy thereof to the Lenders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may amend this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the consent of the Lenders in order to correct,

 

92



 

amend or cure any ambiguity, inconsistency or defect or correct any typographical error or other manifest error in any Loan Document.

 

Section 12.03                       Expenses, Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)                                  Parent and the Borrower, jointly and severally, shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates ( provided that the Borrower must consent to the incurrence of expenses in excess of $250,000 prior to the Effective Date, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and to the extent necessary as determined by the Administrative Agent, other outside consultants for the Administrative Agent, the reasonable travel, photocopy, mailing, courier, telephone, distributions, insurance, bank meetings and other similar expenses, and the cost of environmental invasive and non-invasive assessments and audits and surveys and appraisals, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration (both before and after the execution hereof and including advice of counsel to the Administrative Agent as to the rights and duties of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto) of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers of or consents related to the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all costs, expenses, Taxes, assessments and other charges incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with any search, filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement or any Security Instrument or any other document referred to therein, (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, (iv) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section 12.03 , or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, periodic collateral/financial control, field examinations, asset appraisal expenses, the monitoring of assets, enforcement or rights and other miscellaneous disbursements).

 

(b)                                  PARENT AND THE BORROWER, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, SHALL INDEMNIFY EACH AGENT, THE ARRANGER, THE ISSUING BANK AND EACH LENDER, AND EACH RELATED PARTY OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING PERSONS (EACH SUCH PERSON BEING CALLED AN “INDEMNITEE”) AGAINST, AND DEFEND AND HOLD EACH INDEMNITEE HARMLESS FROM, ANY AND ALL ACTUAL LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, LIABILITIES AND RELATED EXPENSES, INCLUDING THE REASONABLE AND DOCUMENTED OUT-OF-POCKET FEES, CHARGES AND DISBURSEMENTS OF ONE FIRM OF COUNSEL FOR ALL INDEMNITEES TAKEN AS A WHOLE (AND, IF NECESSARY, BY A SINGLE FIRM OF LOCAL COUNSEL IN EACH APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION FOR ALL INDEMNITEES, TAKEN AS A WHOLE (AND, IN THE CASE OF AN ACTUAL OR PERCEIVED CONFLICT OF INTEREST WHERE THE INDEMNITEE AFFECTED BY SUCH CONFLICT INFORMS THE BORROWER OF SUCH CONFLICT AND THEREAFTER RETAINS ITS OWN COUNSEL, OF ANOTHER FIRM OF COUNSEL FOR SUCH AFFECTED INDEMNITEE)),

 

93



 

INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF (i) THE EXECUTION OR DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, (ii) THE PERFORMANCE BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THE PARTIES TO ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR BY ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, (iii) THE FAILURE OF THE BORROWER OR ANY LOAN PARTY TO COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, OR WITH ANY GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENT, (iv) ANY INACCURACY OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR ANY BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY OR COVENANT OF THE BORROWER OR ANY LOAN PARTY SET FORTH IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY INSTRUMENTS, DOCUMENTS OR CERTIFICATIONS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, (v) ANY LOAN OR LETTER OF CREDIT OR THE USE OF THE PROCEEDS THEREFROM, INCLUDING (A) ANY REFUSAL BY THE ISSUING BANK TO HONOR A DEMAND FOR PAYMENT UNDER A LETTER OF CREDIT IF THE DOCUMENTS PRESENTED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH DEMAND DO NOT STRICTLY COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR (B) THE PAYMENT OF A DRAWING UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT NOTWITHSTANDING THE NON-COMPLIANCE, NON-DELIVERY OR OTHER IMPROPER PRESENTATION OF THE DOCUMENTS PRESENTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, (vi) ANY OTHER ASPECT OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (vii) THE OPERATIONS OF THE BUSINESS OF THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER BY SUCH PERSONS, (viii) ANY ASSERTION THAT THE LENDERS WERE NOT ENTITLED TO RECEIVE THE PROCEEDS RECEIVED PURSUANT TO THE SECURITY INSTRUMENTS, (ix) ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW APPLICABLE TO THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER OR ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES OR OPERATIONS, INCLUDING THE PRESENCE, GENERATION, STORAGE, RELEASE, THREATENED RELEASE, USE, TRANSPORT, DISPOSAL, ARRANGEMENT OF DISPOSAL OR TREATMENT OF OIL, OIL AND GAS WASTES, SOLID WASTES OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON OR AT ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES, (x) THE BREACH OR NON-COMPLIANCE BY THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER WITH ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LAW APPLICABLE TO THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER, (xi) THE PAST OWNERSHIP BY THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER OF ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES OR PAST ACTIVITY ON ANY OF THEIR PROPERTIES WHICH, THOUGH LAWFUL AND FULLY PERMISSIBLE AT THE TIME, COULD RESULT IN PRESENT LIABILITY, (xii) THE PRESENCE, USE, RELEASE, STORAGE, TREATMENT, DISPOSAL, GENERATION, THREATENED RELEASE, TRANSPORT, ARRANGEMENT FOR TRANSPORT OR ARRANGEMENT FOR DISPOSAL OF OIL, OIL AND GAS WASTES, SOLID WASTES OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON OR AT ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OWNED OR OPERATED BY THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER OR ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED PRESENCE OR RELEASE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON OR FROM ANY PROPERTY OWNED OR OPERATED BY THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER, (xiii) ANY ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY RELATED IN ANY WAY TO THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER GROUP MEMBER, (xiv) ANY OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH OR SAFETY CONDITION IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR (xv) ANY ACTUAL OR PROSPECTIVE CLAIM, LITIGATION, INVESTIGATION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY, WHETHER BROUGHT BY A THIRD PARTY OR BY ANY LOAN PARTY, AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ANY INDEMNITEE IS A PARTY

 

94



 

THERETO, AND SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL EXTEND TO EACH INDEMNITEE NOTWITHSTANDING THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF EVERY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, WHETHER AN AFFIRMATIVE ACT OR AN OMISSION, INCLUDING ALL TYPES OF NEGLIGENT CONDUCT IDENTIFIED IN THE RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF TORTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNITEES OR BY REASON OF STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED WITHOUT FAULT ON ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNITEES INCLUDING ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE; PROVIDED THAT SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL NOT, AS TO ANY INDEMNITEE, BE AVAILABLE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR RELATED EXPENSES ARE DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT TO (X) ARISE FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE, BAD FAITH OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNITEE, (Y) ARISE SOLELY OUT OF ANY CLAIM, ACTION, INQUIRY, SUIT, LITIGATION, INVESTIGATION OR PROCEEDING THAT DOES NOT INVOLVE AN ACT OR OMISSION OF ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES OR SUBSIDIARIES AND THAT IS BROUGHT BY AN INDEMNITEE AGAINST ANY OTHER INDEMNITEE (OTHER THAN ANY CLAIM, ACTION, SUIT, INQUIRY, LITIGATION, INVESTIGATION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN ITS CAPACITY OR IN FULFILLING ITS ROLE AS AN ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR (Z) RELATE TO TAXES, WHICH SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INDEMNIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.03 .

 

(c)                                   NEITHER PARENT NOR THE BORROWER SHALL, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EACH INDEMNITEE AFFECTED THEREBY, SETTLE ANY THREATENED OR PENDING CLAIM OR ACTION THAT WOULD GIVE RISE TO THE RIGHT OF ANY INDEMNITEE TO CLAIM INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER UNLESS SUCH SETTLEMENT (X) INCLUDES A FULL AND UNCONDITIONAL RELEASE OF ALL LIABILITIES ARISING OUT OF SUCH CLAIM OR ACTION AGAINST SUCH INDEMNITEE, (Y) DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY STATEMENT AS TO OR AN ADMISSION OF FAULT, CULPABILITY OR FAILURE TO ACT BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH INDEMNITEE AND (Z) REQUIRES NO ACTION ON THE PART OF THE INDEMNITEE OTHER THAN ITS CONSENT.

 

(d)                                  NO INDEMNITEE SEEKING INDEMNIFICATION OR CONTRIBUTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL, WITHOUT THE BORROWER’S WRITTEN CONSENT (WHICH CONSENT SHALL NOT BE UNREASONABLY WITHHELD, DELAYED OR CONDITIONED), SETTLE, COMPROMISE, CONSENT TO THE ENTRY OF ANY JUDGMENT IN OR OTHERWISE SEEK TO TERMINATE ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING REFERRED TO HEREIN; HOWEVER IF ANY OF THE FOREGOING ACTIONS IS TAKEN WITH THE BORROWER’S CONSENT OR IF THERE IS A FINAL AND NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION FOR THE PLAINTIFF IN ANY SUCH INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION OR PROCEEDING, THE BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH INDEMNITEE FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL ACTUAL LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, LIABILITIES AND RELATED EXPENSES BY REASON OF SUCH ACTION OR JUDGMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE, IF AT ANY TIME AN INDEMNITEE SHALL HAVE REQUESTED INDEMNIFICATION OR CONTRIBUTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT, PARENT AND THE BORROWER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SETTLEMENT OR OTHER ACTION REFERRED TO IN THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE

 

95



 

EFFECTED WITHOUT THE BORROWER’S CONSENT IF (A) SUCH SETTLEMENT OR OTHER ACTION IS ENTERED INTO MORE THAN 30 DAYS AFTER RECEIPT BY THE BORROWER OF SUCH REQUEST FOR SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OR CONTRIBUTION AND (B) THE BORROWER SHALL NOT HAVE PROVIDED SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OR CONTRIBUTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH REQUEST PRIOR TO THE DATE OF SUCH SETTLEMENT OR OTHER ACTION.

 

(e)                                   No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of any Indemnitee (as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(f)                                    To the extent that Parent or the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, any Agent, any Arranger or any Issuing Bank under Section 12.03(a)  or (b) , each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, such Agent, such Arranger or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s Revolving Applicable Percentage and/or Term Percentage (each as determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, such Agent, such Arranger or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

 

(g)                                   To the extent permitted by applicable law, Parent and the Borrower shall not, and shall cause each Group Member not to, assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee, Loan Party or Subsidiary shall be liable for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(h)                                  All amounts due under this Section 12.03 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor.

 

Section 12.04                       Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 12.04 .  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby

 

96



 

(including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in Section 12.04(c) ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  (i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.04(b)(iii) , any Revolving Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Revolving Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

 

(A)                                the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (2) at any other time, such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided further , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless the Borrower shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent with ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof; and

 

(B)                                the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an assignee that is a Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

 

(C)                                each Issuing Bank, provided that no consent of any Issuing Bank shall be required for an assignment to an assignee that is a Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the conditions set forth in Section 12.04(b)(iii) , any Term  Lender may assign to one or more Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Term Commitment and the Term Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

 

(A)                                the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (2) at any other time, such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided further , that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless the Borrower shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent with ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof; and

 

(B)                                the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an assignee that is a Lender immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.

 

(iii)                                Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)                                except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of

 

97



 

the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(B)                                each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(C)                                the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $4,000; and

 

(D)                                the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

 

(E)                                 the assignee must not be a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

(iv)                               Subject to Section 12.04(b)(v)  and the acceptance and recording thereof, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 , Section 5.03 and Section 12.03 ).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 12.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.04(c ).

 

(v)                                  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Maximum Credit Amount of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  In connection with any changes to the Register, if necessary, the Administrative Agent will reflect the revisions on Annex I and forward a copy of such revised Annex I to the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and each Lender.

 

(vi)                               Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the Assignee’s completed

 

98



 

Administrative Questionnaire and, if required hereunder, applicable tax forms (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in this Section 12.04(b)  and any written consent to such assignment required by this Section 12.04(b) , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this Section 12.04(b) .

 

(vii)                            Notwithstanding the foregoing, no assignment or participation shall be made to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party.

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or any other Person, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (D) the selling Lender shall maintain the Participant Register.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 12.02(b)  that affects such Participant.  In addition such agreement must provide that the Participant be bound by the provisions of Section 12.03 .  Subject to Section 12.04(c)(iii) , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 and Section 5.03 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.04(b) .  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 4.01(c)  as though it were a Lender.  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(ii)                                   A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to

 

99



 

receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.03 such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 5.03(g)  as though it were a Lender (it being understood the documentation required under Section 5.03(g)  shall be provided only to the selling Lender).

 

(d)                                  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or a central bank, and this Section 12.04(d)  shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 12.04 , no transfer or assignment of the interests or obligations of any Lender or any grant of participations therein shall be permitted if such transfer, assignment or grant would require the Borrower and the other Loan Parties to file a registration statement with the SEC or to qualify the Loans under the “Blue Sky” laws of any state.

 

Section 12.05                       Survival; Revival; Reinstatement .

 

(a)                                  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit or other Secured Obligations are outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or been terminated.  The provisions of Section 5.01 , Section 5.02 , Section 5.03 and Section 12.03 and ARTICLE XI shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that any payments on the Secured Obligations or proceeds of any collateral are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver or other Person under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then to such extent, the Secured Obligations shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had not been received and the Administrative Agent’s and the Lenders’ Liens, security interests, rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and each Loan Document shall continue in full force and effect.  In such event, each Loan Document shall be automatically reinstated and the Borrower shall, and shall

 

100



 

cause each other Loan Party to, take such action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to effect such reinstatement.

 

Section 12.06                       Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

(c)                                   Except as provided in Section 6.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, facsimile or other similar electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.07                       Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 12.08                       Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations (of whatsoever kind, including obligations under Swap Agreements) at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party owed to such Lender now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section 12.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender or its Affiliates may have.

 

Section 12.09                       GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS .

 

(a)                                  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL

 

101



 

BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(b)                                  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY: SUBMITS (AND PARENT AND THE BORROWER SHALL CAUSE EACH GROUP MEMBER TO SUBMIT) FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE DISTRICT COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF; PROVIDED , THAT NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL PREVENT ANY PARTY FROM BRINGING ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE ANY AWARD OR JUDGMENT OR EXERCISE ANY RIGHT UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS IN ANY OTHER FORUM IN WHICH JURISDICTION CAN BE ESTABLISHED.  EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS.

 

(c)                                   EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO IT AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 12.01 OR SUCH OTHER ADDRESS AS IS SPECIFIED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12.01 (OR ITS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION), SUCH SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF A PARTY OR ANY HOLDER OF A NOTE TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST ANOTHER PARTY IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

(d)                                  EACH PARTY HEREBY (i) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN; (ii) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES; (iii) CERTIFIES THAT NO PARTY HERETO NOR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF COUNSEL FOR ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, OR IMPLIED THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (iv) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 12.09 .

 

102



 

Section 12.10                       Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 12.11                       Confidentiality .  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders (severally and not jointly) agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and required to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority having authority over the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 12.11 , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement ( provided that such Person agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.11 ) or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement relating to the Borrower and its obligations ( provided that such Person agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.11 ), (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.11 or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section 12.11 , “Information” means all information received from Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Parent, the Borrower or any Subsidiary and their businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Parent, the Borrower or a Subsidiary.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 12.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

Section 12.12                       Interest Rate Limitation .  It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Lender and each Issuing Bank shall conform strictly to usury laws applicable to it.  Accordingly, if the transactions contemplated hereby would be usurious as to any Lender or any Issuing Bank under laws applicable to it (including the laws of the United States of America and the State of New York or any other jurisdiction whose laws may be mandatorily applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement), then, in that event, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of the Loan Documents or any agreement entered into in connection with or as security for the Notes, it is agreed as follows:  (a) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under law applicable to any Lender that is contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received by such Lender or such Issuing Bank under any of the Loan Documents or agreements or otherwise in connection with the Loans or Notes shall under no circumstances exceed the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law, and any excess shall be canceled automatically and if theretofore paid shall be credited by such Lender on the principal amount of the Secured Obligations (or, to the extent that the principal amount of the Secured Obligations shall have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to the Borrower); and (b) in the event that the maturity of the Loans or Notes is accelerated by reason of an election of the holder thereof resulting from any Event of Default under this Agreement or otherwise, or in the event of any required or permitted prepayment, then such consideration that constitutes interest under law applicable to any Lender or any Issuing Bank may never include more than the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law, and excess interest, if any,

 

103



 

provided for in this Agreement or otherwise shall be canceled automatically by such Lender or such Issuing Bank as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be credited by such Lender or such Issuing Bank on the principal amount of the Debt (or, to the extent that the principal amount of the Debt shall have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by such Lender to the Borrower).  All sums paid or agreed to be paid to any Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of sums due hereunder shall, to the extent permitted by law applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the stated term of the Loans until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of any Loans hereunder does not exceed the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law.  If at any time and from time to time (i) the amount of interest payable to any Lender or any Issuing Bank on any date shall be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 12.12 and (ii) in respect of any subsequent interest computation period the amount of interest otherwise payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank would be less than the amount of interest payable to such Lender computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, then the amount of interest payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank in respect of such subsequent interest computation period shall continue to be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank until the total amount of interest payable to such Lender shall equal the total amount of interest which would have been payable to such Lender or such Issuing Bank if the total amount of interest had been computed without giving effect to this Section 12.12 .

 

Section 12.13                       Collateral Matters; Swap Agreements .  The benefit of the Security Instruments and of the provisions of this Agreement relating to any collateral securing the Secured Obligations shall also extend to and be available to the Secured Swap Providers in respect of the Secured Swap Agreements as set forth herein.  Except as set forth in Section 12.02(b)(v) , no Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender shall have any voting rights under any Loan Document as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Swap Agreements.

 

Section 12.14                       No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the agreement of the Lenders to make Loans and any Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend Letters of Credit hereunder are solely for the benefit of the Borrower, and no other Person (including any other Loan Party of the Borrower, any obligor, contractor, subcontractor, supplier or materialsman) shall have any rights, claims, remedies or privileges hereunder or under any other Loan Document against the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Lender for any reason whatsoever.  There are no third party beneficiaries.

 

Section 12.15                       EXCULPATION PROVISIONS .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO SPECIFICALLY AGREES THAT IT HAS A DUTY TO READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND AGREES THAT IT IS CHARGED WITH NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; THAT IT HAS IN FACT READ THIS AGREEMENT AND IS FULLY INFORMED AND HAS FULL NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND EFFECTS OF THIS AGREEMENT; THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE THROUGHOUT THE NEGOTIATIONS PRECEDING ITS EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; AND HAS RECEIVED THE ADVICE OF ITS ATTORNEY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS; AND THAT IT RECOGNIZES THAT CERTAIN OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RESULT IN ONE PARTY ASSUMING THE LIABILITY INHERENT IN SOME ASPECTS OF THE TRANSACTION AND RELIEVING THE OTHER PARTY OF ITS RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUCH LIABILITY.  EACH PARTY HERETO AGREES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT CONTEST THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY EXCULPATORY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE

 

104



 

OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ON THE BASIS THAT THE PARTY HAD NO NOTICE OR KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH PROVISION OR THAT THE PROVISION IS NOT “CONSPICUOUS.”

 

Section 12.16                       USA Patriot Act Notice .  Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 12.17                       Flood Insurance Provisions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, in no event is any Building (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) or Manufactured (Mobile) Home (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) included in the definition of “Mortgaged Property” and no Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home is hereby encumbered by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  As used herein, “Flood Insurance Regulations” means (a) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (b) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (c) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, (d) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and (e) the Biggert-Waters Flood Reform Act of 2012, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Section 12.18                       Releases .

 

(a)                                  Release Upon Payment in Full .  Upon (i) the irrevocable and indefeasible payment in full in cash of all principal, interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of an insolvency or liquidation proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding) and premium, if any, on all Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement, (ii) the payment in full in cash or posting of cash collateral in respect of all other Obligations or amounts that are outstanding under the Credit Agreement (other than indemnity obligations not yet due and payable of which the Borrower has not received a notice of potential claim), including the posting of the cash collateral for outstanding Letters of Credit as required by the terms of the Credit Agreement (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been made), (iii) the termination of all Commitments under the Credit Agreement, (iv) payment in full in cash of all amounts owed under and the termination of all obligations under each Secured Cash Management Agreements (other than obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements not yet due and payable),  and (v) the termination of all Secured Swap Agreements and the payment in full in cash or posting of acceptable collateral in respect of all other obligations or amounts that are owed to any Lender (or Lender Affiliate) under such Secured Swap Agreements as required by the terms thereof or the novation of such Secured Swap Agreements to third parties (the satisfaction of each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (v), “ Payment in Full ”) the Administrative Agent, at the written request and expense of the Borrower, will promptly release, reassign and transfer the Collateral to the Loan Parties.

 

(b)                                  Further Assurances .  If any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Loan Party in a transaction permitted by the Loan Documents, such Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens created by the Loan Documents and the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of the applicable Loan Party, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Loan Party all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the release of the Liens created by the applicable Security Instrument on such Collateral.  At the request and sole expense of the Borrower, a Loan Party shall be

 

105



 

released from its obligations under the Loan Documents in the event that all the capital stock or other Equity Interests of such Loan Party shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Loan Documents; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Loan Party and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

[SIGNATURES BEGIN NEXT PAGE]

 

106



 

The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT:

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

REVOLVING LENDER:

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,

 

as a Revolving Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

TERM LENDER:

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL GROUP INC.,

 

as a Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

ANNEX I

 

LIST OF MAXIMUM CREDIT AMOUNTS

 

Aggregate Maximum Credit Amounts

 

Name of Lender

 

Revolving Applicable
Percentage

 

Revolving Applicable
Percentage of the
Initial Borrowing Base

 

Maximum Credit
Amount

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

100.0

%

$

75,000,000.00

 

$

300,000,000.00

 

TOTAL:

 

100.0

%

$

75,000,000.00

 

$

300,000,000.00

 

 

ANNEX I - 1



 

ANNEX II

 

LIST OF TERM COMMITMENTS

 

Name of Lender

 

Term Percentage

 

Term Commitment

 

Morgan Stanley Capital Group Inc.

 

100.0

%

$

125,000,000.00

 

TOTAL:

 

100.0

%

$

125,000,000.00

 

 

ANNEX II - 1



 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

FORM OF REVOLVING NOTE

 

[          ], 201[  ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC., a Colorado Corporation, (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [ · ] (the “ Lender ”), at the principal office of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc. (the “ Administrative Agent ”), the principal sum of equal to the amount of such Lender’s Maximum Credit Amount, or, if greater or less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Credit Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each such Revolving Loan, at such office, in like money and funds, for the period commencing on the date of such Revolving Loan until such Revolving Loan shall be paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The date, amount, interest rate, Interest Period and maturity of each Revolving Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note, may be endorsed by the Lender on the schedules attached hereto or any continuation thereof or on any separate record maintained by the Lender.  Failure to make any such notation or to attach a schedule shall not affect any Lender’s or the Borrower’s rights or obligations in respect of such Revolving Loans or affect the validity of such transfer by any Lender of this Note.

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 among the Parent, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the lenders signatory thereto (including the Lender), and evidences Revolving Loans made by the Lender thereunder (such Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, modified, or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Note have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is issued pursuant to, and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, the Credit Agreement and is entitled to the benefits provided for in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the occurrence of certain events, for prepayments of Revolving Loans upon the terms and conditions specified therein and other provisions relevant to this Note.

 

If this Note is placed into the hands of an attorney for collection after default, or if all or any part of the indebtedness represented hereby is proved, established or collected in any court or in any bankruptcy, receivership, debtor relief, probate or other court proceedings, the Borrower agrees to pay all fees and expenses to the holder hereof as and to the extent required by the Credit Agreement in addition to the principal and interest payable hereunder.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

FORM OF TERM NOTE

 

[          ], 201[  ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC., a Colorado Corporation, (the “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to [ · ] (the “ Lender ”), at the principal office of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc. (the “ Administrative Agent ”), the principal sum of equal to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Credit Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each such Term Loan, at such office, in like money and funds, for the period commencing on the date of such Term Loan until such Term Loan shall be paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The date, amount, interest rate and maturity of each Term Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note, may be endorsed by the Lender on the schedules attached hereto or any continuation thereof or on any separate record maintained by the Lender.  Failure to make any such notation or to attach a schedule shall not affect any Lender’s or the Borrower’s rights or obligations in respect of such Term Loans or affect the validity of such transfer by any Lender of this Note.

 

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 among the Parent, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the lenders signatory thereto (including the Lender), and evidences Term Loans made by the Lender thereunder (such Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, modified, or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Note have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is issued pursuant to, and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, the Credit Agreement and is entitled to the benefits provided for in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the occurrence of certain events, for prepayments of Term Loans upon the terms and conditions specified therein and other provisions relevant to this Note.

 

If this Note is placed into the hands of an attorney for collection after default, or if all or any part of the indebtedness represented hereby is proved, established or collected in any court or in any bankruptcy, receivership, debtor relief, probate or other court proceedings, the Borrower agrees to pay all fees and expenses to the holder hereof as and to the extent required by the Credit Agreement in addition to the principal and interest payable hereunder.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

 

[                   ], 201[  ]

 

Sundance Energy, Inc., a Colorado corporation, (the “ Borrower ”), pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (together with all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Parent, the Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders (the “ Lenders ”) which are or become parties thereto (unless otherwise defined herein, each capitalized term used herein is defined in the Credit Agreement), hereby requests a [Revolving Loan][Term Loan](1) Borrowing as follows:

 

(1)                                  Aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing is $[                   ];

 

(2)                                  Date of such Borrowing is [                   ], 201[  ];

 

(3)                                  [Amount of the Borrowing Base in effect on the date hereof is $[                   ];

 

(4)                                  Total Revolving Credit Exposures on the date hereof (without regard to the requested Borrowing) is $[                   ]; and

 

(5)                                  Pro forma total Revolving Credit Exposures (giving effect to the requested Borrowing) is $[                   ]; and](2)

 

(6)                                  Location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement, is as follows:

 

[                                                                                                                                                                                             ]

 

[                                                                                                                                                                                             ]

 

[                                                                                                                                                                                             ]

 

[                                                                                                                                                                                             ]

 

[                                                                                                                                                                                             ]

 


(1)  Select as applicable.

 

(2)  3, 4 and 5 For use with Borrowing Request for Revolving Loans

 



 

The undersigned certifies that he/she is the [ insert title of authorized officer ] of the Borrower, and that as such he/she is authorized to execute this request on behalf of the Borrower.  The undersigned further certifies, represents and warrants on behalf of the Borrower, in the capacity described above and not in his or her individual capacity, that the Borrower is entitled to receive the requested Borrowing under the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EXHIBIT C

 

[Reserved.]

 



 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

[                          ], 201[  ]

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is the [ insert title of Financial Officer ] of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (ACN 112 202 883), a company registered in South Australia, Australia (the “ Parent ”),  and that as such he/she is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Parent.  With reference to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (together with all amendments, restatements, supplements or other modifications thereto being the “ Agreement ”) among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., a Colorado Corporation (the “Borrower”), Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders (the “ Lenders ”) which are or become a party thereto, the undersigned certifies on behalf of the Parent, and not in his or her individual capacity, as follows (each capitalized term used herein having the same meaning given to it in the Agreement unless otherwise specified):

 

1                                          There exists no Default or Event of Default [or specify Default and describe].

 

2                                          Attached hereto are the detailed computations necessary to determine whether the Parent and the Borrower is in compliance with Section 9.01 of the Agreement as of the end of the [fiscal quarter][fiscal year] ending [          ].

 

3.                                       There have been no changes in IFRS or in the application thereof since the date of the most recently delivered financial statements referred to in Section 8.01(a) and (b) [other than as described below:].

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

 

Date:  [     ], 201[  ]

 

To:                              The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders
party to the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

Re:                              Credit Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2015 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Sundance Energy Australia Limited (ACN 112 202 883), a company registered in South Australia, Australia (the “ Parent ”), Sundance Energy, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each of the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

[We][I], the undersigned, the [ insert title of Responsible Officers ] of the Parent and the Borrower [respectively], in that capacity only and not in [my] [our] individual capacit[y][ies], pursuant to Section 6.01(g)  of the Credit Agreement do hereby certify as of the date hereof, and based upon facts and circumstances as they exist as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

1.               Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

2.               After giving effect to the Borrowings and the other Transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement,

 

a.               the aggregate assets (after giving effect to amounts that could reasonably be received by reason of indemnity, offset, insurance or any similar arrangement), at a fair valuation, of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, will exceed the aggregate Debt of the Loan Parties on a consolidated basis, as the Debt becomes absolute and matures;

 

b.               each Loan Party will not have incurred or intended to incur, and will not believe that it will incur, Debt beyond its ability to pay such Debt (after taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by it and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of its liabilities, and giving effect to amounts that could reasonably be received by reason of indemnity, offset, insurance or any similar arrangement) as such Debt becomes absolute and matures in the ordinary course of business; and

 

c.                each Loan Party will not have (and will have no reason to believe that it will have thereafter) unreasonably small capital for the conduct of its business.

 

Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parent and the Borrower have caused this certificate to be executed on their behalf by the undersigned [ insert title of Responsible Officers ] as of the date first written above.

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT F-1

 

SECURITY INSTRUMENTS

 

1.               Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2014, made by each of the Grantors (as defined therein) in favor of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent.

 

2.               Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Assignment of As-Extracted Collateral, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from SEA Eagle Ford, LLC to Deborah L. Hart, as Trustee for the benefit of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to be filed in McMullen County, Texas.

 

3.               Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Assignment of As-Extracted Collateral, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Armadillo E&P, Inc. to Deborah L. Hart, as Trustee for the benefit of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to be filed in McMullen County, Texas.

 

4.               Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Assignment of As-Extracted Collateral, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Sundance Energy, Inc. to Deborah L. Hart, as Trustee for the benefit of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to be filed in Garfield County, Oklahoma, Logan County, Oklahoma and Noble County, Oklahoma.

 

5.               Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Assignment of As-Extracted Collateral, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Sundance Energy Oklahoma LLC to Deborah L. Hart, as Trustee for the benefit of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to be filed in Garfield County, Oklahoma, Logan County, Oklahoma and Noble County, Oklahoma.

 

6.               Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Assignment of As-Extracted Collateral, Security Agreement, Fixture Filing and Financing Statement from Armadillo E&P, Inc. to Deborah L. Hart, as Trustee for the benefit of Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, for its benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties to be filed in Logan County, Oklahoma.

 

7.               Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for the Borrower with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of the State of Colorado or such other filing office as appropriate.

 

8.              Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Sundance Energy Australia Limited with respect to the Collateral with the Office of the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia or such other filing office as appropriate.

 



 

9.               Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Armadillo ( Eagle Ford ) Pty Ltd with respect to the Collateral with the Office of the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia.

 

10.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Armadillo Petroleum Limited with respect to the Collateral with the Office of the Recorder of Deeds in the District of Columbia.

 

11.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Sundance Energy Oklahoma LLC with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of Delaware or such other filing office as appropriate.

 

12.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Sundance Royalties, Inc. with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of Colorado or such other filing office as appropriate.

 

13.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for SEA Eagle Ford, LLC with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of Texas or such other filing office as appropriate.

 

14.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Armadillo Eagle Ford Holdings, Inc. with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of Delaware or such other filing office as appropriate.

 

15.        Filing of UCC-1 Financing Statement for Armadillo E&P, Inc. with respect to the Collateral with the Secretary of State of Delaware or such other filing office as appropriate.

 



 

EXHIBIT F-2

 

FORM OF GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

[Attached]

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit and guarantees included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[and is an Affiliate of [identify Lender](3) ]

 

 

 

 

3

Borrower:

 

Sundance Energy, Inc.

 

 

 

 

4

Administrative Agent:

 

Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 


(3)  Select as applicable.

 



 

5                                          Credit Agreement:                                                                                              The Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 among Sundance Energy Australia Limited, Sundance Energy, Inc., the Lenders parties thereto, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent

 

6                                          Assigned Interest:

 

Facility
Assigned(4)

 

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders

 

Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned

 

Percentage Assigned
of
Commitment/Loans(5)

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

Effective Date:                                    , 201     [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


(4)  Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g. “Revolving Commitment/Revolving Loans” “Term Commitment/Term Loans”).

 

(5)  Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 



 

[Consented to and](6)  Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Consented to:](7)

 

 

 

Sundance Energy, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 


(6)  To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

(7)  To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 



 

ANNEX 1

 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

1.  Representations and Warranties .

 

1.1   Assignor .  The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

 

1.2.  Assignee .  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 8.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

2.  Payments .  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 



 

3.  General Provisions .  This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 



 

EXHIBIT H-1

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., as Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its Foreign Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                      , 201[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT H-2

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., as Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its Foreign Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                      , 201[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT H-3

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., as Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                      , 201[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT H-4

 

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., as Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable, from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                      , 201[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF INCREASED FACILITY ACTIVATION NOTICE

 

To:                              Morgan Stanley Energy Capital, Inc., as Administrative Agent
under the Credit Agreement referred to below

 

Reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Parent, Sundance Energy, Inc., as Borrower, Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc., as Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

This notice is an Increased Facility Activation Notice referred to in the Credit Agreement, and the Borrower and each Lender party hereto hereby notify you that:

 

1.                                       Each Lender party hereto agrees to make an Incremental Term Loan in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the signature pages hereof under the caption “Incremental Term Loan Amount”.

 

2.                                       The aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans contemplated hereby is $                        .

 

3.                                       The Increased Facility Closing Date is                                       .(8)

 

4.                                       The interest rate for the Incremental Term Loans contemplated hereby is       % per annum.

 

5.                                       The agreement of each Lender party hereto to make an Incremental Term Loan on the Increased Facility Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)  The Administrative Agent shall have received this notice, executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Lender party hereto.

 

(b) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Guarantors set forth in the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality in which case such applicable representation and warranty shall be true and correct) on and as of the date of such Borrowing, except to the extent any such representations and warranties are expressly limited to an earlier date, in which case, on and as of the date of such Borrowing, such representations and warranties shall continue to be true and correct in all

 


(8)  Such date shall not be later than 18 months after the Effective Date.

 

1



 

material respects (unless already qualified by materiality in which case such applicable representation and warranty shall be true and correct) as of such specified earlier date.

 

(c)  such Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as those provided under the Security Instruments, and be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens on the Collateral;

 

(d) no Default or Event of Default (including, without limitation, compliance with all financial covenants contained in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement) exists at the time of or would result from the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans after giving pro forma effect thereto;

 

(e) the ratio of Total PDP PV-9 to Total Debt, as the Increased Facility Closing Date set forth above, shall not be less than 1.00 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Incremental Term Loans;

 

(f)  the Administrative Agent and the Lenders[, including the undersigned New Lender[s]], shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Increased Facility Closing Date set forth above with respect to such Incremental Term Loans and reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement; and

 

(g) [Insert other applicable conditions precedent, including, without limitation, delivery of a closing certificate from the Borrower and amendments to the Security Instruments (to the extent necessary)].

 

[Signature page follows]

 

2



 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Incremental Term Loan Amount

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

CONSENTED TO:

 

Morgan Stanley Energy Capital Inc.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


Exhibit 4.2

 

Execution Version

 

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

made by

 

each of the Grantors (as defined herein)

 

in favor of

 

MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

Dated as of May 14, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I Definitions

1

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitional Provisions; References

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II Guarantee

3

 

 

Section 2.01

Guarantee

3

Section 2.02

Payments

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III Grant of Security Interest

4

 

 

Section 3.01

Grant of Security Interest

4

Section 3.02

Transfer of Pledged Securities

5

Section 3.03

Grantors Remain Liable under Accounts, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles

6

Section 3.04

Pledged Securities

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV Acknowledgments, Waivers and Consents

6

 

 

Section 4.01

Acknowledgments, Waivers and Consents

6

Section 4.02

No Subrogation, Contribution or Reimbursement

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE V Representations and Warranties

9

 

 

Section 5.01

Representations in Credit Agreement

9

Section 5.02

Benefit to the Guarantor

10

Section 5.03

[Reserved]

10

Section 5.04

Title; No Other Liens

10

Section 5.05

Perfected First Priority Liens

10

Section 5.06

Legal Name, Organizational Status, Chief Executive Office

10

Section 5.07

Prior Names and Addresses

10

Section 5.08

Pledged Securities

10

Section 5.09

Goods

11

Section 5.10

Instruments and Chattel Paper

11

Section 5.11

Truth of Information; Accounts

11

Section 5.12

Governmental Obligors

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI Covenants

11

 

 

Section 6.01

Covenants in Credit Agreement

11

 

i



 

Section 6.02

Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation

11

Section 6.03

[Reserved]

13

Section 6.04

[Reserved]

13

Section 6.05

Further Identification of Collateral

13

Section 6.06

Changes in Locations, Name, etc.

13

Section 6.07

Compliance with Contractual Obligations

13

Section 6.08

Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral

13

Section 6.09

Pledged Securities

13

Section 6.10

Limitations on Modifications, Waivers, Extensions of Agreements Giving Rise to Accounts

15

Section 6.11

[Reserved]

15

Section 6.12

Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper

15

Section 6.13

[Reserved]

15

Section 6.14

Commercial Tort Claims

15

Section 6.15

Keepwell

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII Remedial Provisions

16

 

 

Section 7.01

Pledged Securities

16

Section 7.02

Collections on Accounts, Etc.

17

Section 7.03

Proceeds

17

Section 7.04

New York UCC and Other Remedies

18

Section 7.05

Private Sales of Pledged Securities

19

Section 7.06

Deficiency

20

Section 7.07

Non-Judicial Enforcement

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent

20

 

 

Section 8.01

Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, Etc.

20

Section 8.02

Duty of Administrative Agent

21

Section 8.03

Filing of Financing Statements

22

Section 8.04

Authority of Administrative Agent

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX Subordination of Indebtedness

23

 

 

Section 9.01

Subordination of All Guarantor Claims

23

Section 9.02

Claims in Bankruptcy

23

Section 9.03

Payments Held in Trust

23

Section 9.04

Liens Subordinate

24

Section 9.05

Notation of Records

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE X Miscellaneous

24

 

ii



 

Section 10.01

Waiver

24

Section 10.02

Notices

24

Section 10.03

Payment of Expenses, Indemnities, Etc.

24

Section 10.04

Amendments in Writing

25

Section 10.05

Successors and Assigns

25

Section 10.06

Invalidity

25

Section 10.07

Counterparts

25

Section 10.08

Survival

25

Section 10.09

Captions

26

Section 10.10

No Oral Agreements

26

Section 10.11

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

26

Section 10.12

Acknowledgments

26

Section 10.13

Additional Grantors

27

Section 10.14

Set-Off

27

Section 10.15

Releases

27

Section 10.16

Reinstatement

28

Section 10.17

Acceptance

28

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES :

 

1.                                       Notice Addresses of Guarantors

 

2.                                       Description of Pledged Securities

 

3.                                       Filings and Other Actions Required to Perfect Security Interests

 

4.                                       Legal Name, Location of Jurisdiction of Organization, Organizational Identification Number, Taxpayor Identification Number and Chief Executive Office

 

5.                                       Prior Names, Prior Chief Executive Office, Location of Tangible Assets

 

ANNEX :

 

1.                                       Form of Assumption Agreement

 

iv



 

This GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of May 14, 2015, is made by SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED , a limited company organized and existing under the laws of South Australia (“ Parent ”), SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC. , a Colorado corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and each of the other signatories hereto other than the Administrative Agent (the Borrower and each of the other signatories hereto other than the Administrative Agent, together with any other Subsidiary of the Parent that becomes a party hereto from time to time after the date hereof, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC. , as administrative agent (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), for the banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, and any other Agents party thereto.

 

In consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective loans to and extensions of credit on behalf of the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                              Definitions .

 

(a)                                  As used in this Agreement, each term defined above shall have the meaning indicated above.  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms as well as all uncapitalized terms which are defined in the New York UCC on the date hereof are used herein as so defined:  Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Accounts, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Payment Intangibles, Proceeds, Securities Accounts, Supporting Obligations, and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

(b)                                  The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Account Debtor ” shall mean a Person (other than any Grantor) obligated on an Account, Chattel Paper, or General Intangible.

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 3.01 .

 

Excluded Equity ” shall mean any voting stock of any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 66-2/3% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such Foreign Subsidiary that are entitled to vote.

 

1



 

Excluded Property ” shall have the meaning assigned such term in Section 3.01 .

 

Guarantors ” shall mean, collectively, each Grantor other than the Borrower.

 

Issuers ” shall mean, collectively, each issuer of a Pledged Security.

 

New York UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as it may be amended, from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Pledged Securities ” shall mean: (i) the equity interests described or referred to in Schedule 2; and (ii) (a) the certificates or instruments, if any, representing such equity interests, (b) subject to Section 7.01, all dividends (cash, stock or otherwise), cash, instruments, rights to subscribe, purchase or sell and all other rights and property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such equity interests, (c) all replacements, additions to and substitutions for any of the property referred to in this definition, including, without limitation, claims against third parties, (d) the Proceeds on any of the property referred to in this definition and (e) all books and records relating to any of the property referred to in this definition.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Pledged Securities” shall not include any Excluded Equity.

 

Post-Default Rate ” shall mean the per annum rate of interest provided for in Section 3.02(d)  of the Credit Agreement, but in no event to exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.

 

Qualified Keepwell Provider ” shall mean, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Grantor that, at the time the relevant guarantee (or grant of the relevant security interest, as applicable) becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, has total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or otherwise constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” with respect to such Swap Obligation at such time by entering into a keepwell pursuant to Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Secured Agreement ” shall mean any agreement giving rise to a Secured Obligation.

 

Section 1.02                              Other Definitional Provisions; References .  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  The gender of all words shall include the masculine, feminine, and neuter, as appropriate.  The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole, and not to any particular article, section or subsection.  Any reference herein to a Section shall be deemed to refer to the applicable Section of this Agreement unless otherwise stated herein.  Any reference herein to an exhibit, schedule or annex shall be deemed to refer to the applicable exhibit, schedule or annex attached hereto unless otherwise stated herein.  Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II
GUARANTEE

 

Section 2.01                              Guarantee .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and each of their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower and the Guarantors when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations.  This is a guarantee of payment and not collection and the liability of each Guarantor is primary and not secondary.

 

(b)                                  Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)                                   Each Guarantor agrees that the Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Article II or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that if the maturity of any of the Secured Obligations is accelerated by bankruptcy or otherwise, such maturity shall also be deemed accelerated for the purpose of this guarantee without demand or notice to such Guarantor.  The guarantee contained in this Article II shall remain in full force and effect until the Payment in Full.

 

(e)                                   No payment made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Secured Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or any payment received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Secured Obligations), remain liable for the Secured Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Payment in Full.

 

Section 2.02                              Payments .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees and guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars that constitute immediately available funds at the principal office of the Administrative Agent specified pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III
GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

Section 3.01                              Grant of Security Interest .  Each Grantor hereby pledges, assigns and transfers to the Administrative Agent, and grants to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest and whether now existing or hereafter coming into existence (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Secured Obligations:

 

(1)                                  all Accounts;

 

(2)                                  cash

 

(3)                                  all Chattel Paper (whether Tangible Chattel Paper or Electronic Chattel Paper);

 

(4)                                  all Commercial Tort Claims;

 

(5)                                  all Deposit Accounts, all Commodity Accounts and all Securities Accounts (other than payroll, withholding tax and other fiduciary Deposit Accounts and Section 1031 tax-deferred exchange accounts (or other similar restricted accounts));

 

(6)                                  all Documents;

 

(7)                                  all Fixtures;

 

(8)                                  all General Intangibles (including, without limitation, rights in and under any Swap Agreements);

 

(9)                                  all Goods (including, without limitation, all Inventory and all Equipment, but excluding all Fixtures);

 

(10)                           all Instruments;

 

(11)                           all Intellectual Property;

 

(12)                           all Inventory;

 

(13)                           all Investment Property;

 

(14)                           all Letter-of-Credit Rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing;

 

(15)                           all Money;

 

(16)                           all Pledged Securities;

 

4



 

(17)                           all Supporting Obligations;

 

(18)                           all books and records pertaining to the Collateral;

 

(19)                           to the extent not otherwise included, any other property insofar as it consists of personal property of any kind or character defined in and subject to the New York UCC; and

 

(20)                           to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security, income, royalties and other payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to, and guarantees and supporting obligations relating to, any and all of the Collateral and, to the extent not otherwise included, all payments of insurance (whether or not the Administrative Agent is the loss payee thereof), or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty, payable by reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral, all other claims, including all cash, guarantees and other Supporting Obligations given with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Collateral include, and no Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a security interest in, any of such Grantor’s rights or interests in or under (collectively, the “ Excluded Property ”) (a) any property to the extent that the grant of a security interest thereon shall constitute or result in a breach of, a default under, an invalidation of, a termination of, or the unenforceability of any right of such Grantor under, any agreement related to such property or requires the consent of, or creates a right of termination in favor of, any Person other than Grantor or any of its Affiliates, provided , however , that the Collateral shall include (and such security interest shall attach) immediately at such time as the contractual or legal provisions referred to above shall no longer be applicable, (b) any Excluded Equity or (c) any motor vehicles, aircraft, rolling stock or other assets subject to certificate-of-title statutes; provided further that the exclusions referred to in clause (a) above shall not apply to the extent that such laws, rules, regulations, agreements, terms or provisions referred to therein would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC or the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including any debtor relief law or principle of equity) and shall not include any proceeds (as defined in the New York UCC or the Uniform Commercial Code of any relevant jurisdiction) of such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement or property, unless any assets constituting such proceeds are themselves subject to the exclusions set forth above.

 

Section 3.02                              Transfer of Pledged Securities .  As of the Effective Date, all certificates and instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Securities shall be delivered to and held pursuant hereto by the Administrative Agent or a Person designated by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of an instrument or certificate in registered form, shall be duly indorsed to the Administrative Agent or in blank by an effective indorsement (whether on the certificate or instrument or on a separate writing), and accompanied by any required transfer tax stamps to effect the pledge of the Pledged Securities to the Administrative Agent.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, all Pledged Securities evidenced by a certificate or instrument must be delivered or transferred in such manner, and each Grantor shall take all such further action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, as to permit the Administrative Agent to maintain a first priority perfected security interest in the Pledged Securities.

 

5



 

Section 3.03                              Grantors Remain Liable under Accounts, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Accounts, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise to each such Account, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any such other Secured Party of any payment relating to such Account, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible, pursuant hereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Account, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

Section 3.04                              Pledged Securities .  The granting of the foregoing security interest does not make the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party a successor to Grantor as a partner or member in any Issuer that is a partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, and neither the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, nor any of their respective successors or assigns hereunder shall be deemed to have become a partner or member in any Issuer, as applicable, by accepting this Agreement or exercising any right granted herein unless and until such time, if any, when any such Person expressly becomes a partner or member in any Issuer, as applicable, and complies with any applicable transfer provisions set forth in the charter or organizational documents relating to an applicable Pledged Security after a foreclosure thereon.

 

ARTICLE IV
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, WAIVERS AND CONSENTS

 

Section 4.01                              Acknowledgments, Waivers and Consents .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the obligations undertaken by it under this Agreement involve the guarantee of, and the provision of collateral security for, the Secured Obligations, which obligations consist, in part, of the obligations of Persons other than such Grantor and that such Grantor’s guarantee and provision of collateral security for the Secured Obligations are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances, except as expressly provided herein or in any other Loan Document.  In full recognition and furtherance of the foregoing, each Grantor understands and agrees, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and except as may otherwise be expressly provided in the Loan Documents, that each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder (including, without limitation, with respect to the guarantee made by such Grantor hereby and the collateral security provided by such Grantor herein) and the enforceability and effectiveness of this Agreement and the liability of such Grantor, and the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Administrative Agent and the

 

6



 

other Secured Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected, limited, reduced, discharged or terminated in any way:

 

(i)                                      notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (A) any demand for payment of any of the Secured Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such other Secured Party and any of the Secured Obligations continued; (B) the Secured Obligations, the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by, or any indulgence or forbearance in respect thereof granted by, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party; (C) the Secured Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, the Majority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time; (D) any Grantor or any other Person may from time to time accept or enter into new or additional agreements, security documents, guarantees or other instruments in addition to, in exchange for or relative to, any Secured Agreement, all or any part of the Secured Obligations or any Collateral now or in the future serving as security for the Secured Obligations; (E) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released; and (F) any other event shall occur which constitutes a defense or release of sureties generally; and

 

(ii)                                   without regard to, and each Grantor hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any defense now or in the future arising by reason of, (A) the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Secured Agreement, any of the Secured Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (B) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Grantor or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, (C) the insolvency, bankruptcy arrangement, reorganization, adjustment, composition, liquidation, disability, dissolution or lack of power of any Grantor or any other Person at any time liable for the payment of all or part of the Secured Obligations or the failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to file or enforce a claim in bankruptcy or other proceeding with respect to any Person; or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the any Grantor, or any changes in the shareholders of any Grantor; (D) the fact that any Collateral or Lien contemplated or intended to be given, created or granted as security for the repayment of the Secured Obligations shall not be properly perfected or created, or shall prove to be unenforceable or subordinate to any other Lien, it being recognized and agreed by each of the Grantors that it is not entering into this Agreement in reliance on, or in contemplation of the benefits of, the validity, enforceability, collectability or value of any of the Collateral for the Secured Obligations; (E) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to marshal assets in favor of any Grantor or any other Person, to exhaust any collateral for all or any part of the Secured Obligations, to pursue or exhaust any right, remedy, power or privilege it may have against any Grantor or any other Person or to take any action whatsoever to mitigate or reduce

 

7



 

any Grantor’s liability under this Agreement or any other Secured Agreement; (F) any law which provides that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal or which reduces a surety’s or guarantor’s obligation in proportion to the principal obligation; (G) the possibility that the Secured Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the aggregate liability of such Grantor under this Agreement; or (H) any other circumstance or act whatsoever, including any act or omission of the type described in Section 4.01(a)(i)  (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Grantor), which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge or defense of the Borrower for the Secured Obligations, or of such Grantor under the guarantee contained in Article II or with respect to the collateral security provided by such Grantor herein, or which might be available to a surety or guarantor, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor hereby waives to the extent permitted by law:  (i) except as expressly provided otherwise in any Loan Document, all notices to such Grantor, or to any other Person, including but not limited to, notices of the acceptance of this Agreement, the guarantee contained in Article II or the provision of collateral security provided herein, or the creation, renewal, extension, modification, accrual of any Secured Obligations, or notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the guarantee contained in Article II or upon the collateral security provided herein, or of default in the payment or performance of any of the Secured Obligations owed to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party and enforcement of any right or remedy with respect thereto; or notice of any other matters relating thereto; the Secured Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in Article II and the collateral security provided herein and no notice of creation of the Secured Obligations or any extension of credit already or hereafter contracted by or extended to the Borrower need be given to any Grantor; and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in Article II and on the collateral security provided in this Agreement; (ii) diligence and demand of payment, presentment, protest, dishonor and notice of dishonor; (iii) any statute of limitations affecting any Grantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof; (iv) all rights of revocation with respect to the Secured Obligations, the guarantee contained in Article II and the provision of collateral security herein; and (v) all principles or provisions of law which conflict with the terms of this Agreement and which can, as a matter of law, be waived.

 

(c)                                   When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Grantor, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, join or make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue or exhaust such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Grantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Secured Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Grantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any Grantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of

 

8



 

offset, shall not relieve any Grantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.  Other than as set forth herein or in any applicable Secured Agreement, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Secured Obligations or for the guarantee contained in Article II or any property subject thereto.

 

Section 4.02                              No Subrogation, Contribution or Reimbursement .  Notwithstanding any payment made by any Grantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Grantor by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, no Grantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party against the Borrower or any other Grantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Secured Obligations, nor shall any Grantor seek or be entitled to seek any indemnity, exoneration, participation, contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any other Grantor in respect of payments made by such Grantor hereunder, and each Grantor hereby expressly waives, releases, and agrees not to exercise any all such rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution.  Each Grantor further agrees that to the extent that such waiver and release set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity and contribution such Grantor may have against the Borrower, any other Grantor or against any collateral or security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party shall be junior and subordinate to any rights the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may have against the Borrower and such Grantor and to all right, title and interest the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties may have in any collateral or security or guarantee or right of offset.  The Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, may use, sell or dispose of any item of Collateral or security as it sees fit without regard to any subrogation rights any Grantor may have, and upon any disposition or sale, any rights of subrogation any Grantor may have shall terminate.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and to induce the Lenders and Affiliates of the Lenders to enter into other Secured Agreements, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party that:

 

Section 5.01                              Representations in Credit Agreement .  In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Article VII of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party are true and correct in all material respects, provided that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the Borrower’s knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 5.01 , be deemed to be a reference to such Guarantor’s knowledge.

 

9



 

Section 5.02                              Benefit to the Guarantor .  The Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each Guarantor, and the Borrower and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses.  Each Guarantor is a Subsidiary of Parent and, after taking into account all rights of contribution of each Grantor against other Grantors, if any, under this Agreement, at law, in equity or otherwise, its guaranty and surety obligations pursuant to this Agreement reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly or indirectly, it; and it has determined that this Agreement is necessary and convenient to the conduct, promotion and attainment of the business of such Guarantor and the Borrower.

 

Section 5.03                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 5.04                              Title; No Other Liens .  Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor is the legal and beneficial owner of its respective items of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens.  No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement, the Security Instruments or as are filed to secure Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.05                              Perfected First Priority Liens .  The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement (a) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 3 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in completed and, if required, duly executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by the actions specified on Schedule 3 , in favor of the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any Collateral from such Grantor and (b) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.06                              Legal Name, Organizational Status, Chief Executive Office .  On the date hereof, the correct legal name of such Grantor, such Grantor’s jurisdiction of organization, organizational number, taxpayor identification number and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business are specified on Schedule 4 .

 

Section 5.07                              Prior Names and Addresses Schedule 5 correctly sets forth (a) all names and trade names that such Grantor has used in the last five years and (b) the chief executive office of such Grantor over the last five years (if different from that which is set forth in Section 5.06 above).

 

Section 5.08                              Pledged Securities .  The shares (or such other interests) of Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding shares (or such other interests) of all classes of the capital stock or other equity interests of each Issuer owned by such Grantor (other than any Excluded Equity).  All the shares (or such other interests)

 

10



 

of the Pledged Securities have been duly and validly issued and (other than Pledged Securities consisting of limited liability company interests or partnership interest, which cannot be fully paid and are nonassessable) are fully paid and nonassessable; and such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good title to, the Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens except Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.09                              Goods .  No portion of the Collateral constituting Goods with a value in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate is in the possession of a bailee that has issued a negotiable or non-negotiable document covering such Collateral, except for Collateral being transported in the ordinary course of business and Collateral subject to a joint operating agreement that is in the possession of the operator under the agreement.

 

Section 5.10                              Instruments and Chattel Paper .  Such Grantor has delivered to the Administrative Agent all Collateral constituting Instruments and Chattel Paper in excess of $100,000 existing on such date.  No Collateral constituting Chattel Paper or Instruments contains any statement therein to the effect that such Collateral has been assigned to an identified party other than the Administrative Agent, and the grant of a security interest in such Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent hereunder does not violate the rights of any other Person as a secured party.

 

Section 5.11                              Truth of Information; Accounts .  All information with respect to the Collateral set forth in any schedule, certificate or other writing at any time heretofore or hereafter furnished by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party, and all other written information heretofore or hereafter furnished by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party is and will be true and correct in all material respects as of the date furnished.  The place where each Grantor keeps its records concerning the Accounts, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles is at its location of chief executive office listed on Schedule 4 .

 

Section 5.12                              Governmental Obligors .  Except as may be otherwise disclosed to Administrative Agent from time to time, none of the Account Debtors on such Grantor’s Accounts, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangibles is a Governmental Authority.

 

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

 

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Payment in Full:

 

Section 6.01                              Covenants in Credit Agreement .  In the case of each Guarantor, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, as the case may be, so that no Default or Event of Default is caused by the failure to take such action or to refrain from taking such action by such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.02                              Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)                                  Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described in Section 5.05

 

11



 

(to the extent such perfection is required by this Agreement) and shall take commercially reasonable actions to defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever except for Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the limitations set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, at any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly give, execute, deliver, indorse, file or record any and all financing statements, continuation statements, amendments, notices (including, without limitation, notifications to financial institutions and any other Person), contracts, agreements, assignments, certificates, stock powers or other instruments, obtain any and all governmental approvals and consents and take or cause to be taken any and all steps or acts that may be necessary or advisable or as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to create, perfect, establish the priority of, or to preserve the validity, perfection or priority of, the Liens granted by this Agreement or to enable the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to enforce its rights, remedies, powers and privileges under this Agreement with respect to such Liens or to otherwise obtain or preserve the full benefits of this Agreement and the rights, powers and privileges herein granted.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the obligations of the Grantors under Section 6.02(b) , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing: (i) upon the request of the Administrative Agent such Grantor shall take or cause to be taken all actions (other than any actions required to be taken by the Administrative Agent or any Lender) reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to cause the Administrative Agent to (A) have “control” (within the meaning of Sections 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the New York UCC) over any Collateral constituting Deposit Accounts, Electronic Chattel Paper, Investment Property (including the Pledged Securities), or Letter-of-Credit Rights, including, without limitation, executing and delivering any agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, with securities intermediaries, issuers or other Persons in order to establish “control”, and each Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties of such Grantor’s acquisition of any such Collateral; provided that, (1) any such agreement shall provide that the bank or securities intermediary (or any Person acting in a similar capacity) shall comply with instructions originated by the Administrative Agent after the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the disposition of funds without further consent of Grantor and (2) so long as no Event of Default has occurred that is continuing, Administrative Agent will not exercise its rights and remedies under any such agreement, and (B) be a “protected purchaser” (as defined in Section 8-303 of the New York UCC); (ii) with respect to Collateral other than certificated securities and goods covered by a document in the possession of a Person other than such Grantor or the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain written acknowledgment that such Person holds possession for the Administrative Agent’s benefit; and (iii) with respect to any Collateral constituting Goods that are in the possession of a bailee, such Grantor shall provide prompt notice to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties of any such Collateral then in the possession of such bailee, and such Grantor shall take or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be taken all actions (other than any actions required to be taken by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party) necessary or requested by the Administrative Agent to cause the Administrative Agent to have a perfected security interest in such Collateral under applicable law.

 

12



 

(d)                                  This Section 6.02 and the obligations imposed on each Grantor by this Section 6.02 shall be interpreted as broadly as possible in favor of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties in order to effectuate the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.03                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 6.04                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 6.05                              Further Identification of Collateral .  Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, to the extent such information is reasonably available, statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

Section 6.06                              Changes in Locations, Name, etc.   Such Grantor recognizes that financing statements pertaining to the Collateral have been or may be filed where such Grantor maintains any Collateral or is organized.  Without limitation of any other covenant herein, such Grantor will not cause or permit any change to be made (a) in its company name or in any trade name used to identify such Grantor in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its Properties, (b) in the location of its chief executive office or principal place of business, (c) in its identity or corporate structure or in the jurisdiction in which such Grantor is incorporated, formed or otherwise organized, or (d) in its organizational identification number in such jurisdiction of organization, unless such Grantor shall have first (i) notified the Administrative Agent of such change at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such change (or such lesser time period as the Administrative Agent may agree), and (ii) taken all action reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of maintaining the perfection and priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interests under this Agreement.

 

Section 6.07                              Compliance with Contractual Obligations .  Such Grantor will perform and comply in all material respects with all its contractual obligations (other than obligations to pay which are not yet delinquent or in default) relating to the Collateral (including, without limitation, with respect to the goods or services, the sale or lease or rendition of which gave rise or will give rise to each Account), except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Grantor has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, or (b) the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.08                              Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral .  The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties do not authorize, and such Grantor agrees not to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 6.09                              Pledged Securities .

 

(a)                                  If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate or other instrument constituting Pledged Securities, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, hold the same in trust for

 

13



 

the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and promptly deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power or other equivalent instrument of transfer reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent covering such certificate or instrument duly executed in blank by such Grantor, to be held by the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Secured Obligations.

 

(b)                                  Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will not (i) unless otherwise permitted hereby or the Credit Agreement, vote to enable, or take any other action to permit, any Issuer to issue any stock or other equity interests of any nature or to issue any other securities or interests convertible into or granting the right to purchase or exchange for any stock or other equity interests of any nature of any Issuer, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof (except pursuant to a transaction expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement), (iii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien except for Liens permitted by Section 9.03 of the Credit Agreement or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for the security interests created by this Agreement or (iv) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged Securities or Proceeds thereof.

 

(c)                                   In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Securities issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 6.09(a)  with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it and (iii) the terms of Section 7.01(c)  and Section 7.05 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 7.01(c)  or Section 7.05 with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by it.

 

(d)                                  Such Grantor shall furnish to the Administrative Agent such stock powers and other equivalent instruments of transfer as may be required by the Administrative Agent to assure the transferability of and the perfection of the security interest in the Pledged Securities when and as often as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                   The Pledged Securities will at all times constitute not less than 100% of the capital stock or other equity interests of the Issuer thereof owned by any Grantor or, in the case of the Pledged Securities of a Foreign Subsidiary, 66-2/3% of the capital stock or other equity interests of the Issuer thereof.  Each Grantor will not permit any Issuer of any of the Pledged Securities to issue any new shares (or other interests) of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of such Issuer without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent unless promptly upon issuance the same are pledged and, if applicable, delivered to Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms hereof to the extent necessary to give Administrative Agent a first priority security interest after such issue in at least the same percentage of such Issuer’s outstanding shares or other interests as Grantor had before such issue.

 

14



 

Section 6.10                              Limitations on Modifications, Waivers, Extensions of Agreements Giving Rise to Accounts .  Such Grantor will not (a) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of any Chattel Paper, Instrument or any agreement giving rise to an Account or Payment Intangible with a value in excess of $100,000 in any manner which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the value of such Chattel Paper, Instrument, Payment Intangible or Account as Collateral, or (b) fail to exercise promptly and diligently each and every material right which it may have under any Chattel Paper, Instrument and each agreement giving rise to an Account or Payment Intangible with a value in excess of $100,000 (other than any right of termination); provided , that, a Grantor may make such adjustments, settlements or compromises and release wholly or partly any account debtor or obligor thereof and allow any credit or discounts thereon so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) such action is taken in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, and (iii) such action is, in such Grantor’s good-faith business judgment, commercially reasonable.

 

Section 6.11                              [Reserved]

 

Section 6.12                              Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper .  If any amount payable in excess of $100,000 under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent promptly upon request, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 6.13                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 6.14                              Commercial Tort Claims .  If such Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim that satisfies the requirements of the following sentence, such Grantor shall, within thirty (30) days after such Commercial Tort Claim satisfies such requirements, notify the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties in a writing signed by such Grantor containing a brief description thereof, and granting to the Administrative Agent in such writing (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  The provisions of the preceding sentence shall apply only to a Commercial Tort Claim that satisfies the following requirements:  (a) the monetary value claimed by or payable to the relevant Grantor in connection with such Commercial Tort Claim shall exceed $100,000, and (b) either (i) such Grantor shall have filed a law suit or counterclaim or otherwise commenced legal proceedings (including, without limitation, arbitration proceedings) against the Person against whom such Commercial Tort Claim is made, or (ii) such Grantor and the Person against whom such Commercial Tort Claim is asserted shall have entered into a settlement agreement with respect to such Commercial Tort Claim.  In addition, to the extent that the existence of any Commercial Tort Claim held or acquired by any Grantor is disclosed by such Grantor in any public filing with the Securities Exchange Commission or any successor thereto or analogous Governmental Authority, or to the extent that the existence of any such Commercial Tort Claim is disclosed in any press release issued by any Grantor, then, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the relevant Grantor shall, within thirty (30) days after such request is made, transmit to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties a writing signed by such Grantor containing a brief description of such

 

15



 

Commercial Tort Claim and granting to the Administrative Agent in such writing (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 6.15                              Keepwell .  Each Qualified Keepwell Provider hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Grantor to honor all of its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified Keepwell Provider shall only be liable under this Section 6.15 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 6.15 , or otherwise under this Agreement, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations of each Qualified Keepwell Provider under this Section 6.15 shall remain in full force and effect until the Payment in Full.  Each Qualified Keepwell Provider intends that this Section 6.15 constitute, and this Section 6.15 shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Grantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE VII
REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.01                              Pledged Securities .

 

(a)                                  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 7.01(b) , each Grantor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Securities paid in the normal course of business of the relevant Issuer, to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting, corporate and other rights with respect to the Pledged Securities.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then at any time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion following notice to the relevant Grantor, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Pledged Securities and make application thereof to the Secured Obligations in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) any or all of the Pledged Securities shall be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may thereafter exercise (A) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Pledged Securities at any meeting of shareholders (or other equivalent body) of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (B) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Pledged Securities as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including, without limitation, the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Pledged Securities upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Pledged Securities, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Securities with any committee, depositary,

 

16



 

transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Securities pledged by such Grantor hereunder (and each Issuer party hereto hereby agrees) to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (A) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereby, at any time that an Event of Default exists, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Securities directly to the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)                                  After the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if the Issuer of any Pledged Securities is the subject of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, custodianship or other proceedings under the supervision of any Governmental Authority, then all rights of the Grantor in respect thereof to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise with respect to the Pledged Securities issued by such Issuer shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to exercise any such voting or other consensual rights and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

Section 7.02                              Collections on Accounts, Etc.   The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect upon the Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles and the Administrative Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify the Account Debtors that the applicable Accounts, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may in its own name or in the name of others communicate with the Account Debtors to verify with them to its satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangibles.

 

Section 7.03                              Proceeds .  If required by the Administrative Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper and Payment Intangibles, when collected or received by each Grantor, and any other cash or non-cash Proceeds received by each Grantor upon the sale or other disposition of any Collateral, shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a special collateral account maintained by the

 

17



 

Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties only, as hereinafter provided, and, until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of any such Grantor.  All Proceeds (including, without limitation, Proceeds constituting collections of Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments) while held by the Administrative Agent (or by any Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) shall continue to be collateral security for all of the Secured Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as hereinafter provided.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time at the Administrative Agent’s election, the Administrative Agent shall apply all or any part of the funds on deposit in said special collateral account on account of the Secured Obligations in such order as specified in Section 10.02(c)  of the Credit Agreement, and any part of such funds which the Administrative Agent elects not so to apply and deems not required as collateral security for the Secured Obligations shall be paid over from time to time by the Administrative Agent to each Grantor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

 

Section 7.04                              New York UCC and Other Remedies .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise in its discretion, in addition to all other rights, remedies, powers and privileges granted to them in this Agreement, any other Secured Agreement, all rights, remedies, powers and privileges of a secured party under the New York UCC (whether the New York UCC is in effect in the jurisdiction where such rights, remedies, powers or privileges are asserted) or any other applicable law or otherwise available at law or equity.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent (or its agent), without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk.  The Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released.  If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere.  Any such sale or transfer by the Administrative Agent either to itself or to any other Person shall be absolutely free from any claim of right by Grantor, including any equity or right of redemption, stay or appraisal which Grantor has or may have under any rule of law, regulation or statute now existing or hereafter adopted.  Upon any such sale or transfer, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to deliver, assign and transfer to the purchaser or transferee thereof the Collateral so sold or transferred.

 

18



 

The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 7.04 , after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Secured Obligations, in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including, without limitation, Section 9-615 of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder.  If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

 

(b)                                  In the event that the Administrative Agent elects not to sell the Collateral, the Administrative Agent retains its rights to dispose of or utilize the Collateral or any part or parts thereof in any manner authorized or permitted by law or in equity, and to apply the proceeds of the same towards payment of the Secured Obligations.  Each and every method of disposition of the Collateral described in this Agreement shall constitute disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Administrative Agent may appoint any Person as agent to perform any act or acts necessary or incident to any sale or transfer of the Collateral.

 

Section 7.05                              Private Sales of Pledged Securities .  Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Securities, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner.  The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Securities for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.  Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may reasonably be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Securities pursuant to this Section 7.05 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Governmental Requirements.  Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7.05 will cause irreparable injury to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, that the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 7.05 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants.

 

19



 

Section 7.06                              Deficiency .  Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Secured Obligations and, to the extent set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

Section 7.07                              Non-Judicial Enforcement .  The Administrative Agent may enforce its rights hereunder without prior judicial process or judicial hearing, and to the extent permitted by law, each Grantor expressly waives any and all legal rights which might otherwise require the Administrative Agent to enforce its rights by judicial process.

 

ARTICLE VIII
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

Section 8.01                              Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all reasonably appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be reasonably necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following (subject to the terms hereof):

 

(i)                                      pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

 

(ii)                                   execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 7.04 or Section 7.05 , any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

 

(iii)                                (A) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (B) take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account, Instrument, General Intangible, Chattel Paper or Payment Intangible or with respect to any other Collateral, and to file any claim or to take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account, Instrument or  General Intangible or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable; (C) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (D) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading,

 

20



 

storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral; (E) receive, change the address for delivery, open and dispose of mail addressed to any Grantor, and to execute, assign and indorse negotiable and other instruments for the payment of money, documents of title or other evidences of payment, shipment or storage for any form of Collateral on behalf of and in the name of any Grantor; (F) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (G) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (H) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; and (I) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

Anything in this Section 8.01(a)  to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent agrees that it will not, and will not permit any of its officers or agents to, exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 8.01(a)  unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)                                  If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein within the applicable grace periods, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)                                   The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 8.01 , together with interest thereon at the Post-Default Rate from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable jointly and severally by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

 

(d)                                  Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue and in compliance hereof.  All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.

 

Section 8.02                              Duty of Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account and shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which comparable secured parties accord comparable collateral.  Neither the Administrative Agent, any other

 

21



 

Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.  The powers conferred on the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, NOTWITHSTANDING THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF EVERY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, WHETHER AN AFFIRMATIVE ACT OR AN OMISSION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL TYPES OF NEGLIGENT CONDUCT IDENTIFIED IN THE RESTATEMENT (SECOND) OF TORTS OF ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNITEES OR BY REASON OF STRICT LIABILITY IMPOSED WITHOUT FAULT ON ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE INDEMNITEES; PROVIDED THAT SUCH EXCULPATION SHALL NOT, AS TO ANY INDEMNITEE, BE AVAILABLE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR RELATED EXPENSES RESULT FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE, BAD FAITH OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNITEE .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrative Agent shall be under no duty whatsoever to make or give any presentment, notice of dishonor, protest, demand for performance, notice of non-performance, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, or other notice or demand in connection with any Collateral or the Secured Obligations, or to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights against any Grantor or other Person or ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not it has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters.  Each Grantor, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waives any right of marshaling in respect of any and all Collateral, and waives any right to require the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to proceed against any Grantor or other Person, exhaust any Collateral or enforce any other remedy which the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party now has or may hereafter have against each Grantor, any Grantor or other Person.

 

Section 8.03                              Filing of Financing Statements .  Pursuant to the New York UCC and any other applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent, its counsel or its representative, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, continuation statements, amendments thereto and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement.  Additionally, each Grantor authorizes the Administrative Agent, its counsel or its representative, at any time and from time to time, to file or record such financing statements that describe the collateral covered thereby as “all assets of the Grantor”, “all personal property of the Grantor” or words of similar effect.  In no event shall the above authorizations be deemed to be obligations.

 

22



 

Section 8.04                              Authority of Administrative Agent .  Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Administrative Agent and the Grantors, the Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

ARTICLE IX
SUBORDINATION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

Section 9.01                              Subordination of All Guarantor Claims .  As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Claims ” shall mean all debts and obligations of the Borrower or any other Grantor to any Grantor, whether such debts and obligations now exist or are hereafter incurred or arise, or whether the obligation of the debtor thereon be direct, contingent, primary, secondary, several, joint and several, or otherwise, and irrespective of whether such debts or obligations be evidenced by note, contract, open account, or otherwise, and irrespective of the Person or Persons in whose favor such debts or obligations may, at their inception, have been, or may hereafter be created, or the manner in which they have been or may hereafter be acquired by. After and during the continuation of an Event of Default, no Grantor shall receive or collect, directly or indirectly, from any obligor in respect thereof any amount upon the Guarantor Claims until Payment in Full.

 

Section 9.02                              Claims in Bankruptcy .  In the event of receivership, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, debtor’s relief or other insolvency proceedings involving any Grantor, the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall have the right to prove their claim in any proceeding, so as to establish their rights hereunder and receive directly from the receiver, trustee or other court custodian, dividends and payments which would otherwise be payable upon Guarantor Claims.  Each Grantor hereby assigns such dividends and payments to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties for application against the Secured Obligations as provided under Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.  Should any Agent or Secured Party receive, for application upon the Secured Obligations, any such dividend or payment which is otherwise payable to any Grantor, and which, as between such Grantor, shall constitute a credit upon the Guarantor Claims, then upon Payment in Full, the intended recipient shall become subrogated to the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties to the extent that such payments to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on the Guarantor Claims have contributed toward the liquidation of the Secured Obligations, and such subrogation shall be with respect to that proportion of the Secured Obligations which would have been unpaid if the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties had not received dividends or payments upon the Guarantor Claims.

 

Section 9.03                              Payments Held in Trust .  In the event that notwithstanding Section 9.01 and Section 9.02 , any Grantor should receive any funds, payments, claims or distributions which

 

23



 

is prohibited by such Sections, then it agrees: (a) to hold in trust for the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties an amount equal to the amount of all funds, payments, claims or distributions so received, and (b) that it shall have absolutely no dominion over the amount of such funds, payments, claims or distributions except to pay them promptly to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and each Grantor covenants promptly to pay the same to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.04                              Liens Subordinate .  Each Grantor agrees that, until Payment in Full, any Liens securing payment of the Guarantor Claims shall be and remain inferior and subordinate to any Liens securing payment of the Secured Obligations, regardless of whether such encumbrances in favor of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party presently exist or are hereafter created or attach.  Prior to the Payment in Full, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, no Grantor shall (a) exercise or enforce any creditor’s right it may have against any debtor in respect of the Guarantor Claims, or (b) foreclose, repossess, sequester or otherwise take steps or institute any action or proceeding (judicial or otherwise, including without limitation the commencement of or joinder in any liquidation, bankruptcy, rearrangement, debtor’s relief or insolvency proceeding) to enforce any Lien held by it.

 

Section 9.05                              Notation of Records .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, all promissory notes and all accounts receivable ledgers or other evidence of the Guarantor Claims accepted by or held by any Grantor shall contain a specific written notice thereon that the indebtedness evidenced thereby is subordinated under the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01                       Waiver .  No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, remedy, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under any of the Loan Documents preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.  The exercise by the Administrative Agent of any one or more of the rights, powers and remedies herein shall not be construed as a waiver of any other rights, powers and remedies, including, without limitation, any rights of set-off.

 

Section 10.02                       Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given in the manner and subject to the terms of Section 12.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 .

 

24



 

Section 10.03                       Payment of Expenses, Indemnities, Etc.

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor, jointly and severally, agrees to pay or promptly reimburse the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses in accordance with Section 12.03(a)  of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  EACH GRANTOR, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND TO HOLD THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE OTHER SECURED PARTIES HARMLESS FROM, ANY AND ALL ACTUAL LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, LIABILITIES AND RELATED EXPENSES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WITH RESPECT TO THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY ENFORCEMENT, PERFORMANCE AND ADMINISTRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE EXTENT THE BORROWER WOULD BE REQUIRED TO DO SO PURSUANT TO SECTION 12.03 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.  ALL AMOUNTS DUE UNDER THIS SECTION 10.03 SHALL BE PAYABLE NOT LATER THAN 10 DAYS AFTER WRITTEN DEMAND THEREFOR.

 

Section 10.04                       Amendments in Writing .  None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 12.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 10.05                       Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that except as set forth in Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement, no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

Section 10.06                       Invalidity .  In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any of the Loan Documents to which a Grantor is a party shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall be liberally construed to carry out the provisions and intent hereof; provided, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be determined or held to be invalid or unenforceable because such provision is overly broad as to duration, geographic scope, activity or subject, such provision shall be deemed amended by limiting and reducing it to the extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

 

Section 10.07                       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic means (such as a PDF) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.08                       Survival .  The obligations of the parties under Section 10.03 shall survive notwithstanding the Secured Obligations having been are paid as provided in Section 12.18(a)  of the Credit Agreement.  To the extent that any payments on the Secured Obligations or proceeds

 

25



 

of any Collateral are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver or other Person under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then to such extent, the Secured Obligations so satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had not been received and the Administrative Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ Liens, security interests, rights, powers and remedies under this Agreement and each Security Instrument shall continue in full force and effect.  In such event, each Security Instrument shall be automatically reinstated and each Grantor shall take such action as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties to effect such reinstatement.

 

Section 10.09                       Captions .  Captions and section headings appearing herein are included solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10                       No Oral Agreements .  The Loan Documents (other than the Letters of Credit) embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersede all other agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  THE LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall control.

 

Section 10.11                       Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York.

 

(B)                                SECTION 12.09 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT IS HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND SHALL APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

 

Section 10.12                       Acknowledgments .  Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)                                  neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)                                   no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Lenders.

 

26



 

(d)                                  each of the parties hereto specifically agrees that it has a duty to read this Agreement and the Security Instruments and agrees that it is charged with notice and knowledge of the terms of this Agreement and the Security Instruments; that it has in fact read this Agreement and is fully informed and has full notice and knowledge of the terms, conditions and effects of this Agreement; that it has been represented by independent legal counsel of its choice throughout the negotiations preceding its execution of this Agreement and the Security Instruments; and has received the advice of its attorney in entering into this Agreement and the Security Instruments; and that it recognizes that certain of the terms of this Agreement and the Security Instruments result in one party assuming the liability inherent in some aspects of the transaction and relieving the other party of its responsibility for such liability.  Each party hereto agrees and covenants that it will not contest the validity or enforceability of any exculpatory provision of this Agreement and the Security Instruments on the basis that the party had no notice or knowledge of such provision or that the provision is not “conspicuous.”

 

(e)                                   each Grantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers and consents set forth in this Agreement are made voluntarily and unconditionally after consultation with outside legal counsel and with full knowledge of their significance and consequences, with the understanding that events giving rise to any defense or right waived may diminish, destroy or otherwise adversely affect rights which such Grantor otherwise may have against the Borrower, any other Grantor, the Secured Parties or any other Person or against any collateral.  If, notwithstanding the intent of the parties that the terms of this Agreement shall control in any and all circumstances, any such waivers or consents are determined to be unenforceable under applicable law, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

Section 10.13                       Additional Grantors .  Each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.14 of the Credit Agreement and is not a signatory hereto shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex I hereto.

 

Section 10.14                       Set-Off .  Each Grantor agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of set-off, bankers’ lien or counterclaim a Secured Party may otherwise have, each Secured Party shall have the right and be entitled (after consultation with the Administrative Agent), at its option, to offset (i) balances held by it or by any of its Affiliates for account of any Grantor or any Subsidiary at any of its offices, in Dollars or in any other currency, and (ii) amounts due and payable to such Lender (or any Affiliate of such Lender) under any Secured Agreement, against any principal of or interest on any of such Secured Party’s Loans, or any other amount due and payable to such Secured Party hereunder, which is not paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to such Person), in which case it shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof, provided that such Secured Party’s failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity thereof.

 

Section 10.15                       Releases .

 

(a)                                  Payment In Full .  Upon the Payment in Full, the Administrative Agent, at the written request and expense of the Borrower, will promptly release, reassign and transfer the Collateral to the Grantors and declare this Agreement to be of no further force or effect.

 

27



 

(b)                                  Further Assurances Section 12.18(b)  of the Credit Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall apply to this Agreement mutatis mutandis .

 

(c)                                   Retention in Satisfaction .  Except as may be expressly applicable pursuant to Section 9-620 of the New York UCC, no action taken or omission to act by the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties hereunder, including, without limitation, any exercise of voting or consensual rights or any other action taken or inaction, shall be deemed to constitute a retention of the Collateral in satisfaction of the Secured Obligations or otherwise to be in full satisfaction of the Secured Obligations, and the Secured Obligations shall remain in full force and effect, until the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall have applied payments (including, without limitation, collections from Collateral) towards the Secured Obligations in the full amount then outstanding or until such subsequent time as is provided in Section 10.15(a).

 

Section 10.16                       Reinstatement .  The obligations of each Grantor under this Agreement (including, without limitation, with respect to the guarantee contained in Article II and the provision of collateral herein) shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Grantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Grantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

Section 10.17                       Acceptance .  Each Grantor hereby expressly waives notice of acceptance of this Agreement, acceptance on the part of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties being conclusively presumed by their request for this Agreement and delivery of the same to the Administrative Agent.

 

[ Signature pages follow. ]

 

28



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

SUNDANCE ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

SUNDANCE ENERGY AUSTRALIA LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

SUNDANCE ENERGY OKLAHOMA, LLC

 

SUNDANCE ROYALTIES, INC.

 

SEA EAGLE FORD, LLC

 

ARMADILLO PETROLEUM LIMITED

 

ARMADILLO (EAGLE FORD) PTY LIMITED

 

ARMADILLO EAGLE FORD HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ARMADILLO E&P, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

Acknowledged and Agreed to as

of the date hereof by:

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 14, 2015 (the “ Agreement ”), made by the Grantors parties thereto for the benefit of MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC., as Administrative Agent.  The undersigned agrees for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned will be bound by the terms of the Agreement and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to the undersigned.

 

2.                                       The terms of Sections 7.01(c)  and 7.05 of the Agreement shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis , with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Sections 7.01(c)  or 7.05 of the Agreement.

 

 

[NAME OF ISSUER]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax:

 


*This consent is necessary only with respect to any Issuer which is not also a Grantor.  This consent may be modified or eliminated with respect to any Issuer that is not controlled by a Grantor.

 



 

Annex I

 

Assumption Agreement

 

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of                                 , 201    , made by                                                             , a                              (the “ Additional Grantor ”), in favor of MORGAN STANLEY ENERGY CAPITAL INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below.  All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Sundance Energy Australia Limited, a limited company organized and existing under the laws of South Australia (“ Parent ”), Sundance Energy, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, have entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, Parent, the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and Affiliates of the Lenders;

 

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 

1.                                       Guarantee and Collateral Agreement .  By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 10.13 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Grantor thereunder and expressly grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), a security interest in all Collateral owned by such Additional Grantor to secure all of such Additional Grantor’s obligations and liabilities thereunder.  The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1 through 5 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.  The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Article IV of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (unless already qualified by materiality in which case such applicable representation and warranty shall be true and correct) on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

 

Annex I - 1



 

2.                                       Governing Law .  THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

[ADDITIONAL GRANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Annex I - 2


Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION BY THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Eric P. McCrady, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Sundance Energy Australia Limited;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.               [Reserved]

 

c.                Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.               Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  May 15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric P. McCrady

 

Eric P. McCrady

 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION BY THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Cathy L Anderson, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Sundance Energy Australia Limited;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.               [Reserved]

 

c.                Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.               Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.               Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  May 15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cathy L. Anderson

 

Cathy L. Anderson

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 


Exhibit 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION BY THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION

1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”), I, Eric P. McCrady, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  May 15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric P. McCrady

 

Eric P. McCrady

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


Exhibit 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION BY THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION

1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Sundance Energy Australia Limited (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”), I, Cathy L. Anderson, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  May 15, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cathy L. Anderson

 

Cathy L. Anderson

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 


Exhibit 15.2

 

 

April 27, 2015

 

Mr. Eric McCrady

Sundance Energy, Inc.

633 17th Street, Suite 1950

Denver, Colorado 80202

 

Dear Mr. McCrady:

 

In accordance with your request, we have estimated the proved reserves and future revenue, as of December 31, 2014, to the Sundance Energy, Inc. (Sundance) interest in certain oil and gas properties located in Oklahoma and Texas.  We completed our evaluation on or about January 27, 2015.  It is our understanding that the proved reserves estimated in this report constitute all of the proved reserves owned by Sundance.  The estimates in this report have been prepared in accordance with the definitions and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and, with the exception of the exclusion of future income taxes, conform to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932, Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas.  Definitions are presented immediately following this letter.  This report has been prepared for Sundance’s use in filing with the SEC; in our opinion the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in the preparation of this report are appropriate for such purpose.

 

We estimate the net reserves and future net revenue to the Sundance interest in these properties, as of December 31, 2014, to be:

 

 

 

Net Reserves

 

Future Net Revenue (M$)

 

 

 

Oil

 

NGL

 

Gas

 

 

 

Present Worth

 

Category

 

(MBBL)

 

(MBBL)

 

(MMCF)

 

Total

 

at 10%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proved Developed Producing

 

6,123.5

 

1,801.3

 

12,364.1

 

488,424.3

 

337,989.6

 

Proved Undeveloped

 

10,902.7

 

2,364.9

 

16,369.3

 

479,094.3

 

193,745.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Proved

 

17,026.2

 

4,166.3

 

28,733.4

 

967,518.6

 

531,734.8

 

 

Totals may not add because of rounding.

 

The oil volumes shown include crude oil and condensate.  Oil and natural gas liquids (NGL) volumes are expressed in thousands of barrels (MBBL); a barrel is equivalent to 42 United States gallons.  Gas volumes are expressed in millions of cubic feet (MMCF) at standard temperature and pressure bases.

 

The estimates shown in this report are for proved developed producing and proved undeveloped reserves.  Our study indicates that there are no proved developed non-producing reserves for these properties at this time.  As requested, probable and possible reserves that exist for these properties have not been included.  This report does not include any value that could be attributed to interests in undeveloped acreage beyond those tracts for which undeveloped reserves have been estimated.  Reserves categorization conveys the relative degree of certainty; reserves subcategorization is based on development and production status.  The estimates of reserves and future revenue included herein have not been adjusted for risk.

 

Gross revenue is Sundance’s share of the gross (100 percent) revenue from the properties prior to any deductions.  Future net revenue is after deductions for Sundance’s share of production taxes, ad valorem taxes, capital costs, and operating expenses but before consideration of any income taxes.  The future net revenue has been discounted at an annual rate of 10 percent to determine its present worth, which is shown to indicate the effect of time on the value of money.  Future net revenue presented in this report, whether discounted or undiscounted, should not be construed as being the fair market value of the properties.

 

 



 

GRAPHIC

 

Prices used in this report are based on the 12-month unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month in the period January through December 2014.  For oil and NGL volumes, the average West Texas Intermediate posted price of $91.48 per barrel is adjusted by field for quality, transportation fees, and market differentials.  For gas volumes, the average Henry Hub spot price of $4.350 per MMBTU is adjusted by field for energy content, transportation fees, and market differentials.  All prices are held constant throughout the lives of the properties.  The average adjusted product prices weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties are $92.26 per barrel of oil, $29.96 per barrel of NGL, and $4.430 per MCF of gas.

 

Operating costs used in this report are based on operating expense records of Sundance.  These costs include the per-well overhead expenses allowed under joint operating agreements along with estimates of costs to be incurred at and below the district and field levels.  Operating costs have been divided into per-well costs and per-unit-of-production costs.  Headquarters general and administrative overhead expenses of Sundance are included to the extent that they are covered under joint operating agreements for the operated properties.  Operating costs are not escalated for inflation.

 

Capital costs used in this report were provided by Sundance and are based on authorizations for expenditure and actual costs from recent activity.  Capital costs are included as required for new development wells and production equipment.  Based on our understanding of future development plans, a review of the records provided to us, and our knowledge of similar properties, we regard these estimated capital costs to be reasonable.  Capital costs are not escalated for inflation.  As requested, our estimates do not include any salvage value for the lease and well equipment or the cost of abandoning the properties.

 

For the purposes of this report, we did not perform any field inspection of the properties, nor did we examine the mechanical operation or condition of the wells and facilities.  We have not investigated possible environmental liability related to the properties; therefore, our estimates do not include any costs due to such possible liability.

 

We have made no investigation of potential volume and value imbalances resulting from overdelivery or underdelivery to the Sundance interest.  Therefore, our estimates of reserves and future revenue do not include adjustments for the settlement of any such imbalances; our projections are based on Sundance receiving its net revenue interest share of estimated future gross production.

 

The reserves shown in this report are estimates only and should not be construed as exact quantities.  Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and gas which, by analysis of engineering and geoscience data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible; probable and possible reserves are those additional reserves which are sequentially less certain to be recovered than proved reserves.  Estimates of reserves may increase or decrease as a result of market conditions, future operations, changes in regulations, or actual reservoir performance.  In addition to the primary economic assumptions discussed herein, our estimates are based on certain assumptions including, but not limited to, that the properties will be developed consistent with current development plans as provided to us by Sundance, that the properties will be operated in a prudent manner, that no governmental regulations or controls will be put in place that would impact the ability of the interest owner to recover the reserves, and that our projections of future production will prove consistent with actual performance.  If the reserves are recovered, the revenues therefrom and the costs related thereto could be more or less than the estimated amounts.  Because of governmental policies and uncertainties of supply and demand, the sales rates, prices received for the reserves, and costs incurred in recovering such reserves may vary from assumptions made while preparing this report.

 

For the purposes of this report, we used technical and economic data including, but not limited to, geologic maps, well test data, production data, historical price and cost information, and property ownership interests.  The reserves in this report have been estimated using deterministic methods; these estimates have been prepared in accordance with the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE Standards).  We used standard engineering and geoscience methods, or a combination of methods, including performance analysis and analogy, that we

 



 

GRAPHIC

 

considered to be appropriate and necessary to categorize and estimate reserves in accordance with SEC definitions and regulations.  A substantial portion of these reserves are for undeveloped locations and producing wells that lack sufficient production history upon which performance-related estimates of reserves can be based; such reserves are based on analogy to properties with similar geologic and reservoir characteristics.  As in all aspects of oil and gas evaluation, there are uncertainties inherent in the interpretation of engineering and geoscience data; therefore, our conclusions necessarily represent only informed professional judgment.

 

The data used in our estimates were obtained from Sundance, public data sources, and the nonconfidential files of Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (NSAI) and were accepted as accurate.  Supporting work data are on file in our office.  We have not examined the titles to the properties or independently confirmed the actual degree or type of interest owned.  The technical person primarily responsible for preparing the estimates presented herein meets the requirements regarding qualifications, independence, objectivity, and confidentiality set forth in the SPE Standards.  Neil H. Little, a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas, has been practicing consulting petroleum engineering at NSAI since 2011 and has over 9 years of prior industry experience.  We are independent petroleum engineers, geologists, geophysicists, and petrophysicists; we do not own an interest in these properties nor are we employed on a contingent basis.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

NETHERLAND, SEWELL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2699

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C.H. (Scott) Rees III

 

 

C.H. (Scott) Rees III, P.E.

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Neil H. Little

 

 

Neil H. Little, P.E. 117966

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

Date Signed: April 27, 2015

 

NHL:SMD

 

Please be advised that the digital document you are viewing is provided by Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc. (NSAI) as a convenience to our clients.  The digital document is intended to be substantively the same as the original signed document maintained by NSAI.  The digital document is subject to the parameters, limitations, and conditions stated in the original document.  In the event of any differences between the digital document and the original document, the original document shall control and supersede the digital document.

 



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

The following definitions are set forth in U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a).  Also included is supplemental information from (1) the 2007 Petroleum Resources Management System approved by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, (2) the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932, Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas, and (3) the SEC’s Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations.

 

(1)  Acquisition of properties.  Costs incurred to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire a property, including costs of lease bonuses and options to purchase or lease properties, the portion of costs applicable to minerals when land including mineral rights is purchased in fee, brokers’ fees, recording fees, legal costs, and other costs incurred in acquiring properties.

 

(2)  Analogous reservoir .  Analogous reservoirs, as used in resources assessments, have similar rock and fluid properties, reservoir conditions (depth, temperature, and pressure) and drive mechanisms, but are typically at a more advanced stage of development than the reservoir of interest and thus may provide concepts to assist in the interpretation of more limited data and estimation of recovery.  When used to support proved reserves, an “analogous reservoir” refers to a reservoir that shares the following characteristics with the reservoir of interest:

 

(i)              Same geological formation (but not necessarily in pressure communication with the reservoir of interest);

(ii)           Same environment of deposition;

(iii)        Similar geological structure; and

(iv)       Same drive mechanism.

 

Instruction to paragraph (a)(2) : Reservoir properties must, in the aggregate, be no more favorable in the analog than in the reservoir of interest.

 

(3)  Bitumen .  Bitumen, sometimes referred to as natural bitumen, is petroleum in a solid or semi-solid state in natural deposits with a viscosity greater than 10,000 centipoise measured at original temperature in the deposit and atmospheric pressure, on a gas free basis.  In its natural state it usually contains sulfur, metals, and other non-hydrocarbons.

 

(4)  Condensate .  Condensate is a mixture of hydrocarbons that exists in the gaseous phase at original reservoir temperature and pressure, but that, when produced, is in the liquid phase at surface pressure and temperature.

 

(5)  Deterministic estimate .  The method of estimating reserves or resources is called deterministic when a single value for each parameter (from the geoscience, engineering, or economic data) in the reserves calculation is used in the reserves estimation procedure.

 

(6)  Developed oil and gas reserves .  Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that can be expected to be recovered:

 

(i)              Through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well; and

(ii)           Through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserves estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well.

 

Supplemental definitions from the 2007 Petroleum Resources Management System:

 

Developed Producing Reserves — Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.  Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.

 

Developed Non-Producing Reserves — Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.  Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons.  Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future recompletion prior to start of production.  In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.

 

(7)  Development costs.  Costs incurred to obtain access to proved reserves and to provide facilities for extracting, treating, gathering and storing the oil and gas.  More specifically, development costs, including depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of development activities, are costs incurred to:

 

(i)              Gain access to and prepare well locations for drilling, including surveying well locations for the purpose of determining specific development drilling sites, clearing ground, draining, road building, and relocating public roads, gas lines, and power lines, to the extent necessary in developing the proved reserves.

(ii)           Drill and equip development wells, development-type stratigraphic test wells, and service wells, including the costs of platforms and of well equipment such as casing, tubing, pumping equipment, and the wellhead assembly.

 

1



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

(iii)        Acquire, construct, and install production facilities such as lease flow lines, separators, treaters, heaters, manifolds, measuring devices, and production storage tanks, natural gas cycling and processing plants, and central utility and waste disposal systems.

(iv)       Provide improved recovery systems.

 

(8)  Development project .  A development project is the means by which petroleum resources are brought to the status of economically producible.  As examples, the development of a single reservoir or field, an incremental development in a producing field, or the integrated development of a group of several fields and associated facilities with a common ownership may constitute a development project.

 

(9)  Development well .  A well drilled within the proved area of an oil or gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be productive.

 

(10)  Economically producible .  The term economically producible, as it relates to a resource, means a resource which generates revenue that exceeds, or is reasonably expected to exceed, the costs of the operation.  The value of the products that generate revenue shall be determined at the terminal point of oil and gas producing activities as defined in paragraph (a)(16) of this section.

 

(11) Estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) .  Estimated ultimate recovery is the sum of reserves remaining as of a given date and cumulative production as of that date.

 

(12) Exploration costs .  Costs incurred in identifying areas that may warrant examination and in examining specific areas that are considered to have prospects of containing oil and gas reserves, including costs of drilling exploratory wells and exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells.  Exploration costs may be incurred both before acquiring the related property (sometimes referred to in part as prospecting costs) and after acquiring the property.  Principal types of exploration costs, which include depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of exploration activities, are:

 

(i)              Costs of topographical, geographical and geophysical studies, rights of access to properties to conduct those studies, and salaries and other expenses of geologists, geophysical crews, and others conducting those studies.  Collectively, these are sometimes referred to as geological and geophysical or “G&G” costs.

(ii)           Costs of carrying and retaining undeveloped properties, such as delay rentals, ad valorem taxes on properties, legal costs for title defense, and the maintenance of land and lease records.

(iii)        Dry hole contributions and bottom hole contributions.

(iv)       Costs of drilling and equipping exploratory wells.

(v)          Costs of drilling exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells.

 

(13) Exploratory well .  An exploratory well is a well drilled to find a new field or to find a new reservoir in a field previously found to be productive of oil or gas in another reservoir.  Generally, an exploratory well is any well that is not a development well, an extension well, a service well, or a stratigraphic test well as those items are defined in this section.

 

(14) Extension well .  An extension well is a well drilled to extend the limits of a known reservoir.

 

(15) Field .  An area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature and/or stratigraphic condition.  There may be two or more reservoirs in a field which are separated vertically by intervening impervious strata, or laterally by local geologic barriers, or by both.  Reservoirs that are associated by being in overlapping or adjacent fields may be treated as a single or common operational field.  The geological terms “structural feature” and “stratigraphic condition” are intended to identify localized geological features as opposed to the broader terms of basins, trends, provinces, plays, areas-of-interest, etc.

 

(16) Oil and gas producing activities.

 

(i)              Oil and gas producing activities include:

 

(A)        The search for crude oil, including condensate and natural gas liquids, or natural gas (“oil and gas”) in their natural states and original locations;

(B)        The acquisition of property rights or properties for the purpose of further exploration or for the purpose of removing the oil or gas from such properties;

(C)        The construction, drilling, and production activities necessary to retrieve oil and gas from their natural reservoirs, including the acquisition, construction, installation, and maintenance of field gathering and storage systems, such as:

 

(1)          Lifting the oil and gas to the surface; and

(2)          Gathering, treating, and field processing (as in the case of processing gas to extract liquid hydrocarbons); and

 

2



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

(D)        Extraction of saleable hydrocarbons, in the solid, liquid, or gaseous state, from oil sands, shale, coalbeds, or other nonrenewable natural resources which are intended to be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas, and activities undertaken with a view to such extraction.

 

Instruction 1 to paragraph (a)(16)(i) : The oil and gas production function shall be regarded as ending at a “terminal point”, which is the outlet valve on the lease or field storage tank.  If unusual physical or operational circumstances exist, it may be appropriate to regard the terminal point for the production function as:

 

a.               The first point at which oil, gas, or gas liquids, natural or synthetic, are delivered to a main pipeline, a common carrier, a refinery, or a marine terminal; and

b.               In the case of natural resources that are intended to be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas, if those natural resources are delivered to a purchaser prior to upgrading, the first point at which the natural resources are delivered to a main pipeline, a common carrier, a refinery, a marine terminal, or a facility which upgrades such natural resources into synthetic oil or gas.

 

Instruction 2 to paragraph (a)(16)(i): For purposes of this paragraph (a)(16), the term saleable hydrocarbons means hydrocarbons that are saleable in the state in which the hydrocarbons are delivered.

 

(ii)           Oil and gas producing activities do not include:

 

(A)        Transporting, refining, or marketing oil and gas;

(B)        Processing of produced oil, gas, or natural resources that can be upgraded into synthetic oil or gas by a registrant that does not have the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in such production;

(C)        Activities relating to the production of natural resources other than oil, gas, or natural resources from which synthetic oil and gas can be extracted; or

(D)        Production of geothermal steam.

 

(17) Possible reserves.  Possible reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than probable reserves.

 

(i)              When deterministic methods are used, the total quantities ultimately recovered from a project have a low probability of exceeding proved plus probable plus possible reserves.  When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the total quantities ultimately recovered will equal or exceed the proved plus probable plus possible reserves estimates.

(ii)           Possible reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to probable reserves where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain.  Frequently, this will be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to define clearly the area and vertical limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project.

(iii)        Possible reserves also include incremental quantities associated with a greater percentage recovery of the hydrocarbons in place than the recovery quantities assumed for probable reserves.

(iv)       The proved plus probable and proved plus probable plus possible reserves estimates must be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects.

(v)          Possible reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from proved areas by faults with displacement less than formation thickness or other geological discontinuities and that have not been penetrated by a wellbore, and the registrant believes that such adjacent portions are in communication with the known (proved) reservoir.  Possible reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher or lower than the proved area if these areas are in communication with the proved reservoir.

(vi)       Pursuant to paragraph (a)(22)(iii) of this section, where direct observation has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves should be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir above the HKO only if the higher contact can be established with reasonable certainty through reliable technology.  Portions of the reservoir that do not meet this reasonable certainty criterion may be assigned as probable and possible oil or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

(18) Probable reserves.  Probable reserves are those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves but which, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

 

(i)              When deterministic methods are used, it is as likely as not that actual remaining quantities recovered will exceed the sum of estimated proved plus probable reserves.  When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the proved plus probable reserves estimates.

 

3



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

(ii)           Probable reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to proved reserves where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain, even if the interpreted reservoir continuity of structure or productivity does not meet the reasonable certainty criterion.  Probable reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the proved area if these areas are in communication with the proved reservoir.

(iii)        Probable reserves estimates also include potential incremental quantities associated with a greater percentage recovery of the hydrocarbons in place than assumed for proved reserves.

(iv)       See also guidelines in paragraphs (a)(17)(iv) and (a)(17)(vi) of this section.

 

(19) Probabilistic estimate.  The method of estimation of reserves or resources is called probabilistic when the full range of values that could reasonably occur for each unknown parameter (from the geoscience and engineering data) is used to generate a full range of possible outcomes and their associated probabilities of occurrence.

 

(20) Production costs.

 

(i)              Costs incurred to operate and maintain wells and related equipment and facilities, including depreciation and applicable operating costs of support equipment and facilities and other costs of operating and maintaining those wells and related equipment and facilities.  They become part of the cost of oil and gas produced.  Examples of production costs (sometimes called lifting costs) are:

 

(A)        Costs of labor to operate the wells and related equipment and facilities.

(B)        Repairs and maintenance.

(C)        Materials, supplies, and fuel consumed and supplies utilized in operating the wells and related equipment and facilities.

(D)        Property taxes and insurance applicable to proved properties and wells and related equipment and facilities.

(E)         Severance taxes.

 

(ii)           Some support equipment or facilities may serve two or more oil and gas producing activities and may also serve transportation, refining, and marketing activities.  To the extent that the support equipment and facilities are used in oil and gas producing activities, their depreciation and applicable operating costs become exploration, development or production costs, as appropriate.  Depreciation, depletion, and amortization of capitalized acquisition, exploration, and development costs are not production costs but also become part of the cost of oil and gas produced along with production (lifting) costs identified above.

 

(21) Proved area.  The part of a property to which proved reserves have been specifically attributed.

 

(22) Proved oil and gas reserves.  Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation.  The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.

 

(i)              The area of the reservoir considered as proved includes:

 

(A)        The area identified by drilling and limited by fluid contacts, if any, and

(B)        Adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can, with reasonable certainty, be judged to be continuous with it and to contain economically producible oil or gas on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data.

 

(ii)           In the absence of data on fluid contacts, proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbons (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establishes a lower contact with reasonable certainty.

(iii)        Where direct observation from well penetrations has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves may be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir only if geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establish the higher contact with reasonable certainty.

(iv)       Reserves which can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (including, but not limited to, fluid injection) are included in the proved classification when:

 

(A)        Successful testing by a pilot project in an area of the reservoir with properties no more favorable than in the reservoir as a whole, the operation of an installed program in the reservoir or an analogous

 

4



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

reservoir, or other evidence using reliable technology establishes the reasonable certainty of the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based; and

(B)        The project has been approved for development by all necessary parties and entities, including governmental entities.

 

(v)          Existing economic conditions include prices and costs at which economic producibility from a reservoir is to be determined.  The price shall be the average price during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future conditions.

 

(23) Proved properties.   Properties with proved reserves.

 

(24) Reasonable certainty.   If deterministic methods are used, reasonable certainty means a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered.  If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate.  A high degree of confidence exists if the quantity is much more likely to be achieved than not, and, as changes due to increased availability of geoscience (geological, geophysical, and geochemical), engineering, and economic data are made to estimated ultimate recovery (EUR) with time, reasonably certain EUR is much more likely to increase or remain constant than to decrease.

 

(25) Reliable technology.  Reliable technology is a grouping of one or more technologies (including computational methods) that has been field tested and has been demonstrated to provide reasonably certain results with consistency and repeatability in the formation being evaluated or in an analogous formation.

 

(26) Reserves.  Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of oil and gas and related substances anticipated to be economically producible, as of a given date, by application of development projects to known accumulations.  In addition, there must exist, or there must be a reasonable expectation that there will exist, the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in the production, installed means of delivering oil and gas or related substances to market, and all permits and financing required to implement the project.

 

Note to paragraph (a)(26) : Reserves should not be assigned to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until those reservoirs are penetrated and evaluated as economically producible.  Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by a non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results). Such areas may contain prospective resources (i.e., potentially recoverable resources from undiscovered accumulations).

 

Excerpted from the FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932, Extractive Activities—Oil and Gas:

 

932-235-50-30  A standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to an entity’s interests in both of the following shall be disclosed as of the end of the year:

 

a.         Proved oil and gas reserves (see paragraphs 932-235-50-3 through 50-11B)

b.         Oil and gas subject to purchase under long-term supply, purchase, or similar agreements and contracts in which the entity participates in the operation of the properties on which the oil or gas is located or otherwise serves as the producer of those reserves (see paragraph 932-235-50-7).

 

The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to those two types of interests in reserves may be combined for reporting purposes.

 

932-235-50-31  All of the following information shall be disclosed in the aggregate and for each geographic area for which reserve quantities are disclosed in accordance with paragraphs 932-235-50-3 through 50-11B:

 

a.         Future cash inflows.  These shall be computed by applying prices used in estimating the entity’s proved oil and gas reserves to the year-end quantities of those reserves.  Future price changes shall be considered only to the extent provided by contractual arrangements in existence at year-end.

b.         Future development and production costs.  These costs shall be computed by estimating the expenditures to be incurred in developing and producing the proved oil and gas reserves at the end of the year, based on year-end costs and assuming continuation of existing economic conditions.  If estimated development expenditures are significant, they shall be presented separately from estimated production costs.

c.          Future income tax expenses.  These expenses shall be computed by applying the appropriate year-end statutory tax rates, with consideration of future tax rates already legislated, to the future pretax net cash flows relating to the entity’s proved oil and gas reserves, less the tax basis of the properties involved.  The future income tax expenses shall give effect to tax deductions and tax credits and allowances relating to the entity’s proved oil and gas reserves.

d.         Future net cash flows.  These amounts are the result of subtracting future development and production costs and future income tax expenses from future cash inflows.

 

5



 

GRAPHIC

 

DEFINITIONS OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES

Adapted from U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Section 210.4-10(a)

 

e.          Discount.  This amount shall be derived from using a discount rate of 10 percent a year to reflect the timing of the future net cash flows relating to proved oil and gas reserves.

f.            Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows.  This amount is the future net cash flows less the computed discount.

 

(27) Reservoir.   A porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or gas that is confined by impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other reservoirs.

 

(28) Resources.   Resources are quantities of oil and gas estimated to exist in naturally occurring accumulations.  A portion of the resources may be estimated to be recoverable, and another portion may be considered to be unrecoverable.  Resources include both discovered and undiscovered accumulations.

 

(29) Service well.   A well drilled or completed for the purpose of supporting production in an existing field.  Specific purposes of service wells include gas injection, water injection, steam injection, air injection, salt-water disposal, water supply for injection, observation, or injection for in-situ combustion.

 

(30) Stratigraphic test well.   A stratigraphic test well is a drilling effort, geologically directed, to obtain information pertaining to a specific geologic condition.  Such wells customarily are drilled without the intent of being completed for hydrocarbon production.  The classification also includes tests identified as core tests and all types of expendable holes related to hydrocarbon exploration.  Stratigraphic tests are classified as “exploratory type” if not drilled in a known area or “development type” if drilled in a known area.

 

(31) Undeveloped oil and gas reserves.   Undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

 

(i)              Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those directly offsetting development spacing areas that are reasonably certain of production when drilled, unless evidence using reliable technology exists that establishes reasonable certainty of economic producibility at greater distances.

(ii)           Undrilled locations can be classified as having undeveloped reserves only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that they are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless the specific circumstances, justify a longer time.

 

From the SEC’s Compliance and Disclosure Interpretations (October 26, 2009):

 

Although several types of projects — such as constructing offshore platforms and development in urban areas, remote locations or environmentally sensitive locations — by their nature customarily take a longer time to develop and therefore often do justify longer time periods, this determination must always take into consideration all of the facts and circumstances. No particular type of project per se justifies a longer time period, and any extension beyond five years should be the exception, and not the rule.

 

Factors that a company should consider in determining whether or not circumstances justify recognizing reserves even though development may extend past five years include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·             The company’s level of ongoing significant development activities in the area to be developed (for example, drilling only the minimum number of wells necessary to maintain the lease generally would not constitute significant development activities);

·             The company’s historical record at completing development of comparable long-term projects;

·             The amount of time in which the company has maintained the leases, or booked the reserves, without significant development activities;

·             The extent to which the company has followed a previously adopted development plan (for example, if a company has changed its development plan several times without taking significant steps to implement any of those plans, recognizing proved undeveloped reserves typically would not be appropriate); and

·             The extent to which delays in development are caused by external factors related to the physical operating environment (for example, restrictions on development on Federal lands, but not obtaining government permits), rather than by internal factors (for example, shifting resources to develop properties with higher priority).

 

(iii)        Under no circumstances shall estimates for undeveloped reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or by other evidence using reliable technology establishing reasonable certainty.

 

(32) Unproved properties.   Properties with no proved reserves.

 

6